(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Combined catalogs"

The 



MARYLAND & RARE BOOK R< 
UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND U££ 
COLLEGE PARK, MQ» 



COMBINED 
CATALOGS 



1956-1957 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
COLLEGE PARK. MARYLAND 



m ^ . «r # 



dcr 



TABLE OF CONTENTS 

• 

General Information *. 8' 

Agriculture, College of 49 

Arts and Sciences, College of 131 

Business and Public Administration, College of 258 

Education, College of 323 

Engineering, College of, Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology 390 

Home Economics, College of 443 

Military Science, College of 472 

Physical Education, Recreation and Health, College of 483 

Special and Continuation Studies, College of 532 

Summer Session 648 

Graduate School Announcements 699 

Dentistry, School of 845 

Law, School of 881 

Medicine, School of 900 

Pharmacy, School of 979 

Nursing, School of 1011 

Records and Statistics 1042 

Honors, Medals, and Prizes 1043 

Student Enrollment, Summary of 1095 ; 

General Index 1098 



IMPORTANT — The provisions of this publication are not to be regarded as 
an irrevocable contract between the student and the University of Maryland. 
The University reserves the right to change any provision or requirement at 
any time within the student's term of residence. The University further reserves 
the right at any time to ask a student to withdraw when it iconsiders such 
action to be in the best interests of the University. 



See Outside Back Cover for List of Separate Catalogs 



Volume 9 August 5, 1956 Number 6 



A University o! Maryland Publication Is published four times in January, February, 
March and April; three times in May; once in June and July; twice in August, September, 
October and November ; and three times in December. 

Re-entered at the Post Office in College Park, Maryland, as second class mall 
matter under the Aet of Congress of August 24, 1912. Harvey L». Miller, Director of 
Information, (Editor of University Publications). 




BOARD OF REGENTS 

AND 

MARYLAND STATE BOARD OF AGRICULTURE Term 

Expires 

William P. Cole, Jr., Chairman, 100 West University Parkway, Baltimore... 1958 

Mrs. John L. Whitehurst, Vice-Chairman, 4101 Greenway, Baltimore 1956 

B. Herbert Brown, Secretary, 12 west Madison Street, Baltimore 1960 

Harry H. Nuttle, Treasurer, Denton 1957 

Louis L. Kaplan, Assistant Secretary, 1201 Eutaw Place, Baltimore 1961 

Edmund S. Burke, Assistant Treasurer, Cumberland 1959 

Edward F. Holter, Middletown 1959 

Enos S. Stockbridge, 10 Light Street, Baltimore I960 

Charles P. McCormick, McCormick and Company, Baltimore 1957 

C. Ewing Tuttle, 1114 St. Paul Street, Baltimore 1962 

Thomas B. Symons, 7410 Columbia Avenue, College Park 1963 

Members of the Board are appointed by the Governor of the State for terms of 
nine years each, beginning the first Monday in June. 

The President of the University of Maryland is, by law, Executive Officer of 
the Board. 

The State law provides that the Board of Regents of the University of Maryland 
shall constitute the Maryland State Board of Agriculture. 

A regular meeting of the Board is held the last Friday in each month, except 
during the months of July and August. 



OFFICERS OF THE ADMINISTRATION 

Wilson H. Elkins, President, University of Maryland. 

Bi, University of Texas, 1932; M.A., 1932; B.Litt., Oxford University, 1936 

D.Phil., 1936. 
Albin 0. Kuhn, Assistant to the President of the University. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1948. 
Harry C. Byrd, President Emeritus, University of Maryland. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1908; LL.D., Washington College. 1936; LL.D., 

Dickinson College, 1938 ; D.Sc, Western Maryland College. 1938. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Dean of the Faculty of the University. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1916; M.A., Columbia University, 1917; Ph.D., 
American University, 1930. 

Ronald Bamford, Dean of the Graduate School. 

B.S. University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S.. University of Vermont, 1926; 
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1931. 

Gordon M. Cairns, Dean of Agriculture. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 
Paul E. Nystrom, Director, Agricultural Extension Service. 

B.S., University of California, 1928 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931 ; 

M.P.A., Harvard University, 1948; D.P.A., 1951. 

Irvin C. Haut, Director, Agricultural Experiment Station and Head, Department 
of Horticulture. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S.. State College of Washington, 1930; 

Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1933. 

Leon P. Smith, Dean of the College of Arts and Sciences. 

B.A., Emory University, 1919; M.A., University of Chicago, 192S ; PhD.. 
1930 ; Diplome le l'lnstitut de Touraine, 1932. 

J. Freeman Pyle, Dean of the College of Business and Public Administration. 

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1917 ; M.A., 1918, Ph.D., 1925. 
Myron S. Aisenberg, Dean of the School of Dentistry. 

D.D.S., University of Maryland. 1922. 
Vernon E. Anderson, Dean of the College of Education. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930 ; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Colorado, 
1942. 
S. Sidney Steinberg, Dean of the College of Engineering. 

B.E., Cooper Union School of Engineering, 1910; C.E.. 1913; Registered 
Professional Engineer. 

Wilbert J. Huff, Director, Engineering Experiment Station and Chairman of the 

Division of Physical Sciences. 

B.A., Ohio Northern University, 1911; B.A.. Yale College, 1914 ; Ph.D., Y;ile 
University, 1917; D.Sc. (hon.), Ohio Northern University, 1927. 

M. Marie Mount, Dean of the College of Home Economics. 

B.A., University of Indiana. 1916 ; M.A.. Columbia Teachers College. 1924 

Roger Howell, Dean of the School of Law. 

B.A., Johns Hopkins University, 1914; Ph.D., 1917; LL.B., University of 
Maryland. 1917. 

William S. Stone, Dean of the School of Medicine and Director of Medical Edu- 
cation and Research. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1924; M.S., 1925; M.D.. University of Louisville. 
1929; Ph.D., (hon.), University of Louisville, 1946. 

Florence M. Gipe, Dean of the School of Nursing. 

B.S., Catholic University of America, 1937 ; M.S., University of Pennsylvania. 
1940; Ed.D., University of Maryland. 1952. 

Clifford G. Blitch, Director of the University Hospital. 

M.D., Vanderbilt University Medical School, 1928. 
Joseph R. Ambrose, Dean of the College of Military Science. 

B.A., University of Denver, 1948 ; Colonel, U.S. Air Force. 

Noel E. Foss, Dean of the School of Pharmacy. 

Ph.C. South Dakota State College, 1929; B.S., 1929; M.S., University of 
Maryland, 1932; Ph.D., 1933. 



Lester M. Fraley, Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health. 

B.A., Randolph Macon College, 1928; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., Peahody College 
1939. 

Ray W. Ehrensberger, Dean of the College of Special and Continuation Studies. 

B.A.. YV;il>ash College, 1929: M.A., Butler University. 1930: Ph.D.. Syracuse 

University. 1937. 

Charles E. White, Chairman of the Lower Division. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923- M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1926. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Chairman of the Division of Biological Sciences. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1926 ; M.S., 1927 ; Ph.D., 1937. 

Adolf E. Zucker, Chairman of the Division of Humanities. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1913 ; Ph.D., University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1917. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Chairman of the Division of Social Sciences. 

B.S., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 
1929. 

Geary F. F.ppley, Director of Student Welfare and Dean of Men. 

B.S., Maryland State College, 1920; M.S.. University of Maryland. 1926. 

Adele H. Stamp, Dean of Women. 

B.A., Tulane University, 1921 ; M.A.. University of Maryland, 1924. 

Edgar F. Long, Dean of Students. 

B.A.. Blue Ridge College, 1911; M.A., University of Kansas. 1914; Ph.D.. 
Johns Hopkins University, 1932. 

G. Watson Algire, Director of Admissions and Registrations. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1930: M.S.. 1931. 

Norma J. Azi.etn, Associate Registrar. 

B.A.. University of Chicago, 1940. 

Dorothy L. Powell, Associate Director of Admissions. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1943. 

David L. Erigham, Alumni Secretary. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1938. 

William W. Cobey, Director of Athletics. 
A.B., University of Maryland, 1930. 

George O. Weber, Director and Supervising Engineer, Department of Physical Plant. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1933. 
George W. Morrison, Associate Director and Supervising Engineer Physical Plant. 
(Baltimore). 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1927; E.E., 1931. 

Charles L. Benton, Director of Finance and Business. 

B.A.. University of Maryland. 1938; M.S., 1940; C.P.A., 1940. 

C. Wilbur Ctssel. Comptroller. 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1932: M.A., 1934: C.P.A.. 1939. 

Howard Rovelstad, Director of Libraries. 

B.A., University of Illinois. 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S.. Columbia University. 

1940. 

George W. Fogg. Director of Personnel. 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1926; M.A.. 1928. 

George W. Warren, Director of Procurement. 
B.A., Duke University, 1942. 

Harvey L. Miller, Director of Publications and Publicity. 

Colonel. U.S. Marine Corps. Retired. 

Harry A. Bishop. Director of the Student Health Service. 
M.D., University of Maryland. 1912. 

Iohv P O'Rf.agan, Commandant of Cadets, Air Force R.O.T.C. 
B.S.. Georgetown University 1950. 

3 



FACULTY COMMITTEES 

General Committee on Educational Policy 

Chairman; Russell B. Allen, Professor of Civil Engineering 

Committee on Admissions 

Chairman; Charles Manning, Associate Professor of English 

Committee on Instructional Procedures 

Chairman ; R. Lee Hornbake, Professor of Industrial Education 

Committee on Scheduling and Registration 

Chairman; Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry 

Committee on Programs, Curricula and Courses 

Chairman ; Peter P. Lejins, Professor of Sociology 

Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in-Aid 

Chairman ; Harold F. Cotterman, Dean of the Faculty 

Committee on Faculty Research 

Chairman; John S. Toll, Professor of Physics 

Committee on Public Functions and Commencements 

Chairman; Leon P. Smith, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences 

Committee on Libraries 

Chairman ; Lucius Garvin, Professor of Philosophy 

Committee on University Publications 

Chairman; Charles D. Murphy, Professor of English 

Committee on Student Life and Activities 

Chairman ; Russell B. Allen, Professor of Civil Engineering 

Committee on Student Publications and Communications 

Chairman; John H. Frederick,' Professor of Business Organization 

Committee on Student Discipline 

Chairman; George W. Wharton, Professor of Zoology 

Religious Life Committee 

Chairman ; Wesley M. Gewehr, Professor of History 

Committee on Student Health and Welfare 

Chairman ; Benjamin H. Massey, Professor of Physical Education 

Committee on Student Employment and Self-Help 

Chairman; Stanley B. Jackson, Professor of Mathematics 

Committee on Intercollegiate Competition 

Chairman; Irvin C. Haut, Director of the Agricultural Exeriment Station 

Committee on Professional Ethics, Academic Freedom and Tenure 
Chairman ; Carroll E. Cox, Professor of Plant Pathology 

Committee on Appointments, Promotions and Salaries 

Chairman; Monroe H. Martin, Professor of Mathematics 

Committee on Faculty Life and Welfare 

Chairman; Homer Ulrich, Professor of Music 

Committee on Membership and Representation 

Chairman ; Russell R. Reno, Professor of Law 



1956-57 CALENDAR 
First Semester 



1956 

September 18-21 
September 24 
November 21 
November 26 
December 19 

1957 

January 2 
January 20 
January 21 
January 22 
January 23-30 

February 5-8 
February 11 
February 22 
March 25 
April 18 
April 23 
May 16 
May 29 
May 30 
May 31-June 7 
June 2 
June 8 



June 24 
June 25 
August 2 

June 17-22 
August 5-10 
September M 



Tuesday-Friday 

Monday 

Wednesday after last class 

Monday, 8 A. M. 

Wednesday after last class 



Wednesday, 8 A. M. 

Sunday 

Monday 

Tuesday 

Wednesday-Wednesday, inc. 

Second Semester 

Tuesday-Friday 

Monday 

Friday 

Monday 

Thursday after last class 

Tuesday, 8 A. M. 

Thursday 

Wednesday 

Thursday 

Friday-Friday, Inc. 

Sunday 

Saturday 



Registration, first semester 
Instruction begins 
Thanksgiving recess begins 
Thanksgiving recess ends 
Christmas recess begins 



Christmas recess ends 
Charter Day 

Inauguration Day, holiday 
Pre-Examination Study Day 
First Semester examinations 



Registration, second semester 
Instruction begins 
Washington's birthday, holiday 
Maryland Day 
Easter recess begins 
Easter recess ends 
Military Day 

Pre-Examinatlon Study Day 
Memorial Day, holiday 
Second Semester examinations 
Baccalaureate exercises 
Commencement exercises 



Summer Session, 1957 



Monday 
Tuesday 
Friday 



Short Courses 



Monday-Saturday 
Monday-Saturday 
Tuesday-Friday 



Registration, summer session 
Summer Session begins 
Summer Session ends 



Rural Women's Short Course 
4-H Club Week 
Firemen's Short Course 



rcsEi j 




E32 !ES 




ra 


EE1J 


JULY 




JANUARY 


JULY 






JANUARY 




JULY 


S M T W T F 


S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F 


i 


s 


M T W T F 


s 


S M T W T F 5 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


7 


12 3 4 5 


12 3 4 5 


6 




12 3 


4 


12 3 4 5 


8 9 10 1112 13 


14 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


7 8 9 10 11 12 


13 


5 


6 7 8 9 10 


11 


6 7 8 9 10 11 12 


15 16 17 18 19 20 21 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


14 15 16 17 18 19 


20 


12 


13 14 15 16 17 


18 


13 14 15 16 17 18 19 


22 23 24 25 26 27 


28 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


21 22 23 24 25 26 


27 


19 


20 21 22 23 24 


25 


20 21 22 23 24 25 26 


29 30 31 




27 28 29 30 31 


28 29 30 31 




26 


27 28 29 30 31 




27 28 29 30 31 


AUGUST 




FEBRUARY 








FEBRUARY 






S M T W T r 


S 


5 M T W T F S 


AUGUST 




5 


M T W T F 


S 


AUGUST 


1 2 3 


J 


1 2 


S M T W T F 


S 






1 


S M T W T F S 


5 6 7 8 9 10 


11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


1 2 


3 


2 


3 4 5 6 7 


e 


,_.._.. 12 


12 13 14 15 16 17 


13 


10 11 12 13 14 IS 16 


4 5 6 7 8 9 


10 


9 


10 11 12 13 14 


15 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


11 12 13 14 15 16 


17 


16 


17 18 19 20 21 


22 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


26 27 28 29 30 31 




24 25 26 27 28 


18 19 20 21 22 23 


24 


23 


24 25 26 27 28 




17 18 19 20 21 22 23 








25 26 27 28 29 30 31 








24 25 26 27 28 29 3C 


SEPTEMBER 




MARCH 






S 


MARCH 

M T W T F 


5 


31 


~ SEPTEMBER 


S M T W T F 


S 


5 M T W T F S 


S M T W T F 


S 






1 


SEPTEMBER 




1 


... 1 2 


12 3 4 5 6 


7 


2 


3 4 5 6 7 


8 


S M T W T F S 


2 3 4 5 6 7 


8 


3 4 5 6 7 8 9 


8 9 10 11 12 13 


14 


9 


10 11 12 13 14 


15 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


9 10 11 12 13 14 


15 


10 11 12 13 14 15 16 


15 16 17 18 19 20 


21 


16 


17 18 19 20 21 


22 


7 8 9 10 1112 13 


16 17 18 19 20 21 


22 


17 18 19 20 21 22 23 


22 23 24 25 26 27 


28 


23 


24 25 26 27 28 


29 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


24 25 26 27 28 29 30 


29 30 




30 31 




21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


30 : 




31 


OCTOBER 






APRIL 




28 29 30 


OCTOBER 




APRIL 


S M T W T F 


S 


S 


M T W T F 


5 


OCTOBER 


5 M T W T F 


S 


$ M T W T F 5 


12 3 4 


5 




12 3 4 


5 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 


6 


12 3 4 5 6 


6 7 8 9 10 11 


12 


6 


7 8 9 10 11 


12 


12 3 4 


7 8 9 10 11 12 


13 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


13 14 15 16 17 18 


19 


13 


14 15 16 17 18 


10 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


14 15 16 17 18 19 


20 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


20 21 22 23 24 25 


26 


20 21 22 23 24 25 


26 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


27 28 29 30 31 




27 


28 29 30 




19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


28 29 30 31 




28 29 30 












26 27 28 29 30 31 


NOVEMBER 




MAY 


NOVEMBER 










NOVEMBER 


S M T W T F 


S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F 


S 




MAY 




5 M T W T F 5 


1 2 


3 


12 3.4 


1 


2 


S 


M T W T F 


S 


1 


4 5 6 7 S 9 


10 


5 6 7 8 9 10 11 


3 4 5 6 7 8 


9 




1 2 


3 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


11 12 13 14 15 16 


17 


12 13 14 15 16 17 18 


10 11 12 13 14 15 


16 


4 


5 6 7 8 9 


10 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


18 19 20 21 22 23 


24 


19 20 21 22 23 24 25 


17 18 19 20 21 22 


23 


1 1 


12 13 14 15 16 


17 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


25 26 27 28 29 30 




26 27 28 29 30 31 


24 2S 26 27 28 29 30 


18 


19 20 21 22 23 


24 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 












25 


26 26 28 29 30 31 


30 


DECEMBER 




JUNE 














S M T W T F 


5 


S M T W T F S 


DECEMBER 






JUNE 




DECEMBER 




1 


1 


5 M T W T F 


S 


S 


M T W T F 


S 


S M T W T F 5 


2 3 4 5 6 7 


8 


2 3 4 5 6 7 8 


12 3 4 5 6 


7 


1 


2 3 4 5 6 


7 


1 2 3 4 5 6 


9 10 11 12 13 14 


15 


9 10 11 12 13 14 15 


8 9 10 11 12 13 


14 


3 


9 10 11 12 13 


14 


7 8 9 10 11 12 13 


16 17 18 19 20 21 


22 


16 17 18 19 20 21 22 


15 16 17 18 19 20 


21 


15 


16 17 18 19 20 21 


14 15 16 17 18 19 20 


23 24 25 26 27 28 


29 


23 24 25 26 27 28 29 


22 23 24 25 26 27 


28 


22 


23 24 25 26 27 


25 


21 22 23 24 25 26 27 


30 31 






29 30 31 




n 


30 




28 29 30 31 



Aritmcl ^[ 

Hustxwd'y - Ji 




UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 




ntfrj 



Proposed 





[e B ° rn * ";/ Crounbt 8 Cutlodiol 
•di // Deportment 

A — rC7 >— -jCOLLEGE PARK CAMPUS 

O I ! I — ' 

■ ch.m.co. A. h „ '"---. 1956-1957 

eejaftBEnginic-'rC ImMulr 



EUILDING CODE LETTERS FOR CLASS SCHEDULES 

A Arts a SoencesFronca Scott Kly Holl 

AA Nursery School 

AR Armory 

B Mulic 

IB Adminislrotion 

C Chemistry 

Coliseum 

Dairy-Turner Laboratory 

Psychology Research 

Dean of Women 

Agronomy- Botany -H J. Patterson Hall 

Counseling Center 

Horticulture - Holzopfel Hall 

Journalism 

Ritchie Gymnosium 

Activities Building 

Home Economics - Margaret Brent Holl 

Agricultural Engr. - Shriver Laboratory 

Engr. Classroom Bldg. 

Zoology - Silvester Hall 

Librory - Shoemaker Building 

Morrill Hall 

Geography 

Agriculture -Symons Holl 

Industrial Arts ft Education -J M. Patterson Bldg 

Business & Public Administration -Toliaferro Hall 

Classroom Building - Woods Holl 

Engr. Laboratories 

Educotion - Skinner Building 

Chem. Engr. 

Wind Tunnel 

Preinkert Field House 

•Judging Povllion 

Mothemotics 

Phytics 

Pcultry -Jull Holl 

Engines Research Lab. (Molecular Physics) 




Civil 
Oefense eft 



T 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

GENERAL INFORMATION 



HE University of Maryland, in addition to being a State University, is the 
Land-Grant institution of Maryland. The University is co-educational in 
all of its branches. 



College Park 

The undergraduate Colleges and the Graduate School of the University of 
Maryland are located at College Park, Prince George's County, Maryland, on a 
beautiful tract of rolling, wooded land, less than eight miles from the heart of 
the Nation's capital, Washington, D. C. This nearness to Washington is of 
immeasurable advantage to students because of the unusual library facilities 
afforded by the Library of Congress and the libraries of United States Govern- 
mental Departments. Students also have the privilege of observing at close range 
sessions of the United States Supreme Court, the United States Senate and the 
House of Representatives and the opportunity of readily obtaining an abundance of 
factual data which is constantly being assembled by the numerous agencies of the 
Federal Government. 

The University is served by excellent transportation facilities, including the 
main line of the Baltimore and Ohio Railroad and the Washington transporta- 
tion system. The campus fronts on the Baltimore-Washington Boulevard, a 
section of U. S. Route No. 1, at the intersection of Maryland Route 193 and 
is thus easily accessible by private travel. 

College Park and several adjacent residential communities provide homes 
for many of the members of the faculty and staff. Living accommodations at 
reasonable rates are available for students who live off campus. 

Baltimore 

The professional schools of the University, Dentistry, Law, Medicine, 
Nursing, and Pharmacy; the University Hospital; the Psychiatric Institute; 
and the Baltimore Program of the College of Special and Continuation Studies 
are located in a group of splendid buildings, most of them erected in recent 
years, at or near the adjacent corners of Lombard, Greene and Redwood Streets, 
Baltimore, Maryland. 

Baltimore, a thriving, modern industrial city of more than a million inhabi- 
tants, has an old, established culture represented by outstanding educational 
institutions, libraries, museums, parks, public buildings, and places of historical 
interest. 

Baltimore is proud of its well earned reputation as a center of the highest 
type of professional education, and no finer location could be chosen by a young 
man or woman desiring to prepare for a professional career. 

8 



GENERAL INFORMATION 9 

BRIEF HISTORY OF THE UNIVERSITY 

While its advancement in recent years, both in the matter of physical plant 
facilities and educational standards, has been especially rapid, the University 
has behind it a long and honorable record. 

The history of the present University is the history of two institutions: the 
old privately-owned and operated University of Maryland in Baltimore, and the 
Maryland State College (formerly Maryland Agricultural College) at College 
Park. These institutions were merged in 1920 to form the present University of 
Maryland. 

In 1807 the College of Medicine of Maryland was organized, the fifth medical 
school in the United States. The first class was graduated in 1810. A permanent 
home was established in 1814-1815 by the erection of the building at Lombard 
and Greene Streets in Baltimore. This is the oldest structure in America devoted 
to medical teaching. Here was founded one of the first medical libraries (and 
the first medical school library) in the United States. In 1812 the General 
Assembly of Maryland authorized the College of Medicine of Maryland to "annex 
or constitute faculties of divinity, law, and arts and sciences," and by the same 
act declared that the "college or faculties thus united should be constituted 
a university by the name and under the title of the University of Maryland." 
By authority of this act, steps were taken in 1813 to establish "a faculty of 
law," and in 1823 a regular school of instruction in law was opened. Subse- 
quently there were added in 1882 a Department of Dentistry, which was ab- 
sorbed in 1923 by the Baltimore College of Dental Surgery (founded in 1840, 
the first dental school in the world); in 1889 a School of Nursing; and in 1904 
the Maryland College of Pharmacy (founded in 1841, the third oldest pharmacy 
college in the United States). 

The Maryland State College was chartered in 1856 under the name of the 
Maryland Agricultural College, the second agricultural college in the Western 
Hemisphere. For three years the College was under private management. In 
1862 the Congress of the United States passed the Land Grant Act. This act 
granted each state and territory that should claim its benefits a proportionate 
amount of unclaimed western lands, in place of scrip, the proceeds from the sale 
of which should be applied under certain conditions to the "endowment, support, 
and maintenance of at least one college where the leading object shall be, without 
excluding other scientific and classical studies, and including military tactics, to 
teach such branches of learning as are related to agriculture and the mechanical 
arts, in such a manner as the Legislatures of the States may respectively pre- 
scribe, in order to promote the liberal and practical education of the industrial 
classes in the several pursuits and professions of life." This grant was accepted 
by the General Assembly of Maryland, and the Maryland Agricultural College 
was named as the beneficiary of the grant. Thus the College became, at least 
in part, a State institution. In the fall of 1914 control was taken over entirely 
by the State. In 1916 the General Assembly granted a new charter to the Col- 
lege and made it the Maryland State College. 

In 1920, by an act of the State Legislature, the University of Maryland was 
merged with the Maryland State College, and the resultant institution was given 
the name University of Maryland. 



10 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

OBJECTIVES OF THE UNIVERSITY 

Briefly summarized, the major objectives of the University of Maryland 
are (1) to prepare students in the arts, the humanities, the pure and applied 
sciences, agriculture, business and public administration, home economics, in- 
dustry, and for the professions; (2) to contribute to the civic, ethical, moral, 
cultural, spiritual and general welfare; (3) to provide general education in its 
broadest sense, both formal and informal, for all students who enroll; (4) to 
develop those ideals and finer relationships among students which characterize 
cultured individuals; (5) to conduct systematic research and promote creative 
scholarship; and (6) to offer special, continuation and extension education in 
communities where feasible. 

ADMINISTRATIVE ORGANIZATION OF THE UNIVERSITY 

The government of the University is, by law, vested in a Board of Regents, 
consisting of eleven members appointed by the Governor of Maryland, each 
for a term of nine years. The administration of the University is vested in the 
President. The Deans of the Colleges and Schools constitute a committee 
which serves in an advisory capacity to the President. 

Following is a list of the administrative divisions of the University. 

At College Park 

College of Agriculture College of Special and Continuation 

College of Arts and Sciences Studies 

College of Business and Public Ad- Graduate School 

ministration c m c , , 

Summer School 
College of Education 

College of Engineering, The Glenn L. 

Martin Institute of Technology . 

i~ 11 ( tr !?»«„„„: Agricultural Experiment Station 

College of Home Economics & ^ 

College of Military Science Agricultural and Home Economics 

College of Physical Education, Rec- Extension Service 

reation and Health Agricultural Services and Controls 

At Baltimore 

School of Dentistry School of Nursing 

School of Law School of Pharmacy 

School of Medicine University Hospital 

State-Wide Activities 

The Agricultural and Home Economics Extension Service maintains local 
representatives in every county of the State. These representatives, County 
Agents and Home Demonstration Agents, provide expert assistance to farmers 
and farm families in their areas and, when necessary, call upon the large staff 
of specialists at the headquarters of the Extension Service at College Park. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 11 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service, which is charged with responsibility for the 
control and eradication of diseases of livestock and poultry, maintains local 
veterinary inspectors throughout the State, in addition to specialists and labora- 
tory technicians at the main laboratory at College Park and the branch labora- 
tories in Salisbury, Centerville and Baltimore. 

PHYSICAL FACILITIES— GROUNDS, BUILDINGS, 
AND EQUIPMENT 

College Park 

The University owns approximately 2500 acres of land, of which 1115 are 
at College Park. The main campus, occupying about 300 acres, consists of a 
tract of rolling land surmounted by a commanding hill. Many of the buildings 
are located on or near this eminence. The grounds are attractively landscaped 
with trees and shrubbery. An additional 800 acres at College Park are devoted 
to research and teaching in horticulture, agronomy, entomology, dairying, live- 
stock, agriculture, and poultry. In addition, there are five large areas in different 
parts of the State, totaling 1385 acres, which are used for agricultural research. 

The buildings have been consistently designed in a Georgian colonial style. 
There are seventy-five permanent principal buildings and an additional seventy 
for supplemental utility. Many of the permanent buildings were named in 
1954, through action of the Board of Regents and with appropriate ceremonies 
to honor individuals who have contributed in some way to the growth of the 
institution. The total evaluation of buildings and equipment at College Park 
is in excess of fifty million dollars. (See map on pages 4 and 5 for location of 
buildings.) 

In addition, two United States Government buildings are located on the 
campus. The Eastern Experiment Station of the United States Bureau of 
Mines has general laboratories which cooperate with the University in certain 
phases of advanced instruction. The Technological Research Laboratory of the 
United States Fish and Wildlife Service contains laboratories for research in 
fisheries dealing with chemical, chemical engineering, bacteriological, nutritional, 
and biological subjects. Under certain conditions graduate students may use the 
facilities of these laboratories. 

Baltimore 

The group of buildings located in the vicinity of Lombard and Greene 
Streets provides facilities for the Baltimore_TJ>ivision of the University, embrac- 
ing the professional Schools and Hospital. The group is comprised of the origi- 
nal Medical School Building, erected in 1812; the Out-Patient Department, for- 
merly University Hospital; the new University Hospital, with approximately 
450 beds; the Psychiatric Institute, an addition to University Hospital providing 
200 additional general hospital beds and 90 beds for psychiatric cases; the Frank 
C. Bressler Building, for medical research; the Dental-Pharmacy Building, with 
dental clinics; the Nurses' Residence; the Law Building; Davidge Hall, the 
Medical Library; Gray Laboratory, housing medical laboratories and general 
offices; and the Administration Building. The Kelly Memorial, adjacent to 
University Hospital, is used jointly by the University and the Pharmaceutical 
Association. 



12 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

LIBRARY FACILITIES 

Libraries are located at both the College Park and Baltimore divisions of 
the University. They house in the aggregate over 300,000 bound and fully 
cataloged volumes, and they receive over 3500 periodicals. 

The University is now in the process of constructing at College Park a 
library that will house one million volumes, with reading rooms that will accom- 
modate two thousand students. At the present time the collections an the 
campus are shelved in the General Library, the Chemistry, Engineering and 
Physical Sciences, Entomology, and Home Economics Libraries, as well as in 
other units. 

Plans are in preparation for a new Medical Science Library in Baltimore. 
Facilities here consist of the Libraries of the Schools of Dentistry and Phar- 
macy, containing 27,000 volumes; the School of Law, 30,000 volumes; the 
School of Medicine, 37,000 volumes ;and the School of Nursing, 3200 volumes. 
The Medical Library is housed in Davidge Hall; the remaining three libraries 
have quarters in the buildings of their respective schools. Facilities for the 
courses in Arts and Sciences are offered jointly by the Libraries of the Schools 
of Dentistry and Pharmacy. 

The University library system is able to supplement its reference service to 
graduate students and faculty by borrowing material through Inter-Library 
Loan. Within a short distance from College Park are located the excellent 
facilities of the Library of Congress, the Department of Agriculture, the Depart- 
ment of Education, and other agencies of the Federal Government. 

ADMISSION PROCEDURE 

Undergraduate Schools: Applicants for admission to the Colleges of Agri- 
culture; Arts and Sciences; Business and Public Administration; Education; 
Engineering; Home Economics; Military Science; Physical Education; Recrea- 
tion and Health; and the School of Nursing should communicate with the Di- 
rector of Admissions, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

Graduate School: Those seeking admission to the Graduate School should 
address the Dean of the Graduate School, University of Maryland, College Park. 

Professional Schools: Information about admission to the professional 
schools in Baltimore may be had by writing to the Dean of the college concerned 
or to the Director of Admissions of the University. 

Time of Admission: New students should plan to enter the University at 
the beginning of the fall semester if possible. Students, however, will be ad- 
mitted at the beginning of either semester. 

Applicants from Secondary Schools: Graduates of secondary schools should 
procure an application blank from the Director of Admissions. The personal 
data here requested should be supplied, and the principal or headmaster of the 
candidate's secondary school should enter the student's record and mail the 
blank to the Director of Admissions. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 13 

To avoid delay, it is suggested that applications be filed not later than 
July 1st for the fall semester, and January 1st for the spring semester. Appli- 
cations from students completing their last semester of secondary work are 
encouraged. If acceptable, supplementary records may be sent upon graduation. 

Applicants from Other Colleges and Universities: Candidates seeking ad- 
mission from other colleges and universities should secure an application blank 
from the Director of Admissions. They should supply the personal data here 
requested and ask their secondary school principals or headmasters to enter 
their secondary school records and forward the blank to the Director of Ad- 
missions; next, they should request the Registrar of the college or university 
which they have attended to send a transcript of their grades to the Director 
of Admissions at College Park. 

Readmission: Students in good standing, not in attendance at the University 
for a semester or longer, must apply to the Director of Admissions for read- 
mission. 



REQUIREMENTS FOR ADMISSION 

Admission by Certificate: Graduates of accredited secondary schools of Mary- 
land will be admitted by certificate upon the recommendation of the principal. 
Graduates of out-of-state schools should have attatined college certification marks, 
such marks to be not less than one letter or ten points higher than the passing 
mark. 



SUBJECT REQUIREMENTS 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. 

English 4 units required for all divisions of the University. 

Mathematics l l / 2 units, including Solid Geometry, required for Engi- 
neering and Mathematics majors. 

For all Colleges, one unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. A unit of Algebra will be needed 
by Business and Public Administration students and by 
most Education, Home Economics, and Arts students. 

Social Science; Natural 
and Biological Science. 1 unit from each group is required; two are desirable. 

Foreign Languages Those who will follow the professions, enter journalism, 

foreign trade or service, study the humanities, or do re- 
search work should have a good foundation in one or 
more foreign languages, but none is required. 

Electives Fine Arts, trade, and vocational subjects are acceptable. 



14 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Transfer Students: Only students in good standing as to scholarship and 
conduct are eligible to transfer. Advanced standing is assigned to transfer stu- 
dents from accredited institutions under the following conditions: 

1. A minimum of one year of resident work or not less than 30 semester 
hours is necessary for a degree. 

2. The University reserves the right at any time to revoke advanced stand- 
ing if the transfer student's progress is unsatisfactory. 

Special Students: Applicants who are at least twenty-one years of age and 
who have not completed the usual preparatory course may be admitted to such 
courses as they seem fitted to take. Special students are ineligible to matriculate 
for a degree until entrance requirements have been satisfied. 

Unclassified Students: Applicants who meet entrance requirements but who 
do not wish to pursue a program of study leading to a degree are eligible for 
admission to courses for whicli they have met prerequisites. 

GENERAL EDUCATIONAL REQUIREMENTS FOR ALL 
UNDERGRADUATE STUDENTS 

THE PROGRAM IN AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Because the University feels that it is vital for every student to understand 
this country better, it has established a comprehensive program of American 
studies. Work in American Civilization is offered at three distinct academic 
levels. The first level is required of all freshmen or sophomores at the Univer- 
sity and is described below. 

The second level is for undergraduate students wishing to carry a major in 
this field (see catalog for the College of Arts and Sciences). The third level is 
for students desiring to do graduate work in this field (see Catalog for the 
Graduate School). 

All students (unless specific exceptions are noted in printed curricula) are 
required to take twelve semester hours of English (for sequence and descriptions, 
see the offerings of the Department of English), three semester hours of sociology 
(Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life), three semester hours of government 
(G. & P. 1 — American Government) and six semester hours of history (Hist. 
5-6 — History of American Civilization) before graduation. 

PHYSICAL EDUCATION REQUIREMENTS FOR MEN AND WOMEN 

All undergraduate men and women students classified academically as fresh- 
men or sophomores who are registered for more than six semester hours of 
credit are required to enroll in and successfully complete four prescribed courses 
in physical education for a total of four semester hours of credit. These courses 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Men and women who 
have reached their thirtieth birthday are exempt from these courses. Students 
who are physically disqualified from taking these courses must enroll in adaptive 



GENERAL INFORMATION 15 

courses, for which credit will be given. Transfer students who do not have 
credit in these courses or their equivalent must complete them or take them until 
graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military service may receive 
credit for these courses by applying to the Air Force R.O.T.C. Records Office. 

Required Uniform. A regulation uniform as prescribed by the College of 
Physical Education, Recreation, and Health is required for both men and women. 

Required Equipment. Students will be required to provide individual equip- 
ment for certain elective courses such as archery, badminton, golf, and tennis. 

REQUIREMENTS IN MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take elementary military training for a period of two years. This 
training includes two hours of regularly scheduled drill per week at 11:00 
o'clock on Tuesdays and Thursdays and other drill formations at such 
times as designated by the Professor of Air Science (PAS). The successful 
completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it must be taken 
by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance at the University, 
whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who do not have 
the required two years of military training will be required to complete the 
course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Any male student who has not reached his twenty-fifth birthday at the time 
of initial enrollment in any undergraduate or graduate curriculum of this Uni- 
versity may apply for advanced training in the Air Force Reserve Officers' 
Training Corps (A.F.R.O.T.C.) upon satisfaction of the basic requirements. 
Successful completion of the advanced A.F.R.O.T.C. course and a baccalaureate 
degree will lead to a commission in the United States Air Force Reserve or a 
Certificate of Completion, as applicable. Advanced A.F.R.O.T.C. training may 
be carried as an integral part of the student's academic program. 

BASIC EXEMPTION FROM MILITARY INSTRUCTION 

1. Students who have completed the basic course in other approved units 
of the United States Air Force, Army, or Naval R. O. T. C. will receive credit. 

2. Students holding commissions in the Reserve Corps of the Army, Navy, 
Marine Corps, Coast Guard, or Air Force will receive credit. 

3. Students who have served in the Army, Navy, Marine Corps, Coast 
Guard, or Air Force for a period of time long enough to be considered equivalent 
to the training received in the A. F. R. O. T. C. program will receive credit. 
Short periods of service in any of the branches named above will be evaluated 
and allowed as credit toward completion of the course. 

4. Graduate students will be exempt. 

5. Students classified as "special students" who are registered for less than 
seven semester hours will be exempt. 



16 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

6. Students who have passed their thirtieth birthday before starting the 
course will be exempt from any part of the course not already completed. 

7. Students who are not citizens of the United States or one of its territorial 
possessions will be exempt. Students having applied for United States citizen- 
ship will not be exempt. 

CURRICULA AND PROGRAMS 

AT COLLEGE PARK 

College of Agriculture. The College, of Agriculture provides training lead- 
ing to the degree of Bachelor of Science. Curricula are offered in Agricultural 
Chemistry, Agricultural Economics and Marketing, Agricultural Education and 
Rural Life, Agriculture-Engineering, Agnonomy (crops and soils), Animal Hus- 
bandry, Botany (plant cytology, morphology and taxonomy; plant pathology; 
and plant physiology and ecology), Dairjang (dairy husbandry and dairy prod- 
ucts technology), Entomology, General Agriculture, Horticulture (pomology and 
olericulture, floriculture and ornamental horticulture and commercial processing 
of horticultural crops), and Poultry Husbandry. 

College of Arts and Sciences. The College of Arts and Sciences provides 
liberal training leading to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of 
Science. Curricula are offered in American Civilization, Art, Bacteriology, 
Chemistry, Classical Languages (Greek and Latin), Crime Control, English, 
Fisheries, Foreign Languages (French, German, Hebrew, Russian, and Spanish), 
General Biological Sciences, General Physical Sciences, History, Mathematics, 
Music, Philosophy, Physics; Pre-Dentistry, Pre-Law, Pre-Medicine, Psychology, 
Social Service, Sociology, Speech, and Zoology. 

The College of Arts and Sciences offers combined degrees with the Schools 
of Dentistry, Medicine, and Law. 

College of Business and Public Administration. The College of Business 
and Public Administration offers curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science 
degree in Business Organization and Administration, Economics, Geography, 
Government and Politics, Journalism, Office Techniques and Management, and 
Public Administration. 

College of Education. The College of Education offers curricula leading 
to the degrees of Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. Curricula are 
offered in Academic Education, Art Education, Business Education, Elementary 
Education, Health Education, Home Economics Education, Industrial Educa- 
tion, Music Education, Nursery School-Kindergarten Education, Physical Edu- 
cation, and Recreation Education. 

College of Engineering, The Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology. The 
College of Engineering, The Glenn L. Martin Institute of Technology, offers 
curricula leading to a Bachelor of Science degree in Aeronautical Engineering, 
Chemical Engineering, Civil Engineering, Electrical Engineering, Mechanical 
Engineering, and Metallurgy. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 17 

College of Home Economics. The College of Home Economics offers cur- 
ricula leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science in Foods and Nutrition, 
General Home Economics, Home Economics Education, Home Economics Ex- 
tension, Institution Management, Practical Art and Crafts, and Textiles and 
Clothing. 

College of Military Science. The College of Military Science offers curricula 
leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science. These curricula are especially 
designed for those who wish to follow a career in the Armed Forces. The Air 
Force Reserve Officers' Training Corps, established by the Air Force in coopera- 
tion with the University, is a major department in this College. Two years of 
training in Air Force science is required of all male citizens under the age of 
thirty years. Any male student in any undergraduate curriculum of the Univer- 
sity who is accepted for such training may pursue an advanced course in this 
field which will lead to a reserve or regular commission in the United States Air 
Force. 

College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. The College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health offers curricula leading to the degree 
of Bachelor of Science in Physical Education, in Health, in Pre-Physical 
Therapy, and in Recreation. In addition, this College conducts the required 
physical activities program of the freshman and sophomore years designed to 
correct and improve the physical development of all students. 

College of Special and Continuation Studies. The College of Special and 
Continuation Studies extends the facilities of the University by offering educa- 
tional programs throughout the State of Maryland and the environs of the 
District of Columbia. A limited program of late afternoon, evening and Sat- 
urday morning courses, both on and off campus, is offered for mature students 
who are unable to follow a full-time program of studies at College Park. In 
cooperation with the Armed Services, the College has established overseas teach- 
ing centers in the North Atlantic area, Europe, Africa, and the Near East. 

The College of Special and Continuation Studies offers a Bachelor of Arts 
degree in General Studies to mature, adult off-campus students. 

Summer School. The Summer School of six weeks' duration provides pro- 
grams of study to persons who find it convenient to attend the University during 
the summer months. Instruction is offered in most of the departments of the 
University. In the College of Education the offerings are considerably expanded. 
Teachers in service and other persons who are employed during the regular 
school year are offered a wide variety of courses. 

Graduate School. The Graduate School has general jurisdiction over the 
graduate courses offered in the departments of the University at College Park 
and Baltimore. Through a program of inter-departmental cooperation under the 
immediate direction of this School, the University confers the degrees of Master 
of Arts, Master of Arts in American Civilization, Master of Business Adminis- 
tration, Master of Education, Master of Science, Doctor of Education, and Doctor 
of Philosophy. The graduate faculty includes all members of the various fac- 
ulties who give instruction in approved graduate courses. 



18 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AT BALTIMORE 

The Schools of Dentistry, Law, Medicine, Nursing, and Pharmacy offer cur- 
ricula leading to professional degrees in their respective fields. 

THE ACADEMIC DIVISIONS 

Five academic divisions have been established in the University. These are 
constituted as follows: 

The Division of Biological Sciences: Chairman, Dr. John E. Faber, Pro- 
fessor of Bacteriology. This division includes the Departments of Bacteriology, 
Botany, Entomology, Zoology, and other departments interested in this field. 

The Division of Humanities: Chairman, Dr. Adolf E. Zucker, Professor of 
Foreign Languages. This division includes the Departments of Art, Compara- 
tive Literature, English Language and Literature, Foreign Languages and Lit- 
erature, Music, Practical Art, Philosophy, Speech, and other departments inter- 
ested in this field. 

The Division of Physical Sciences: Chairman, Dr. Wilbert J. Huff, Pro- 
fessor of Chemical Engineering. This division includes the Departments of 
Chemistry, Engineering, Mathematics, Physics, and other departments interested 
in this field. 

The Division of Social Sciences: Chairman, Dr. Harold E. Hoffsommer, 
Professor of Sociology. This division includes the Departments of Agricultural 
Economics, Economics, Government and Politics, History, Home Management, 
Psychology, Sociology, and other departments interested in this field. 

The Lower Division: Chairman, Dr. Charles E. White, Professor of Chem- 
istry. This division includes departments which offer courses to students in the 
freshman and sophomore years. 

DEGREES AND CERTIFICATES 

The University confers the following degrees: Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor 
of Laws, Bachelor of Science, Bachelor of Science in Nursing, Bachelor of 
Science in Pharmacy, Master of Arts, Master of Arts in American Civilization, 
Master of Business Administration, Master of Education, Master of Science, 
Doctor of Dental Surgery, Doctor of Education, Doctor of Medicine, Doctor of 
Philosopy, Civil Engineer, Chemical Engineer, Electrical Engineer, and Mechani- 
cal Engineer. 

Students in the two-year curricula may be awarded certificates. 

No baccalaureate degree will be awarded to a student who has had less than 
one year of resident work in this University. The last thirty semester credits 
in any curricula leading to a baccalaureate degree must be taken in residence 
at the University. Candidates for the baccalaureate degree in combined curricula 
at College Park and Baltimore must complete a minimum of thirty semester 
credits at College Park. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 19 

An average mark of C (2.0) is required for graduation. The C average 
is computed on the basis of the courses required by each student's curriculum. 
The average of transfer students and of those seeking combined degrees is 
computed only on the courses taken in residence in the University and in satis- 
faction of the non-professional curricular requirements of the College granting 
the degree. An over-all average is also computed to include all courses taken 
in the University as a basis for the award of honors and for such other uses 
as may be deemed appropriate. If a course is repeated, the final mark in the 
course is used in determining credit and in computing the over-all averages. 

The requirements for graduation vary according to the character of work in 
the different Colleges and Schools. Full information regarding specific College 
requirements for graduation will be found in the catalogs for the various Col- 
leges. 

Each candidate for a degree must file, eight weeks prior to the date he 
expects to graduate, a formal application for a degree in the Office of the 
Registrar. Candidates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees 
are conferred and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only 
in exceptional cases. 

FEES AND EXPENSES 

General 

All checks or money orders should be made payable to the University of 
Maryland tor the exact amount of the charges. In cases where students have 
been awarded General Assembly Grants or University Grants, the amount of 
such grants will be deducted from the bill. 

All fees are due and payable at the time of registration, and students should 
come prepared to pay the full amount of the charges. No student will be ad- 
mitted to classes until such payment has been made. Veterans are required to 
comply with these conditions if the University does not have in its possession 
at the time of registration an approved Certificate of Eligibility and Entitlement 
from the Veterans Administration. 

The University reserves the right to make such changes in fees and other 
charges as may be found necessary, although every effort will be made to keep 
the costs to the student as low as possible. 

No degree will be conferred, nor any diploma, certificate, or transcript of 
record issued to a student who has not made satisfactory settlement of his 
account. 



EXPLANATION OF FEES 

The Fixed Charges Fee is not a charge for tuition. It is a charge to help 
defray the cost of operating the University's physical plant, to pay administrative 
and clerical expenses and other costs which ordinarily would not be included 
as a cost of teaching personnel and teaching supplies. 



20 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The Athletic Fee is charged for the support of the Department of Inter- 
collegiate Athletics. All students are eligible and all students are encouraged 
to participate in all of the activities of this department and to attend all con- 
tests in which they do not participate. 

The Special Fee is used to pay interest on and amortize the cost of construc- 
tion of the Student Union Building, the Activities Building, and the Swimming 
Pool. 

The Student Activities Fee is a mandatory fee included at the request of the 
Student Government Association. It covers subscription to the Diamondback, 
student newspaper; the Old Line, literary magazine; the Terrapin, yearbook; 
class dues; and includes financial support for the musical and dramatic clubs. 

The Infirmary Fee is charged for the support of the Student Health Service 
but does not include expensive drugs or special diagnostic procedures. Expensive 
drugs will be charged at cost and special diagnostic procedures, such as x-ray, 
electro-cardiographs, basal metabolic rates, etc., will be charged at the lowest 
cost prevailing in the vicinity. 

Students who register for the second semester but not for the first semester 
are required to pay the following additional fees: Athletic, $7.50; Student Activi- 
ties, $8.00; Special, $20.00; Infirmary, $2.50; Advisory and Testing, $5.00. 



DEFINITION OF RESIDENCE AND NON-RESIDENCE 

Students who are minors are considered to be resident students if at the time 
of their registration their parents have been domiciled in the State of Maryland 
for at least one year. 

The status of the residence of a student is determined at the time of his first 
registration in the University and may not thereafter be changed by him unless, 
in the case of a minor, his parents move to and become legal residents of 
Maryland by maintaining such residence for at least one full year. However, 
the right of the minor student to change from a non-resident status to resident 
status must be established by him prior to the registration period set for any 
semester. 

Adult students are considered to be residents if at the time of their registra- 
tion they have been domiciled in Maryland for at least one year provided such 
residence has not been acquired while attending any school or college in Mary- 
land or elsewhere. 

The word "domicile" as used in this regulation shall mean the permanent 
place of abode. For the purpose of this rule only one domicile may be main- 
tained. 



22 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 
FEES FOR RESIDENTS AND NON-RESIDENTS 



Fees for Undergraduate Students: 
Maryland Residents 

Fixed Charges , 

Athletic Fee 

Student Activities Fee 

Special Fee 

Infirmary Fee 

Advisor}' and Testing Fee... 



Residents of the District of Columbia, 
Other States and Countries 
Tuition Fee for Xon-Resident 

Students 



Total for Non-Resident Students, 



First 


Second 




Semester 


Semester 


Total 


$ 82.00 


$ 


83.00 


$165.00 


15.00 




..'.. 


15.00 


10.00 






10.00 


40.00 






40.00 


5.00 






5.00 


5.00 






5.00 



SI 57.00 

Semester 
$125.00 
$282.00 



$ 83.00 

Semester 
$125.00 
$208.00 



$240.00 

Total 
$250.00 
$490.00 



Board and Lodging 

Board $180.00 $180.00 $360.00 

Dormitory Room: 

-Maryland Residents 70-85 70-85 140-170 

Other States and Countries 90-110 90-110 180-220 

The above fees do not apply to the temporary Veterans' Housing Units. 
The rates for these units are as follows: 

Family Units: Two-room apartment $40 per month; three-room apartment 
$43 per month. 



SPECIAL FEES 

Matriculation Fee for undergraduates, payable at time of first registration 

in the University $ 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Bachelor's degree 10.00 

Engineering College Fee, per semester 4.00 

Home Economics College Fee, per semester 10.00 

Special Fee for students requiring additional preparation in Mathematics, 

per semester 30.00 

(Required of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5, 10 or 15 
and who fail in qualifying examination for these courses.) 

Special Guidance Fee per semester (for students who are required or 
who wish to take advantage of the effective study course, and/or the 
tutoring service offered by the Dean of Students' Office 15.00 

R. O. T. C. Uniform Cleaning Fee, per year (Applicable to students reg- 
istered in Basic R. O. T. C. — refundable if uniform is not issued) 2.50 



GENERAL INFORMATION 23 

Room Key Deposit (A room key deposit is payable upon initial entry to 
the dormitories. Upon return of the key, a refund will be made when- 
ever the student does not plan to re-enter the dormitoris the next 
succeeding semester.) 1.00 

Fees for Auditors are exactly the same as fees charged to stu- 
dents registered for credit, with the exception that the non-resident 
fee will not be charged in the case of students not registering for 
credit in any courses. 

LABORATORY AND OTHER FEES 

Laboratory Fees Per Semester Course: 

Agricultural Engineering $3.00 Foods and Home Management, 

Bacteriology 10.00 and 20.00 each 7.00 

Botany 5.00 and 10.00 Horticulture 5.00 

Business Administration 7.50 Industrial Education 5.00 and 7.50 

Statistics 3.50 Journalism 3.00 and 6.00 

Chemical Engineering 8.00 Mechanical Engineering 3.00 

Chemistry 10.00 Music (Applied Music only) 40.00 

Education (depending on Labora- Physical Activities Courses 3.00 

tory) 1.00, 2.00, 3.00, 5.00 Physics- 
Practice Teaching 30.00 Lecture Demonstration 2.00 

Introductory 3.00 

All Other 10.00 



Dairy 3.00 

Electrical Engineering 4.00 

Entomology 3.00 Psychology 4.00 

. Office Techniques and 

Home Economics — ,, . 7 en 

Management /.oU 

(Non-Home Economics stu- Speech 

dents) Radio and Stagecraft 2.00 

Practical Art, Crafts, Textiles All Other 1.00 

and Clothing 3.00 Zoology 8.00 

Miscellaneous Fees and Charges 

Fee for part-time students per credit hour 10.00 

(The term "part-time students'' is interpreted to mean undergraduate 
students 1 taking 6 semester credit hours or less. Students carrying 
more than 6 semester hours are considered to be full <ime and must 
pay the regular full-time fees.) 
Late Registration Fee 5.00 

(All students are expected to complete their registration, including the 
filing of class cards and payment of bills, on the regular registration 
days. Those who do not complete their registration during the pre- 
scribed days must pay this fee.) 

Fee for change in registration 3.00 

Fee for failure to report for medical examination appointment 2.00 

Special Examination Fee — to establish college credit — per semester hour 5.00 



24 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Makeup Examination Fee (for students who are absent during any class 
period when tests or examinations are given) 1.00 

Transcript of Record Fee (one transcript furnished without charge) 1.00 

Property Damage Charge: Students will be charged for damage to prop- 
erty or equipment. Where responsibility for the damage can be fixed, 
the individual student will be billed for it; where responsibility cannot 
be fixed, the cost of repairing the damage or replacing equipment will 
be prorated. 

Library Charges: 

Fine for failure to return book from General Library before expiration 
of loan period per day .05 

Fine for failure to return book from Reserve Shelf before expiration of 
loan period: 

First hour overdue 25 

Each additional hour overdue 05 

In case of loss or mutilation of a book, satisfactory restitution must be 
made. 

Textbooks and Supplies 

Textbooks and classroom supplies: These costs vary with the course 
pursued, but will average per semester 35.00 

Fees for Graduate Students 

Fees for students carrying 10 or more semester credit hours 100.00 

Fee per semester hour for students carrying less than 10 semester credit 
hours 10.00 

Matriculation Fee, payable only once, at time of first registration 10.00 

Diploma Fee for Master's Degree 10.00 

Graduation Fee for Doctor's Degree 50.00 

Foreign Language examination (first examination without charge) 5.00 

Notes: Fees in the Graduate School are the same for all students, whether 
residents of the State of Maryland or not. 

All fees, except Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee, are payable at the 
time of registration for each semester. 

Diploma Fee and Graduation Fee must be paid prior to graduation. 

No provision for housing students is made by the University. 

Medical attention is not provided for graduate students; consequently, 
no Infirmary Fee is charged. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 25 

Fees for Off-Campus Courses 

Matriculation Fee (payable once, at time of first registration by all stu- 
dents — full time and part time, candidates for degrees, and non-candi- 
dates) : 

For Undergraduates 10.00 

For Graduates 10.00 

Fee for all students — limit 6 hours. For exceptional adult students taking 
off-campus courses the limit may be increased to 9 hours. Charge per 
credit hour 10.00 

Laboratory Fees: A laboratory fee, to cover cost of materials used, is 
charged in laboratory courses. Fees vary with the course and can be 
ascertained in any case by inquiry to the Dean of the College of Special 
and Continuation Studies. 

WITHDRAWAL AND REFUND OF FEES 

Any student compelled to leave the University at any time during the 
academic year should file an application for withdrawal, bearing the proper 
signatures, in the Office of the Registrar. If this is not done, the student will 
not be entitled, as a matter of course, to a certificate of honorable dismissal, 
and will forfeit his right to any refund to which he would otherwise be 
entitled. The date used in computing refunds is the date the application for 
withdrawal is filed in the Office of the Registrar. 

In the case of a minor, withdrawal will be permitted only with the written 
consent of the student's parent or guardian. 

Students withdrawing from the University will receive a refund of all charges 
except board, deposits for room reservations, less the Matriculation Fee in 
accordance with the following schedule: 

Percentage 
Period from Date Instruction Begins Refundable 

Two weeks or less 80% 

Between two and three weeks *. 60% 

Between three and four weeks 40% 

Between four and five weeks 20% 

Over five weeks 

Board is refunded only in the event the student withdraws from the Univer- 
sity. Refunds of board are made on a pro-rata, weekly basis. Dining Hall 
tickets issued to boarding students must be surrendered at the Dining Hall 
office the day of withdrawal. 

In computing refunds to students who have received the benefit of scholar- 
ships, the computation will be made in such a way as to return the maximum 



26 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

amount to the scholarship account without loss to the University. 

No refund of the Athletic, Student Activity, Special, Infirmary, and Advisory 
and Testing Fees is made to students who withdraw at the close of the first 
semester. 

No refunds of Fixed Charges, Lodging, Tuition, Laboratory Fees, etc., are 
allowed when courses are dropped, unless the student withdraws from the 
University. 

When regularly enrolled part-time students in off-campus instruction 
officially drop a course or courses and continue with one or more courses, they 
may receive a refund of 80% for the dropped courses if they are officially 
dropped prior to the third meeting of the class or classes. 

TRANSCRIPTS OF RECORDS 

Students and alumni may secure transcripts of their scholastic records from 
the Office of the Registrar. No charge is made for the first copy; for additional 
copies, there is a charge of $1.00 for each transcript, except when more than one 
copy is requested at the same time. In that case, one dollar is charged for the 
first copy, and fifty cents for each additional copy. Checks should be made pay- 
able to the University of Maryland. Transcripts of records should be requested 
at least one week in advance of the date when the records are actually needed. 
No transcript of a student's record will be furnished any student or alumnus 
whose financial obligations to the University have not been satisfied. 

SCHOLARSHIPS AND GRANTS-IN AID 

All requests for information concerning scholarships and grants-in-aid should 
be addressed to the Chairman of the Committee on Scholarships and Grants-in- 
Aid, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. Regulations and pro- 
cedures for the award of scholarships are formulated by this committee. 

The Board of Regents of the University authorizes the award of a limited 
number of scholarships each year to deserving students. All scholarships and 
grants for the undergraduate departments of the University at College Park 
are awarded by a faculty committee. Applicants are subject to the approval 
of the Director of Admissions insofar as qualifications for admission to the 
University are concerned. All recipients are subject to the academic and non- 
academic regulations and requirements of the University. 

Scholarships are awarded on the basis of apparent qualifications for leader- 
ship. In making awards consideration is given to character, achievement, par- 
ticipation in student activities, and to other attributes which may indicate poten- 
tial leadership. The intention of the Committee on Scholarships is to make 
awards to young men and women who possess the above-mentioned qualifications 
and who might not otherwise be able to provide for themselves an opportunity 
for higher education. 

The types of scholarships, grants and loan funds available are as follows: 



GENERAL INFORMATION 27 



Full Scholarships 



The University awards fifty-six full scholarships covering board, lodging, 
fixed charges, and fees. Not more than twenty of these scholarships may be 
held by out-of-state students and at least twelve are reserved for women. 
Scholastic achievement and participation in student activities are given primary 
consideration in the award of these scholarships. 

University Grants 

The University awards to deserving and qualified secondary school grad- 
uates a limited number of grants covering fixed charges only. 

General Assembly Grants 

These grants are for fixed charges only and are awarded by members of 
the Legislature, three for each Senator and one for each member of the House 
of Delegates. They may be awarded by a member of the House of Delegates 
or by a Senator only to persons in the county or in the legislative district of 
Baltimore City which the Delegate or Senator represents. Awards of such 
grants are subject to approval by the Committee on Scholarships and by the 
Director of Admissions as to qualifications for admission. 

Special Grants 

A limited number of grants is awarded each year out of funds derived from 
campus enterprises. 

Endowed Scholarships and Grants 

The University has a number of endowed scholarships and special grants. 
These are paid for by income from funds especially established for this purpose. 
Brief descriptions of these awards follow: 

Albright Scholarship. The Victor E. Albright Scholarship is open to 
graduates of Garrett County high schools who were born and reared in that 
county. Application should be made to the high school principals. 

Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of Trustees of 
the A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc., has contributed $500 to provide a scholarship 
in journalism to be awarded to a worthy senior in the College of Business and 
Public Administration who is majoring in Editorial Journalism. 

Samuel Wolfe Blankman Grant. The sum of $100 is awarded each year to 
a foreign student on the basis of worth and need to be determined by the 
Committee on Scholarships. The student must be a permanent resident of a 
country other than the United States, its possessions, or Canada. He may be 
a member of any college or School in the University. 

American Society for Metals Scholarship in Metallurgy. A scholarship of 
$400 is available to a competent student in the field of Metallurgy. The award 
will be made by the faculty in Metallurgy in accordance with the general prin- 
ciples underlying the award of all scholarships in the University. 



28 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Borden Agricultural and Home Economics Scholarships. A Borden Agri- 
cultural Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student in the College of Agri- 
culture who has had two or more of the regularly listed courses in dairying 
and who, upon entering the senior year of study, has achieved the highest aver- 
age grade of all other similarly eligible students in all preceding college work. 

A Borden Home Economics Scholarship of $300 is granted to that student 
in the College of Home Economics who has had two or more of the regularly 
listed courses in food and nutrition and who, upon entering the senior year of 
study, has achieved the highest average grade of all other similarly eligible 
students in all preceding college work. 

W. Atlee Burpee Company Scholarship Award in Horticulture. A scholar- 
ship award of $100, open to upper class students in Horticulture, has been estab- 
lished by the W. Atlee Burpee Company, Seed Growers, Philadelphia, Penn- 
sylvania, and Clinton, Iowa. Its purpose is to encourage and stimulate interest 
in flower and vegetable growing. The award is made on the basis of scholar- 
ship, experience, and interest in research. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Scholarships. The Dan- 
forth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis offer two 
summer scholarships to outstanding men students in the College of Agriculture, 
one for a student who has successfully completed his junior year, the other for 
a student who has successfully completed his freshman year. The purpose of 
these scholarships is to bring together outstanding young men for leadership 
training. 

The Danforth Foundation and the Ralston Purina Company of St. Louis 
offer two summer scholarships to outstanding Home Economics women stu- 
dents, one to a junior and one to a freshman. The purpose of these scholarships 
is to bring together outstanding young women for leadership training. 

Dairy Technology Scholarships. The Dairy Technology Society of Maryland 
and the District of Columbia provides a limited number of scholarships for stu- 
dents majoring in Dairy Products Technology. These scholarships are available 
both to high school graduates entering the University as freshmen and to students 
who have completed one or more years of their University curriculum. The 
purpose of these scholarships is to encourage and stimulate interest in the field 
of milk and milk products. The awards are based on scholarship, leadership, 
personality, need, experience, interest in and willingness to work in the field 
of dairy technology. The Dairy Technological Society cooperates with the 
Committee on Scholarships in making these awards. 

Exel Scholarships. A substantial grant for endowed scholarships was made 
by Deborah B. Exel. These awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships 
to worthy students in accordance with the general principles underlying the 
award of all other scholarships. 

Food Fair Stores Foundation Scholarships. Each year a number of scholar- 
ships is made available by the Food Fair Stores Foundation to students from 
Anne Arundel, Baltimore and Montgomery Counties and Baltimore City. Stu- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 29 

dents receiving these scholarships may pursue any of the four-year curricula of 
the University. The scholarships are for $250.00 for an academic year and are 
awarded by the Committee on Scholarships as in the case of all other scholar- 
ships. Under certain conditions they may be granted from year to year. 

Victor Frenkil Scholarship. A scholarship of $250 is granted annually by 
Mr. Victor Frenkil of Baltimore to a student from Baltimore City in the fresh- 
man class of the University. This scholarship is awarded in cooperation with 
the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles under- 
lying the award of all other scholarships. 

General Motors Scholarship. This scholarship is granted annually to any 
young man or young woman who is an outstanding individual entering the 
freshman year. The scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships. 
The amount of the stipend depends upon the demonstrated need of the indi- 
vidual. The Sponsored Scholarship Service evaluates the financial need in each 
case. 

Goddard Memorial Scholarships. Four $500 scholarships are available an- 
nually under the terms of the James and Sarah E. R. Goddard Memorial Fund 
established through the wills of Morgan E. Goddard and Mary W. Goddard. 
In granting these awards the Committee on Scholarships will consider out- 
standing scholastic achievement and financial need. Each award will be made 
on a year-to-year basis depending upon the accomplishment of the student. 

John William Guckeyson Memorial Scholarship. Each year a $100 scholar- 
ship is made available to a freshman student in memory of John William 
Guckeyson of the Class of 1937. The award is based on scholastic and athletic 
abilities and is granted by the Committee on Scholarships. 

William Randolph Hearst Scholarships. These scholarships are made avail- 
able through a gift of the Baltimore News-Post, one of the Hearst newspapers, 
in honor of William Randolph Hearst. The undergraduate scholarship of $400 
annually is open to the graduate of any high school in America. The graduate 
scholarship of $600 annually is open to the graduate of any college or uni- 
versity in America. These scholarships are awarded for special work in the 
University's Program in American Civilization. 

Home Economics in Business Scholarships. Eight §100 scholarships are 
made available each year by Home Economics in Business, an organization of 
home economists in the District of Columbia, for freshmen in the College of 
Home Economics; they are open to any young women residents of the District 
of Columbia, Prince George's or Montgomery Counties in Maryland, and 
Arlington and Fairfax Counties or Alexandria in Virginia. These scholarships 
are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships on a competitive basis in accord- 
ance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 
Unless otherwise notified, applicants should write to the Chairman, Committee 
on Scholarships. 

Home Economics M Grants. Each year several grants are made avail- 
able by Dean Marie Mount to students who enter the College of Home Eco- 
nomics. These grants are for varying amounts and are awarded by the Com- 
mittee on Scholarships. 



30 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Interfraternity Council Scholarships. Each year the Interfraternity Council 
of the University provides funds for four $200 scholarships. These annual 
scholarships are awarded at the discretion of the Committee on Scholarships 
to deserving undergraduate male students. 

Iota Lambda Sigma (Nu Chapter) Scholarship. This scholarship is awarded 
annually to any outstanding male freshman student who enrolls in the Industrial 
Education curriculum. The student must be a resident of the State of Mary- 
land and signify his intention of teaching in Maryland. 

Venia M. Keller Grant. This grant of $100 is open to a Maryland young 
man or woman of promise who wishes to enroll or is enrolled in the College 
of Home Economics. It is awarded through the College of Home Economics 
in cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships. 

Kiwanis Scholarship. A Kiwanis Memorial Scholarship of $200 per year is 
awarded by the Prince George's County Kiwanis Club to a male resident of 
Prince George's County, Maryland, who, in addition to possessing the necessary 
qualifications for maintaining a satisfactory scholarship record, must have a 
reputation of high character and attainment in general all-around citizenship. 

Helen Aletta Linthicum Scholarships. These scholarships, several in number, 
were established through the benefaction of the late Mrs. Helen Aletta Lin- 
thicum, widow of the late Congressman Charles J. Linthicum, who served in 
Congress from the Fourth District' of Maryland for many years. They are granted 
to worthy young men and women who are residents of the State of Maryland 
and who have satisfactory high school records, forceful personality, a reputation 
for splendid character and citizenship, and the determination to get ahead. 

The M Club Grants. The M Club of the University of Maryland provides 
each year a limited number of awards. They are granted by the Committee on 
Scholarships to applicants who show promise in sports other than football. 

Dr. Frank C. Marino Scholarship. Dr. Frank C. Marino provides a $200 
annual scholarship in Nursing Education. As vacancies in this scholarship 
occur, it is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to a student who demon- 
strates special interest and promise in this field. 

Maryland Educational Foundation Grants. The Maryland Educational 
Foundation provides funds each year for the education of several promising 
young men. These grants are awarded by the Committee on Scholarships to 
applicants who qualify under the provision of the Foundation. 



Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants Scholarship. A 
scholarship is awarded to a superior student in the College of Business and 
Public Administration who is concentrating in Accounting. This award is made 
through the College of Business and Public Administration in cooperation with 
the Committee on Scholarships. 

Eugene and Agnes E. Meyer Scholarships. A number of scholarships is 
made available each year to promising students in meeting the costs of further- 



GENERAL I X I < )RM ATION 31 

ing their education, with preferential consideration to children of persons em- 
ployed in public service, including service in the armed forces and the judiciary. 
The awards are made by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the 
general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Miller Chemical and Fertilizer Corporation Scholarship. A $250 scholarship 
has been made available for a student who needs financial aid, who has a farm 
background, and who has a major in Kntomology, Plant Pathology, Agronomy, 
or Horticulture. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships in ac- 
cordance with the general principles underlying the award of all other scholar- 
ships. 

Mortar Board Scholarship. The Mortar Board Scholarship is awarded an- 
nually to a woman student on the basis of scholastic attainment, character, and 
need. The selection of the student lor this award is made through the Office 
of the Dean of Women and a representative of Mortar Board in cooperation 
with the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the general principles 
underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

Panhellenic Association of Washington, D. C, Scholarship. A $200 scholar- 
ship is awarded annually by the Panhellenic Association of Washington, D. C. 
This award is made to a member of a national Panhellenic Conference Sorority 
who in her sophomore or junior year has had a 3.0 average or better, who has 
done the most to promote good social relations among the sororities on the 
campus, and who is an outstanding leader in student affairs sponsored by the 
University. The award is made by the Committee on Scholarships in terms of 
the provisions of the grant. 

Peninsula Horticultural Society Scholarship. The Peninsula Horticultural 
Society provides annually a $200 scholarship to the most deserving junior or 
senior student, a resident of Maryland from the Eastern Shore counties, who is 
majoring in Horticulture or related subjects, particularly as they apply to the 
culture of fruits and vegetables. The award is made in cooperation with the 
Committee on Scholarships. 

Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial Scholarship. The Mrs. Luther Ruark Memorial 
Scholarship of $165 is provided annually for a deserving woman undergraduate 
student by the Alpha Epsilon Phi Sorority in honor of Mrs. Ruark's excellent 
standards and high idealism as housemother of the Alpha Mu Chapter. The 
scholarship is awarded by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with 
the general principles underlying the award of all other scholarships. 

The Sears Roebuck Foundation Grants. Ten grants of $200 each are pro- 
vided by the Sears Roebuck Foundation to the sons of Maryland farmers who 
enroll in the freshman class of the College of Agriculture. One $250 grant is 
awarded each year to the sophomore student in the College of Agriculture who 
has proved to be the outstanding student holding a Sears Roebuck grant during 
the previous year. These grants are awarded annually by the Committee on 
Scholarships. 

A limited number of similar grants from the Sears Roebuck Foundation 
is also available for students in the College of Home Economics. 



m 



32 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Tilghman Agricultural Scholarship. The William B. Tilghman Company, of 
Salisbury, Maryland, provides a $1,000 scholarship, $250 for each of four years. 
The scholarship is open to male students in Somerset, Wicomico, and Worcester 
Counties who plan to enter the College of Agriculture. The student must stand 
in the upper half of his class during the four year period. The award is made 
by the Committee on Scholarships in terms of the provision of the grant 
Applications may be procured through the William B. Tilghman Company. 

Union Carbide and Carbon Company Scholarship. A scholarship covering 
tuition and fees for a senior majoring in Engineering is sponsored by the 
Bakelite Company. The award is made through the College of Engineering in 
cooperation with the Committee on Scholarships. 

J. McKenny Willis and Son Grant. A grant of $500 is made available an- 
nually by J. McKenny Willis and Son, Inc., Grain, Feed and Seed Company of 
Easton, Maryland, to an outstanding student in vocational agriculture in 
Talbot County who will matriculate in the College of Agriculture. This grant 
is assigned by the Committee on Scholarships in accordance with the terms of 
the award. Application blanks for this grant may be procured at the Office 
of the County Superintendent of Schools of Talbot County or by writing directly 
to the Chairman of the Committee on Scholarships. 

Washington Flour Scholarship. This scholarship, provided by the Wilkins- 
Rogers Milling Company of Washington, D. C, for freshmen in the College of 
Home Economics, covers all fees and books for one year, and is open to any 
student who is a resident of the District of Columbia, of Prince George's or 
Montgomery Counties in Maryland, or Arlington or Fairfax Counties, or Alex- 
andria in Virginia. It is awarded annually by the Committee on Scholarships 
in accordance with the general principles underlying the award of all other 
scholarships. 

American Bankers' Association Loan Fund. This fund provides loans of 
$250 for one year only to senior or graduate students who are emphasizing 
Banking, Economics, or related subjects. 

Catherine Moore Brinkley Loan Fund. Under the will of Catherine Moore 
Brinkley, a loan fund is available for worthy students who are natives and 
residents of Maryland, and who are studying Mechanical Engineering or Agri- 
culture at the University. 

Home Economics Loan Fund. A loan fund, established by the District of 
Columbia Home Economics Association, is available for students majoring in 
Home Economics. 

Henry Strong Educational Foundation Fund. From this fund, established 
under the will of General Henry Strong of Chicago, an annual allotment is 
made to the University of Maryland at College Park for scholarship loans to 
young men and women students under the age of twenty-five. Recommenda- 
tions for these loans are limited, in most part, to students in the junior and senior 
years. Only students who through stress of circumstances require financial 
aid and who have demonstrated excellence in educational progress are considered 
in making nominations to the Secretary of this fund. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 33 

STUDENT EMPLOYMENT AND SENIOR PLACEMENT 

A considerable number of students earns money through employment while 
in attendance at the University. No student should expect, however, to earn 
enough to pay all of his expenses. Although earnings vary, some students 
earn from one fourth to three fourths of all required funds. Generally, the 
first year is the hardest for those desiring employment. After students have 
demonstrated that they are worthy and capable, there is much less difficulty in 
finding work. 

The University assumes no responsibility in connection with employment 
It does, however, make every effort to aid needy students. A list of available 
positions in the University and in nearby towns is placed at the disposal of 
students. Application for employment should be made to the Director of Student 
Welfare. 

A placement service is also maintained to assist graduating seniors in finding 
employment. 

HONORS AND AWARDS 

Scholarship Honors. Final honors for excellence in scholarship are awarded 
to one fifth of the graduating class in each College. First Honors are awarded to 
the upper half of this group; second honors to the lower half. To be eligible for 
honors, a student must complete at least two years of resident work at the 
University with an average of B (3.00) or higher. 

Alpha Chi Sigma Award. The Alpha Rho Chapter of the Alpha Chi Sigma 
Honorary Fraternity offers annually a year's membership in the American 
Chemical Society to the senior majoring in Chemistry or Chemical Engineering 
whose average has been above 3.00 for three and one half years. 

Alpha Lambda Delta Senior Certificate Award. Senior members of Alpha 
Lambda Delta, honorary scholastic society, who have maintained an average of 
3.5 receive this certificate. 

Alpha Zeta Medal. The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta 
awards annually a medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who 
attains the highest average record in academic work. 

American Association of University Women Award. This award is pre- 
sented to a senior girl selected for scholarship and community leadership. 

American Society of Civil Engineers Award. A junior membership in the 
American Society of Civil Engineering is awarded to the senior in the Depart- 
ment of Civil Engineering who has the highest scholastic standing. 

Dinah Berman Memorial Medal. The Dinah Berman Memorial Medal is 
awarded annually to the sophomore who has attained the highest scholastic aver- 
age of his class in the College of Engineering. The medal is given by Mr. Ben- 
jamin Berman. 

Citizenship Prize for Men. President Emeritus H. C. Byrd, of the Class of 
1908, annually presents this award to the member of the senior class who, 



34 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

during his collegiate career, has most nearly typified the model citizen and who 
has done most for the general advancement of the interests of the University. 

Citizenship Prize for Women. This prize is presented annually as a memo- 
rial to Sally Sterling Byrd, by her children, to that girl member of the senior 
class who best exemplifies the enduring qualities of the pioneer woman. These 
qualities typify self dependence, courtesy, aggressiveness, modesty, capacity to 
achieve objectives, willingness to sacrifice for others, strength of character, and 
those other qualities that enabled the pioneer woman to play such a fundamental 
part in the building of the nation. 

Bernard L. Crozier Award. The Maryland Association of Engineers awards 
a cash prize of twenty-five dollars annually to the senior in the College of 
Engineering who, in the opinion of the faculty, has made the greatest improve- 
ment in scholarship during his stay at the University. 

Delta Delta Delta Medal. This sorority awards a medal annually to the 
girl who attains the highest average in academic work during the sophomore 
year. 

Delta Gamma Scholarship Award. This award is offered to the woman 
member of the graduating class who has maintained the highest average during 
three and one-half years at the University. 

Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key. This award is offered to a member of the 
graduating class who has maintained the highest scholastic average for the entire 
four-year course in the College of Business and Public Administration. 

Goddard Medal. The James Douglass Goddard Memorial Medal is awarded 
annually to the resident of Prince George's County, born therein, who makes the 
highest average in his studies and who at the same time embodies the most 
manly attributes. The medal is given by Mrs. Anne G. Goddard James of 
Washington, D. C. 

Grange Award. The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the 
senior who has excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has con- 
tributed meritorious service to the College of Agriculture. 

Mahlon N. Haines Art Award. An award of one hundred dollars is pre- 
sented each year to the students in the Department of Fine Arts for outstanding 
work in the painting classes. 

Charles B. Hale Dramatic Awards. The University Theatre recognizes an- 
nually the man and woman members of the senior class who have done most for 
the advancement of dramatics at the University. 

Maryland Motor Truck Association Award. A five hundred dollar award 
is made to a student majoring in Transportation with an interest in motor trans- 
portation who has shown in three years of training an apparent ability to suc- 
ceed. This award is made through the College of Business and Public Adminis- 
tration. 

Omicron Nu Sorority Medal. This honorary sorority awards a medal an- 
nually to the freshman girl in the College of Home Economics who attains the 
highest scholastic average during the first semester. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 35 

Phi Alpha Award. Epsilon Chapter of Phi Alpha Fraternity awards an- 
nually a plaque to the man in the junior class who has attained the highest 
scholastic average during his first two years at the College Park Colleges of the 
University. 

Pilot Freight Carries, Inc., Award. A five hundred dollar award is made to 
a senior student in the College of Business and Public Administration who has 
majored in Transportation and who has demonstrated competence in this field 
of study. This award is made through the College of Business and Public 
Administration. 

Pi Sigma Alpha — Fred Hays Memorial Award. This award, consisting of 
the sum of thirty dollars, is presented by an alumnus to the senior in Govern- 
ment and Politics having the highest average in departmental courses. 

William S. Rosenbaum Memorial Foundation Award. This award, consist- 
ing of twenty-five dollars, is presented for excellence in Hebrew studies by 
Barbarossa Lodge 133, Knights of Pythias, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania. 

Sigma Alpha Omicron Award. This award is presented to a senior student 
majoring in Bacteriology for high scholarship, character and leadership. 

Sigma Chi Cup. Sigma Chi Fraternity offers annually a cup to the man in 
the freshman class who has made the highest scholastic average during the first 
semester. 

Algernon Sydney Sullivan Award. The New York Southern Society, in 
memory of its first president, awards annually medallions and certificates to one 
man and one woman of the graduating class and one non-student who evince 
in their daily life a spirit of love for and helpfulness to other men and women. 

Tau Beta Pi Award. The Maryland Beta Chapter of Tau Beta Pi, an hon- 
orary fraternity, awards annually an engineer's handbook to the junior in the 
College of Engineering who during his sophomore year has made the greatest 
improvement in scholarship over that of his freshman year. 

Washington Panhellenic Association Award. The sum of two hundred dol- 
lars is presented to a woman student, a member of a National Panhellenic 
Conference Sorority, who has done most to promote social relations among the 
sororities on the campus. 

MILITARY AWARDS 

Air Force Association Medal. Two silver medals are awarded to the out- 
standing first and second year students in the A.F.R.O.T.C. course who have 
demonstrated outstanding ability in scholastic grades, both general and military, 
in individual characteristics, and in performance during the period of summer 
camp. 

Alumni Cup. The Alumni Association offers each year a cup to the Leader 
of the best drilled Flight in competitive drill. 

American Legion Citizenship Award. This award is presented to the first 
year advanced cadet who displays outstanding citizenship. 



36 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Armed Forces Communications Medal. This medal is awarded to the senior 
advanced cadet in recognition of outstanding achievement in the field of elec- 
tronics. 

Arnold Air Society Plaque. This plaque is awarded to the second year 
advanced cadet who has done the most to advance the A.F.R.O.T.C. interests 
and activities for the Arnold Air Society. 

Consolidated Vultee Aircraft Corporation Award. This award is presented 
to the sophomore cadet displaying leadership ability and academic excellence. 

Disabled American Veterans' Gold Cup. This cup is awarded to the senior 
advanced cadet who has displayed outstanding leadership, scholarship, and 
citizenship. 

Distinguished Military Student Awards. These awards are presented to 
senior cadets who have been outstanding in A.F.R.O.T.C. and who are out- 
standing in their academic major fields. 

Governor's Cup. This cup is offered each year by His Excellency, the 
Governor of Maryland, to the best drilled squadron. 

Hamill Memorial Plaque. This plaque, offered by the local chapter of Theta 
Chi Fraternity, is presented to the sophomore cadet excelling in leadership and 
scholarship. 

Glenn L. Martin Aeronautical Engineering Award. This award is presented 
for academic excellence to a senior advanced cadet who has applied for flight 
training. 

Maryland State Society Daughters of Founders and Patriots of America 
Award. This award is presented to the freshman cadet attaining the highest 
over-all academic grades. 

National Defense Transportation Association Award. This organization offers 
a citation in recognition of leadership qualities, academic standing, aptitude for 
military service, and noteworthy service in furtherance of the aims and objec- 
tives of the Association in promoting preparedness for the national defense of 
the United States. 

Pershing Rifle Award. The Pershing Rifle Company presents a medal to 
the best drilled cadet who is not a member of the Pershing Rifles. 

Pershing Rifle Medal. This medal is awarded to the outstanding member of 
the Pershing Rifles. 

Republic Aviation Award. This award is presented to a second year ad- 
vanced cadet for achievement in the field of aircraft maintenance. 

Reserve Officers' Association Medals. Three medals, gold, silver, and bronze, 
are presented by this association to the three senior cadets demonstrating out- 
standing academic achievement in the A.F.R.O.T.C. and in other studies. 

Reserve Officers' Association Ribbons. The Air Force Reserve Officers' 
Association presents ribbons to the five outstanding freshman cadets, the five 



GENERAL INFORMATION 37 

outstanding sophomore cadets, and to members of the best drilled squad. 

Scabbard and Blade Coblenz Memorial Trophy. This trophy is offered to 
the leader of the best drilled squad in competitive drill. 

Sun Newspaper Award. This award is presented to a basic cadet in recog- 
nition of being the best drilled basic cadet in competitive drill. 



ATHLETIC AWARDS 

Tom Birmingham Memorial Trophy. This trophy, awarded by Major 
Benny Alperstein and Major Hotsy Alperstein in memory of the late Tom 
Birmingham, of the Class of 1937, is presented to the outstanding member of 
the boxing team. 

Louis W. Berger Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the outstanding senior 
baseball player. 

William P. Cole, III, Memorial Lacrosse Award. This award, offered by 
the teammates of William P. Cole, III, and the coaches of the 1940 National 
Champion team, is presented to the outstanding midfielder. 

Halbert K. Evans Memorial Track Award. This award, given in memory 
of Hermie Evans, of the Class of 1940, by his friends, is presented to the out- 
standing graduating senior trackman. 

Charles Leroy Mackert Trophy. This trophy is offered by William E. 
Krouse to the Maryland student who has contributed most to wrestling while at 
the University. 

Maryland Ring. The Maryland Ring is offered as a memorial to Charles 
L. Linhardt, of the Class of 1912, to the Maryland man who is adjudged the 
best athlete of the year. 

Anthony C. Nardo Memorial Trophy. This trophy is awarded to the best 
football lineman of the year. 

Edwin Powell Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Class of 1913 to the 
player who has rendered the greatest service to lacrosse during the year. 

Silvester Watch for Excellence in Athletics. A gold watch, given in honor 
of former President of the University R. W. Silvester, is offered annually to 
"the man who typifies the best in college athletics." 

Teke Trophy. This trophy is offered by the Maryland Chapter of Tau 
Kappa Epsilon Fraternity to the student who during his four years at the 
University has rendered the greatest service to football. 

Dixie Walker Memorial Trophy. This trophy, offered by Theta Chi Fra- 
ternity, is awarded to the boxer who has shown the most improvement over his 
performance in preceding years. 



38 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

STUDENT GOVERNMENT AWARDS 

Medals are awarded to members of the Executive Committee of the Student 
Government Association who faithfully perform their duties throughout the year. 

REGULATION OF STUDIES 

Schedule of Classes. A schedule of classes, giving days, hours, and rooms, 
is issued as a separate pamphlet at the beginning of each semester. Classes 
are scheduled to begin at 8:00 A. M. Instructions concerning registration pro- 
cedures are given in the Schedule of Classes. 

Definition of Credit Unit. The semester hour, which is the unit of credit 
in the University, is the equivalent of a subject pursued one period a week for 
one semester. Two or three periods of laboratory or field work are equivalent 
to one lecture or recitation period. 

Examinations. Examinations are held at the end of each semester in ac- 
cordance with the official schedule. Students are required to use the prescribed 
examination book during final examinations and tests if requested by the in- 
structor. 

Marking System. The following symbols are used for marks: A, B, C, and 
D, passing; F, failure; I, incomplete. Mark A denotes superior scholarship; 
mark B, good scholarship; mark C, fair scholarship; and mark D, passing 
scholarship. 

In computing scholarship averages, the following numerical values are used: 
A— 4; B— 3; C— 2; D— 1; F— 0. 

Academic Regulations. A separate pamphlet entitled Academic Regulations 
is published each year, listing the regulations which govern the academic work 
and other activities of students. 

Grade Reports. Written reports of grades are sent by the Registrar at the 
close of the semester to parents or guardians of minor students who are not 
veterans. 

Junior Standing. The requirement for junior standing is, in addition to 
the required military and physical education courses, fifty-six (56) semester 
hours of academic credit, the whole program to be completed with an average 
grade of C. 

Delinquent Students. A student must attain passing marks in fifty per 
cent of the semester hours for which he is registered, or he is automatically 
dropped from the University. The Registrar notifies the student, his parent or 
guardian, and the student's Dean of this action. A student who has been 
dropped for scholastic reasons may appeal in writing to the Committee on 
Admission, Guidance, and Adjustment for reinstatement. The Committee is 
empowered to make adjustments when desirable. A student who has been 
dropped from the University for scholastic reasons and whose petition for rein- 
statement is denied may again petition after a lapse of at least one semester. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 39 

The University reserves the right to request at any time the withdrawal of a 
student who cannot or does not maintain the required standard of scholarship, or 
whose continuance in the University would be detrimental to his or her health, or 
to the health of others, or whose conduct is not satisfactory to the authorities of 
the University. Students of the last class may be asked to withdraw even though 
no specific charge be made against them. 

According to University regulations, excessive absence from any course is 
penalized by failure in the course. Students who are guilty of persistent absence 
from any course will be reported to the President or to his appointed representa- 
tive for final disciplinary action. 

LIVING ARRANGEMENTS 

Dormitories 

1. Room Reservations. All new students desiring to room in the dor- 
mitories should request room application cards by so indicating on their ap- 
plications for admission. The Director of Admissions will refer these appli- 
cations to the Offices of the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. Appli- 
cation cards or blanks will be sent to applicants and should be promptly 
returned to the proper office. A fee of $25.00 will be required, which will be 
deducted from the first semester room charges when the student registers. A 
room is not assured until notice from the Dean concerned is received. Room 
reservations not claimed by freshmen and upperclassmen on their respective 
registration days will be cancelled. A room will be held by special request 
until after classes begin providing the dormitory offices are notified by the first 
day of registration. Room reservation fees will not be refunded if the can- 
cellation is received later than August IS for the first semester. 

2. Applications for rooms are acted upon only when a student has been 
fully admitted academically to the University. 

3. All freshmen except those who live at home are required to room in 
the dormitories when accommodations are available. 

4. Reservations by students in attendance at the University will be made 
during the last two weeks before the close of the spring semester. New students 
are urged to attend to their housing arrangements about three months in 
advance of registration. It is understood that all housing and board arrange- 
ments which are made for the Fall semester are binding for the Spring semester. 

Room and board charges begin with the evening meal prior to the first 
day of registration and include the last day of classes for each semester, with 
the exception of the Christmas recess and the Easter recess. Students unable 
to make other arrangements for the holidays may consult the Dean of Men 
or the Dean of Women for assistance. 

Equipment. Students assigned to the dormitories should provide them- 
selves with sufficient single blankets, sheets, pillow cases, towels, a pillow, a 
laundry bag, a waste paper basket and a study lamp. The individual student 
assumes responsibility for all dormitory property assigned to him. Any damage 



40 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

done to the property, other than that which results from ordinary wear and 
tear, will be charged to the student concerned. Where individual responsibility 
for damage cannot be ascertained, the amount of the damage will be prorated 
among the occupants of the room or the dormitory in which the damage 
occurred. 

Each student will be furnished with a key for his room, for which a deposit 
of $1.00 will be made. The deposit will be returned in exchange for the key 
at the end of the student's stay at the University dormitory. 

Laundry. The University does not provide laundry service. Each student 
is responsible for his or her own laundry. There are several reliable laundry 
concerns in College Park, or if a student prefers, he may send his laundry 
home. It is also possible to make arrangements to rent towels and bed linens. 
Students may do laundry (not including bed linens) in the laundry rooms which 
are located in each dormitory. 

Personal Baggage sent via the American Express and marked with the col- 
lege housing address will be delivered when the student notifies the College 
Park Express Office of his arrival. 

Off-Campus Housing 

1. Men: Only upperclassmen and veterans are allowed to live in houses off 
the campus. A list of "off campus" rooms is available in the Office of the 
Dean of Men. 

2. Women: All housing arrangements for undergraduate women students 
must be approved by the Office of the Dean of Women. 

Estimated Expenses of "Off Campus" Residence 

Most of the "off campus" houses have double rooms with twin beds and pro- 
vide linens and towels. Some require the students to furnish their own bed 
linens. The price for a person in a double room is about $25.00 a month. 

Meals 

1. All students who live in University dormitories must board at the Uni- 
versity Dining Hall. Three meals are served daily and two on Sunday. 

2. Other students may make arrangements to board by the semester at 
the Dining Hall, to eat at the University Cafeteria, or at eating establishments 
in College Park. A few "off campus" houses provide board as well as room. 

3. No rebate is made for meals not eaten at the University Dining Hall 
or in other places where board is paid for in advance. 



STUDENT LIFE AND WELFARE 

RELIGIOUS INFLUENCES 

The University recognizes its responsibility for the welfare of the students, 
not solely in their intellectual growth, but as human personalities whose develop- 
ment along all lines, including the moral and religious, is included in the edu- 



GENERAL INFORMATION 41 

cational process. Pastors representing the major denominational bodies assume 
responsibility for work with the students of their respective faiths and have 
offices in the University Chapel. The chapel, one of the most beautiful struc- 
tures of its kind, is on the campus for the use of all faiths. Church attendance 
is encouraged. 

A faculty committee on religious affairs and social service has as its principal 
function the stimulation of religious thought and activity on the campus. It 
brings noted speakers on religious subjects to the campus from time to time. 
The committee cooperates with the Student Religious Council and the student 
pastors and assists the student denominational clubs in every way that it can. 
Opportunities are provided for students to consult with pastors representing the 
denominations of their choice. 

While there is no attempt to interfere with anyone's religious beliefs, the 
importance of religion is recognized officially and religious activities are en- 
couraged. 

Denominational Clubs. Several religious clubs have been organized among 
the students for their mutual benefit and for participation in certain types of 
service. This year the list includes the Baptist Student Union, the Canterbury 
Club (Episcopal), the Christian Science Club, the Friends' Universit3 r Group, the 
Greek Orthodox Club, the Hillel Foundation (Jewish), the Lutheran Club, the 
Maryland Christian Fellowship, the Newman Club (Catholic), the Wesley 
Foundation (Methodist), and the Westminster Foundation (Presbyterian). These 
clubs meet regularly for worship and discussion, and occasionally for social pur- 
poses. A pastor or a member of the faculty serves as adviser. 

COUNSELING AND GUIDANCE 

Office of the Dean of Men. The Office of the Dean of Men exists for the 
purpose of furnishing friendly counsel and helpful guidance to male students in 
connection with any of their personal problems, especially those related to social 
adjustment, financial need, employment, housing, etc. This Office also handles 
for male students matters of discipline and infringement of University regula- 
tions. 

Office of the Dean of Women. The Office of the Dean of Women exists to 
furnish friendly counsel and helpful guidance to women students in connection 
with their adjustment to college and with their personal problems. In addition, 
this Office coordinates women's activities, approves chaperones for social func- 
tions, regulates sorority rushing in cooperation with the Panhellenic Asso- 
ciation, and advises the Women's Student Government Association. It has 
supervision over all housing accommodations for women students, whether on 
or off campus. A personal interview with one of the members of the staff is 
required of every woman student on entering and on leaving the University. 
All women students are invited to avail themselves of the services of this Office. 

University Counseling Center. The University maintains a center where 
all students are encouraged to go for individual assistance on their vocational 
choices, personal problems, and educational progress. The University Coun- 
seling Center has a professionally qualified staff and has available an extensive 



42 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

selection of diagnostic devices for the analysis of interests, abilities, aptitudes, 
and adjustment. By virtue of the payment of the annual Advisory and Testing 
Fee all students are entitled to the professional services of this center without 
further charge. 

STUDENT HEALTH 

The University recognizes its responsibility for safeguarding the health of 
its student body and takes every reasonable precaution toward this end. All 
new undergraduate students will be given a thorough physical examination at 
the time of their entrance into the University. A well-equipped 'infirmary is 
available for the care of sick or injured students. A small fee is charged under- 
graduate students for this infirmary service, but this fee does not include ex- 
pensive drugs and special diagnostic procedures. 

Infirmary Service 

1. All undergraduate students may receive dispensary service and medical 
advice at the infirmary during office hours established by the physician in 
charge. 

2. A registered nurse is on duty at all hours in the Infirmary for student 
care. Students are required to report illnesses during doctors' office hours unless 
the case is an emergency. 

3. Undergraduate students not residing in their own homes may, upon order 
of the University physician, be admitted to the Infirmary and cared for to the 
extent of the facilities available. Students living off the campus will be charged 
a subsistence fee. In case of illness requiring a special nurse, consultations, ex- 
pensive drugs, x-rays or special tests, the extra expense must be borne by the 
student. 

4. Students living in dormitories, fraternity houses, sorority houses, or "off 
campus" houses who are too ill to go to the Infirmary must notify their house- 
mother, proctor or householder, who' in turn will notify the Infirmary. In all 
cases except emergencies, the physician in charge must be notified during office 
hours. 

5. When a student is admitted to the Infirmary and the illness is of a 
serious nature, parents will be promptly informed of the admission and of the 
progress of the student's condition. Visiting hours are 10 A. M. to 11 A. M. 
and 7 P. M. to 7:30 P. M. daily. Each patient is allowed only three visitors 
at one time. No visitor may see any patient until permission is granted by the 
doctor or nurse in charge. 

6. Hospitalization is not available at the Infirmary for faculty, graduate 
students, or employees. Emergency dispensary service, however, is available 
for faculty, graduate students, and employees who are injured in University 
service or University activities. 

Public Health. All dormitories, "off campus" houses, sorority, and fraternity 
houses are inspected periodically by the Student Health Service to insure that 
proper sanitary conditions are maintained and that kitchens meet the prescribed 
standards for cleanliness and sanitation. All food handlers will be examined in 
accordance with directives issued by the Student Health Service. 



GENERAL INFORMATION 43 

ATHLETICS AND RECREATION 

The University recognizes the importance of the physical development of all 
students and, in addition to the required physical education for freshmen and 
sophomores, sponsors a comprehensive intercollegiate and intramural program. 
Students are encouraged to participate in competitive athletics and to learn the 
skill of games that may be carried on after leaving college. The intramural 
program, which covers a large variety of sports, is conducted by the Physical 
Education Department for both men and women. 

The Council on Intercollegiate athletics sponsors and supervises a full pro- 
gram of intercollegiate athletics in every form necessary to meet the needs of 
the student body. By keeping this program in proper bounds, it becomes an 
incidental feature of University life. Each student is encouraged to participate 
in the program, either as an athlete or as a spectator. A strong intercollegiate 
program creates the incentives for extensive participation in the intramural 
program and, further, the program furnishes a rallying point of common interest 
for students, alumni, and faculty. 

The University is a member of the Atlantic Coast Conference, the National 
Collegiate Athletic Association, the United States Intercollegiate Lacrosse As- 
sociation, the Intercollegiate Amateur Athletic Association of America, and 
cooperates with other national organizations in the promotion of amateur 
athletics. 

The University has an Activities Building which contains a modern gym- 
nasium, a swimming pool, training facilities for indoor sports, physical education 
laboratories, and an arena; a large armory; a modern stadium with a running 
track; a number of athletic fields; tennis courts; baseball diamonds; and a gym- 
nasium and swimming pool for women. 

EXTRA-CURRICULAR STUDENT ACTIVITIES 

The following description of student activities covers those of the under- 
graduate divisions at College Park. The catalogs of the Baltimore Schools also 
include descriptions of student activities. 

Regulation of Student Activities. The association of students in organized 
bodies for the purpose of carrying on voluntary student activities in orderly 
and productive ways is recognized and encouraged. All organized student activi- 
ties are under the supervision of the Student Life Committee. Such organiza- 
tions are formed only with the consent of the Student Life Committee and the 
approval of the President. Without such consent and approval no student 
organization which in any way represents the University before the public, or 
which purports to be a University organization or an organization of University 
students, may use the name of the University in connection with its own name, 
or in connection with its members as students. 

Student Government. 

The Student Government Association consists of all the students and is the 
instrument for student government. It operates under an approved constitution 



44 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

and bylaws. Its officers are the president, vice president, secretary, and treas- 
urer. 

Executive Council 

The Executive Council is the over-all student governing body which per- 
forms the executive duties incident to managing student affairs and works in 
cooperation with the Student Life Committee. It consists of seventeen student 
members representing the various phases of University life. 

Associated Women Students 

The Associated Women Students, in cooperation with the Office of the 
Dean of Women, handles all matters pertaining to women students. 

Men's League 

The Men's League, in cooperation with the Office of the Dean of Men, 
handles matters pertaining to men students. 

Student Life Committee 

The Student Life Committee, a faculty committee, keeps in close touch with 
all conditions and activities, excepting classroom work, that affect the student 
and, acting in an advisory capacity, endeavors to improve any unsatisfactory 
conditions that may exist. 

Two pamphlets, Academic Regulations, and General Regulations, issued an- 
nually and distributed to the students in the fall, contain full information con- 
cerning student matters as well as a statement of the rules of the University. 

Eligibility to Represent the University. Only students in good standing are 
eligible to represent the University in extra-curricular activities. In addition, 
various student organizations have established certain other requirements. To 
compete in varsity athletics a student must pass the required number of hours 
as determined by the Athletic Council. 

Discipline. In the government of the University, the President and faculty 
rely chiefly upon the sense of responsibility of the students. The student who 
pursues his studies diligently, attends classes regularly, lives honorably, and 
maintains good behavior meets this responsibility. In the interest of the general 
welfare of the University, those who fail to maintain these standards are asked 
to withdraw. Students are under the direct supervision of the University only 
when on the campus or attending an approved function representing the Uni- 
versity. They are responsible to the University for their conduct wherever they 
may be. 

FRATERNITIES, SORORITIES, CLUBS, AND SOCIETIES 

Honorary Fraternities, Sororities, and Societies. Honorary fraternities, 
sororities, and societies in the University are organized to uphold scholastic and 
cultural standards. Those which stress scholastic and general achievement are 
Alpha Lambda Delta, national freshman women's scholastic society requiring 
a 3,5 average; Mortar Board, national senior women's society, recognizing service, 



GENERAL INFORMATION 45 

leadership, and scholarship; Omicron Delta Kappa, national men's society, 
recognizing conspicuous attainment in non-curricular activities and general 
leadership; Phi Eta Sigma, national freshman men's society; Phi Kappa Phi, 
national fraternity for honor students, both men and women, in all branches of 
learning; and Sigma Xi, scientific fraternity. 

National honorary and professional fraternities which recognize achieve- 
ment in special endeavor are Alpha Chi Sigma, men's chemistry; Alpha Kappa 
Delta, men's sociology ; Alpha Zeta, men's agricultural ; Beta Alpha Psi, men's ac- 
counting ; Beta Gamma Sigma, commerce ; Delta Sigma Pi, commerce ; Gamma Beta, 
student band ; Iota Lambda Sigma, men's industrial education ; Kappa Kappa Psi, 
student band; National Collegiate Players, dramatics; Omicron Nu, women's 
home economics; Phi Alpha Epsilon, physical education; Phi Alpha Theta, 
history: Phi Chi Theta, women's commerce; Phi Delta Kappa, men's educa- 
tion; Pi Alpha Xi, horticulture; Pi Delta Epsilon, journalism; Pi Sigma 
Alpha, political science; Psi Chi, psychology; Sigma Eta, speech and hearing 
therapy; Sigma Alpha Omicron, bacteriology; Sigma Pi Alpha, physics; Sigma 
Tau Epsilon, women's physical education: and Tau Beta Phi, general engineer- 
ing. 

Other honorary societies are the Arnold Air Society, Air Force R.O.T.C.; 
Pershing Rifles, men's military; Scabbard and Blade, men's military; Vanden- 
berg Guard, Air Force society for basic cadets; and the Varsity M Club, an 
honorary athletic organization. 

Social Fraternities and Sororities. There are twenty-four national fraterni- 
ties and sixteen national sororities at College Park. These in the order of their 
establishment at the University are Kappa Alpha, Sigma Nu, Phi Sigma Kappa, 
Delta Sigma Phi, Alpha Gamma Rho, Theta Chi, Phi Alpha, Tau Epsilon Phi, 
Alpha Tau Omega, Phi Delta Theta, Lambda Chi Alpha, Sigma Alpha Mu, 
Alpha Epsilon Pi, Phi Kappa Sigma, Sigma Chi, Sigma Alpha Epsilon, Tau 
Kappa Epsilon, Zeta Beta Tau, Delta Tau Delta, Sigma Pi, Sigma Phi Epsilon, 
Phi Kappa Tau, Delta Kappa Epsilon and Pi Kappa Alpha, national fraternities; 
Alpha Omicron Pi, Kappa Kappa Gamma, Kappa Delta, Delta Delta Delta, 
Alpha Xi Delta, Phi Sigma Sigma, Alpha Delta Pi, Sigma Kappa, Gamma Phi 
Beta, Alpha Epsilon Phi, Pi Beta Phi, Delta Gamma, Kappa Alpha Theta, 
Alpha Gamma Delta, Alpha Chi Omega, and Sigma Delta Tau, national sorori- 
ties. 

Clubs and Societies. Many clubs and societies, with literary, art, cultural, 
scientific, social, and other special objectives are maintained in the University. 
Some of these are purely student organizations; others are conducted jointly by 
students and members of the faculty. The list follows: 

Civic and Service Organizations. Alpha Phi Omega, national service fra- 
ternity; Daydodgers' Club; Diamond Club, a sorority service organization; 
Graduate Club; Independent Students' Association: Interfraternity Council; 
Interfraternity Pledge Council; Junior Panhellenic Council; Latch Key Club; 
Mr. and Mrs. Club; Panhellenic Council; and the Student Unit of the American 
Red Cross. 



46 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Subject Matter Organizations. Accounting Club, Agricultural Council, 
Agricultural Economics Club, American Institute of Chemical Engineers, Ameri- 
can Institute of Electrical Engineers and Institute of Radio Engineers, Ameri- 
can Society of Civil Engineers, American Society of Mechanical Engineers, 
Childhood Education Club, Chinese Students' Club, Collegiate 4-H Club, Dairy 
Science Club, Economics Seminar Club, Engineering Council, French Club, 
Future Farmers of America, Future Teachers of America, German Club, Home 
Economics Club, Industrial Education Club, Institute of Aeronautical Sciences, 
Institute of Food Technology, International Club, International Relations Club, 
Islamic Club, Louisa Parsons Nursing Club, Marketing Club, Maryland Poultry 
Science Club, Mathematics Club, Music Educators' Club, Philosophy Club, 
Physics Journal Club, Plant Industry Club, Propellor Club, Radio and TV Guild, 
Society for the Advancement of Management, Sociology Club, Spanish Club, 
Student Affiliate of the American Chemical Society, Veterans' Club, Veterinary 
Science Club, and Women's Recreation Association. 

Recreational Organizations: Aqualiners' Club, Art Club, Astronomy Club, 
Ballroom Dance Club (instructional group), Block and Bridle Club, Calvert 
Debating Society, Campus Conjurers, Chapel Choir, Chess Club, Clef and Key, 
Driver Training Club, Gymkana Club, Judo Club, Maryland Flying Association, 
Men's Glee Club, Model Airplane Club, Radio Club, Riding Club, Rossborough 
Club (large campus dances), Sailing Club, Ski Club, Terrapin Trail Club, Uni- 
versity Orchestra, University Theatre, WMUC Radio Station, Weightlifting 
Club, and the Women's Chorus. 

Fraternities and sororities, as well as all other clubs and organizations 
recognized by the University, are expected to conduct their social and financial 
activities in accordance with the rules of good conduct and upon sound business 
principles. Where such rules and principles are observed, individual members 
will profit by the experience of the whole group and thereby become better 
fitted for their life's work after graduation. Rules governing the different 
activities will be found in the pamphlet General University Regulations. 

UNIVERSITY AND A. F. R. O. T. C. BANDS 

The University of Maryland Student Band and the A.F.R.O.T.C. Band 
are two separate musical organizations at the University, existing for the 
purpose of furthering the musical knowledge of interested students. The 
A. F. R. O. T. C. Band functions under the College of Military Science. The 
Student Band is under the direction of the Music Department and is assisted 
by the Military Department. Students are not required to be members of the 
University of Maryland Band in order to be eligible for the Air Force R. O. T. C. 
Band. The instruction of both bands is conducted by an experienced band- 
master.. 

STUDENT PUBLICATIONS 

Four student publications are conducted under the guidance of a faculty 
adviser and the general supervision of the Student Publications Board. The 
Diamondback, a newspaper, summarizes the University news and provides a 



GENERAL IX FORMATION 47 

medium for the discussion of matters of interest to the students and the faculty. 
The Terrapin, the yearbook, is a reflection of campus activities, serving to com- 
memorate the principal events of the college year. The Old Line is a maga- 
zine of literature, humor, and art, published periodically. The .1/ Book is a 
handbook for incoming students and is designed to acquaint them with University 
life. 

STUDENTS' SUPPLY STORE 

For the convenience of students, the University maintains a Students' Supply 
Store, located in the basement of the Student Union Building, where students 
may obtain at reasonable prices textbooks, classroom materials and equipment. 
The store also carries jewelry, stationery, fountain pens and novelty items. 
This store is operated on a basis of furnishing students needed books and 
supplies at as low a cost as practicable, and profits, if any, are turned into the 
general University treasury to be used for promoting general student welfare. 
Because of heavy demand for textbooks at the beginning of each semester, the 
student should purchase required textbooks during registration week. 

UNIVERSITY POST OFFICE 

The University operates an office for the reception, dispatch, and delivery 
of United States mail, including Parcel Post packages, and for inter-office com- 
munications. This office is located in the basement of the STUDENT UNION 
BUILDING. The campus post office is NOT A PART OF THE UNITED 
STATES POSTAL SYSTEM and no facilities are available for sending or 
receiving postal money orders. Postage stamps, however, may be purchased. 
Uuited States mail is received at 8:30 A. M. and 2 P. M. and dispatched at 
11:15 A. M. and 4:00 P. M. daily, except that on Saturdays, mail is dispatched 
at 11:15 A. M. only. 

Each student in the University is assigned a Post Office box at the time of 
registration, for which a small fee is charged. Also, boxes are provided for the 
various University offices. Students may have access to their Post Office boxes 
from 7:30 A. M. until 9 P. M. One of the major reasons for the operation of 
the Post Office is to provide a convenient method by which Deans, teachers 
and University officials may communicate with students. Students are therefore 
expected to call for their mail daily, if possible, in order that such communi- 
cations may come to their attention promptly. 

ALUMNI 

The Alumni Council, composed of representatives from the Schools and 
Colleges of the University — one from the M Club and one from each area 
Alumni Club — coordinates all general alumni interests and activities. The Council 
membership includes three representatives from each of the organized alumni 
associations for the Schools and Colleges of Agriculture, Arts and Sciences, 
Business and Public Administration, Dentistry, Education, Engineering, Home 
Economics, Law, Medicine, Nursing and Pharmacy. 

Council activities include the alumni publication, Maryland; a scholarship 
program; and an annual Homecoming at College Park. Membership in the 



48 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



University of Maryland Alumni Association is automatic through affiliation with 
one of the School and College organizations. Each School and College Alumni 
Association exerts an active interest in the welfare of its respective graduates 
and of the University. Objectives of the general Association include the pro- 
motion of the interests and welfare of the University and efforts to further mu- 
tually beneficial relations between the University, the people of Maryland, and 
the alumni. 

Maryland, a bi-monthly magazine issued by the Alumni Asssociation, pub- 
lishes articles of general interest, feature articles written by faculty members and 
alumni, campus news, and sports news. 




ROSSBOROUGH INN 

Erected in 1798, the oldest building on the Campus. Lafayette, 
Washington, and practically all colonial leaders stopped here. This 
was the first stop on the Old Post Road, Alexandria to Philadelphia, 
New York and Boston and, later, from Washington to Baltimore. 

Rossborough was the first building on the campus of the second 
agricultural college in the Western Hemisphere, established in 1856, 
and was the home of the first Agricultural Experiment Station to be 
established in the United States in 1888. When the old building 
was remodeled in 1938, huge white letters painted on the ends of the 
building proclaimed it as the "Maryland Agricultural Experiment 
Station." 

"My Son John Went Out to Ross's to Meet General Lafayette," 
wrote John Quincy Adams, President of the United States. 



College of 
AGRICULTURE 

STAFF 

Gordon M. Cairns, Dean of Agriculture and Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.S., Cornell University, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director of Extension and Professor of Agricultural Economics 
and Marketing 

B.S., University of California, 1928; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.P.A., 1948 
and D.P.A., 1951, Harvard University. 

Irvin C. Haut, Director of Experiment Station and Professor and Head 

of Horticulture 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1928; M.S., State College of Washington, 1930; 

Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1933. 



Thomas B. Symons, Dean of Agriculture Emeritus 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1902; M.S., Maryland State College, 1905; 

D. Agr., Universitly of Maryland, 1918. 

William B. Kemp, Director of Experiment Station Emeritus 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1912; Ph.D., American University, 1928. 

Charles O. Appleman, Professor of Plant Physiology Emeritus 
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1910. 

Samuel H. DeVault, Professor of Agriculture Economics and Marketing Emeritus 

A.B., Carson-Newman College, 1912 ; A.M., University of North Carolina, 1915 ; 

Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

Morley A. Jull, Professor of Poultry Husbandry, Emeritus 

B.S.A., University of Toronto, 1908; M.S., McGill University, 1914; 
Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1921. 

Venia M. Kellar, Assistant Director, Emeritus 
B.S., Wesleyan University (Nebr.), 1903. 

John B. S. Norton, Professor of Botany Emeritus 
B.S., Kansas State College, 1896; M.S., 1900; Sc.D.,' (hon.), University of Maryland. 



George J. Abrams, Assistant Professor of Apiculture 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1927 ; M.S., 1929. 

Arthur M. Ahalt, Professor and Head, Department of Agricultural Education 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1937. 

Clementine B. Anslinger, Extension Instructor in Marketing 
B.A., College of St. Rose, 1936. 

Wendell S. Arbuckle, Professor of Dairy Manufacturing. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1933 ; M.A., University of Missouri, 1937 ; Ph.D., 1940. 

John H. Axley, Associate Professor of Soils. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1937; Ph.D., 1945. 

Ronald Bamford, Professor and Head of Botany 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1924; M.S., University of Vermont, 1926; Ph.D., 
Columbia University, 1931. 

George M. Beal, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing. 

B.S., Utah State College, 1934; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1938; Ph. D., 1942. 

49 



SO UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Glenn H. Beck, Professor and Head of Dairy. 

B.S., University of Idaho, 1936; M.S., Kansas State College, 1938; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1950. 

Frank L. Bentz, Jr., Assistant Professor of Soils. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1942 ; Ph.D., 1952. 

William E. Bickley, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1934; M.S., 1936; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 
1940. 

Theodore L. Bissell, Associate Professor of Entomology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1920; M.S., Cornell University, 1936. 

Luther B. Bohanan, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
B.S., University of Tennessee, 1932; M.S., 1939. 

Gerard A. Bourbeau, Associate Professor of Soils 

B.A., St. Francis Xavier College, 1938; B.S., Laval Quebec University, 1934; 
M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1946 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

Melvin C. Brennan, Instructor, Visual Aids 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Donald M. Britton, Assistant Professor of Pomology 

B.A., University of Toronto, 1946; Ph.D., University of Virginia, 1950. 

Russell G. Brown, Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1929 ; M.S., 1930 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 
1934. 

Robert L. Bruce, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant County Agent Leader 
B.S., University of Nebraska, 1949 ; M.S., Cornell University, 1952. 

Arthur L. Brueckner, Professor and Head of Veterinary Science 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1914; V.M.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1924. 

Fred L. Bull, Extension Professor, Soil Conservation 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1925. 

John Buric, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1948 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

George J. Burkhardt, Professor in Agricultural Engineering 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1933 ; B.S.M.E., 1934 ; M.S., 1935. 

David J. Burns, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
B.S., University of Maryland. 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

William E. Carnaham, Extension Instructor and Information Specialist 
B.A., University of Colorado, 1955. 

Ray W. Carpenter, Professor and Head of Agricultural Engineering 

A.B., University of Nebraska, 1920 ; LL.B., Georgetown University, 1926. 

Sing C. Chang, Assistant in Veterinary Virology 

B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1929 ; Ph.D., Rutgers University, 1939. 

Gwendolyne J. Clyatt, Extension Assistant Professor, Food Economist 
B.S., North Texas State College, 1938. 

Janet L. Coblentz, Extension Assistant Professor and Foods and Nutrition Specialist 
B.S., Hood College, 1944. 

Gerald F. Combs, Professor of Poultry Husbandry 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1940 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1948. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 51 

Charlotte A. Conaway, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H 
Club Agent 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947. 

Ernest N. Cory, Professor and Head of Department of Entomology 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1909; M.S., 1913; Ph.D., American University, 
1926. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Professor of Agricultural Education 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1916; M.A., Columbia University, 1917; Ph.D., Amer- 
ican University, 1930. 

Cornelia M. Cotton, Cooperative Agent, Veterinary Science 

A.B., Cornell University, 1921; M.S., Syracuse University, 1926; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1943. 

Carroll E. Cox, Professor of Plant Pathology 

A.B., University of Delaware, 1938 ; M.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1940 ; 
Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1943. 

John L. Crothers, Extension Assistant Professor, Department of Markets 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S., 1954. 

Vivian L. Curnutt, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Furnishings Specialist 
B.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1932 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1933. 

Richard F. Davis, Assistant Professor in Dairy Production. 

B.S.. University of New Hampshire, 1950 ; M.S., 1952 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 
1953. 

A. Morris Decker, Jr., Assistant Professor of Crops. 

B.S.. Colorado A. & M., 1949; M.S., Utah State College, 1950; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1953. 

Harold M. Devolt, Professor of Poultry Pathology. 
M.S., Cornell University, 1926; D.V.M.. 1923. 

Donald W. Dickson, Assistant Professor and Publications Editor 

B.S., Baldwin Wallace College, 1947. 

i 

John P. Dietrich, Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1949 ; M.S., 1951. 

Lewis P. Ditman, Research Professor of Entomology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926 ; M.S., 1929 ; Ph.D., 1931. 

Andrew A. Duncan, Extension Instructor of Horticulture 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1952. 

Charles P. Ellington, Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., University of Georgia, 1950 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Lee J. Enright, Assistant Professor of Ornamental Horticulture 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.F., 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Kenneth E. Felton, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; B.S.C.E., 1951. 

James R. Foster, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

A.B., University of Kentucky, 1933; M.S., 1935; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 
1954. 

John E. Foster, Professor and Head of Animal Husbandry. 

B.S., North Carolina State College, 1926; M.S., Kansas State College, 1927; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1937. 

Hugh G. Gauch, Professor of Plant Physiology. 

B.S., Miami University 1935; M.S., Kansas State College, 1937; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1939 



52 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Lester F. George, Instructor of Agricultural Engineering. 
B.S.. Pennsylvania State College, 1951. 

Guy W. Gienger, Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., 1936. 

Castillo Graham, Research Associate Professor of Entomology 

B.S., Mississippi A. & M. College, 1927; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930; 
Ph.D., 1932. 

Willard W. Green, Professor of Animal Husbandry 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1939. 

Arthur B. Hamilton, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1929; M.S., 1931. 

Paul A. Hansen, Professor of Veterinary Bacteriology 

B. of Ph.. Copenhagen University, 1922 ; M.S., Royal Technical College, Copen- 
hagen, 1926; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1931. 

Wallace C. Harding, Jr., Instructor in Entomology 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Floyd P. Harrison, Instructor in Entomology 

B.S., Louisiana State University, 1951; M.S., 1953; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 
1955. 

Basil C. Hatziolos, Associate Professor of Pathology 

D.V.M., Veterinary School of Alfort. France, 1929 ; Dr. Vet. in An. Hus.— Veterin- 
ary School of Berlin, Germany, 1932. 

Elizabeth E. Haviland, Assistant Professor of Entomology 

A.B., Wilmington (Ohio) College, 1923; M.A., Cornell University, 1926; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1936 : Ph.D., 1945. 

Russell C. Hawes, Extension Professor of Marketing 

B.S., Rhode Island State College, 1921; M.S., University of Rhode Island, 1942. 

Lavonia Hilbert, Extension Assistant Professor and Clothing Specialist 
B.S., West Virginia University, 1937 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1946. 

Harold H. Hoecker, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1941. 

William L. Hollis, Instructor in Vegetable Crops 
B.S., University of Delaware, 1952; M.S., 1954. 

H. Palmer Hopkins, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Education 

B.S., Oklahoma Agricultural and Mechanical College, 1936 ; M.Ed., University of 
Maryland, 1948. 

Mabel G. Howell, Extension Instructor, Marketing 
B.S., Middle Tennessee State College, 1933. 

Merle L. Howes, Extension Assistant Professor and Assistant State 4-H Club Agent 
B.S., Kansas State College, 1950 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952. 

John H. Hoyert, Extension Assistant Professor of Agronomy 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., 1951. 

William R. Jenkins, Assistant Professor in Plant Pathology 

B.S., William and Mary College, 1950; M.S., University of Virginia, 1952; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1954. 

Carl N. Johnson, Extension Assistant Professor in Landscape Gardening 
B.S., Michigan State College, 1947, 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 53 

Robert B. Johnson, Associate Professor of Veterinary Physiology 
A.B., University of South Dakota, 1939. 

Warren T. Johnson, Instructor in Entomology 

B.S., Morris Harvey College (W. Va.), 1947; M.S., Ohio State University, 1951. 

Mary Juhn, Research Professor, Poultry Physiology 

B.S., Zurich, 1916; Ph.D., University ol Zurich, 1923. 

James G. Kantzes, Instructor in Plant Pathology 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1954. 

Mark Keeney, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942; M.S., Ohio State University, 1948; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania State College, 1950. 

Malcolm H. Kerr, Extension Professor of Animal Husbandry 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1925 ; M.S., 1930. 

Amihud Kramer, Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938; M.S., 1939; Ph.D., 1942. 

Robert W. Krauss, Assistant Professor in Plant Physiology 

A.B., Oberlin College, 1947; M.S., University of Hawaii, 1949; Ph.D., University 
of Maryland, 1951. 

Elroy R. Krestensen, Instructor in Entomology 
B.S., University of Florida, 1949 ; M.S., 1951. 

Albert V. Krewatch, Extension Professor in Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Delaware, 1925 ; M.S., 1929. 

Albin O. Kuhn, Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1938 ; M.S., 1939 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

George S. Langford, Extension Professor of Entomology 

B.S., Clemson College, 1921; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924; Ph.D., Ohio 
State University, 1929. 

Emory C. Leffel, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1953. 

Conrad B. Link, Professor of Floriculture 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1940. 

John E. Mahoney, Extension Assistant Professor in Marketing 
B.S., University of Vermont, 1935. 

Floyd V. Matthews, Jr., Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1950; M.S., Oklahoma A. & M., 1951. 

William A. Matthews, Associate Professor in Vegetable Crops 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1928 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1930. 

Joseph F. Mattick, Associate Professor of Dairy Manufacturing 
B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1942 ; Ph.D., 1950. 

Harold S. McConnell, Research Associate Professor of Entomology 

B.S., Clemson Agricultural College, 1916; M.S., University of Maryland, 1931. 

John A. Meade, Instructor in Agronomy 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Charles P. Merrick, Extension Associate Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1933. 

Amos R. Meyer, Extension Associate Professor of Marketing 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1940. 



54 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Jeanne S. Moehn (Mrs.), Extension Associate Professor and Family Life Specialist 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1940. 

Dei^ert T. Morgan, Associate Professor of Botany 

B.S., Kent State University, 1940 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1942 ; Ph.D., 1948. 

Omar D. Morgan, Jr., Assistant Professor of Plant Pathology 

B. Ed., Illinois State Normal University, 1940; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1950. 

John L. Morris, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1943. 

Sam C. Munson, Lecturer in Entomology 

B.S., Mississippi State College, 1930 ; M.S., 1931 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 

1952. 

Ray A. Murray, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

B.S., University of Nebraska, 1934; M.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., 1949. 

Joseph L. Newcomer, Extension Assistant Professor — Seed Programs 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1955. 

James L. Nicholson, Extension Assistant Professor, Poultry Husbandry 
BS., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Gilbert # J. Plumer, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science, Live Stock 
Laboratory 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; D.V.M., New York State Veterinary College, 

Cornell University, 1953. 

Leo J. Poelma, Professor of Animal Pathology 

M.S., University of Maryland, 1928 ; D.V.M., Kansas City Veterinary College, 1916. 

Paul R. Poffenberger, Professor and Acting Head of Agricultural Economics and 
Marketing 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935; M.S., 1937; Ph.D., American University, 1953. 

George D. Quigley, Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.S., Michigan State College, 1925. 

Robert D. Rappleye, Assistant Professor of Botany 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

Reginald L. Reagan, Professor of Veterinary Virology 
Major, U. S. Army, Retired. 

Burnell K. Rebert, Extension Instructor, Marketing 
B.S., Elizabethtown College, 1947. 

Joanne W. Reitz, Extension Assistant Professor and Home Management Specialist 

B.S., Indiana State Teachers College, 1946; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 
1952. 

Charles W. Reynolds, Assistant Professor of Vegetable Crops 

B.A., University of Alabama, 1941; B.S., Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1947; 
M.S., 1949 ; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Wade H. Rice, Extension Associate Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.S., North Carolina State College, 1921. 

Benjamin L. Rogers, Extension Assistant Professor of Pomology 

B.S., Clemson College, 1943; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1947; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1950. 

Wayne C. Rohrer, Assistant Professor of Rural Sociology 

B.S., Texas A. & M., 1946; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., Michigan State University, 1955. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 55 

George L. Romoser, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

Thomas S. Ronningen, Associate Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., Wisconsin State Teachers College, 1939; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1947; 
Ph.D., 1949. 

Russell G. Rothgeb, Professor in Agronomy 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1924; M.S., Iowa State College, 1925; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1928. 

John M. Ryan, Associate Professor and Agricultural Editor 
B.S., South Dakota State College, 1938. 

Reese I. Sailer, Lecturer in Entomology 

A.B., University of Kansas, 1938 ; Ph.D., 1942. 

Paul W. Santelmann, Assistant Professor in Crops 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., Michigan State College, 1952; Ph.D., 
Ohio State University, 1954. 

John R. Schabinger, Extension Assistant Professor of Dairy Husbandry 
B.S., University of Delaware, 1943 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State, 1947. 

Leland E. Scott, Professor of Horticultural Physiology 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1927; M.S., Michigan State College, 1929; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1943. 

Clyne S. Siiaffner, Professor and Head of Poultry Husbandry 

B.S., Michigan State College, 193S ; M.S., 1940; Ph.D., Purdue University, lMT. 

James B. Shanks, Associate Professor of Floriculture 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1939; M.S., 1946; Ph.D., 1949. 

Joseph C. Shaw, Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1930 ; M.S., University of Montana, 1932 ; Ph.D., Univer- 
sity of Minnesota, 1938. 

Harold H. Shepard, Lecturer in Entomology 

B.S., Massachusetts State College, 1924; M.S., University of Maryland 1927; 
Ph.D., Massachusetts State College, 1931. 

Mark M. Shoemaker, Associate Professor of Landscape Gardening 
B.A., University of Michigan, 1921 ; M.L.D., 1922. 

Mary S. Shorb, Research Professor, Nutrition 

B.S., College of Idaho, 1928 ; Sc.D., Johns Hopkins University, 1933. 

Stanley C. Shull, Associate Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

B.A.. Bridgewater College, 1941; M.A., University of Virginia, 1941; Ph.D., 
Cornell University, 1951. 

Hugh D. Sisler, Assistant Professor in Plant Pathology 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949, M.S., 1951, Ph.D., 1953. 

Harold D. Smith, Assistant Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 

B.A., Bridgewater College, 1943; M.S., University of Maryland, 1947; Ph.D., 
American University, 1952. 

Robert J. Snyder, Assistant Professor, Vegetable Crops. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., Pennsylvania State Uni- 
versity, 1955. 

James R. Sperry, Associate Professor of Veterinary Science 
D.V.M., Ohio State University, 1915. 

Francis C. Stark, Professor of Vegetable Crops 

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M. 1940; M.S., University of Maryland, 1941; Ph.D., 1948. 



56 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

George A. Stevens, Extension Instructor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1941 ; M.S., 1949. 

Orman E. Street, Professor of Agronomy 

B.S., South Dakota State College, 1924 ; M.S., Michigan State College, 1926 ; 
Ph.D., 1933. 

Edward Strickling, Assistant Professor of Soils 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937 ; Ph.D., 1949. 

Arthur H. Thompson, Professor of Pomology 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1944; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1945. 

Herman S. Todd, Instructor in Horticulture 
B.S., Ohio State University, 1937. 

Bernard A. Twigg, Extension Instructor, Processing 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1955. 

Perry F. Twining, Extension Associate Professor of Poultry . 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949. 

Albert F. Vierheller, Extension Professor of Horticulture 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1918 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1923. 

William P. Walker, Professor of Agricultural Economics and Marketing 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1921 ; M.S., 1924. 

Mardis R. Warner, Extension Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., Ohio State University; 1950 ; B.S.A.B., 1950. 

Edwin J. Weatherby, Extension Associate Professor of Dairy Husbandry 

B.S., Cornell University, 1938; M.S., University of Vermont, 1940; Ph.D., Rutgers 
University, 1942. 

Leslie O. Weaver, Extension Professor of Plant Pathology 

B.S-A., Ontario Agricultural College, 1934 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1943. 

Boyd T. Whittle, Extension Associate Professor, Animal Husbandry 
B.S., Idaho University, 1947 ; M.S., Illinois University, 1948. 

Frank H. Wilcox, Assistant Professor of Poultry Husbandry 

B.S., University of Connecticut, 1951 ; M.S., Cornell University, 1953 ; Ph.D., 1955. 

Robert C. Wiley, Assistant Professor of Horticulture Processing 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 1950 ; Ph.D., Oregon State College, 1953. 

Howard B. Winant, Assistant Professor of Soils 

B.S., Maryland Agricultural College, 1917; M.S., University of Maryland, 1924. 

Francis C. Wingert, Assistant Professor of Animal Husbandry 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1945; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1955. 

Paul N. Winn, Research Assistant Professor of Agricultural Engineering 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947. 



*SUPERVISING TEACHERS IN AGRICULTURE 

Ahalt, Louis F., B.S., 1940, M.S., 1952, University of Maryland. 
Middletown High School, Middletown, Maryland. 



•Teachers of Vocational Agriculture who supervise student teachers during the 
practice teaching period in cooperation with the Department of Agricultural Education. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 57 

Biggs, W. Harlan, B.S., University of Maryland, Vocational Center. 
Hagerstown High School, Hagerstown, Maryland. 

Carlton, Jean F., B.S., 1948, M.S., 1952, University of Maryland. 
Arundel High School, Gambrills, Maryland. 

McDonald Leib, B.S., 1943, M.Ed., 1951, University of Maryland. 
Hereford High School, Parkton, Maryland. 

Smith. Warren C, B.S., 1943, M.S. 1952, University of Maryland. 
Frederick High School, Frederick, Maryland. 

Sultenfuss, Vernon B., B.S., 1947, University of Maryland. 
Centreville High School, Centreville, Maryland. 

Ward, Maurice C, B.S.. 1942, M.S., 1952, University of Maryland. 
Poolesville High School. Poolesville, Maryland. 



58 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 

Gordon M. Cairns, Ph.D., Dean 



THE College of Agriculture offers both general and specialized training for 
students who wish to prepare for professional work in the broad field of 
agricultural endeavor. The students receive basic fundamental and cultural 
education, correlated with technical agricultural courses and the related sciences. 
In addition the college aims to train the students in a way that enables them to 
take responsible positions in agricultural and allied industries. Students come from 
both rural and urban areas. Farm-reared students enter either general or specialized 
curricula; non-farm reared students tend to follow the specialized programs. 

History 

The College of Agriculture is the oldest division of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. The institution was chartered in 1856 under the 
name of the Maryland Agricultural College. For three years the College was 
under private management. When Congress passed the Land Grant Act 
in 1862, the General Assembly of Maryland accepted it for the State and 
named the Maryland Agricultural College as the beneficiary. When the 
institution was merged in 1920 with the University of Maryland in Baltimore, 
the College of Agriculture took its place as one of the major divisions of 
this larger, more comprehensive organization. 

In addition to teaching, the College of Agriculture includes the Agricultural 
Experiment Station and the Extension Service. They were established as the 
result of acts passed by Congress in 1887 and 1914 respectively. A more 
complete description of these two services appears later in this bulletin. 

General 

The College provides curricula for those who wish to engage in general 
farming, livestock production, dairying, poultry husbandry, fruit or vegetable 
growing, floriculture or ornamental horticulture, field crop production, or in 
the highly specialized scientific activities connected with these industries. It 
prepares men to serve as farm managers, for positions with commercial con- 
cerns related to agriculture, for responsible positions in departments of vocational 
agriculture in high schools or as investigators in experiment stations, for extension 
work, for regulatory activities, and for service in the United States Department of 
Agriculture. 

Through research the frontiers of knowledge relating to agriculture and 
the fundamental sciences underlying it are constantly being extended and 
solutions for important problems are being found. Research projects in many 
fields are in progress. Students taking courses in agriculture from instructors 
who devote part time to research, or are closely associated with it, are kept 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 59 

in close touch with the latest discoveries and developments in the investigations 
under way. The findings of these research scientists provide valuable informa- 
tion for use in classrooms, and make instruction virile and authentic. The 
results of the most scientific investigations are constantly before the student. 

Close contact of workers in the College with the problems of farmers and 
their families in all parts of the State, through the county agents, home demon- 
stration agents, and specialists brings additional life to resident instruction in 
the College of Agriculture. These contacts operate in two ways: problems 
confronting rural people are brought to the attention of research workers and 
the instructional staff, and results of research are taken to farmers and their 
families in their home communities through practical demonstrations. Hence 
the problems of the people of the State contribute to the strength of the College 
of Agriculture, and the College helps them in the improvement of agriculture 
and rural life. 

Through their regulatory functions, certain trained workers in the College 
of Agriculture are continually dealing with the actual problems associated with 
the improvement and maintenance of the standards of farm products and 
animals. Regulatory and control work extends over a wide range of activities 
and is concerned with reducing the losses due to insect pests and diseases; 
preventing and controlling serious outbreaks of diseases and pests of animals 
and plants; analyzing fertilizer, feed, and lime for guaranteed quality; and 
analyzing and testing germination quality of seeds to insure better seeds for 
farm planting. 

These fields contribute largely to agricultural education, as standardization 
and education go hand in hand in the development of an industry. Direct con- 
tact on the part of professors in their respective departments with the problems 
and methods involved makes for effective instruction. 

Special Advantages 

The University of Maryland is within a few miles of the Agricultural Research 
Center of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. This is the largest, best manned, 
and best equipped agriculture research agency in the world. Also, the University 
of Maryland, is within a few miles of the Washington D. C, offices of the 
U. S. Department of Agriculture and other government departments, including 
the Library of Congress. Students can easily visit these agencies and become 
acquainted with their work and the men who conduct this work. Such contacts 
have already proved valuable to many University of Maryland graduates. 

Also, it is not uncommon for men from these agencies to speak before 
classes at the University and to be guest speakers at student club meetings and 
otherwise take part in student activities. No other college of agriculture in the 
United States is physically located to offer like opportunities to its students. 

Coordination of Agricultural Work 

The strength of the College of Agriculture of the University of Maryland 
lies in the close coordination of the instructional, research, extension, and regu- 
latory functions within the individual departments, between the several depart- 
ments, and in the institution as a whole. Instructors in the several departments 



60 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

are closely associated with the research, extension and regulatory work being 
carried on in their respective fields, and in many cases, devote a portion of 
their time to one or more of these types of activities. Close coordination of 
these four types of work enables the University to provide a stronger faculty 
in the College of Agriculture, and affords a higher degree of specialization than 
would otherwise be possible. It insures instructors an opportunity to keep in- 
formed on the latest results of research, and to be constantly in touch with 
current trends and problems which are revealed in extension and regulatory 
activities. Heads of departments hold staff conferences to this end, so that the 
student at all times is as close to the developments in the frontiers of the 
several fields of knowledge as it is possible for an organization to put him. 

In order that the work of the College shall be responsive to agricultural 
interests and shall adequately meet the needs of the several agricultural in- 
dustries in the State, and that the course of instruction shall at all times be made 
most helpful for students who pursue them, Advisory Councils have been con- 
stituted in the major industries of agriculture. The Councils are composed of 
leaders in the respective lines of agriculture in Maryland, and the instructional 
staff of the College of Agriculture has the benefit of their counsel and advice. 
By this means the College, the industries, and the students are kept abreast of 
developments. 

Facilities and Equipment 

In addition to buildings, laboratories, libraries, and equipment for effective 
instruction in the related basic sciences and in the cultural subjects, the Uni- 
versity of Maryland is provided with excellent facilities for research and instruc- 
tion in agriculture. University farms, totaling more than 1,200 acres, are 
operated for instructional and investigational purposes. One of the most 
complete and modern plants for dairy and animal husbandry work in the 
country, together with herds of the principal breeds of dairy and beef cattle, 
and other livestock, provides facilities and materials for instruction and research 
in these industries. Excellent laboratory and field facilities are available in the 
Agronomy Department for breeding and selection in farm crops, and for soils 
research. The Poultry Department has a building for laboratories and class- 
rooms, a plant comprising twenty acres, and flocks of the important breeds of 
poultry. The Horticulture Department is housed in a separate building, and 
has ample orchards and gardens for its various lines of work. 

Departments and Curricula 

Departments in the College of Agriculture and their curricula are as follows: 
Agricultural Economics and Marketing; Agricultural Education and Rural Life; 
Agricultural Engineering; Agronomy (including crops and soils); Animal Hus- 
bandry; Botany (including plant morphology and taxonomy, plant pathology, 
and plant physiology and ecology) ; Dairy (including dairy husbandry and 
dairy products technology); Entomology (including bee culture); Horticulture 
(including pomology, olericulture, floriculture, ornamental horticulture and com- 
mercial processing); Poultry Husbandry; Veterinary Science. In addition, there 
are curricula in Agricultural Chemistry and General Agriculture. Courses of 
study may also be arranged for any who desire to return to the farm after one 
or more years of training in practical agricultural subjects. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE. 61 

Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Agriculture must apply to 
the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern 
of subject matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social, 
Biological and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra and 
Plane Geometry are necessary for certain curricula and desirable for all. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is 
required for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable 
as electives. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident 
and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of 
records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off- 
campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student 
aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious 
denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, the 
University Band, student publications, University Post Office and Supply Store, 
write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue of the 
Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
§75.00 special fees; §360.00 board; $140.00 to $170.00 lodging for Maryland resi- 
dents, or §180.00 to $220.00 for residents of other States and Countries ; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of §10.00 is charged all new students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to all 
students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for the Catalog of General Information. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation, but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required to 
complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. 
T. C. courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or 
reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 credits exclusive of the require- 
ments in basic military science, hygiene, and physical activities with an average 
grade of at least C in the freshman and sophomore years before being permitted 
to begin advanced work. 



62 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Requirements for Graduation 

Each student must acquire a minimum of 124 semester hour credits in 
academic subjects other than basic military science and physical activities. Men 
must acquire in addition 12 hours in basic military science and 4 hours in 
physical activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 hours in hygiene, and 
4 hours in physical activities. 

Scholarships for Agricultural Students 

A limited number of scholarships are available for agricultural students. 
These include scholarships granted by the Sears Roebuck Foundation, the 
Borden Company, the Danforth Foundation, the Ralston Purina Company, the 
Thoroughbred Breeders and J. McKenny Willis and Sons. 

These scholarships are awarded by the Faculty Committee in accordance 
with the terms of the respective grants. More detailed information about these 
scholarships is contained in the General Information Catalog. 

AWARDS 

Grange Award 

The Maryland State Grange makes an annual award to the senior who has 
excelled in leadership and scholastic attainment and has contributed meritorious 
service to the College of Agriculture. 

Alpha Zeta Medal 

The Honorary Agricultural Fraternity of Alpha Zeta awards annually a 
medal to the agricultural student in the freshman class who attains the highest 
average record in academic work. The mere presentation of the medal does not 
elect the student to the fraternity, but simply indicates recognition of high 
scholarship. 

Student Organizations 

Students find opportunity for varied expression and growth in the several 
voluntary organizations sponsored by the College of Agriculture. These organ- 
izations are: Agricultural Economics Club, Block and Bridle Club, Collegiate 
4-H Club, Dairy Science Club, Student Institute of Food Technology, Future Farm- 
ers of America, Plant Industry Club, Riding Club, Student Grange, Poultry Science 
Club, and the Veterinary Science Club. 

Membership in these organizations is voluntary and no college credits are 
given; yet much of the training obtained is fully as valuable as that acquired 
from regularly prescribed courses. All of these organizations have regular 
meetings, arrange special programs and contribute to the extra-curricular life 
of the students. 

The Agricutural Economics Club is a forum for students and faculty in the 
field of Agricultural Economics. The Block and Bridle Club is composed of stu- 
dents interested in livestock; it conducts a Student Livestock Judging Contest in 
the fall and a Student Fitting and Showing Contest in the spring on the campus. 
The Collegiate 4-H Club is composed of former members and others interested 
in Agricultural Extension work. 

The Dairy Science Club is composed of students and faculty in both dairy 
production and dairy manufacturing. Students in Horticulture majoring in 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 63 

commercial processing band together with their faculty in a Student Institute 
of Food Technology. The Future Farmers of America foster an interest in 
Vocational Agriculture and the Collegiate Chapter serves as host to the high 
school chapters in the State at their judging contests held at the University. 
Students interested in Agronomy, Botany and Horticulture are brought together 
in meetings of the Flant Industry Club to consider important phases of plant 
science and industry as well as for social activity. 

The Poultry Science Club is composed of students and faculty in Poultry 
Husbandry. Students who enjoy horseback riding are brought together in the 
Riding Club; this organization sponsors an annual Horse Show in cooperation 
with other riding enthusiasts in the vicinity of the University. The Student 
Grange represents the great national farmers' fraternity of the Order of Patrons 
of Husbandry and emphasizes training for rural leadership. Students preparing 
for careers as veterinarians have formed the Veterinary Science Club. 

In addition to the above organizations, Alpha Zeta and the Agricultural Student 
Council are student organizations to which membership is by election. Membership 
in Alpha Zeta, national agricultural honor fraternity, is chosen from students in 
the College of Agriculture who have met certain scholastic requirements and dis- 
played leadership in agriculture. 

The Agricultural Student Council is made up of representatives from the 
various student organizations in the College of Agriculture. Its purpose is to 
coordinate activities of these organizations and to promote work which is 
beneficial to the College. 

Student Judging Teams 

The College of Agriculture sponsors judging teams for dairy cattle, dairy 
products, horticultural products, livestock, meats and poultry. Team members 
are selected from students taking courses designed especially to train them for 
this purpose. Teams are entered in major contests where the students compete 
with teams from other state universities or agricultural colleges. 

Student Advisers 

Each student in the College of Agriculture is assigned to a faculty adviser, 
either departmental or general. Departmental advisers consist of heads of 
departments or persons selected by them to advise students with curricula in 
their respective departments. General advisers are selected for students who 
have no definite choice of curriculum in mind, or who wish to pursue the 
general curriculum in agriculture. 

Electives 

The electives in the suggested curricula which follow affords opportunity 
for those who so desire to supplement major and minor fields of study or to 
add to their general training. 

With the advice and consent of those in charge of his registration, a student 
may make such modifications in his curriculum as are deemed advisable to meet 
the requirements of his particular need. 

Farm and Laboratory Practice 

The head of each department will help to make available opportunities for 



64 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

practical or technical experience along his major line of study for each student 
whose major is in that department and who is in need of such experience. For 
inexperienced students in many departments this need may be met by one or 
more summers spent on a farm. 

Freshman Year 

The program of the freshman year in the College of Agriculture is the same 
for all curricula of the College. Its purpose is to afford the student an op- 
portunity to lay a broad foundation in subjects basic to agriculture and the 
related sciences, to articulate beginning work in college with that pursued in 
high or preparatory schools, to provide opportunity for wise choice of programs 
in succeeding years, and to make it possible for a student before the end of 
the year to change from one curriculum to another, or from the College of 
Agriculture to the curriculum in some other college of the University with little 
or no loss of credit. 

Students entering the freshman year with a definite choice of curriculum in 
mind are sent to departmental advisers for counsel as to the wisest selection 
of freshmen electives from the standpoint of their special interests and their 
probable future programs. Students entering the freshman year with no definite 
curriculum in mind, are assigned to a general adviser, who assists with the 
choice of freshman electives and during the course of the year acquaints the 
students with the opportunities in the upper curricula in the College of Agri- 
culture and in the other divisions of the University. If by the close of the 
freshman year a student makes no definite choice of a specialized curriculum, 
he continues under the guidance of his general adviser in the General Agri- 
culture Curriculum. 

Agriculture Curriculum 

r-Semester—\ 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 

**Math. 0— Basic Mathematics 

•Elect either of the following pairs of courses : 

Bot. 1, General Botany and Zool. 1, General Zoology 

Chem. 1, 3, General Chemistry 

Elect one of the following each semester: 

Modern Language 3 3 

tMath 5, 6 or 10, 11, or 10, 13 3 3 

Physics, 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

A. H. 1— Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry 3 .... 

Agron. 1— Crop Production .... 3 

•**Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 



••An examination in Mathematics will be given at an announced date during the first 
semester; students passing this test will not be required to take Math. 0. 

•Both pairs of courses are required for graduation from the College cJ Agriculture. 
tStudents who expect to pursue the curriculum in Agricultural Engineering must be 
prepared to elect Math. 14, 15 and 17. Those in Agricultural Chemistry should elect 
Math. 14 and 15, and Speech 7. 

•* 'Students taking A. H. curriculum should take Dairy 1 the second semester. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



65 



Agriculture — General 

This curriculum is designed for persons wishing to return to the farm, enter 
work allied to farming, for those seeking a general rather than a specialized 
knowledge of the field of agriculture and for those preparing to work in any 
general field in agriculture. 

By proper use of the electives allowed in this curriculum, a student may 
choose a field of concentration in agriculture and at the same time elect courses 
that contribute to a liberal education. 

General Agriculture Curriculum^ 

^-Semester— > 
Sophomore Year / // 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Enr. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 3 .... 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairying .... 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. 'i.'. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities i 1 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year. 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 

Hort. 5— Fruit Production, or Hort. 58— Vegetable Production.. .... 3 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology, or Ent. 10— Applied Entomology .... C 

Agron. 10— General Soils .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Biological or Physical Science Sequence 3 3 

Electives 6 6 

Total 18 19 

Senior Year 

A. E. 50— Farm Economics 3 .... 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 3 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Life and Education .... 3 

Electives 9 7 

Total 15 15 

AGRICULTURAL CHEMISTRY 

This curriculum insures adequate instruction in the fundamentals of both 
the physical and biological sciences. It may be adjusted through the selection 
of electives to fit the student for work in agricultural experiment stations, soil 
bureaus, geological surveys, food laboratories, fertilizer industries and those 
handling food products. 

t If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



66 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Agricultural Chemistry Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

Chem 15— Qualitative Analysis 

Chem. 21— Quantitative Analysis 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry 

Math. 20— Calculus 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men).. 
Physical Activities 



-Semester—* 
I II 

3 3 

4 



Total. 



19 



19 



Junior Year 

Chem. 35, 37— Elementary Organic Lecture.... 
Chem. 36, 38— Elementary Organic Laboratory. 

Chem. 123— Quantitative Analysis 

Modern Language 

Geol. 1— Geology 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Math. 21— Ca'.julus 

Electives in Biology 



Total. 



IS 



17 



Senior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization. 

Modern Language 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 

Electives in Agricultural Chemistry 



3 
3 

5 
6 or 7 



3 

3 

5 

6 or 7 



Total. 



17 or 18 17 or 18 



AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

The curriculum in agricultural economics and marketing is designed to pre- 
pare students for the following types of positions: On the farm as farm 
operators and farm managers; with farm organizations, such as the Farm 
Bureau and farmers' cooperatives; with private and corporate business concerns; 
and positions with state and federal agencies, such as college teachers, agri- 
cultural extension workers, and research with federal and state agencies. 

The courses in this department are designed to provide fundamental training 
in the basic economic principles underlying farming. The curriculum includes 
courses in farm management, general agricultural economics, marketing, finance, 
prices, taxation, land economics, agricultural policy, and foreign agricultural trade 
to give the student the foundation needed to meet the production and distribution 
problems confronting the individual farmer in a progressive rural community. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



67 



Farming is a business, as well as a way of life, and as such demands for 
its successful conduct the use of business methods; the keeping of farm 
business records, analyzing the farm business, and of organizing and operating 
the farm as a business enterprise. It requires knowledge of farm resources and 
taxation, methods of financing agricultural production and marketing, including 
agencies involved, services rendered and the cost of getting products from the 
producer to the consumer through cooperative and private types of organization. 



Agricultural Economics and Marketing Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Comrosition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production or Dairy 1 Fundamentals of Dairying 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Math. 5— General Mathematics 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

A. E. 50— Farm Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

A. E. 101— Marketing of Farm Products 

A. E. 107— Analysis of the Farm Business 

A. E. 1 01— Farm Finance 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Eleetives 

Total 

Senior Year 

A. E. 103— Cooperation in Agriculture 

A. E. 106— Prices of Farm Products 

Agr. Engr. ) 01— Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Soc. 113— The Rural Community 

A. H. 110— Feed? anu Feeding 

A. E. Ill— Land Economics 

A. E. 110— Seminar 

Eleetives 

Total 



-Semester— 
I II 



4 
3 
3 

3 
1 

17 

3 
3 

3 

t 

6 

17 

3 
3 



3 
3 
1 
5 

Is 



3 
3 
1 

17 



3 
3 
3 

2 

4 
3 

IS 



is 



AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 



The primary objective of this curriculum is to prepare students for teaching 
vocational agriculture. It also prepares them for work as county agents and 
allied lines of the rural educational services. Graduates are in demand in rural 
businesses, particularly of the cooperative type; a number have entered the 



•If A.H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be 
elected in subsequent years. 



68 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Federal service; others are engaged in teaching and research in agricultural 
colleges; quite a few have returned to the farm as owner-managers. 

Courses in extension methods are included in agricultural education. They 
are especially designed for students who wish to train for extension work, as 
well as others who wish to learn more about how the extension service operates. 
Agricultural education majors, as well as others, are urged to take these courses 
if they can possibly fit them into their curriculum. 

In addition to the regular entrance requirements of the University, involving 
graduation from a standard four-year high school, students electing the agri- 
cultural education curriculum must present evidence of having acquired adequate 
farm experience after reaching the age of fourteen years. 

All students following this curriculum are required to attend meetings of 
the Collegiate Chapter of the Future Farmers of America during their junior 
and senior years in order to gain needed training to serve as advisers of high 
school chapters of FFA upon graduation. Freshmen and sophomore agricultural 
education majors are also urged to become members of the FFA and to participate 
in the activities of the organization. 



Agricultural Education Curriculum* 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

P. H. 1— Poultry Production 

Dairy 1— Fundamentals of Dairy Husbandry 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Ent. 1 — Introductory Entomology 

A. H. 110 — Feeds and Feeding 

Agron. 10 — General Soils 

A. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery 

PL Ed. 107 — Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II 
Restricted Science Electives 

Total 



—Semester-^ 
I II 



3 
4 

3 

2 
3 
1 

19 



3 
3 
4 

3 
2 
3 
1 

19 



18 



19 



•If A H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman y«ar, they must be elected 
in subsequent years. 



-Semester-^ 

I II 




3 


3 




1 




5 




2 




2 





COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 69 



Senior Year 

A. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles 

R. Ed. 109 — Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture 

R. Ed. Ill— Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups 

tR. Ed. 103— Practice Teaching 

R. Ed. 101— Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations.... 

A. Engr. 104— Farm Mechanics 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

R. Ed. 112— Departmental Management .... 1 

R. Ed. 114— Rural Lile and Education 3 

Electives 3 5 

Total 16 15 



AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

The department offers to students of agriculture training in those agricultural 
subjects which are based upon engineering principles. These subjects may be 
grouped under four heads: farm machinery and farm power, farm buildings, soil 
and water practices related to engineering. 

Five-Year Program in Agriculture — Engineering 

For those students who wish to specialize in the application of engineering 
principles to the physical and biological problems of agriculture there is offered 
a combined program, extending over a five-year period, arranged jointly by the 
College of Agriculture and the College of Engineering, and leading to a degree 
from each of these colleges. 

This program prepares graduates to enter state, federal or commercial 
fields of activity in such work as soil and water conservation, rural electrification, 
design and sale of farm machinery and structures, and in the development of 
new uses for farm products and the profitable utilization of farm wastes and 
by-products. 

To be properly trained in these fields a student needs a broader knowledge 
of basic and applied engineering principles than could be provided in a four- 
year course in agriculture. He also needs a broader training in the funda- 
mentals of agriculture than a standard four-year course in engineering could 
furnish. 

Upon completion of the normal four-year course of study the degree of 
Bachelor of Science in Agriculture is granted. For the fifth year the student 
registers in the College of Engineering, and at the end of that year, upon 
satisfactory completion of the required course of study, receives a degree in 
civil, electrical, mechanical or chemical engineering. 



tMajors in agricultural education will also be required to take R. Ed. 104. Practice 
Teaching, (our credits (or its equivalent), to be arranged in a four-week period prior to 
the opening of the University of Maryland in the fall of their senior year. 



70 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Curriculum in Agriculture — Engineering 

r-Semester—y, 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

Speech 7— Public Speaking .... 2 

*Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 .... 

♦Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Math. 17— Analytic Geometry .... 4 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Dr. 1, 2— Engineering Drawing 2 2 

Engr. 1— Introduction to Engineering 1 .... 

R. Ed. 1— Introduction to Agriculture 1 .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 19 

For the students whose final objective is a degree in Civil Engineering, 
the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Mech. 1— Statics and Dynamics .... 3 

Surv. 1— Plane Surveying 2 .... 

Surv. 50— Advanced Surveying .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men; 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 18 20 

Junior Year {Civil Engineering Option) 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Speech 108— Public Speaking .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Geol. 2— Engineering Geology . 2 

Mech. 50— Strength of Materials 4 .... 

Mech. 53 — Mater'^ls of Engineering .... 2 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

4Lgr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agr. E gr. 106— Farm Mechanics .... 2 

Approved Electives 3 3 

Total 19 20 



•A qualifying test is given during registration to determine whether the student Is 
adequately prepared for Math. 14 and 15. A student failing this test is required to take 
Math. 1, Introductory Algebra, without credit, and is not eligible to take Math 14 con- 
currently. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 71 

r- Semester— \ 

Fourth Year {Civil Engineering Option) I II 

C. E. 50— Fluid Mechanics 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Surv. 100— Curv 3 and Earthwork 3 .... 

C. E. 100— Theory of Structures .... 4 

M. E. 50— Principle of Mechanical Engineering .... 3 

E. E. £0— Fundamentals of Electrical Engineering 3 .... 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles .... 3 

Agr. E.igr. 105— Farm Buildings 2 .... 

A. E. 108— Farm Management ... 3 

Approved Electives 8 4 

Total 19 20 



Fifth Year (Civil Engineering Option) 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 3 .... 

Engr. 100 — Engineering Contracts and Specifications .... 2 

Engr. 7— Technical Writing 2 

Bact. 55- -Lectures in Sanitary Bacteriology 2 .... 

C. E. 101— Soil Mechanics 3 

C. E. 102— Structural Design 6 

C. E. 103— Concrete Design .... 6 

C. E. 104— Water Supply 3 

C. E. 105— Sewerage 3 

C. E. 106— Elements of Highways 3 



Total 20 19 

For the student whose final objective is a degree in Mechanical Engineer- 
ing, the balance of the curriculum is: 

Sophomore Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Math. 20, 21— Calculus 4 4 

Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 5 5 

Surv. 1 — Plane Surveying .... 2 

Dr. 3— Advanced Engineering Drawing 2 .... 

Shop 1— Machine Shop Practice 2 .... 

Shop 2— Machine Shop Practice .... 1 

Shop 3— Manufacturing Processes .... 1 

A. S. 3, 4-Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 



n 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Junior Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and Literature 

Math. 64— Differential Equations for Engineers.. 

Mech. 2— Statics and Dynamics 

Mech. 52— Strength of Materials 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

Agr. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage 

Agr. Engr. 106— Farm Mechanics 

Approved Elective 



-Semester—^ 
I II 

3 3 

3 

5 



Total. 



18 



5 

4 

2 
2 
3 

19 



Fourth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

E. E. 51, 52— Principles of Electrical Engineering 

M. E. 53— Metallography 

M. E. 54— Fluid Mechanics 

M. E. 100— Thermodynamics 

Agr. Engr. 102— Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles. 

Agr. Engr. 105— Farm Buildings 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Approved Electives 



11 



Total. 



20 



2 



Fifth Year (Mechanical Engineering Option) 

Engr. 100— Engineering Contracts and Specifications. 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

M. E. 101— Heat Transfer 

M. E. 102— Heating and Air Conditioning 

M. E. 103— Refrigeration 

M. E. 104, 105— Prime Movers 

M. E. 106, 107— Mechanical Engineering Design 

E. 108, 109— Mechanical Laboratory 



M. 



Total. 



3 
2 

3 

4 
4 
2 

18 



18 



For the student whose final objective is a degree in Electrical or Chemical 
Engineering, curricula corresponding to the foregoing will be arranged. 



AGRONOMY 

The Department of Agronomy offers instruction in crop production, crop 
breeding, soil chemistry, soil physics, soil fertility, soil classification, and soil 
conservation. These courses prepare students to enter various types of 
private, commercial, state, and federal agronomic positions. By careful elec- 
tion of courses the student may lay a foundation for either advanced study 
or for employment upon graduation with the B.S. degree. Opportunities for 
advanced students are shown in the Graduate School catalogue. Depending 
on the electives chosen, students graduating with the B.S. degree are trained 
for general farming, farm management, specialized seed production, county 
agent work, soil conservation, or employment with commercial seed companies, 
fertilizer companies or equipment manufacturers. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



73 



Crop Production Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature : or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chera. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Ent. 1— Introductory Entomology 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men).. 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Agron. 107— Cereal Crop Production 

Agron. 108— Forage Crop Production 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Agron. 103— Crop Breeding 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems 

Agron. 154— Weed Control in Field Crops 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

•♦Advanced Soils 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

Agron. 101— Senior Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester— ■> 
/ // 



I 

3 
4 
3 

2 
3 
1 

19 



4 

3 
3 

18 



3 
3 

4 

3 
2 
3 
1 

19 



5 

16 



16 



Students specializing in crop breeding will elect Math. 10, Algebra (3), or 
Math. 13, Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) in the junior year. 



•If A. H. 1 and Agron. 1 are not elected in the Freshman year, they must be elected 



in subsequent years 

••Any advanced Soils course 



74 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soils Curriculum 

/—Semesters 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 20 20 

Junior Year 

Agron. 1 — Crop Production .... 3 

Agron. 112— Commercial Fertilizers .... 

Agron. 116— Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients 3 

Agron. 114— Soil Classification and Geography .... 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis 4 

Chem. 19 or 21— Quantitative Analysis .... 

Chem. 35— Organic Chemistry 2 

Chem. 36— Elementary Organic Chemistry Laboratory 2 

Electives .... 3 

Total 15 17 

Senior Year 

A. Engr. 107— Farm Drainage .... 2 

Agron. 119— Soil Mineralogy 4 .... 

Agron. 113— Soil Conservation 3 .... 

Agron. 151— Cropping Systems .... 2 

A. E. 108— Farm Management .... 3 

Agron. 117— Soil Physics 3 .... 

Agron. Ill— Soil Fertility 3 

Zool. 1 — General Zoology .... 4 

Electives 3 5 

Total 16 16 

Students wishing to specialize in soil mapping and farm planning phases 

of soil conservation will follow the soils curriculum except that Physics 10, 

11, and Chem. 15, 19, 35, 36 will not be required. Agron. 107, 108, 105, A.H. 1, 
110, Dairy 1, and a course in physics (if the student does not have credit for physics 

in high school) will be required. Suggested electives are Econ. 37, P.H. 1, Hort. 
5, 58, Ag. Eng. 101, Bot. 20, Ent. 1, and Bact. 1. 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Animal Husbandry is organized for the purpose of 
preparing students for various phases of work in the field of animal industry 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



75 



as: operators and managers of livestock farms, as investigators and research 
workers in Federal, State and private institutions, and as workers in spe- 
cialized fields where a knowledge of the livestock industry is necessary. 

By proper use of electives, the student may equip himself to become a 
county agricultural agent; to meet the requirements of positions with certain 
types of private and cooperative business concerns; or, with more technical 
and specialized training, to become qualified for instructional work in colleges, 
for investigational work in State and Federal experiment stations or in com- 
mercial research laboratories. Students who desire to enter the field of 
teaching or highly specialized research should elect the more scientific courses 
offered by this and by other departments. 



Animal Husbandry Curriculum* 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 
Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry. . . 
Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory.. 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

A. H. 30— Types and Breeds of Livestock 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men).. 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology. . 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

A. H. 120— Principles of Breeding 

A. H. 131— Sheep Production 

•*A. H. 140— Livestock Management 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Agron. 1— Crop Production 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester— •» 
/ // 



2 
3 
1 

19 



19 



IS 



•Students planning this curriculum should elect A. H. 1 the first semester and Dairy 
1 the second semester of the freshman year. 

••Required for students lacking Farm Experience. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r- Semester— \ 

Senior Year I II 

A. H. Ill— Animal Nutrition 3 

A. H. 130— Beef Cattle Production 3 

A H. 132— Swine Production .... 3 

A. H. 150 — Livestock Markets and Marketing 2 .... 

A. H. 160— M^at and Meat Products 3 

Agr Eng. 101— Farm Machinery 3 .... 

A E. 1 OS— Farm Management .... 3 

Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Agron. 10 — General Soils .... 4 

A. H. 170, 171— Seminar 1 1 

Electives 3 4 

Total 19 18 

BOTANY 

The department offers three major fields of work; plant morphology and 
taxonomy; plant pathology; or plant physiology and ecology. The required 
courses for the freshman and sophomore years are the same for all students. 
In the junior and senior years, the student elects botany courses to suit his 
particular interest. Courses are required in other subjects to contribute toward 
a broad cultural education, and to support the courses selected in the chosen 
field of botany. 

Through cooperation with the College of Education, students who wish to 
meet the requirements for the state high school teacher's certificates, may 
elect the necessary work in education. 

The curriculum as outlined, provides a complete survey of the field of 
botany for prospective high school teachers, and lays a good foundation for 
graduate work in botany in preparation for college teaching and for research 
in state or federal experiment stations, or in private research laboratories. 

Students are also afforded an opportunity for training for other vocations 
involving various botanical applications, such as extension work, and positions 
seed companies, canning companies and other commercial concerns. 

Botany Curriculum 

r-Semester— \ 

Sophov.ore Year / // 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5. 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Modern Language, preferably German 3 3 

Bot. 20 — Diseases of Plants 3 .... 

Bot. 2— General Botany .... 4 

Chem. 1. ii— General Chemistry 4 4 

Speech 1. 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

- =?:cal Activities 1 l 

Total 19 20 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 77 

r- Semester- -> 

Junior Year I II 

H. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Modern Language 3 3 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 4 4 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 4 

Bot. 1 1— Plant Taxonomy .... 

Bot. 1 1 0— Plant Microtechnique • • • ■ 3 

Bact. 1— Bacteriology 4 

Electives 

Total 21 19 

Senior Year 

Bot. 112— Seminar 1 1 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 3 .... 

Bot. 102— Plant Ecology 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants 3 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Botany Electives 4-8 2-5 

Electives 5 '° 7 " 4 

Total 16 18 

Students specializing in Plant Morphology or Plant Taxonomy will elect 

Bot. 114 and Bot. 128; those specializing in Plant Pathology will elect Bot. 

122, Ent. 1, and two of the following: Bot. 123, Bot. 124, Bot. 125, Bot. 126; 

those specializing in Plant Physiology will elect Organic Chemistry, Chem. 
31. 32. 33, 34. 



DAIRY 

The Dairy Department offers instruction in two major lines of work; 
dairy husbandry and dairy technology. In the dairy husbandry curriculum, 
students are given technical and practical training in the breeding, feeding, 
management, and selection of dairy cattle and in milk production. With suit- 
able choice of courses, students are qualified as operators of dairy farms, for 
breed promotion and sales work, for employment with private and co- 
operative business organizations, and for county agent work. The dairy 
technology curriculum is designed to prepare students for practical- and sci- 
entific work concerned with the processing and distribution of milk, manu- 
facture and handling of butter, cheese, ice cream, and other products, in dairy 
plant operation and management, and in dairy inspection and quality control. 
Students satisfactorily majoring in dairy technology are qualified for the many 
technical and applied positions in the various branches of the dairy industry. 

By careful election of courses in either curriculum the student may lay a 
foundation for advanced study, for instructional work in colleges, and for 
research in experiment stations or commercial laboratories. The suggested 
curricula will be modified to meet the special needs of individual students 



78 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Dairy Husbandry Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng 5, 6— Composition and English Literature , 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory..., 

Bot. 1— General Botany , 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Dairy 20— Dairy Breeds and Selection , 

Agron. 1— Crop Production 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Dairy 30— Dairy Cattle Judging 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

A. H. 110— Feeds and Feeding 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 103— Physiology of Milk Secretion 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Agr. Engr. 101— Farm Machinery 

A. E. 108— Farm Management 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

V. S. 101— Comparative Anatomy and Physiology 

V. S. 102— Animal Hygiene 

A. H. Ill — Animal Nutrition 

Dairy 101— Dairy Production 

Dairy 105— Dairy Cattle Breeding 

Dairy 120— Dairy Seminar 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester- -» 
/ // 



20 



4 
16 



3 
3 

1 

2 

19 



6 

18 



17 



•Studei.ts planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Dairy 1 the second semes- 
ter of the freshman year. If A. H. 1 is not elected in the freshman year it must be 
taken in subsequent years. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
Dairy Technology Curriculum* 

Technical Phase 



79 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bot. 1 — General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Chemistry Laboratory. 

Bact. 133 — Dairy Bacteriology 

Dairy 40--Grading Dairy Products 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Physics 1— Elements of Physics 

Eleotives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 

Dairy 111— Concentrated Milk Products 

Dairy 112 — Ice Cream 

Dairy 114 — Special Laboratory Methods 

Dairy 115— Quality Control in the Dairy Industry 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management 

Dairy 120— Dairy Seminar 

Agr. Eng. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing 

Electives 

Total 



r-Semester- 
1 II 



3 3 

4 

3 3 

4 

4 



18 



3 

19 



4 
3 

1 

18 



7 
17 



17 



3 
4 
4 

3 
1 
3 
3 

IS 



♦Students may elect to take either the Technical or the Business Phase, 
should be taken during the Freshman Year. 



Dairy 1 



80 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAMt) 

Business Phase 

r-Setnester—\ 

Sophomore Year I II 
Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 



Total 18 17 

Junior Year 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Dairy 40— Grading Dairy Products .... 2 

Dairy 110— Butter and Cheese Making .... 3 

A. E. 115— Marketing Dairy Products 3 .... 

Bact. 133— Dairy Bacteriology 4 .... 

Electives 3 6 



Total 18 19 

Senior Year 

Dairy 108— Dairy Technology 4 .... 

Dairy 109— Market Milk 4 

Dairy 111— Concentrated Milk Products .... 3 

Dairy 112— Ice Cream Making .... 4 

Dairy 115— Quality Control in the Dairy Industry 3 .... 

Dairy 116— Dairy Plant Management 3 

Dairy 121— Dairy Seminar .... 1 

A. E. Ill— Fundamentals of Food Processing 3 

Electives 6 6 



Total 20 17 

I 

ENTOMOLOGY 

This curriculum, which trains students for work in various types of private, 
commercial, state and federal entomological positions, includes basic courses in 
Entomology and related fields. Most of the first two years is devoted to ob- 
taining this essential background. In the junior and senior years' the student, 
besides the required courses, will choose 18 credit hours f the following list 

according to his needs: A. H. 1 ; Agron. 1 ; Agron. 10; Bact. 13* ot. 123; Bot. 124; 
Bot. 125; Chem. 31, 33; Chem. 32, 34; Dairy 1; French 1 \: German 1, 2; Hort. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 



Kl 



5, 6; Hort 11; Hort. 58; Hort. 59; Math. 5, 10, or 11; Physics 1, 2; Zool. 104. 
Other electives in Entomology and related subjects are available to broaden the 
scope of the training. 

A student wishing an undergraduate minor in Entomology should take 
the introductory course (Ent. 1) and after consultation with the heads of both 
the major and minor departments will select courses that will contribute most 
to the end he has in view. 



Entomology Curriculum* 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Ent. 2— Insect Morphology 

Ent. 3— Insect Taxonomy 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) , 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

En*. 105— Medical Entomology 

Ent. 101— Economic Entomology 

Courses from suggested list 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

•••Ent. 110, Ill-Special Problems 

Ent. 112— Seminar 

••Ent. 116— Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants, 
••Ent. 117— Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products... 

••Ent. US— Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops 

••Ent. 119— Insect Pests of Domestic Animals 

Courses from suggested list 

Electives 

Total 



is 



3 
2 
3 
3 

5 
3 

19 



2 
4 
6 

16 



Semester— \ 
U 



18 



5 
6 

19 



4 

4 

16 



•Students planning to pursue this curriculum should elect Ent. 1 the second semester 
of the Freshman year. 

••Of thes~ it courses each student is required to take only two. 
•••Stude- y satisfy this requirement in one semester, if their schedule permits, 

or expand th>> ,6rk and credits upon departmental approval. 



82 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



HORTICULTURE 



The Department of Horticulture offers instruction in pomology (fruits), 
olericulture (vegetables), floriculture (flowers) and ornamental gardening, and 
processing of horticultural crops. These courses prepare students to enter 
commercial production and the horticultural industries such as fruit and 
vegetable processing and seed production. Students are likewise prepared 
to enter the allied industries as horticultural workers with fertilizer com- 
panies, equipment manufacturers, and others. Students who wish to enter 
specialized fields of research and teaching may take advanced work in the de- 
partment. A minimum of 24 credit hours in horticultural courses is required 
for graduation. 



Pomology and Olericulture Curriculum. 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature.. 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 6— General Chemistry 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 5, 6— Fruit Production 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men). 

Physical Activities 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology , 

Bot. Ill— Plant Anatomy 

Agron. 10— General Soils , 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Hort. 59— Small Fruits 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

♦Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Bot. 125— Diseases of Fruit Crops 

or 

Bot. 126— Diseases of Vegetable Crops 

Hort. 101, 102— Technology of Fruits , 

or 

Hort. 103, 104— Technology of Vegetables 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Bot. 115— Structure of Economic Plants 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar , 

•Electives 

Total 



-Semester— \ 
I II 



3 


3 


3 


8 


4 


4 


3 




3 


2 


3 


3 


1 


1 




2 



20 



18 



18 



.... 


4 




3 




3 


2 


2 




3 


9 


2 



17 



2 


2 


2 


2 


3 






3 


1 


1 


8 


9 



16 



17 



•Electives must include a minimum total of seven credits from the following courses : 
Hort. 11, 22, 62, 106, 107, 108, 114, 116. 122. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 
Floriculture and Ornamental Horticultural Curriculum 



83 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Comi osition and World Literature ; or 
Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature... 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 

Bot. 11— Plant Taxonomy 

Bot. 20— Diseases of Plants 

Hort. 22— Landscape Gardening 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) . . 
Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bot. Ill — Plant Anatomy 

Bot. 123— Diseases of Ornamental Crops 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Hort. 11— Greenhouse Management 

Hort. 62— Plant Propagation 

Hort. 107, 108— Plant Materials 

Electives 

Total , 

Senior Year 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 

Zool. 104— Genetics 

Hort. 16— Garden Flowers 

Hort. 105— Technology of Ornamentals 

Hort. 118, 119— Seminar 

Hort. 150, 151— Commercial Floriculture 

or 

Hort. 152, 153— Landscape Design 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



3 
3 
5 

18 



2 
3 

2 
1 
3 

3 
7 

17 



17 



2 
3 
4 
3 

3 

2 

17 



16 



84 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Commercial Processing of Horticultural Crops Curriculum 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature ; or 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 31, 33— Elements of Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 32, 34— Elements of Organic Laboratory 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics 

Hort. 61 -Processing Industries 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. S. (Men> 

Physical Activities 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 1 — Public Speaking 

Agron. 10— General Soils 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Hort. 155, 156— Commercial Processing 

Bot. 101— Plant Physiology 

Bact. 131 — Food and Sanitary Bacteriology 

Hort. 58— Vegetable Production 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Agr. Engr. Ill— Mechanics of Food Processing 

Agr. Engr. 112— Machinery and Equipment for Food Processing 
Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Hort. i03, 104— Technology of Vegetables 

Hort. 121— Plant Operations 

Hort. 123— Grading and Judging of Canned and Frozen Products 

Hort. 124— Quality Control 

A. E. 105— Food Products Inspection 

Hort. 113, 119— Seminar 

and one of the following options : 



—Semester— \ 
I II 



3 

3 
2 
1 
3 

4 
3 
1 

20 



19 



3 
3 
2 
1 
3 
1 

3 
1 

17 



3 
4 

2 
5 

20 



MANAGEMENT 



Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 150— Market Management.... 
B A. 160— Personnel Management. 
Electives 

Vutal 



14 



14 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 85 

TECHNOLOGY 

Chem. 19— Quantitative Analysis 4 .... 

Bact. 52— Sanitary B.* cteriology .... 2 

Hort. 126— Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops ... 2 

Rilectivea 2 3 

Total .4 14 

POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

The curriculum in Poultry Husbandry is designed to give the student a 
thorough knowledge of subject matter necessary for poultry raising; the 

marketing, distribution, and processing of poultry products; poultry improve- 
ment work; and as a basis for graduate training for teaching and research 
in poultry husbandry. 

The suggested curriculum will be modified to meet the special needs of 
individual students. Superior students, definitely anticipating preparation for 

a professional career in poultry husbandry, will be expected to take a language. 
However, all students majoring in poultry husbandry will be required to com- 
plete 24 semester hours in poultry husbandry. 

Poultry Curriculum* 

r— Semester— \ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6 3 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

P. H. 2— Poultry Biology .... 2 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Math. 5— General Math3matics 3 .... 

A. S. 3, 4— Elementary R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 19 18 

Junior Year 

P. H. 101— Poultry Nutrition 3 

P. H. 102— Physiology of Hatchabllity 3 

P. H. 100— Poultry Breeding 2 

••Zool. 20— Vertebrate Embryology .... 4 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 

Zool. 104— Genetics 3 .... 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

Eng. 7— Technical Writing 2 

Electives 4 3 

Total 17 17 



♦Students planning to pursue this curriculum shov'd elect P. H. 1, the first semester 
of the Freshman Tear. If Agron. 1 Is not elected in the Fresbman Year, it must be 
elected in a subsequent year. 

••Required of students specializing in poultry genetics, physiology, or nutrition. 



86 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/—Semester- 
Senior Year I II 

P. H. 104— Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry 3 .... 

A. E. 117— Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry .... 3 

V. S. 108— Avian Anatomy 3 

V. S. 107— Poultry Hygiene 3 

P. H. 103— Commercial Poultry Management .... 3 

P. H. 107— Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems 2 .... 

Agr. Engr.— Elective 2-3 

Electives 6-7 10 

Total 17 19 



Pre-Forestry Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue courses which may be transferred 
to a standard forestry curriculum in another institution. The program which 
a student follows depends to some extent upon the forestry college he plans 
to enter. All pre-forestry students in the College of Agriculture are sent to 
the Department of Botany of the University for counsel and advice in these matters. 



Pre-Theological Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with the officers of any 
theological seminary who desire to urge its prospective students to pursue 
courses in agriculture as a preparation for the rural ministry. Such pre- 
theological students may enroll for a semester or more or for the usual four 
year training of the College. In either case they should enroll as members 
of the general curriculum in the College of Agriculture. 

The electives of this curriculum may be used for such pre-theological 
requirements as seem desirable. Elections may be made from any of the 
offerings of the University such as history, political science, philosophy, agri- 
cultural economics, rural sociology, modern language, English, economics, 
psychology, sociology, natural science, education and the like. Students 
desiring to pursue a pre-theological program in the College of Agriculture 
of the University of Maryland, should consult with the president or admissions 
officer of the theological seminary which they expect to attend. 



Pre-Veterinary Students 

The College of Agriculture is glad to cooperate with any student who 
wishes to attend the University to pursue preparation for the study of Veterin- 
ary Science. The curriculum which a student will follow will depend to 
spme extent upon the Veterinary College which he plans to enter. All Pre- 



COLLEGE OE AGRICULTURE 87 

Veterinary students in the College of Agriculture are sent to the Head 
of the Department of Veterinary Science of the University for counsel and 
advice in these matters. 

Special Students in Agriculture 

Mature students may, with consent of the Dean, register as special stu- 
dents and pursue a program of studies not included in any regular curriculum, 
but arranged to meet the needs of the individual. All university fees for these 
special students are the same as fees for regular students. 

There are many young farmers who desire to take short intensive courses 
in their special lines of work during slack times on the farm. Arrangements 
have been made to permit such persons to register at the office of the Dean of 
the College of Agriculture and receive cards granting them permission to visit 
classes and work in the laboratories of the different departments. This op- 
portunity is created to aid florists, poultrymen, fruit-growers, gardeners, or 
other especially interested persons who are able to get away from their work 
at some time during the year. 

The regular charges are $10.00 for matriculation and $2.00 per credit 
hour per month for the time of attendance. One matriculation is good for 
any amount of regular or intermittent attendance during a period of four 
years. 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 

1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 
all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit) 

200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. 

Courses not otherwise designated are lecture courses. The number of 
hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of 
the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making 
out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



88 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS AND MARKETING 

Professors Poffenberger, DeVault, (emeritus), Beal, Walker; Associate Professors 
Hamilton, Shull; Assistant Professor Bohanan, Smith, Burns. 

A. E. 50. Farm Economics (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 37. A general course in agricultural economics, 
with special reference to population trends, the factors in agricultural production, agri- 
cultural wealth, land tenure, farm labor, agricultural credit, the tariff, price movements, 
and marketing. (Shull.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. E. S100 A-B. Special Problems in Farm Economics (1, 1). 

Summer session only. An advanced course dealing extensively with some of the 
economic problems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing and cooperation. Designed primarily 
for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Staff.) 

A. E. 101. Marketing of Farm Products (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite Econ. 31, 32, or Econ. 37. The development of 
marketing, its scope, channels, and agencies of distribution, functions, costs, methods 
used and services rendered. (Shull.) 

A. E. 103. Cooperation in Agriculture (3). 

First semester. Historical and comparative development of farmers' cooperative 
organizations ; reasons for failure and essentials to success ; commodity developments ; 
operative practices; banks for cooperatives; present trends. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 104. Farm Finance (3). 

Second semester. A study of credit principles as applied to private and cooperative 
farm businesses and the agencies extending farm credit. The needs for and benefits of 
farm insurance, including fire, crop, livestock, and life insurance. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 106. Prices of Farm Products (3). 

Second semester. A general course in prices, price relationships, and price analysis, 
with emphasis on prices of agricultural products. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 107. Analysis of the Farm Business (3). 

First semester. A concise, practical course in the keeping, summarizing, and an- 
alyzing of farm accounts. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 108. Farm Management (3). 

Second semester. A study of the organization and operation of farms from the 
standpoint of efficiency, selection of farms, size of farms, leasing systems, and factors 
affecting profits. Students will make an analysis of the actual farm business and 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 89 

prnctlces of different types of farms, and make specific recommendations as to how these 
farms may be organized and operate as successful businesses. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 109. Research Problems (1-2). 

First and second semesters. With the permission of the Instructor, students will 
work on any research problems in agricultural economics. There will be occasional class 
meetings for the purpose of making reports on progress of work. (Staff.) 

A. E. 110. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Students will prepare and present reports on economic 
literature and current agricultural economic problems. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 111. Land Economics (3). 

First semester. A study of the principles, problems and policies in the utilization 
of land with special emphasis on agricultural land. (Bohanan.) 

A. E. 112. Economic Development of American Agriculture (3). 

First semester. This course is designed to acquaint students with major economic 
development in American agriculture. It places particular emphasis upon the economic 
impact of major agricultural movements, such as, Colonial agrarianism, the disposition 
of the public domain, farm organizations, recent governmental farm programs and the 
relationship of agriculture to public affairs. (Beal.) 

A. E. 114. Foreign Trade in Farm Products (3). 

Second semester. Trends in world trade for agricultural products ; the position of 
the United States in world trade of agricultural products ; farm relief measures and 
international trade; reciprocal trade agreements; postwar developments. (Shull.) 

A. E. 115. Marketing of Dairy Products (3). 

First semester. A study of principles and practices in the marketing of milk and 
manufactured dairy products, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and metho Is of distribution. (Beal.) 

A. E. 116. Marketing of Fruits and Vegetables (3). 

Second semester. A study of principles and practices in the marketing of fresh and 
processed fruits and vegetables, including the influence of significant geographical and 
institutional relationships on costs and methods of distribution. (Burns.) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3). 

Second semester. This course embraces the economic phases of egg and poultry 
marketing. Supply and demand factors, including trends, will be discussed along witn 
marketing methods, marketing costs and margins, market facilities, transportation, 
government grading, storage and efficiency in marketing. Consumer preference, accept- 
ance and purchases will be related to consumer Income, pricing of competitive products, 
and display methods. (Smith.) 

A. E. 118. Foreign Agricultural Policies (3). 

First semester. This course covers the framework within which the foreign agrl- 



90 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

cultural policy of the United States and major foreign countries is formulated. Special 
emphasis will he given to the importance of imports and exports to the agricultural 
economy of the United States and other countries. The effect of various incentives and 
barriers to world trade will be appraised. 

A. E. 119. Foreign Agricultural Economics (3). 

Second semester. This course deals with factors affecting variations between nations 
in agricultural production, consumption and trade of principal crop and livestock products. 
Emphasis will also be given to land tenure, population trends, agricultural wealth, price 
movements and marketing. 

Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry. 
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 104. 

Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems. 
See Poultry Husbandry, P. H. 107. 

Market Milk. 
See Dairy 109. 

Livestock Markets and Marketing. 
See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 150. 

Meat and Meat Products. 

See Animal Husbandry, A. H. 160. 

Advertising. 

See Business Administration, B. A. 151. 

Retail Store Management. 

See Business Administration, B. A. 154. 



For Graduates 

A. E. 200, 201. Special Problems in Farm Economics (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. An advance course dealing extensively with some of the 
economic problems affecting the farmer, such as land values, taxation, credit, prices, 
production adjustments, transportation, marketing, and cooperation. (Staff.) 

A. E. 203. Research. 

Credit according to work accomplished. This course will consist of special reports 
by students on current economic subjects, and a discussion and criticism of the same by 
the members of the class and instructional staff. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 91 

A. E. 202. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Students will be assigned research in agricultural eco- 
nomics under the supervision of the instructor. The work will consist of original investi- 
gation in problems of agricultural economics. (Staff.) 

A. E. S207. Farm Business Analysis (1). 

Summer session only. An advanced course dealing with farm records and accounts. 
Designed especially for teachers of agriculture and county agents. (Hamilton.) 

A. E. 208. Agricultural Policy (3). 

Second semester. The evolution of agricultural policy in the United States, em- 
phasizing the origin and development of governmental programs, and their effects upon 
agricultural production, prices and income. (Beal.) 

A. E. 210. Agricultural Taxation (3). 

First semester. Principles, theory and practical problems of taxation applied to the 
field of agriculture; trends in farm taxes; farm tax burdens; equalizing and reducing 
farm tax burdens ; taxation of farm cooperatives ; forest lands and interstate agricultural 
commerce ; application of income taxes and sales taxes to farmers ; taxation of agri- 
culture in foreign countries. (Walker.) 

A. E. 211. Functional Aspects of Farm Taxation (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Taxation policies 
and inter-governmental allocations and grants-in-aid as they affect public services for 
rural people, with special emphasis on public education, public highways, public welfare, 
social security, public debt ; and governmental research, extension, and regulatory activities 
directly concerning agriculture. (Walker.) 

A. E. 214. Advanced Agricultural Marketing (3). 

First semester. This course is designed to acquaint graduate students in agricultural 
marketing with the complex theoretical, institutional and legal relationships w-hich In- 
fluence the marketing of agricultural products. It will deal with agricultural marketing 
in both domestic and foreign trade. (Staff.) 

A. E. 215. Advanced Agricultural Cooperation (3). 

First semester. An appraisal of agricultural cooperation as a means of improving 
the financial status of farmers. More specifically, the course includes a critical analysis 
and appraisal of specific types and classes of cooperatives. (Poffenberger.) 

A. E. 216. Advanced Farm Management (3). 

Second semester. An advanced course in farm organization and management which ap- 
plies the economic principles of farm production to the operation of farms of different sizes, 
types, operations, and geographical locations. Consideration is also given to adjustments 
which have taken place in farming specific areas and probable changes in the future. 

A. E. S216 A-B. Advanced Farm Management (1, 1). 

Summer session only. An advanced course in farm organization and management, es- 
pecially designed for teachers of vocational agriculture. (Hamilton.) 



92 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. E. 218. Agricultural Economics Research Techniques (3). 

First semester. A study and an appraisal of agricultural economics research tech- 
niques. Experience is given in outlining and conducting research projects. A critical 
appraisal is made of methods of analysis and the presentation of results. (Bohanan.) 

A. E. 219. Advanced Land Economics (3). 

Second semester. A critical analysis of the principles and problems in using and 
controlling land resources, including a review of land policies, is given, with special 
consideration being placed on the problems of submarginal lands, range lands, and water 
resources. Conservation of various land resources is appraised ; problems of landed 
property are presented ; and criteria essential to the development of a sound land policy 
are studied. (Bohanan.) 

AGRICULTURAL EDUCATION AND RURAL LIFE 

Professors Ahalt, Cotterman; Assistant Professor Hopkins; Lecturer Warner 

R. Ed. 1. — Introduction to Agriculture (1). 

First semester. Required of all beginning freshmen and sophomores in Agriculture. 
Other students must get the consent of the instructor. A series of lectures introducing 
the student to the broad field of agriculture. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

R. Ed. 101. Teaching Farm Practicums and Demonstrations (2). 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course is designed to assist 
the student in relating the learning acquired with the problems of doing and demon- 
strating which he faces in the field and in the classroom as a teacher of agriculture. 

(Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. 103. Practice Teaching (5). 

First semester. Open only to students majoring in Agricultural Education who have 
a satisfactory scholastic average. Five weeks, full time. Under the direction of a 
supervising teacher and the supervision of a teacher-trainer the student is required to 
analyze and prepare special units of subject matter in agriculture, plan and teach lessons, 
supervise farming programs of students and otherwise perform the duties of a high 
school teacher of vocational agriculture. Not less than 125 clock hours, exclusive of 
observation, shall be required. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 104. Practice Teaching (1-4). 

First and second semesters. Registration concurrent or after R. Ed. 103. One to 
four weeks full time. To provide students an opportunity to gain experience in farming 
program supervision, the opening of school, and in other teaching activities not generally 
a part of R. Ed. 103. (Ahalt.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

R. Ed. 107. Observation and Analysis of Teaching in Agriculture (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course 
deals with an analysis of pupil learning in class groups. (Ahalt, Hopkins.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 93 

R. Ed. 109. Teaching Secondary Vocational Agriculture (3). 

First semester. A comprehensive course in the work of high school department! of 
vocational agriculture. It emphasizes particularly placement, supervised farming pro- 
grams, the organization and administration of Future Farmer activities, and ohjectlves 
and methods in all day instruction. (Ahalt, Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. 111. Teaching Young and Adult Farmer Groups (1). 

First semester. Characteristics of young and adult farmer instruction in agriculture. 
Determining needs for and organizing a course; selecting materials for instruction; and 
class management. Emphasis is on the conference method of teaching. (Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. 112. Departmental Management (1). 

Second semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, K. Ed. 107, 109. 
The analysis of administrative programs for high school departments of vocational agri- 
culture. Investigations and reports. (Ahalt, Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. 114. Rural Life and Education (3). 

Second semester. An intensive study of the educational agencies at work in rural 
communities, stressing an analysis of school patronage areas, the possibilities of normal 
life in rural areas, early beginnings in rural education, and the conditioning effects of 
educational offerings. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 150. Extension Education (2). 

Second semester. The Agricultural Extension Service as an educational agency. The 
history, philosophy, objectives, policy, organization, legislation and methods used In 
extension work. (Warner.) 

R. Ed. 160. Agricultural Information Methods (2). 

First semester. General introduction to agricultural public relations programs, in- 
cluding writing for and use of newspapers, magazines, direct mail, radio, and television ; 
and production and use of visual aids such as photographs, slides, exhibits, and posters. 

( •) 

For Graduates 

R. Ed. 201, 202. Rural Life and Education (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, R. Ed. 114 or equivalent. A sociological 
approach to rural education as a movement for a good life in rural communities. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 207, 208. Problems in Vocational Agriculture (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. In this course special emphasis Is placed upon the 
current problems facing teachers of vocational agriculture. It is designed especially 
for persons who have had several years of teaching experience in this field. 

(Ahalt, Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. S207. A-B. Problems in Teaching Vocational Agriculture (1-1). 

Summer session only. A critical analysis of current problems In the teaching of 
vocational agriculture with special emphasis upon recent developments in all-day programs. 



94 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

R. Ed. S208. A-B. Problems in Teaching Farm Mechanics (1-1). 

Summer session only. The latest developments in the teaching of Farm Mechanics. 
Various methods in use will be compared and studied under laboratory conditions. 

R. Ed. S209. A-B. Adult Education in Agriculture (1-1). 

Summer session only. Principles of adult education as applied to rural groups, 
especially young and adult farmers. Organizing classes, planning courses and instruc- 
tional methods are stressed. 

R. Ed. S210. A-B. Land Grant College Education (1-1). 

Summer session only. Development of Land Grant Colleges and Experiment Sta- 
tions and the role they have played in improving conditions in rural communities. 

R. Ed. S211 A-B. Agricultural Extension Service Education (1-1). 

Summer session only. Development of the extension service. Types of demonstra- 
tions and instruction used. The role of the County Agricultural and Home Demonstration 
Agents and 4-H Clubs in the development of rural society. 

R. Ed. S212 A-B. Educational Functions of Rural Institutions (1-1). 

Summer session only. The part of rural institutions in developing and supporting 
education for rural areas, with special emphasis on the various phases of agricultural 
education. 

R. Ed. S213 A-B. Supervision and Administration of Vocational Agri- 
culture (1-1). 

Summer session only. Administrative and supervisory problems in Vocational Agri- 
culture including scheduling, local administrative programs, supervisor-teacher relation- 
ships and the responsibilities of superintendents and principals in the program. 

R. Ed. 215. Supervision of Student Teaching (1). 

Arranged. The role of the supervising teacher in checking progress, supervising and 
grading student teachers. Particular emphasis will be given to the region-wide program 
in training teachers of vocational agriculture, including the evaluation of beginning 
teachers. (Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 220. Field Problems in Rural Education (1-3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, six semester hours of graduate study. 
Problems accepted depend upon the character of the work of the student and the facilities 
available for study. Periodic conferences required. Final report must follow accepted 
pattern for field investigations. (Ahalt, Hopkins.) 

R. Ed. 240. Agricultural College Instruction (1). 

Second semester. Open to graduate students and members of the faculty in the 
College of Agriculture. A seminar type of course consisting of reports, discussions, and 
lectures dealing with the techniques and procedures adapted to teaching agricultural sub- 
jects at the college level. (Cotterman, Ahalt.) 

R. Ed. 250. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1). 

First and second semesters. Problems in the organization, administration, and super- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 95 

vision of the several agencies of rural education. Investigations, papers, and reports. 

(Staff.) 

R. Ed. S250. A-B. Seminar in Rural Education (1-1). 

Summer session only. Current problems of teaching agriculture are analyzed and 
discussed. Students are required to make investigations, prepare papers and make reports. 

R. Ed. 251. Research. 

Credit hours according to work done. (Staff.) 

AGRICULTURAL ENGINEERING 

Professor Carpenter; Associate Professor Gienger; Assistant Professor 
Matthews; Instructor George 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agr. Engr. 101 — Farm Machinery (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of t tie 
economics, design and adjustments of modern horse and tractor-drawn machinery. Lab- 
oratory work consists of detailed study of actual machines, their calibration, adjustment, 
and repair. (George.) 

Agr. Engr. 102. Gas Engines, Tractors and Automobiles (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the 
design, operation, and repair of the internal combustion engines, tractors, and automo- 
biles used in farm practice. (Matthews, Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 104. Farm Mechanics (2). 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course consists of laboratory 
exercises in practical farm shop and farm equipment repair and construction projects, 
and a study of the principles of shop organization and administration. It is available 
only to seniors In agricultural education. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 105. Farm Buildings (2). 

First semester. A study of all types of farm structures ; also of farm heating, water 
supply and sanitation systems. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 106. Farm Mechanics (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory exercises covering prac- 
tical projects in farm shop work and in the repair and construction of farm equipment. 
Laboratory fee, $300. ^Gienger.) 

Agr. Engr. 107. Farm Drainage (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A study of farm 
drainage systems, including theory of tile under-drainage, and depth and spacing of 



96 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

laterals, calculation of grades, methods of construction, and the use of engineering in- 
struments. A smaller amount of time will be spent upon drainage by open ditches, and 
the laws relating thereto. (Carpenter.) 

Agr. Engr. 109. Farm Applications of Electricity (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. This course covers 
the uses and applications of electricity on the farm and in the farm home. (George.) 

Agr. Engr. 111. Mechanics of Food Processing (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A basic study of 
mechanical principles and the practical application of these principles in the following 
phases of food processing ; power generation and transmission, pumps, boilers, heat 
transfer, refrigeration, storage, and equipment controls. (Matthews.) 

Agr. Engr. 112. Machinery and Equipment for Food Processing (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Agri- 
cultural Engineering III. This course covers the design, operation and maintenance of 
machines and equipment used in food processing and a study of the principles of efficient 
plant layout and management. (Matthews) 



AGRONOMY— CROPS AND SOILS 

Professors Kuhn and Street; Associate Professors Axley, Bourbeau and Ronnin- 
gen; Assistant Professors Bentz, Decker, Santelmann and Strickling. 

A. CROPS 

Agron. 1. Crop Production (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Culture, use, 
improvement, adaptation, distribution, and history of field crops. 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

Agron. 101. Senior Seminar (1). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Agron. 1, 107, and 108. Reports by seniors on 
current scientific and practical publications pertaining to crops. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 153. Selected Crop Studies (1-2). 

Second semester.. Prerequisite, Agron. 1, 107, 108. Advanced individual study of 
field crops of special interest to the student. (Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. 103. Crop Breeding (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. The principles of breeding as applied to 
field crop plants and methods used in plant improvement. (Ronningen.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 97 

Agron. 105. Tobacco Production (2). 

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1. A study of the bis 
tory, adaptation, distribution, culture, and improvement of various types of tobacco, wltll 
special emphasis on problems in Maryland tobacco production. (Street.) 

Agron. 106. Tobacco Production (2). 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1. A study of the 
physical and chemical factors associated with yield and quality of tobacco, stress being 
placed on the importance of soil, climate and fertilizers. (Street. ) 

Agron. 107. Cereal Crop Production (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Study of the 
principles and practices of corn, wheat, oats, barley, rye, soybeans and buckwheat pro- 
duction. (Santelmann.) 

Agron. 108. Forage Crop Production (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Study of the 
production and management of grasses and legumes for quality hay, silage and pasture. 

(Decker.) 

Agron. 151. Cropping Systems (2). 

Second semester. The coordination of information from various courses in the de- 
velopment of balanced cropping systems, appropriate to different objectives in various 
areas of the State and Nation. ( ) 

Agron. 152. Seed Production and Distribution (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory (2 hours) period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Agron. 1. (Not offered 1956-57.) A study of seed production, processing, and 
distribution ; Federal and State seed control programs ; seed laboratory analyses ; release 
of new varieties and maintenance of foundation seed stocks. (Staff.) 

Agron. 154. Weed Control in Field Crops (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 1. 
(Not offered 1956-57.) A study of the use of cultural practices and chemical herbicides 
in the control of weeds in field crops and turf. (Santelmann.) 



For Graduates 

Agron. 201. Crop Breeding (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered 1956-57.) 
Similar to Agron. 103, but better adapted to graduate students and offering a wider range 
of choice of material to suit special cases. (Ronningen.) 

Agron. 203. Crop Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Presentation of original work or review of literature on 
agronomic topics. (Staff.) 



98 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Agron. 204. Technic in Field Crop Research (2). 

First semester. Field plot technic, application of statistical analysis to agronomic 
data, and preparation of the research project. ( ) 

Agron. 205. Biogenesis of Tobacco (2). 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. 
A study of the structural adaptation of tobacco to environmental and experimental varia- 
tions. (Street.) 

Agron. 206, 207. Recent Advances in Crop Production (2, 2). 

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A 
study of recent advances in research techniques and findings pertaining to crop produc- 
tion. (Agron. 206; not offered in 1955-56.) (Decker, Ronningen, Street.) 

Agron. 208. Research Methods (2-4). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of staff. Development of research view- 
point by detailed study and report on crop research of the Maryland Experiment Station 
or review of literature on specific phases of a problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. 209. Research in Crops (1-8). 

First and second semesters. Credit according to work accomplished. With approval 
or suggestion of the Professor in charge of his major work the student will choose his 
own problem for study. (Staff) 

Agron. S210. Cropping Systems (1). 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca- 
tional agriculture and county agents. It deals with outstanding problems and the latest 
developments in the field. ( ) 

Agron. 211. Biosynthesis of Tobacco (2). 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not 
offered 1956-57.) A study of the composition of tobacco with emphasis on the alkaloids 
and other unique components. (Street.) 



B. SOILS 

Agron. 10. General Soils (4). 

Second semester. Three lectures and a two-hour laboratory period each week. Pre- 
requisite, Chem. 1 or permission of instructor. A study of the fundamentals of soils 
including their origin, development, relation to natural sciences, effect on civilization, 
physical properties, and chemical properties. (Bentz.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Agron. SI 10. Soil Management (1). 

Summer school only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of Voca- 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 99 

tional Agriculture and County Agents dealing will) factors Involved In management of 
soils in general and of Maryland soils In particular. Emphasis is placed on methods of 
maintaining and improving chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils. 
Illustrations with conservation practices receive particular attention. (Strickllng.) 

Agron. 111. Soil Fertility Principles (3). 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10. A study of the 
chemical, physical, and biological characteristics of soils that are important in growing 
crops. Soil deficiencies of physical, chemical or biological nature and their correction 
by the use of lime, fertilizers, and rotations are discussed and illustrated. (Strickllng.) 

Agron. 112. Commercial Fertilizers (3). 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 or permission of 
instructor. A study of the manufacturing and distribution of commercial fertilizers. 

(Alley.) 

Agron. 113. Soil Conservation (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 10 or permission of instructor. A study of the importance and causes of soil 
erosion, and methods of soil erosion control. Special emphasis is placed on farm plan- 
ning for soil conservation. The laboratory period will be largely devoted to field trips. 

(Bentz.) 

Agron. 114. Soil Classification and Geography (4). 

6 >nd semester. Three lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Agron. 10, or permission of instructor. A study of the genesis, morphology, 
classification and geographic distribution of soils. The broad principles governing soil 
formation are explained. Attention is given to the influence of geographic factors on the 
development and use of soils in the United States and other parts of the world. The 
laboratory periods will be largely devoted to field trips and to a study of soil maps of 
various countries. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 116. Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3). 

First semester. One hour lecture, one two-hour laboratory, and one three-hour lab- 
oratory a week. A study of chemical methods for soil analysis and their relation to 
fertilizer requirements of plants grown in soil. (Not offered in 1957-58.) (Axley.) 

Agron. 117. Soil Physics (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisite, 
Agron. 10 and a course in Physics, or permission of instructor. (Not offered In 1957-58.) 
A study of physical properties of soils with special emphasis on relationship to soil pro- 
ductivity. (Strickllng.) 

Agron. 118. Special Problems in Soils (1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of Instructor. 
A detailed study, including a written report, of an important soil problem. (Staff.) 

Agron. 119. Soil Mineralogy (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Pre- 
requisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered in 1956-57.) A study of the funda- 



100 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

mental laws and forms of crystal symmetry and essentials of crystal structure ; structure, 
occurrence, association and uses of minerals, determination of minerals by means of their 
morphological, chemical and other physical properties. Particular attention is given to 
soil-forming minerals. Laboratory periods will be devoted to a systematic study of about 
75 minerals. (Bourbeau.) 



For Graduates 

Agron. 250. Advanced Soil Mineralogy (3). 

First semester. Three one-hour lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10, Agron. 
119 and permission of instructor. (Not offered 1957-58.) A study of the structure, 
physical-chemical characteristics and identification methods of soil minerals, particularly 
the clay minerals, and their relationship to soil genesis and productivity. (Bourbeau.) 

Agron. 251. Advanced Methods of Soil Investigation (3). 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Agron. 10 and permission of 
instructor. An advanced study of the theory of chemical methods of soil investigation 
with emphasis on problems involving application of physical chemistry. (Axley.) 

Agron. 252. Advanced Soil Physics (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory a week. Prerequisites, 
Agron. 10 and permission of instructor. (Not offered 1955-56.) An advanced study of 
physical properties of soils with special emphasis or relationship to soil productivity. 

(Strickling.) 

Agron. 253. Advanced Soil Analysis for Plant Nutrients (3). 

First semester. One lecture, one two-hour laboratory and one three-hour laboratory 
a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not offered 1955-56.) An advanced 
study of chemical methods for soil analysis and their relationship to fertilizer require- 
ments of plants grown in soil. (Staff.) 

Agron. 255. Soil Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Staff.) 

Agron. 256. Soil Research (1-12). 

First and second semesters. (Staff.) 



ANIMAL HUSBANDRY 

Professors Foster, Green; Assistant Professors Buric, Leftel and Wingert 

A. H. 1. Fundamentals of Animal Husbandry (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. A study of the 
general problems in breeding, feeding, management and marketing of beef cattle, sheep, 
swine and horses. Practice is given in the selection of animals to meet market demands. 
Field trips may be made to near-by farms and packing plants. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 101 

A. H. 30. Types and Breeds of Livestock (3). 

Second semester, Two lectures and one laboratory period a Week. Prerequisite 
A. II. 1. A study of the various types and breeds of livestock, their development, char- 
acteristics and adaptability. Practice la given In selection according to standard! of 

excellence. (Staff.) 

A. H. 90. Livestock Judging (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 30 or per- 
mission of instructor. Training is given in the judging of beef cattle, sheep, swine and 
horses. Occasional trips are made to farms where outstanding herds and tlocks are main- 
tained. (Buric.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

A. H. 100. Advanced Livestock Judging (2). 

First semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. !)0 and per- 
mission of instructor. An advanced course in the selection and judging of purebred and 
commercial meat and work animals. The most adept students enrolled in this course are 
chosen to represent the University of Maryland in intercollegiate livestock judging con- 
tests. (Buric.) 

A. H. 110. Feeds and Feeding (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
1, 3. Elements of nutrition; source, characteristics, and adaptability of the various feeds 
to the several classes of livestock; feeding standards; the calculation and compounding of 
rations. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 130. Beef Cattle Production (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
A. II. 1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of 
beef cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability ; selection, breeding, 
feeding, management and marketing of purebred and commercial herds. (Foster.) 

A. H. 131. Sheep Production (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
A. H. 1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of 
sheep, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability ; selection, breeding, feeding, 
management and marketing of purebred and commercial flocks. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 132. Swine Production (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
A. H. 1, A. H. 110. Principles and practices underlying the economical production of 
swine, including a study of the breeds and their adaptability; selection, breeding, feeding, 
management and marketing of purebred and commercial her. is. (Wingert.) 

A. H. 134. Light Horse Production (1). 

First semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Study of the light 
horse breeds with emphasis on the types and usefulness of each. A discussion of prin- 
ciples of selection and breeding of light horses is included in this course. (Leffel.) 



102 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A. H. 135. Light Horse Production (1). 

Second semester. One lecture a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 1. Included is a study 
of the organization of the light horse farm, proper methods of feeding and training, control 
of disease, treatment and care of injuries, sale of surplus stock. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 140. Livestock Management (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, A. H. 
110. A course designed to offer practical experience in working with livestock, especially 
to students who lack farm experience. Provides opportunities for students to learn prac- 
tical methods of handling and managing beef cattle, sheep, and swine. Practice and 
training in fitting animals for shows and sales. (Burlc.) 

A. H. 160. Meat and Meat Products (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
A. H. 1. Designed to give information on the processing and handling of the nation's 
meat supply. A study of the physical and structural qualities which effect the value of 
meat and meat products. Trips are made to packing houses and meat distributing 
centers. (Wlngert.) 

A. H. 170, 171. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Advanced under- 
graduates will be required to review literature, present reports and discuss assigned topics 
relating to Animal Husbandry. (Staff.) 

A. H. 172, 173. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2). 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Prerequisite, approval of staff. A course designed for advanced undergraduates in which 
specific problems relating to Animal Husbandry will be assigned. (Staff.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

A. H. 111. Animal Nutrition (3). 

First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 ; A. H. 
110. Graduate credit allowed, with permission of instructor. Processes of digestion, 
absorption, and metabolism of nutrients ; nutritional balances ; nature of nutritional 
requirements for growth, production and reproduction. (Leffel.) 

A. H. 120. Principles of Breeding (3). 

Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 and A. H. 130 or 
A. H. 131 or A. H. 132 or Dairy 101. Graduate credit (1-3 hours), allowed with per- 
mission of instructor. The practical aspects of animal breeding, heredity, variation, 
selection, development, systems of breeding, and pedigree study are considered. (Green.) 

A. H. S130. Beef Cattle (1). 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of Vocational 
Agriculture and Extension Service Workers. Principles and practices underlying the 
economical production of beef cattle, including a study of the breeds and their adapta- 
bility ; selection, breeding, feeding, management and marketing of purebred and com- 
mercial herds. (Foster.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 103 

A. H. 150. Livestock Markets and Marketing (2). 

First semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, A. II. 1. Graduate credit allowed, 
with permission of Instructor. History and development of livestock markets mid sys- 
tems of marketing; trends of livestock marketing; effect of changes in transportation and 
refrigeration facilities; the merchandising of meat products. (Wingert.) 



For Graduates 

A. H. 200, 201. Special Problems in Animal Husbandry (1-2, 1-2). 

First and second semesters. Work assigned in proportion to amount of credit. 
Frerequisite, approval of staff. Problems will be assigned which relate specifically to 
the characters of work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

A. H. 202, 203. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Students are required to prepare papers based upon 
current scientific publications relating to Animal Husbandry or upon their research work, 
for presentation before and discussion by the class. (Staff.) 

A. H. 204. Research (1-6). 

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by amount and character of 
work done. With the approval of the head of the department, students will be required 
to pursue original research in some phase of Animal Husbandry, carrying the same to 
completion, and report the results in the form of a thesis. (Staff.) 

A. H. 205. Advanced Breeding (2). 

Second semester. Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, A. H. 120 or equivalent and 
Biological Statistics. This course deals with the more technical phases of heredity and 
variation ; selection indices ; breeding systems ; inheritance in farm animals. (Green.) 

A. H. 206. Advanced Livestock Management (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
approval of staff. An intensive study of the newer developments in animal breeding, 
animal physiology, animal nutrition, endocrinology, and other closely allied fields as they 
apply to the management and commercial production of livestock. (Staff.) 



BOTANY 

Professors Bamford, Gauch, Cox, Weaver, Appleman (emeritus), Norton, 

(emeritus); Associate Professors Brown, D. T. Morgan; Assistant 

Professors O. D. Morgan, Rappleye, Krauss, Sisler, Jenkins; 

Instructor Kantzes 

Bot. 1. General Botany (4). 

First and second semesters. Summer. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a 
week. General introduction to botany, touching briefly on all phases of the subject. 
Emphasis is on the fundamental biological principles of the higher plants. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 



104 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Bot. 2. General Botany (4). 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1 or equivalent. A brief evolutionary study of algae, fungi, liverworts, mosses, ferns 
and their relatives, and the seed plants emphasizing their structure, reproduction, habitats, 
and economic importance. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 11. Plant Taxonomy (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of the principles of plant classification, based on the 
collection and identification of local plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 20. Diseases of Plants (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1, or equivalent. An introductory study of the symptoms and causal agents of plant 
diseases and measures for their control. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Bot. 110. Plant Microtechnique (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
Principles and methods involved in the preparation of permanent microscope slides of 
plant materials. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 112. Seminar (1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Discussion of 
special topics, current literature, problems and programs in all phases of botany. For 
seniors only, majors and minors in botany or biological science. (Brown.) 

A. Plant Physiology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 101. Plant Physiology (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 1 and General Chemistry. A survey of the general physiological activities of plants. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 102. Plant Ecology (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 11, or equivalent. A study of plants in relation to their environments. Plant suc- 
cessions and formations of North America are treated briefly and local examples studied. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 201. Plant Biochemistry (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 



COLLEGE OE AGRICULTURE 105 

Bot. 101 and elementary organic chemistry, or equivalent, a study of the Important 
substances iu the composition Of the plant body and the chemical changes occurring 
therein. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 202. Plant Biophysics (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101 and Introductory physics, or equivalent. 
(Not offered 1956-1957.) Au advanced course dealing with the operation of physical 
phenomena lu plant life processes. 

Bot. 203. Biophysical Methods (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Laboratory course to accompany 
Bot. 202. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Not offered 1956-1957.) 

Bot. 204. Growth and Development. (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, 1- semester hours of plant science. (Not offered 
1950-1007.) (Krauss.) 

Bot. 205. Mineral Nutrition of Plants (2). 

Second semester. Reports on current literature are presented and discussed in con- 
nection with recent advances in the mineral nutrition of plants. (Gauch.) 

Bot. 206. Research in Plant Physiology. 

Credit according to work done. Students must be qualified to pursue with profit the 
research to be undertaken. (Gauch, Krauss.) 

Bot. 207. Special Topics in Plant Physiology (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. This course on highly 
specialized subjects, usually will be presented by a specialist who is available at a neigh- 
boring institution. 

Bot. 208. Seminar in Plant Physiology (1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Discussion of 
special topics in plant physiology. (Gauch, Krauss.) 

Bot. 209. Physiology of Algae (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 
201, the equivalent in allied fields, or permission of the instructor. A study of the 
physiology and comparative biochemistry of the algae. Laboratory techniques and recent 
advances in algal nutrition, photosynthesis, and growth will be reviewed. Laboratory lee, 
$10.00. (Krauss.) 

B. Plant Morphology and Taxonomy 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 111. Plant Anatomy (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. 1'rerequislte, Bot. 



106 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

110, or equivalent. The origin and development of the organs and tissue systems in the 
vascular plants. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 113. Plant Geography (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. A study of plant distribution 
throughout the world and the factors generally associated with such distribution. 

(Brown.) 

Bot. 114. Advanced Plant Taxonomy (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 
11, or permission of instructor. Principles and criteria of systematic botany. Study of 
difficult plant groups, especially grasses, sedges, legumes and composites with collection 
and identification of native species. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Brown.) 

Bot. 115. Structure of Economic Plants (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 111. A detailed microscopic study of the anatomy of the chief fruit and vegetable 
crops. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 116. History and Philosophy of Botany (1). 

First semester. Prerequisite, 15 semester hours of botany. Discussion of the de- 
velopment of ideas and knowledge about plants, leading to a survey of contemporary work 
in botanical science. (Bamford.) 

Bot. 117. Plant Breeding (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Zool. 104 or equivalent. A survey of the funda- 
mental principles to modern plant breeding. The analysis of hybrid vigor, its application 
to economic plants, the relation of chromosomes to plant improvement, economically val- 
uable mutations and similar topics will be considered. (D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 135. Aquatic Plants (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 
1 and Bot. 11, or equivalent. (Not offered 1956-1957.) A study of the taxonomy and 
ecology of aquatic plants, especially those of importance in fisheries and wild life man- 
agement. Field trips and collections will be made. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 136. Plants and Mankind (2). 

First semester. Summer 1956. Prerequisite, Bot. 1 or equivalent. A survey of the 
plants which are utilized by man ; the diversity of such utilization, and their historic and 
economic significance. (Rappleye.) 

Bot. 151S. Teaching Methods in Botany (2). 

Summer. Five two-hour laboratory and demonstration periods per week ; 10 :00- 
11:00; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 1, or equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the 
biological principles of common plants, anrl demonstrations, projects, and visual aids 
suitable for teaching in primary and secondary schools. (Owens.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 107 

For Graduates 

Bot. 211. Cytology (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Zool. 104 (Genetics) or equivalent. A detailed study of the chromosomes in mitosis and 
meiosis, and the relation of these t<> current theories of heredity and evolution. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot 212. Plant Morphology (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week, Prerequisites, Bot. 
11, Bot. Ill, or equivalent. A comparative study of the morphology of the flowering 
plants, with special reference to tfie phylogenj and development of floral organs. Lab- 
oratory fee, $5.00. (Kappleye.) 

Bot. 213. Seminar in Plant Cytology and Morphology (1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Discussion of 
special topics in plant morphology, anatomy, and cytology. (D. T. Morgan, Iiappleye.) 

Bot. 214. Research in Plant Cytology and Morphology. 

Credit according to work done. (Bamford, D. T. Morgan, Happleye.) 

Bot. 215. Plant Cytogenetics (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Zool. 
104, (Genetics) or equivalent. (Not offered 1956-1957.) An advanced study of the 
current status of plant genetics, particularly gene mutations and their relation to chromo- 
some changes in corn and other favorable genetic materials. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(D. T. Morgan.) 

Bot. 219. Special Topics in Plant Morphology and Cytology (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite permission of instructor. This course treats specialized 
subjects very intensively. It will usually be given by a lecturer from a neighboring 
institution. 



C. Plant Pathology 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bot. 122. Research Methods in Plant Pathology (2). 

First or second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, 
or equivalent. Advanced training in the basic research techniques and methods of plant 
pathology. Laboratory fee, $5.00 each semester. (Cox.) 

Bot. 123. Diseases of Ornamental Plants (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1956-1957.) 
Symptoms, control measures, and other pertinent information concerning the diseases 
^vhlch affect important ornamental plants grown in the eastern states. 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Bot. 124. Diseases of Tobacco and Agronomic Crops (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The symptoms and control of 
the diseases of tobacco, forage crops and cereal grains. (O. D. Morgan.) 

Bot. 125. Diseases of Fruit Crops (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. (Not offered 1956-1957.) 
Symptoms and control of the diseases affecting fruit production in the eastern United 
States. (Weaver.) 

Bot. 126. Diseases of Vegetable Crops (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. The recognition and control 
of diseases affecting the production of important vegetable crops grown in the eastern 
United States. (Cox.) 

Bot. 128. Mycology (4). 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 2, or equivalent. An introductory study of the morphology, classification, life his- 
tories, and economics of the fungi. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Bot. 152S. Field Plant Pathology (1). 

Summer. Daily lecture first three weeks, 8 :00 ; E-307. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or 
equivalent. Laboratory fee, $5.00. (Not offered 1956.) A course for county agents and 
teachers of vocational agriculture. Discussion and demonstration of the important dis- 
eases in Maryland crops. (Cox and Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Bot. 221. Virus Diseases (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Bot. 20 and Bot. 101. Laboratory fee, $10.00. Consideration of the physical, chemical 
and physiological aspects of plant viruses and plant diseases. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 223. Physiology of Fungi (2). 

First semester. Prerequisites, Organic Chemistry and Bot. 101 or the equivalent in 
bacterial or animal physiology. A study of various aspects of fungal metabolism, 
nutrition, biochemical transformations, fungal products, and mechanism of fungicidal 
action. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 224. Physiology of Fungi Laboratory (1). 

First semester. One laboratory period per week. Prerequisite, Bot. 223 or concurrent 
registration therein. (Not offered 1956-1957.) Application of equipment and techniques 
in the study of fungal physiology. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Sisler.) 

Bot. 225. Research in Plant Pathology. 

Credit according to work done. (Staff.) 

Bot. 226. Plant Disease Control (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 20, or equivalent. An advanced course dealing 
with the theory and practices of plant disease control. (Cox.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 109 

Bot. 228. Special Topics in Plant Pathology (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. This course on very 
specialized phases of plant pathology will usually be given by a lecturer from a neighbor- 
ing institution. 

Bot. 229. Seminar in Plant Pathology (1). 

First and second semesters. Discussion on the advanced technical literature of plant 
pathology. (Cox.) 

Bot. 241. Plant Nematology (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. (Not offend 1966-1957.) 
A detailed study of the nematodes which cause plant diseases, especially their life 
histories, plant symptoms and control measures. (Jenkins.) 

Bot. 242. Plant Nematology Laboratory (1). 

First semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 241 or concurrent 
registration therein. (Not offered 1956-1957.) Techniques in collection and identifica- 
tion of plant-parasitic nematodes. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Jenkins.) 

DAIRY 

Professors Beck, Arbuckle, and Shaw; Associate Professors Mattick and 
Keeney; Assistant Professor Davis; Instructor Seely 

A. DAIRY HUSBANDRY 

Dairy 1. Fundamentals of Dairying (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This course is 
designed to cover the entire field of dairying. The content of the course deals with all 
phases of dairy cattle feeding, breeding and management and the manufacturing process- 
ing, distribution and marketing of dairy products. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

• (Beck, Mattick.) 

Dairy 10. Dairy Cattle Management (1). 

First semester. One laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 1. A manage- 
ment course designed to familiarize students with the practical handling and management 
of dairy cattle. Students are given actual practice and training in the University dairy 
barns. (Beck.) 

Dairy 20. Dairy Breeds and Selection (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A detailed study of 
the dairy breeds, factors which have contributed to the success and failure of modern 
breeding establishments and standards of excellence in the selection of breeding cattle. 

(Davis.) 

Dairy 30. Dairy Cattle Judging (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. This course offers complete in- 
struction in the selection and comparative judging of dairy cattle. Trips to various 
dairy farms for judging practice will be made. (Beck.) 



110 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 101. Dairy Production (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Dairy 1, A. H. 110. A comprehensive course in dairy cattle nutrition feeding, and 
herd management. (Davis.) 

Dairy 103. Physiology of Milk Secretion (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, 
Zool. 1, Organic Chemistry. (Alternate years, given in 1955-1956.) The anatomy, 
evolution and metabolism of the mammary gland including hormonal control and the 
biosynthesis of milk constituents. (Shaw.) 

Dairy 105. Dairy Cattle Breeding (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Dairy 1, Zool. 104. A specialized course in breeding dairy cattle. Emphasis is placed on 
methods of sire evaluation systems of breeding, breeding programs, and artificial breeding 
techniques. (Beck.) 

Dairy 120, 121. Dairy Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, students majoring in dairy production, 
Dairy 101 ; students majoring in dairy products technology, Dairy 108. Presentation 
and discussion of current literature and research work in dairying. (Staff.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying A (1-4). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Dairy 101. Credit in accordance with the 
amount and character of work done. Special problems will be assigned which relate 
specifically to the work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 

B. DAIRY TECHNOLOGY 
« 
Dairy 40. Grading Dairy Products (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Market grades and the judging 
of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 41. Advanced Grading of Dairy Products (1). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Dairy 40. An advanced course in grading and judging 
of milk, butter, cheese, and ice cream. Open to students who participate in training for 
intercollegiate dairy products judging contests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Arbuckle.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Dairy 108. Dairy Technology (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Dairy 1, Bact. 133, Chem. 1, 3. Composition standards for milk and milk products, 
critical interpretation and application of practical factory methods of analyses for fat 
and solids ; quality tests. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 111 

Dairy 109. Market Milk (4). 

First semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Dairy 1, Baet. 133, Cliem. 1, 3. Commercial aspects of the market milk industry relating 
to transportation, processing, and distribution; operation Of a market milk plant; quality 
problems; chocolate milk, buttermilk and cottage cheese. Laboratory lee, $3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 110. Butter and Cheese Making (4). 

Second semester. One lecture and one five-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Dairy 1, Bact. 1, (hem. 1, 3. (Alternate years, given in 1954-1955.) Com- 
mercial methods of manufacturing butter and cheese. Consideration is given to the 
physical, chemical, and biological factors involved ; procedures of manufacture ; quality 
control. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 111. Concentrated Milk Products (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and one live-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Dairy 108, 114. (Alternate years, not given in 1954-1955.) Theories 
and practice of manufacturing condensed and evaporated milk and milk powder; plant 
processes; quality factors; utilization. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Mattick.) 

Dairy 112. Ice Cream Making (4). 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 
Dairy 108. The ice cream industry ; commercial methods of manufacturing ice cream ; 
fundamental principles ; ingredients ; controlling quality. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

(Arbuckle.) 

Dairy 114. Special Laboratory Methods (4). 

Second semester. Two lectures and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Dairy 108, Bact. 133, Chem. 19, 31, 32, 33, 34. Application of analytical methods to 
milk, milk products and milk constituents. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 115. Quality Control in the Dairy Industry (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Dairy 
109. Application of quality control methods in relation to dairy ordinances, standards 
and farm and plant inspection. Laboratory fee, $3.00. t Mattick.) 

Dairy 116. Dairy Plant Management (3). 

Second semester. Two lecture periods and one three-hour laboratory period per week. 
Prerequisites, at least three advanced dairy products technology courses. Principles of 
dairy plant management, record systems ; personnel, plant design and construction ; dairy 
machinery and equipment. (.Mattick.) 

Dairy 124. Special Problems in Dairying B (1-4). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Dairy 108, 109. Credit in accordance with 
the amount and character of work done. Special problems will be assigned which relate 
specifically to the work the student is pursuing. (Staff.) 



112 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates in Dairy Husbandry and Dairy Technology 

Dairy 201. Advanced Ruminant Nutrition (3). 

First semester. Three one-hour lectures per week. Prerequisites, A. H. 110 or 
Dairy 101, Organic Chemistry and permission of Department. (Alternate years, given in 
1956-1957.) Biochemical, physiological and bacteriological aspects of the nutrition of 
ruminants and other animals. (Shaw and Davis.) 

Dairy S201. Advanced Dairy Production (1). 

Summer session only. An advanced course primarily designed for teachers of voca- 
tional agriculture and county agents. It includes a study of the newer discoveries in 
dairy cattle nutrition, breeding and management. (Staff.) 

Dairy 202. Advanced Dairy Technology (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Dairy 108, 114 or equivalent. Milk and milk products 
from physico-chemical and bio-chemical points of view, with attention directed to hydro- 
gen ion concentration, electrometric titration, oxidation-reduction, electrometric conduc- 
tivity, buffer system of milk, milk enzymes. (Keeney.) 

Dairy 204. Special Problems in Dairying (1-5). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, permission of Professor in charge of 
work. Credit in accordance with the amount and character of work done. Methods of 
conducting dairy research and the presentation of results are stressed. A research 
problem which relates specifically to the work the student is pursuing will be assigned. 

(Staff.) 

Dairy 205. Seminar (1). 

First semester. Assigned readings on current literature on timely topics ; preparation 
and presentation of reports for classroom discussion. (Staff.) 

Dairy 206. Advanced Dairy Research Seminar (1) 

Second semester. Discussion of fundamental research in Dairy Science. 

Dairy 208. Research (1-8). 

First and second semesters. Credit to be determined by the amount and quality of 
work done. Original investigation by the student of some subject assigned by the Major 
Professor, the completion of the assignment and the preparation of a thesis in accord- 
ance with requirements for an advanced degree. (Staff.) 



ENTOMOLOGY 

Professor Cory; Associate Professor Bickley; Assistant Professors Abrams, 
Haviland; Lecturers Munson, Sailer, Shepard. 

Ent. 1. Introductory Entomology (3). 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, one semester of college Zoology. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The position of insects 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 113 

In the animal kingdom, their gross structure, classification Into orden and principal 
families and the general economic status of Insect*. A collection of common insects Is 
required. 

Ent. 2. Insect Morphology (3). 

First semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 

1. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Intensive study of the external structures and less intensive 
study of the internal anatomy of representative insects with special reference to those 
phases needed for work in insect taxonomy and biology. 

Ent. 3. Insect Taxonomy (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 

2. Laboratory fee, $3.00. Intensive study of the classification of all orders and the 
important families based on Individual collections supplemented by typical material from 
the department collection. 

V 

Ent. 4. Beekeeping (2). 

First semester. A study of the life history, behavior and seasonal activities of the 
honey-bee, its place in pollination of flowers with emphasis on plants of economic impor- 
tance and bee lore in literature. 

Ent. US. Entomology in Nature Study (3). 

Summer. Two lectures and three two-hour laboratory periods per week. (Not offered 
in 1956.) This course is designed to help teachers utilize insects in their teaching. The 
general availability of insects makes them especially desirable for use in nature study 
courses. Teachers should be acquainted, therefore, with the simplest and easiest ways 
to collect, rear, preserve, and identify the common insects about which students are 
constantly asking questions. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ent. 100. Advanced Apiculture (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and two three hour laboratory periods. Prerequisite, 
Ent. 4. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The theory and practice of apiary management. De- 
signed for the student who wishes to keep bees or requires a practical knowledge of bee 
management. (Abrams.) 

Ent. 101. Economic Entomology (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the department. An intensive study of 
the theory and problems of applied entomology, including life history, ecology, behavior, 
distribution, parasitism and control. 

Ent. 105. Medical Entomology (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one two-heur laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ent. 1, or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of 
insects and related anthropods that affect the health and comfort of man directly and 
as vectors of disease. In discussions of the control of such pests the emphasis will be 
upon community sanitation. (Blckley.) 



114 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ent. 106. Advanced Insect Taxonomy (3). 

First semester. Two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ent. 3. 
Laboratory fee, $3.00. Principles of systematic entomology and intensive study of lim- 
ited groups of Insects, including immature forms. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 107. Insecticides (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, consent of the department. The development and 
use of contact and stomach poisons, fumigants and other important chemicals, with ref- 
erence to their chemistry, toxic action, compatibility, and host injury. Recent research 
emphasized. (Shepard.) 

Ent. 109. Insect Physiology (2). 

Second semester. Two lectures and occasional demonstrations. Prerequisite, consent 
of the department. The functioning of the insect body with particular reference to 
blood, circulation, digestion, absorption, excretion, respiration, reflex action and the 
nervous system, and metabolism. (Munson.) 

Ent. 110, 111. Special Problems (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, to be determined by the department. May 
be taken concurrently. An intensive investigation of some entomological problem, prefer- 
ably of the student's choice. Required of majors in entomology. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 112. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Presentation of original 
work, reviews and abstracts of literature. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 113. Entomological Literature (1). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, junior standing. (Not offered in 1956-57.) A study 
of entomological publications and good scientific writing. Preparation of bibliographies. 

(Bickley.) 

Ent. 115. Quarantine Procedures (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, consent of the department. (Not offered in 1958-57.) 
Lactures on the principles and procedures involved in preventing the introduction of 
foreign pests and the limitation of spread of endemic or introduced pests. 

Ent. 116. Insect Pests of Ornamentals and Greenhouse Plants (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, 
biology, and control of insects injurious to plants grown in ornamental plantings, nur- 
series, and under glass. (Haviland.) 

Ent. 117. Insect Pests of Field Crops and Stored Products (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, 
biology and control of insects injurious to corn, small grains, legumes, cotton, tobacco, 
stored grains, seeds and cereal products. (Cory and Bickley.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 115 

Ent. 118. Insect Pests of Fruit and Vegetable Crops (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one two hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Ent. 1 or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. (Not offered In 
1956-57.) The recognition, biology and control of insects injurious to important fruit 
and vegetable crops. (Cory and Blckley.) 

Ent. 119. Insect Pests of Domestic Animals (2). 

Iir-t Bemester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, Enr. l or consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. The recognition, 
biology, and control of insects and related arthropods injurious to horses, cattle, hogs, 
sheep, goats, and poultry. (Haviland. » 

For Graduates 

Ent. 201. Advanced Entomology. 

Credit and prerequisites to be determined by the department. First and second semes- 
ters. Studies of minor problems in morphology, taxonomy and applied entomology, with 
particular reference to the preparation of the student for individual research. 

(Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 202. Research. 

First and second semesters. Required of graduate students majoring in Entomology. 
This course involves research on an approved project. A dissertation suitable for pub- 
lication must be submitted at the conclusion of the studies as a part of the require- 
ments for an advanced degree. (Cory and Staff.) 

Ent. 203. Advanced Insect Morphology (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Lab- 
oratory fee, $3.00. Insect structure with special reference to function. Emphasis on 
internal anatomy. Given in preparation for advanced work in physiology or research in 
morphology. (Bickley.) 

Ent. 205. Insect Ecology (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisite, consent of the department. Laboratory fee, $3.00. A study of fundamental 
factors involved in the relationship of insects to their environment. Emphasis is 
placed on the insect as a dynamic organism adjusted to its surroundings. (Sailer.) 

Ent. 206. Bionomics of Mosquitoes (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Labora- 
tory fee, $3.00. (Alternates with Ent. 203; not offered in 1956-1957.) The classification, 
distribution, ecology, biology, and control of mosquitoes. (Bickley.) 



FORESTRY 

Assistant Professor Enright 

For. 30. Elements of Forestry (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A general survey of the field of forestry, 



116 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

including timber values, conservation, protection, silviculture, utilization, mensuration, 
engineering, recreation and lumbering. Principles and practices of woodland manage- 
ment. 



HORTICULTURE 

Professors Haut, Kramer, Link, Scott, Stark, Thompson, Associate Professors 
Shanks, Shoemaker; Assistant Professors Britton, Enright, Reynolds, Wiley; 

Instructor Todd. 

Hort. 1. General Horticulture (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. 
A general basic course planned to give tbe student a background of methods and practices 
used in production of horticulture crops. 

Hort. 5, 6. Fruit Production (3, 2). 

First and second semesters. One or two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
Courses must be taken in sequence. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of commercial varieties 
and the harvesting, grading, and storage of fruits. Principles and practices in fruit tree 
production. 

Hort. 11. Greenhouse Management (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. A detailed study of greenhouse construction and management. 

Hort. 16. Garden Flowers (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. The various species of annuals, herbaceous perennials, bulbs, bedding plants, 
and roses and their cultural requirements. 

Hort. 22. Landscape Gardening (2). 

First semester. The theory and general principles of landscape gardening and their 
application to private and public areas. 

Hort. 56. Landscape Ornamentals and Floriculture (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. A course dealing 
with the basic principles in the use of trees, shrubs, broad-leaved evergreens, annual and 
perennial flowering plants in ornamental plantings. Designed for any students wishing 
a broad coverage in this field. 

Hort. 58. Vegetable Production (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Bot. 1. A study of the principles and practices of commercial vegetable production. 

Hort. 59. Small Fruits (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 117 

1. A study of the principle* and practices Involved in the production of small fruits 
Including grapes, strawberries, raspberries, blackberries, and cnnbe 

Hort. 61. Processing Industries (1). 

Second semester. Barly history and development of the various types of preservation 
of horticultural crops, such as canning) Creeslng, dehydration, pickling or brining. The 

relative importance of these methods on state, national and world-wide bases are em- 
phasized. 

Hort. 62. Plant Propagation (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bot. I. 
A study of principles and practices of propagation of horticultural plants. 

Hort. 63. Flower Store Management (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and oue laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Hort. 11. Laboratory fee, $5.00. A study of the operation and management of a 
tlower store. Laboratory period devoted to principles and practice of floral arrangements 
and decoration. 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

Hort. 118, 119. Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Oral presentation of the results of investigational work 
by reviewing recent scientific literature in the various phases of horticulture. (Staff.) 

Hort. 121. Plant Operations (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, Agr. 
Engr. Ill, 112, Hort. 155. Course deals with arrangement of machinery and equipment 
in proper sequence to insure the most economical operation of commercial processing 
plants, providing for continuous flow through the factory. Field trips to commercial 
plants Included. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 152. Landscape Design (3). 

First semester. One lecture aud two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, 
Hort. 22, Eng. D. 1. Prerequisite or concurrently Hort. 107. A consideration of the 
principles of landscape design supplemented by direct application in the drafting room. 

(Shoemaker. > 

Hort. 153. Landscape Design (3). 

Second semester. Three laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 152. Ad- 
vanced landscape design. (Shoemaker.) 

Hort. 160. Landcsape Maintenance (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or 
concurrently, Hort. 107, 108. A study of the planting and maintenance of turf, orna- 
mental shrubs and trees. Basic principles of park and estate maintenance included. 

(Knrlght.) 



118 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Hort. 101, 102. Technology of Fruits (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Hort. G ; Bot. 101. A critical analysis 
of research work and application of the principles of plant physiology, chemistry, and 
hotany to practical problems in commercial production. (Thompson.) 

Hort. 103, 104. Technology of Vegetables (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, Hort. 58 ; Bot. 101. For a description of 
these courses see the general statement under Hort. 101, 102. (Stark.) 

Hort. 105. Technology of Ornamentals (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A study of the physiological plant processes 
as related to the growth, flowering, and storage of floriculture and ornamental plants. 

(Link.) 

Hort. 106. World Fruits and Nuts (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 1. A study of the tropical and subtropical 
fruits and nuts of economic importance. (Haut.) 

Hort. 107, 108. Plant Materials (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 11. A field and laboratory study of 
trees, shrubs, and vines used in ornamental plantings. (Enright.) 

Hort. 114. Systematic Pomology (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Hort. 
5. 6. A study of the origin, history, taxonomic relationships, and description of fruits. 

(Haut.) 

Hort. SI 15. Truck Crop Management (1). 

Summer session only. Primarily designed for teachers and vocational agriculture 
and extension agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved methods 
of production of the leading truck crops. Current problems and their solution will receive 
special attention. 

Hort. 116. Systematic Olericulture (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Hort. 58. A study of the classification and nomenclature of vegetable crops. (Reynolds.) 

Hort. 122. Special Problems (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Credit arranged according to work done. For \pa1or 
students in horticulture or botany. (Staff.) 

Hort. 123. Grades and Standards for Canned and Frozen Products (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 124. 
Factors considered in grading. Actual grading of principal products and critical appraisal 
for quality improvement. 



COLLEGE 01- AGRICULTURE II"' 

Hort. 124. Quality Control (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Uort. 58, 155, 156. This course covers the principles involved in the evaluation of 
factors of quality in processed foods including appearance, kinesthetic flavor and sanita- 
tion factors, and statistical presentation of results. (Kramer.) 

Hort. S124. Tree and Small Fruit Management (1). 

Summer ssesion only. Primarily designed for vocational agriculture teachers and 
county agents. Special emphasis will be placed upon new and improved commercial meth- 
ods of production of the leading tree and small fruit crops. Current problems and their 
solution will receive special attention. 

Hort. S125. Ornamental Horticulture (1). 

Summer session only. A course designed for teachers of agriculture, home demonstra- 
tion agents and county agents. Special emphasis will be given to the development of 
lawns, flowers and shrubbery to beautify rural homes. 

Hort. 126. Nutritional Analyses of Processed Crops (2). 

Second semester. Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Cliem. 33 and 34, 
Bot. 101, Hort. 123. Laboratory practice in standard methods for determining mineral, 
vitamin, carbohydrate, protein and other food values of various fruit and vegetable 
products. 

Hort. 150, 151. Commercial Floriculture (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Pre- 
requisites, Hort. 11. Growing and handling bench crops and potted plants, and the 
marketing of cut flowers. (Link.) 

Hort. 155. Commercial Processing I (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 32, 34, Hort. 61. Laboratory fee, $5.00. The fundamentals of canning, freezing, 
and dehydration of horticultural crops. (Wiley.) 

Hort. 156. Commercial Processing II (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
Hort. 155. A continuation of Commercial Processing 1. Also includes actual work In 
laboratory of manufacture of jams, jellies, conserves, preserves, marmalades, and juices. 

(Wiley.) 

Hort. 159. Nursery Management (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisites or 
concurrently, Hort. 62, 107, 108. A study of nil phases of commercial nursery management 
and operations. (Enright.) 

For Graduates 

Hort. 200 — Experimental Procedures in Plant Sciences (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Organization of research 



120 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

projects and presentation of experimental results in the field of biological science. Topics 
included will be : Sources of research financing, project outline preparation, formal prog- 
ress reports, public and industrial supported research programs, and technical and popular 
presentation of research data. (Haut.) 

Hort. 201, 202. Experimental Pomology (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of sci- 
entific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in pomology. 

(Thompson.) 

Hort. 203, 204. Experimental Olericulture (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific 
knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in olericulture. 

(Stark.) 

Hort. 205. Experimental Olericulture (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. (Not offered in 1956-57.) A systematic 
review of scientific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial prac- 
tices in olericulture. (Stark.) 

Hort. 206. Experimental Floriculture (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Bot. 101. A systematic review of scientific knowledge 
and practical observations as applied to commercial practices in Floriculture. (Link.) 

Hort. 207. Methods of Horticultural Research (3). 

Second semester. One lecture and one four-hour laboratory period a week. A 
critical study of research methods which are or may be used in horticulture. (Scott.) 

Hort. 208. Advanced Horticultural Research (2-12). 

First and second semesters. Credit granted according to work done. (Staff.) 

Hort. 209. Advanced Seminar (1, 1). 

First and second semesters. Five credit hours for five semesters can be obtained. 
Oral reports with illustrative materia! are required on special topics or recent research 
publications in horticulture. (Haut. and Staff.) 

Hort. 210. Experimental Processing (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. A systematic review et 
scientific knowledge and practical observations as applied to commercial practices In 
processing. (Kramer.) 



POULTRY HUSBANDRY 

Professors Shaffner, Combs; Associate Professor Quigley, Assistant 
Professor Wilcox 

P. H. 1. Poultry Production (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. This Is a general 



COLLEGE OV AGRICULTURE 121 

comprehensive course covering all phases of modern poultry husbandry practices, In- 
cluding breeds, incubation, brooding, housing, feeding, culling, marketing, caponizlng, 
and the economics Of production and distribution of poultry products. 

P. H. 2. Poultry Biology (2). 

Second semester. This ionise is designed to provide basic information as a founda- 
tion for other courses. The zoological classification of and structural differences among 
domestic birds are considered in their relation to food production. Special emphasis is 
given to turkey production. 

P. H. 59. Advanced Poultry Judging (1). 

First semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 1. One lecture or laboratory period per week. 

Theory and practice of judging and culling by physical means. Correlation studies of 

characteristics associated with productivity. Contestant for regional collegiate judging 
competitions will be selected from this class. 



For Advanced Undergraduates 

P. H. 100. Poultry Breeding (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 1 or 2. The inheritance of morphological 
and physiological characters of poultry are presented. Inheritance of factors related to 
egg and meat production and quality are stressed. Breeding plans are discussed. 

(Wilcox.) 

P. H. 101. Poultry Nutrition (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1956- 
1957.) Nutritive requirements of poultry and the ingredients used to meet these re- 
quirements are presented. Studies are made of various nutritional diseases commonly 
encountered under practical conditions. (Combs.) 

P. H. 102. Physiology of Hatchability (3). 

Second semester, alternate years. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. 
(Not offered in 1957-1958.) The physiology of embryonic development as related to 
principles of hatchability and problems of incubation encountered in the hatchery in- 
dustry are discussed. Laboratory exercises stressing fundamentals of hatchability are 
assigned. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 103. Commercial Poultry Management (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, ten hours of poultry husbandry, including P. H. 1. 
(Not offered in 1956-1957.) A symposium on finance, investment, plant layout, specializa- 
tion, purchase of supplies, and management problems in baby chick, egg, broiler, and 
turkey production ; foremanship, advertising, selling, by-products, production and financial 
records. Field trips required. (Quigley.) 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

P. H. 104. Technology of Market Eggs and Poultry (3). 

Fir^t semester. Two lecture? and one laboratory per week. A study of the techno- 



122 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

logical factors concerned with the processing, storage, and marketing of eggs and poultry, 
also factors affecting their quality and grading. ( ) 

A. E. 117. Economics of Marketing Eggs and Poultry (3). 

Second semester. Three lectures per week. (See Agricultural Economics A. E. 117.) 

Poultry Hygiene, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 107. 

Avian Anatomy, see Veterinary Science, V. S. 108. 

P. H. 107. Poultry Industrial and Economic Problems (2). 

First semester. (Not offered in 1957-1958.) Relation of poultry to agriculture as 
a whole and its economic importance. Consumer prejudices and preferences, production, 
transportation, storage, and distribution problems are discussed. Trends in the Industry, 
surpluses and their utilization, poultry by-products, and disease problems, are presented. 
Federal, state, and private agencies servicing the poultry industry and functions performed 
by each agency are discussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 108. Special Poultry Problems (1-2). 

First and second semesters. For senior poultry students. The student will be 
assigned special problems in the field of poultry for individual study and report. The 
poultry staff should be consulted before any student registers for this course. (Staff.) 

P. H. Sill— Poultry Breeding and Feeding (1). 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and extension service workers. The first half will be devoted to problems 
concerning breeding and the development of breeding stock. The second half will be 
devoted to nutrition. (Combs, Wilcox.) 

P. H. S112. Poultry Products and Marketing (1). 

Summer session only. This course is designed primarily for teachers of vocational 
agriculture and county agents. It deals with the factors affecting the quality of poultry 
products and with hatchery management problems, egg and poultry grading, preservation 
problems and market outlets for Maryland poultry. ( ) 



For Graduates 

P. H. 201. Advanced Poultry Genetics (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, P. H. 100 or equivalent. This course serves as a 
foundation for research in poultry genetics. Linkage, crossing-over, inheritance of sex, 
the expression of genes in development, inheritance of resistance to disease, and the 
influence of the environment on the expression of genetic capacities are considered. 

(Wilcox.) 

P. H. 202. Advanced Poultry Nutrition (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
P. H. 101, Chem. 31, 32, 33 and 34, or equivalent, or permission of instructor. A funda- 
mental study of the dietary role of proteins, minerals, vitamins, antibiotics, and carbo- 
hydrates is given as well as a study of the digestion and metabolism of these substances. 
Deficiency diseases as produced by the use of synthetic diets are considered. (Combs.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 123 

P. H. 203. Physiology of Reproduction of Poultry (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, P. H. 

102 or its equivalent. The role of the endoctrines in avian reproduction, is considered. 
Fertility, sexual maturity, broodiness, egg formation, ovulation, and the physiology of 
oviposition are studied. Comparative mammalian functions are discussed. (Shaffner.) 

P. H. 204. Poultry Seminar (1). 

First and second semesters. Oral reports of current researches by staff members, 
graduate students, and guest speakers are presented. (Staff.) 

P. H. 205. Poultry Literature: (1-4). 

First and second semesters. Readings on individual topics are assigned. Written 
reports required. Methods of analysis and presentation of scientific material are dis- 
cussed. (Staff.) 

P. H. 206. Poultry Research (1-6). 

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Practical and 
fundamental research with poultry may be conducted under the supervision of staff 
members toward the requirements for the degrees of M.S. and Ph.D. (Staff.) 

P. H. 207. Poultry Nutrition Laboratory (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. (Not offered 1955- 
1956.) To acquaint graduate students with common basic nutrition research techniques 
useful in conducting experiments with poultry. Actual feeding trials with chicks, as 
well as bacteriological and chemical assays will be performed. (Combs, Romoser.) 



VETERINARY SCIENCE 

Professors Brueckner, Poelma, De Volt, Hansen and Reagan; 
Associate Professor Sperry. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

V. S. 101. Comparative Anatomy (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Normal structure 
of the demonstrated animals ; normal physiological activities ; interrelationship of struc- 
ture and function. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 102. Animal Hygiene (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory period a week. Nature of disease ; 
immunity; prevention, and control; common diseases of farm animals. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 103. Regional Comparative Anatomy (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Structure and func- 
tion of the feet of domestic species. Common diseases and abnormalities of the feet; 
their correction and prevention. (Sperry.) 



124 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

V. S. 104. Advanced Regional Comparative Anatomy (2). 

Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, 
V. S. 103. Advanced studies of the anatomy and physiology of the feet of domesticated 
animals. Advanced and detailed studies of abnormalities and diseases of the feet ; their 
prevention and correction. (Sperry.) 

V. S. 107. Poultry Hygiene (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisites, Bact. 
1 ; P. H. 1. Virus, bacterial, and protozoon diseases ; parasitic diseases ; prevention, 
control, and eradication. (De Volt.) 

V. S. 108. Avian Anatomy and Physiology (3). 

First semester. Two lectures and one laboratory a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 1. 
Gross and microscopic structure, physiological processes; dissection and demonstration. 

(De Volt.) 



For Graduates 

V. S. 201. Animal Disease Problems (2-6). 

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, 
veterinary degree or consent of staff. Laboratory and held work by assignment. 

(Poelma, D Volt, Hansn, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 202. Animal Disease Research (2-6). 

First and second semesters. Credit in accordance with work done. Prerequisite, 
veterinary degree or consent of staff. Studies of practical disease phases. 

(Poelma, De Volt, Hansen, Brueckner.) 

V. S. 203. Electron Microscopy (2). 

First semester. One lecture and one laboratory period a week. Theory of the electron 
microscope, preparation of specimens, manipulations, photography. 

(Reagan and Brueckner.) 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 125 

AGRICULTURAL, EXTENSION, RESEARCH AND 
REGULATORY AGENCIES 

EXTENSION SERVICE 

Paul E. Nystrom, Director 

Cooperative Extension work in agriculture and home economics, established by 
State and Federal Laws in 1914, is designed to assist the people of the State 
with their agricultural and homemaking problems. It is conducted under a Memo- 
randum of Understanding between the Extension Service of the University of 
Maryland and the U. S. Department of Agriculture. The Extension Service 
becomes the educational arm in the State of the U. S. Department of Agriculture. 

The work of the Extension Service is cooperatively financed by the Federal, 
State and county governments. In each county there is a County Agricultural 
Agent and Home Demonstration Agent and assistants where funds permit and the 
work requires. Racked by a staff of specialists at the University, these Agents are 
in close contact with local people and their problems. 

Practically every phase of agriculture and home life comes within the scope 
of Extension work. The Extension Service teaches largely by demonstrations 
and carries the scientific and economic results of the Experiment Station and 
Department of Agriculture to rural people in ways that they understand and use. 

In Maryland, the Extension Service works in close association with all rural 
groups and organizations. In addition to work on the farms and in the farm homes, 
the Extension program is aimed at the many rural and even urban people who 
service the agricultural industries of the State including consumers. Thousands 
of boys and girls are developed as leaders and given practical education in 4-H 
Clubs. 

In addition to work with adults, thousands of boys and girls are developed 
as leaders and given practical education in 4-H Clubs. Through their diversified 
activities, the boys and girls are given a valuable type of instruction and training, 
and are afforded an opportunity to develop self-confidence, perseverence and 
citizenship. 

The Extension Service in cooperation with the College of Agriculture 
and the Experiment Station arranges and conducts short courses in various 
lines, many of which are held at the University. Some of these courses have 
been held regularly over a period of years and others are added as the need and 
demand develop. 

Canners' Short Course 

For many years a short course has been held each year to aid canners in 
keeoing abreast of the latest developments in their industry. It is usually held 
in February. 

Rural Women's Short Course 

To provide special training for rural women, the Rural Women's Short Course 



126 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

has been conducted since 1922. Attendance, extending for one week, has grown 
steadily to more than one thousand women from all counties and includes urban 
women from Baltimore City. 

Other Short Courses 

Courses for nurserymen, florists, poultry flock selection agents, poultry prod- 
ucts marketing, beekeepers, greenkeepers, sanitarians, conservation, and cow 
testers are among those held in recent years. Announcement of such courses is 
made to those who may be interested. 

Boys and Girls* Club Week 

Members and leaders of boys' and girls' 4-H Clubs come to the University 
for a week each year, usually in August. Class work and demonstrations are 
given by specialists and a broad program of education, inspiration and recreation 
is provided. 

THE AGRICULTURAL EXPERIMENT STATION 
Irvin C. Haut, Ph.D., Director 

The Agricultural Experiment Station serves Maryland agriculture in much the 
same manner as research laboratories serve large corporations. Maryland agricul- 
ture is made up of forty thousand small individual businesses, and there is not 
sufficient capital, or sufficient income so that each one of these can conduct research. 
Yet the problems which face a biological undertaking such as farming, are as 
numerous and perplexing as the problems of any business. Certainly our production 
of food would be much more costly if it were not for the research results that 
have been obtained by the Agricultural Experiment Station. 

The station is a joint Federal and State undertaking. Passage of the Hatch 
Act in 1887, which made available a grant in aid to each state for the purpose 
of establishing an agricultural experiment station, gave a great impetus to the 
development of research work in agriculture. This work was further encouraged 
by the passage of the Adams Act in 1906, the Purnell Act in 1925, the Bank- 
head-Jones Act in 1935, and the Flannagan-Hope Act of 1946. 

The work of the Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station which is sup- 
ported by these Acts and by State appropriations centers at College Park. 
On the University Campus are to be found laboratories for studying insects and 
diseases, soil fertility problems, botanical problems, and others. This is also 
the location of the livestock and dairy barns with their experimental herds. 
About eight miles from the campus at College Park, near Beltsville, the Plant 
Research Farm of about 500 acres is devoted to work connected with soil fer- 
tility, plant breeding and general horticultural problems. An experimental farm 
near Upper Marlboro is devoted to the problems of tobacco growing and curing. 
A farm near Salisbury is devoted to solution of the problems of producers of 
broilers and of vegetable crops in the southern Eastern Shore area. Near 
Ellicott City a farm of 234 acres is devoted to livestock problems. Also tests 
of various crop and soil responses are distributed throughout the State. These 
different locations give a chance to conduct experiments under conditions which 
exist where the results will be put into practice. 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 127 

The Station, in general, exists as the "trouble-shooter" for Maryland 
farmers. The solution of many difficult problems in the past has given the 
Station an excellent standing with farmers of the State. 

DEPARTMENT OF MARKETS 

All of the activities of the Department of Markets are geared to the im- 
portance in modern agriculture of the problems of marketing farm products. 
The Department endeavors to serve the every-day needs of the farmer in 
marketing his products and to insure a fair and equitable treatment of the 
farmer in all dealings which he may have concerning the marketing of his 
products. In the performance of these responsibilities, the Department carries 
out programs in extension marketing, conducts market surveys, compiles and 
disseminates marketing information and market data, operates a market news 
service, provides an agricultural inspection and grading service, maintains a 
consumer information service and enforces and interprets the agricultural 
marketing laws of the state. The regulatory aspects of the Department's func- 
tions are carried out as the agent of the State Board of Agriculture under the 
authority of various State la vs relating to the marketing of farm products. A 
close working relationship is maintained with other specialists in the Extension 
Service, all departments of the Agricultural Experiment Station, the Maryland 
Crop Reporting Service, and the Agricultural Marketing Service of the U. S. 
Department of Agriculture. The voluntary and dynamic cooperation of the 
personnel in these various activities brings to bear on agricultural marketing 
problems an effective combination of research, education, and service. 

The passage of the Federal Agricultural Research and Marketing Act gave 
additional impetus to the study and solution of agriculture's marketing problems. 
The Department of Markets is largely responsible for developing the State 
program under Title II of this act. 

Information and assistance in all phases of marketing is available to all 
interested persons. When a sufficient number of individuals are interested, 
marketing specialists hold meetings and demonstrations in local communities. 
Field offices are located in Baltimore, Salisbury, Hancock, Hagerstown and 
Pocomoke. Department headquarters is at the University of Maryland, Col- 
lege Park, Maryland. 



STATE HORTICULTURAL DEPARTMENT 

In 1896 the subject of nursery inspection was given consideration under 
Article 48, of the Code of Public General Laws, under the title "Inspection" as 
designated by Chapter 290 of the "Acts of the General Assembly of Maryland 
of 1896." In 1898 certain sections of Article 48 were repealed and reenacted 
with amendments, under a new sub-title, "State Horticultural Department," and 
eight new sections were added thereto. In 1916 the sections were again re- 
enacted with such changes in the wording as were necessary to bring them into 
conformity with the reorganization of the Maryland State College of Agriculture 
and Experiment Station and its Board of Trustees. Subsequently all regulatory 



128 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

functions including newly enacted Articles in regard to bee diseases, mosquitoes, 
and aerial spraying, were transferred to the State Board of Agriculture under 
Chapter 391 of the "Acts of the General Assembly." 

Work in this field is designed to control insects and plant diseases and to 
protect the public in the purchase of products of nurserymen and florists. A 
considerable part of the time of the staff is occupied by inspection of orchards, 
crops, nurseries, greenhouses, and floral establishments. Cooperation with the 
Federal Government in the inspection and certification of materials that come 
under quarantine regulations is another major function of the department The 
department enforces the provisions of the Apiary Law, including inspection of 
apiaries. All activities pertaining to control of insects are conducted under the 
direction of Dr. E. N. Cory, State Entomologist. Activities of the department 
in the field of plant disease control are under direction of Dr. L. O. Weaver, 
State Plant Pathologist. This service includes control and eradication of dis- 
eases of strawberries and other small fruits, diseases of apples, peaches, etc., 
inspection and certification of potatoes and sweet potatoes for seed, control of 
white pine blister rust, Dutch elm disease, etc. 

DAIRY INSPECTION SERVICE 

The Maryland Dairy Inspection Law became effective June 1, 1935. How- 
ever, the present activities of the Dairy Inspection Service are based on 
Article 43 of the Annotated Code of Maryland, Section 542 thru Section 558, 
of the Laws of Maryland, 1951. The dairy department is charged with the admin- 
istration of the law. 

The purposes of the Dairy Inspection Law are as follows: (a) To insure 
producers who sell milk and cream by measure, weight and butterfat test, that 
samples, weights and tests used as the basis of payment for such products are 
correct; (b) To insure dealers who purchase milk and cream that their agents 
shall correctly weigh, sample, and test these products; (c) To insure correct- 
ness of tests made for official inspections or for public record. To achieve these 
purposes the law requires the licensing of all dealers who purchase milk and 
cream from producers, whether the purchases are by measure, weight, or test, 
and the licensing of all persons sampling, weighing and testing milk and cream 
when the results of such samples, weights, and tests are to serve as a basis of 
payment to producers. 

Duties of the Dairy Inspection Service, resulting from enforcement of the 
Inspection Law, deal with the calibration of that glassware used in testing milk 
and cream and the rejection of inaccurate items; examination of all weighers, 
samplers, and testers and the issuance of licenses to those satisfactorily passing 
the examination; and inspection of the pertinent activities of weighers, samplers, 
testers and dairy plants. 



STATE DEPARTMENT OF DRAINAGE 

The State Department of Drainage was established in 1937. Its duties are 
to promote and encourage the drainage of agricultural lands in the State, to 



COLLEGE OF AGRICULTURE 129 

correlate the activities of the local drainage organizations in the State and to 
cooperate with State and Federal agencies in the interest of a permanent pro- 
gram of improved drainage. 



STATE INSPECTION AND REGULATORY SERVICE 

Feeds, Fertilizers, Agricultural Liming Materials, Insecticides and Fungicides 

The protection of consumers and ethical manufacturers of agricultural 
products against fraudulent practices, makes certain specialized statutes neces- 
sary. These laws are classified as correct labeling acts, and are enforced by the 
State Inspection and Regulatory Service. Included in this legislation are the State 
Feed, Fertilizer, Agricultural Liming Materials, and Insecticide and Fungicide laws. 

Work of enforcing these laws is divided into five distinct phases: First, the com- 
modities concerned must be registered under acceptable brand names, and with 
proper labels ; second, official samples must be collected by the Department's inspec- 
tors from all parts of the state ; third, chemical and physical examinations must be 
made to establish that professed standards of quality are being met ; fourth, results 
must be assembled and published in concise and understandable form, with the reports 
made available to all interested persons; and fifth, the prosecution of those responsible 
for flagrant violations. 

Hundreds of tests also are made annually on feed, fertilizer, and lime samples 
submitted by state purchasers. No charge is made for this service. 

Throughout its existence, this Department has cooperated with comparable federal 
agencies in every possible way. In this activity it has attained not only state-wide, 
but also a nationally-recognized reputation for accuracy, timeliness, and unbiased fair 
treatment of the consumer and manufacturer alike. 

The facilities of the Department are at all times available to supply the manu- 
facturer with technical advice and to safeguard him from unfair competition. 

For its entire program of service and protection, the Department relies in large 
measure upon education, from the standpoint of both buyer and seller. However in 
those rare instances when this policy is unheeded, backing by the courts, both federal 
and state, can be depended upon for enforcement assistance. 



SEED INSPECTION SERVICE 

The Seed Inspection Service administers the State seed law; inspects seeds 
sold throughout the State ; collects seed samples for laboratory examination ; 
reports the results of the examinations to the parties concerned ; publishes sum- 
maries of these reports which show the relative reliability of the label information 
supplied by wholesale seedsmen ; cleans and treats tobacco seed intended for plant- 
ing in the State ; makes analyses, tests, and examinations of seed samples sub- 
mitted to the Laboratory ; and advises seed users regarding the economic and 
intelligent use of seeds. The Service also cooperates with the Agricultural Market- 
ing Service of the United States Department of Agriculture in the enforcement 
of the Federal Seed Act in Maryland. 



130 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The work of the Seed Inspection Service is not restricted to the enforcement 
of the seed law however, for State citizens may submit, seed samples to the Lab- 
oratory for analysis, test, or examination. Specific information regarding suit- 
ability for planting purposes of lots of seeds is thus made available to individuals 
without charge. The growth of this service has been steady since the establishment 
of the Laboratory in 1912. Most Maryland citizens, city and country, are directly 
interested in seeds for planting in flower-beds, lawns, gardens, or fields. 

MARYLAND LIVE STOCK SANITARY SERVICE 

The Live Stock Sanitary Service is organized under the State Board of Agri- 
culture and is charged with the responsibility of preventing the introduction of 
diseases of animals and poultry from outside of the state and with control and 
eradication of such diseases within the state. The service is further charged with 
the responsibility of cooperating with the State Department of Health in the sup- 
pression of diseases of animals and poultry which affect the public health. 

Control projects in bovine tuberculosis, Johne's disease, and bovine brucellosis 
are conducted in cooperation with the Agricultural Research Service of the United 
States Department of Agriculture. The field force of state employed veterinarians 
is augmented by a number of federal veterinarians in the conduct of these control 
programs. The control of swine brucellosis, pullorum disease in poultry, rabies, and 
many other disease conditions is conducted by the state without outside assistance. 

Facilities for the diagnosis of a wide variety of diseases are furnished in the 
main laboratory at College Park and in the branch laboratories at Salisbury, Centre- 
ville, Bel Air, Frederick, and Hagerstown. A branch laboratory for Garrett County 
has been approved by the Board of Agriculture. Virtually every part of the state 
is in easy reach of these opportunities for help. 

Research studies are conducted mainly at the College Park and Salisbury 
laboratories, but some field investigations are also made from branch laboratories. 
Some projects are partly supported by federal funds appropriated through the Mary- 
land Agricultural Experiment Station. From these research studies comes information 
concerning control by sanitary measures, by vaccination, and by drug treatment which 
saves breeders and owners vast sums. 

Members of the staff give instruction in animal and poultry diseases in the 
University of Maryland particularly to students in agriculture. Appropriate subjects 
are also presented to farmers' clubs and industry groups in the state. 



College of 
ARTS and SCIENCES 



STAFF 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 

Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Henry B. McDonnell, M.D., Dean Emeritus 

Francis R. Adams, Jr., Instructor of English. 

B.A., Williams College, 1938; M.A., 1947, Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Alfred Owen Aldridge, Professor of English. 

B.S., Indiana University, 1937; M.A., University of Georgia, 1938; Ph.D., Duke 
University, 1942. 

Mary II. Aldridge, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Georgia, 1939; M.A., Duke University, 1941; Ph.D., George- 
town University, 1954. 

J. Frances Allen, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., Radford State Teachers, 1938; M.S., University of Maryland, 1948; Ph.D., 

1952. 

Albert Altman, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., Brooklyn College, 1954. 

George Anastos, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Akron, 1942; M.A., Harvard University, 1947; Ph.D., 1949. 

Frank G. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

i:.A., Cornell University, 1941; Ph.D., University of New Mexico, 1951. 

Helen P. Anderson, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., Southwest Missouri State, 1943. 

James L. Anderson, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., University of Chicago, 1946; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Syracuse University, 1952. 

Roy S. Anderson, Associate Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Clark University, 1943; M.A., Dartmouth College, 1948; Ph.D., Duke Uni- 
versity, 1951. 

Mary L. Andrews, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.S., New York University, 1929; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1941. 

Thomas G. Andrews, Professor and Head of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Southern California, 1937; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1939; 
Th.D., 1941. 

Harrison H. Arnold, Lecturer of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Haverford College, 1918; M.A., Harvard University, 1919; Ph.D., 1926. 

Philip E. Arsenault, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Clark University, 1936; M.A., Princeton University, 1951. 

William T. Avery, Professor and Head of Classical Languages and Literatures. 

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1937; Fellow of the 
American Academy in Rome, 1937-1939. 

131 



132 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert U. Ayers, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., University of Chicago, 1952 ; B.S., 1954. 

Betty B. Baehr, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., George Washington University, 1934; B.S.L.S., University of Kentucky, 1947. 

William J. Bailey, Research Professor of Chemistry. 

B. Chem., University of Minnesota, 1943 ; Ph.D., University of Illinois, 1946. 

Edward W. Baker, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., University of California, 1936; Ph.D., 1938. 

Don M. Baldwin, Junior Instructor of Zoology. 
B.S., George Washington University, 1953. 

Cecil R. Ball, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1923 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1934 : 
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955. 

Jack C. Barnes, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Duke University, 1939; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Whitney K. Bates. Instructor of History. 

B.A., University of Washington, 1941; M.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947; Ph.D., 
1951. 

George F. Batka, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Wichita University, 1938; M.A., University of Michigan, 1941. 

Richard H. Bauer, Associate Professor of History. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1924 ; M.A., 1928 ; Ph.D., 1935. 

Ruth H. Bauer, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., University of South Dakota, 1926 ; M.A., University of Chicago, 1927. 

Otho T. Beall, Jr., Instructor of English. 

B.A., Williams College, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1933; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Pennsylvania, 1952. 

Earl S. Beard, Instructor of History. 

B.A., Baylor University, 1948; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

Raymond T. Bedwell, Jr., Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Dayton, 1954 ; M.A., University of Ohio, 1955. 

Henry Beiman, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1947 ; M.A., 1949. 

Melvin A. Benarde, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., St. John's University, 1948; M.S., University of Missouri, 1950; Ph.D., Michi- 
gan State College, 1954. 

Murray Benimoff, Counselor-Instructor of Psychology. 

B.S.S., City College of New York, 1947 ; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952 ; Ph.D., 
1964. 

Richard T. Bettinger, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Syracuse University, 1955. 

Alfred J. Bingham, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Tale University, 1933 ; Ph.D.. Columbia University, 1939. 

Esther Birds all, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Central Michigan College, 1947; M.A., University of Arizona, 1950. 

George R. Blakely, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Georgetown University, 1954. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 133 

Fred L. Blendinger, Research Associate, Aviation Psychology Laboratory. 
B.S., Ithaca College, 1938. 

Marie Boborykine, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
M.A., St. Petersburg Archeological Institute, 1914. 

Carl Bode, Professor of English. 

Ph.B., University of Chicago, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1938; Ph.D., 
1941. 

Phyllis B. Bosley, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Southwestern College, 1953 ; M.A., Nebraska University, 1955. 

John W. Brace, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Swathmore College, 1949; M.A., Cornell University, 1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

George P. Brewster, Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1916. 

Ferdinand G. Brickwedde, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1922; M.A., 1924; Ph.D., 1925. 

Furman A. Bridgers, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Duke University, 1925; M.A., University of Chicago, 1928. 

George M. Brown, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A.. Emory University, 1942; M.A., 1943; M.A., Princeton University, 1946; 
Ph.D., 1949. 

Joshua R. C. Brown, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.A., Duke University, 1948 ; M.A., 1949 ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Eleanor W. Bulatkin, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Alois J. Burda, Jr., Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1940. 

Sumner O. Burhoe, Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1925; M.S., Kansas State College, 1926; Ph.D., 
Harvard University, 1937. 

Robert A. Butler, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Florida, 1946: Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1951. 

James Byrd, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1948 ; M.A., 1949. 

Joseph H. Camin, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1946; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1951. 

Glenn Carow, Instructor of Music. 

Teachers' Diploma, Institute of Musical Art, 1934. 

Anna Carper, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Elizabethtown College, 1941 ; M.S., Columbia University, 1951. 

John Carruthers, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

Paul A. Carter, Instructor of History. 

B.A., Wesleyan University, 1950 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1951 ; Ph.D., 1954. 

Floyd W. Casey, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Harding College, 1944 ; M.A., University of Missouri, 1945; Ph.D., University 
of Wisconsin, 1951. 

Barbara J. Castle, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.A., William and Mary College, 1953. 



134 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

William B. Catton, Instructor of History. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.A., 1952. 

George D. Causey, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., Purdue University, 1954. 

Verne E. Chatelain, Professor of History. 

B.A., Nebraska State Teachers College, 1917; M.A., University of Chicago, 1926; 
Ph.D., University of Minnesota. 1943. 

Chunjen C. Chen, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.S., Cornell University, 1919; M.S., University of Maryland, 1920. 

Gordon M. Clark, Research Assistant in Zoology. 

B.A., Boston University, 1951 ; M.S., University of Massachusetts, 1954. 

Carleton M. Clifford, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.A., University of Vermont, 1954. 

Charles H. Coates, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B.S., West Point, 1924; M.A., Louisiana State University, 19.".2; Ph.D., 1955. 

Charles N. Cofer, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., Southeast Missouri State College, 1930; M.A., University of Iowa, 1937; 
Ph.D., Brown University, 1940. 

Sara E. Conlon, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1950. 

Franklin D. Cooley, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1927; M.A., University of Maryland, 1933; 
Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1950. 

Ellen Correl, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Douglas College, 1951; M.S., Purdue University, 1953. 

John J. F. Corrigan, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Fordham College, 1950; M.S., 1951. 

Sidney M. Coulling, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Washington and Lee University, 1948 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 
1949. 

John L. Coulter, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., American University, 1934 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1936. 

Phyllis Cowen, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Hunter College, 1947 ; M.A., University of Syracuse, 1948. 

Langdon T. Crane, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.A., Amherst University, 1952; M.S., Brown University, 1954. 

Dorothy D. Craven, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., Southeast Missouri State Teachers College, 1945; M.A., University of Iowa, 
1948. 

Herbert A. Crosman, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., Harvard University, 1938; M.A., 1944; Ph.D., 1947. 

Dieter Cunz, Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.D., University of Frankfurt, 1934. 

Margaret T. Cussler, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., New York State College of Teachers at Albany, 1933; M.A., Radcliffe Col- 
lege, 1941 ; Ph.D., 1943. 

Witaly Danczenko, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Berea College, 1954. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 135 

John W. Davidson, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., Vanderbilt University, 1928; M.A., Yale University, 1947; Ph.D., 1954. 

John A. Davies, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953; M.S., 1954. 

John L. Davis, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Bowdoin College, 1953. 

Maria P. Davis, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1948; M.A., 1951. 

John Dawson, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954. 

Jules de Launay, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Oxford University, 1935; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1939. 

Constance H. Demaree, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1944 ; M.A., 1945. 

Fred H. Denker, Instructor of Music 

B.Mus., Bethany College, 1923; M.Mus., Eastman School of Music, 1932; Ph.D., 
1951. 

Charles S. Dewey, Assistant Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Pomona College, 1919; M.A., Harvard University, 1920; Ph.D., 1924. 

Lois H. Dewey, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Georgetown College, 1915 ; B.L.S., University of Illinois, 1927. 

Glenn H. Diggs, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Randolph-Macon College, 1938 ; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1951. 

George J. Dillavou, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1946; M.A., Columbia University, 1951. 

Jack R. Dixon, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., Western Reserve University, 1948 ; M.S., 1950. 

Peggy A. Dixon, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.A., Western Reserve University, 1950 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Eitel W. Dobert, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Geneva, 1932; M.A., University of Maryland, 1949; Ph.D., 1954. 

Raymond N. Doetsch, Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1942 ; M.S., University of Indiana, 1934 ; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1948. 

Nathan L. Drake, Professor and Head of Chemistry. 

B.A., Harvard University, 1920; M.A., 1921; Ph.D., 1922. 

Dorothy Duffy, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Thomas H. Dyer, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1924. 

Gertrude Ehrlich, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Georgia State College for Women, 1943 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 
1945 ; Ph.D., University of Tennessee, 1953. 

Earleen F. Elkins, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Raymond C. Elton, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1953. 



136 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Martinus H. Esser, Instructor of Mathematics. 

M.S., Northwestern University, 1944; Ph.D., 1946. 

James Evans, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., University of Rochester, 1953. 

John E. Faber, Jr., Professor and Head of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1926; M.S., 1927; Ph.D., 1937. 

Bhaskar S. Fadxis, Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., College of Science, 1944; M.S., 194S. 

Stavros J. Fallieros, Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., The National and Kapodistric University, 1950. 

William F. Falls, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1922; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1928; 
Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 1932. 

William S. Felton, Jr., Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., Marietta College, 1948; M.A., University of Colorado, 1951; Ph.D., 1955. 

Richard A. Ferrell, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.S., California Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Princeton Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

Homer R. Figler, Counselor, Instructor of Psychology. 

B.S., Rochester University, 1950; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Sherman K. Fitzgerald, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B.A., Brigham Young University, 1948; M.A., 1949; Ph.D., Cornell University, 

1952. 

Rudd Fleming, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1930; M.A., Cornell University, 1932; Ph.D., 1934. 

Jacob G. Franz, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., Southwestern Oklahoma State Teachers College, 1935 ; M.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1939. 

Robert E. Fullertox, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Heidelberg College, 1938; M.S., Syracuse University, 1940; Ph.D., Tale 
University, 1945. 

Archer H. Ftjtch, Jr., Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., University of North Carolina, 1949; M.S., 1951; Ph.D., University of Mary- 
land, 1955. 

Anna M. Galli, Research Assistant in Physics. 

Laurea in Mathematica & Fisica, University of Modena, 1949. 

Menotti Galli, Research Assistant in Physics. 

Laurea in Fisica, University of Bologna, 1952. 

Lucius Garvin, Professor and Head of Philosophy. 

B.A., Brown University, 1928; M.A., 1929; Ph.D., 1933. 

Mary K. Gerdeman, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Wesley M. Gewehr, Professor and Head of History. 

Ph.B., University of Cbicago, 1911; M.A., 1912; Ph.D., 1922. 

Herbert R. Gillis, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Kent State University, 1947; M.A., 1949. 

Richard A. Good. Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

BA. Ashland College, 1939: MA., University of Wisconsin, 1940; Ph.D., 1945. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 137 

Frank Goodwyn, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Texas College of Arts and Industries, 1939; M.A., 1940; Ph.D., University 
of Texas, 1946. 

Donald C. Gordon, Associate Professor of History. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1934; M.A., Columbia Teachers College, 1938; 
Ph.D., Columbia University, 1947. 

John E. Gow, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Allegheny College, 1954. 

Vytautas Grakauskas, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

B.S., Roosevelt College, 1952; Ph.D., Illinois Institute of Technology. 1955. 

Frank A. Grant, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.Eng., McGill University, 1942; M.A. Sc, Univ. of Toronto, 1946; Ph.D., 1949. 

William H. Gravely, Jr., Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., College of William and Mary, 1925; M.A., University of Virginia, 1934; Ph.D., 
1953. 

Meyer Greenberg, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Yeshiva University, 1934; M.A., Jewish Institute of Religion, 1944. 

Donald Greenspan, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., New York University Teachers College, 1948 ; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 
1949. 

Rose M. Grentzer, Professor of Music. 

B.A., Mus. Ed., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1935 ; B.A., Mus., 1936, M.A., 
1939. 

Charles W. Griffin, III, Research Assistant in Bacteriology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1951 ; M.S., 1953. 

Martha Grimes, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954 ; M.A., 1955. 

S:dney Grollman, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1949; Ph.S., 1952. 

Francis S. Grubar, Instructor of Art. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1948; M.A., 1949; M.A., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1952. 

John W. Gustad, Associate Professor and Director, University Counseling Center. 
B.A., Macalester College, 1943; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1948; Ph.D., 1949. 

Ray C. Hackman, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A. University of Nebraska, 1935; M.A., 1936; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 
1940. 

Charles T. Hall. Research Assistant in Baceteriology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Dick W. Hall. Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Virginia, 1934; M.S., 1935; Ph.D., 1938. 

Thomas W. Hall, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A.. University of Maryland, 1938; M.A.. Middlebury College, 1950. 

Ludavig Hammerschlag, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.D., University of Freiburg, 1925. 

P. Arne Hansen, Professor of Bacteriology. 

BPh. University of Copenhagen, 1922; M.S., 1926; Ph.D., Cornell University. 
1931. 



138 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Susan E. Harman, Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Nebraska, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1926. 

William 0. Harris, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Wake Forest College, 1950; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1952. 

Austin A. Hasel, Lecturer of Zoology. 
B.S., University of Michigan, 1926. 

Charles A. Haslup, Instructor of Music. 

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1938; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1946. 

Isabella M. Hayes, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., Knox College, 1930; B.L.S., University of Wisconsin, 1931. 

Stuart Haywood, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942; M.A., 1948; Ph.D., 1950. 

Hubert P. Henderson, Assistant Professor of Music and Co-Director of University 
Bands. 

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1941; M.A., 1950. 

Richard Hendricks, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Franklin College, 1937; M.A., Ohio State University, 1939. 

Philip I. Herzbrun, Instructor of English. 

B.A., The George Washington University, 1947; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1956. 

Roy K. Heintz, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Missouri, 1938; M.A., Washington University, 1944; Ph.D., 
Princeton University, 1947. 

Robert C. Herman, Visiting Professor of Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1935 ; M.A., Princeton University, 1940; Ph.D., 
1940. 

James Hill, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.B.A., University of Miami, 194 9. 

Maurice R. Hilleman, Visiting Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., Montana State College, 1941; Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1944. 

Robert K. Hirzel, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., Pennsylvania State College, 1946; M.A., 1950, Ph.D., Louisiana State Uni- 
versity, 1954. 

Francis E. Hodgins, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Connecticut, 1950; M.A., 1952. 

Harold C. Hoffsommer, Professor and Head of Sociology. 

B.A., Northwestern University, 1921; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1929. 

Frank M. Hoadley, Instructor of English. 

B.A., George Peabody College for Teachers, 1950; M.A., 1951; Ph.D., University 
of Oklahoma, 1955. 

Stanley M. Holberg, Instructor of English. 

B.S., University of Buffalo, 1941; M.A., 1951. 

George T. Homa, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1947; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1954. 

Max H. Houtchens, Professor and Consultant of Psychology. 
B.S., University of Idaho, 1932; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1937. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 139 

Tai-Tsin Hsu, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.E., National Technical College, 1937 ; M.A., .National Chekiang University, 1945 ; 
Ph.D., Yale University, 1955. 

Jane C. Ingersoll, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.S., University of Michigan, 1949 ; M.A.. 1950. 

Richard \Y. Iskraut, Associate Professor of Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1937; Ph.D., Leipzig University, 1941. 

Stanley B. Jackson, Professor and Head of Mathematics. 

B.A., Bates College, 1933 ; M.A., Harvard University, 1934 ; Ph.D., 1937. 

Laurens Jansen, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

Candidaat's, Utrecht University, 1947; Doctoraal, 1950; D.Sc, University of 
Leyden, 1955. 

Richard Jaquith, Assistant Professor of Ckemistry. 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1940; M.A., 1942; Ph.D., Michigan State Uni- 
versity, 1955. 

YYilhelmina Jashemski, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A.. York College, 1931; M.A., University of Nebraska, 1933; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1942. 

H. Bryce Jordan, Assistant Professor of Music. 

B.Mus., University of Texas, 1948 ; M.Mus. 1949. 

Lucille E. Kaxtzes, Research Assistant in Bacteriology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949 ; M.S., 1951. 

George E. Kelly, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1947; M.A., 194S ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Mary A. Kemble, Instructor of Music. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State Teachers College, 1930 ; B.S., in Ed., 1936 ; M.S. in Mus. 
Ed., University of Pennsylvania, 194 0. 

Earl H. Kennard, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Pomona College, 1907; B.S., Oxford University, 1911; Ph.D., Cornell Uni- 
versity, 1913. 

John F. Kent, Lecturer of Bacteriology. 

B.A., College of the Holy Cross, 1931; M.A., Columbia University, 1934; Ph.D., 
Duke University, 1950. 

James M. Knight, National Science Foundation Fellow in Physics. 
B.S., Spring Hill College, 1954. 

Roger P. Kohin, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1953. 

Benjamin Y. C. Koo, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Princeton University, 1951. 

Howard Kopp, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 

Charles F. Kramer, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.B., Dickinson College, 1911; M.A., 1912. 

Aaron D. Krumbeix, Assistant Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1941 ; Ph.D., New York University, 1951. 

Norman C. Laffer, Associate Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.A., Alleghenv College, 1929 ; M.A., University of Maine, 1932 ; Ph.D., University 
of Illinois, 1937. 

Josefhine S. Lam an ski, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Rhode Island College of Education, 1940. 



140 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert Landers, Instructor of Music and Bandmaster. 
B.A., Southeastern State College, 1939. 

Thelma Z. Lavine, Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Radcliffe College, 1936; M.A., 1937; Ph.D., 1939. 

F. Donald Laws, Junior Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., Hobart College, 1953 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Peter P. Lejins, Professor of Sociology. 

Maglster Philosophiae, University of Latvia, 1930; Magister Iuris, 1933; Ph.D., 
University of Chicago, 1938. 

John Lembach, Associate Professor of Art. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1934 ; M.A., Northwestern University, 1937 ; Ed.D., 
Teachers College, 1946. 

Inda Lepson, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., New York University, 1941; M.A., Columbia University, 1945. 

Irving Linkow, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., University of Denver, 1937; M.A., 1938. 

Ellis R. Lippincott, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Earlham College, 1943; M.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1944; Ph.D., 
1947. 

Robert A. Littleford, Associate Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.S., 1934; Ph.D., 1938. 

Daniel A. Living stonk, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.S., Dalhousie University, 1948; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., Yale University, 1953. 

Geoffrey S. S. Ludforp, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 
B.A., Cambridge University, 1948; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1952. 

Leonard I. Lutwack, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., Weslyan University, 1939 ; M.A., 1940 ; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1950. 

Justin G. MacCarthy, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., St. John's University, 1936 ; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1955. 

Thomas M. Magoon, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., Dartmouth University, 1947; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1951; Ph.D., 
1954. 

Charles Manning, Assistant Dean and Associate Professor of English. 

B.S.. Tufts College, 1029; M.A., Harvard University, 1931; Ph.D., University of 
North Carolina, 1950. 

Herman Maril, Assistant Professor of Art. 

Graduate, Maryland Institute of Fine Arts. 1928. 

Minerva L. Martin, Instructor of English. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1931; M.A., Louisiana State University, 1937; Ph.D., 
1940. 

Monroe H. Martin, Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S.. Lebanon Valley College, 1928; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1932. 

Edward A. Mason, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute, 1947; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology, 1950. 

Lyle V. Mayer, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of North Dakota, 1938; M.A., Stanford University, 194:3 i Ph-P.i 
University of Maryland, 195$. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 141 

Paul Mazur, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Temple University, 1951. 

Louis F. McAuley, Instructor <>i Mathematics. 

B.S., Oklahoma A. & M. College, 1919; M.S., 1950; Ph.D., University of North 
Carolina, 1954. 

Michael McGiffert, Instructor of History. 

B.A., Harvard University, 1949; B.D., Yale University, 1952. 

Elliott M. McGinniks, Assistant Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1943; M.A., Brown University, 194 4 ; M.A., Harvard 
University, 1946; Ph.D., 1948. 

R. T. McGinnies, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
M.S., Brown University, 194 7. 

James G. McManaway, Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1919; M.A., 1920; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1931. 

Barbara Hughes Meima, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

A. A., Pine Manor Junior College, 1951 ; B.A., George Washington University, 1953. 

Bruce L. Melvin, Associate Professor of Sociology. 

B.S., in Ed., University of Missouri, 1916; M.A., 1917; Ph.D., 1921. 

Horace S. Merrill, Professor of History. 

B.E., River Falls State College, 1932; Ph.M., University of Wisconsin, 1933; Ph.D., 
1942. 

Charlton Meyer, Instructor of Music. 
B.Mus., Curtis Institute, 1952. 

A. M. Michels, Research Professor in Chemistry. 

Doctoraal in Physics and Mathematics, University of Amsterdam, 1919 ; Doctoraal 
in Chemistry, 1923; Doctor of Physics and Mathematics, 1928. 

Frances H. Miller, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Missouri, 1912; M.A., 1915. 

Charles C. Mish, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Pennsylvania, 1936; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1951. 

Elizabeth A. Monroe, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Muskingham College, 1954; M.A., Northwestern University, 1955. 

E. Aubert Mooney, Jr., Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., Furman University, 1930; M.A., University of Virginia, 1933; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1937. 

Raymond Morgan, Professor of Physics. 

B.S., Indiana University, 1916; M.S., 1917; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 
1922. 

Annabelle B. Motz, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A.. University of Wisconsin, 1941; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D., 
1950. 

Charles D. Murphy, Professor and Acting Head of English. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1929; M.A., Harvard University, 1930; Ph.D., Cor- 
nell University, 1940. 

Ralph D. Myers, Professor of Physics. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1934; M.A., 1935; Ph.D., 1937. 

Gbactela P. Nemes, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

BS.. Trinity College, 1942; MA., University of Maryland, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. 



142 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Grover C. Niemeyer, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., DePauw University, 1933; M.A., Northwestern University, 1935; Ph.D., 
Yale University, 1942. 

Ann E. Norton, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Syracuse University, 1945; M.A., 1947. 

Donald Oakes, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

Harold Orel, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of New Hampshire, 1948 ; M.A., University of Michigan, 1949 ; 
Ph.D., 1952. 

Peter Ouroussoff, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B. es L., Yalta Gynasium, 1918. 

Arthur C. Parsons, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1926 ; M.A., 1928. 

Louise Payler, Instructor of Music. 

B.Mus., Cincinnati Conservatory of Music, 1950; M.Mus., 1951. 

Thomas A. Payne, Assistant Professor of Psychology and Director of Aviation 
Psychology Laboratory. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1947; M.A., University of Illinois, 1950; Ph.D., 1952. 

Michael J. Pelczar, Jr., Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1936; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., State University of Iowa, 
1941. 

Virginia Phillips, Assistant Librarian. 

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1913 ; B.A.L.S., Emory University, 1946. 

Norman E. Phillips, Professor of Zoology. 

B.S-, Allegheny College, 1916; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1931. 

Hugh B. Pickard, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Haverford College, 1933; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1938. 

Robert M. Pierson, Assistant Librarian. 

B.A., DePauw University, 1946; M.A., Duke University, 1948; Ph.D., 1951; 
B.S.L.S., Catholic University, 1955. 

Harry Polachek, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Yeshiva University, 1934; M.A., Columbia University, 1935; Ph.D., 1947. 

Charles P. Poole, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., Fordham University, 1950; M.S., 1952. 

John Portz, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Duke University, 1937 ; M.A., Harvard University, 1941. 

Renfrey B. Potts, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.S., University of Adelaide, 1945; B.S., 1st Class Honors in Mathematics, 1947; 
Ph.D., University of Oxford, 1951. 

Louis J. Poudre, Research Assistant in Physics. 

A. J. Prahl, Professor of Foreign Languages. 

M.A., Washington University, 1928 ; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1933. 

Gordon W. Prange, Professor of History. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1932; M.A., 1934; Ph.D., 1937. 

Ernest F. Pratt, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., University of Redlands, 1937; M.S., Oregon State College, 1939; Ph.D., 
University of Michigan, 194 2. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 143 

Hester B. Proven sex, Assistant Professor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

LL.B., George Washington University, 1926; M.A., Emerson College, 1948. 

Rudolph E. Pugliese, Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 
B.A., Miami University, 1947; M.A., Catholic University, 1949. 

Donald K. Pimroy, Psychometrist, Instructor of Psycliology. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1951; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Washington, 1954. 

John- J. Quixx, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., St. John's University, 1954. 

William R. Quyxx, Associate Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1922; M.A., 1923; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1934. 

Gordox M. Ramm, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.A., University of Buffalo, 1949; M.A., 1950: rh.D., New York University, 1954. 

Marguerite C. Raxd, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A.. Pomona College, 1919; M.A., Stanford University, 1921; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1951. 

E. Harlan Randall, Professor of Music. 
B.Mus., Washington College, 1938. 

Carl A. Reber, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1955. 

Norman Reed, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 

Wilkixs Reeve, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Drexel Institute of Technology, 1936 ; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 1940. 

Orr E. Reynolds, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1941; M.S., 1943; Ph.D., 1946. 

Patrick W. Riddleberger, Instructor of History. 

B.A., Virginia Military Institute, 1939; M.A., University of California, 1949; Ph.D., 
1952. 

A. C. B. Richardsox, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., College of William and Mary, 1954. 

Dominikus Ritzke, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

E.E., Engineering School, Zwickau -Saxonia, German, 1939. 

Charles A. Roberts, Jr., Research Assistant in Physics. 

B.S., University of California, 1949; M.S., University of Southern California, 1951. 

Johx M. Robixsox, Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Middlebury College, 1945 ; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1949. 

Robert E. Robixsox, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Texas, 1948; M.A., 1950. 

Carl L. Rollixsox, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Michigan. 1933; Ph.D.. University of Illinois, 1939. 

William G. Rosex, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1943; M.S., 1947; Ph.D., 1954. 

Leoxora C. Rosexfield, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Smith College, 1930 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1931 ; Ph.D., 1940. 



HI UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Sherman Ross, Associate Professor of Psychology. 

B.S., College of the City of New York, 1939 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1941 ; 
Ph.D., 1943. 

Norman R. Roth, Assistant Professor of Sociology. 

B.A., Hobart College, 1942; M.A. in Soc, University of Rochester, 1949; M.A. 
in Ed., Columbia Teachers College, 1950;' Ph.D., Columbia University, 1950. 

Howard Rovelstad, Director of Libraries and Professor of Library Science. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1936; M.A., 1937; B.S.L.S., Columbia University, 1940. 

Philip Rovner, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., The George Washington University, 1948; M.A., 1949. 

Rabindra N. Roy, Research Assistant in Physics. 

I.Sc, Presidency College, 1942; B.Sc, Dacca University, 1946 ; M.Sc, 1947. 

John D. Rust, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Edgar N. Sampson, Junior Instructor of Sociology. 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1949 ; M.A., University of New Mexico, 1951. 

John Saveson, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Dennison University, 1947; M.A., University of Chicago, 1948. 

Harry A. Schafft, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.A., The New York University, 1954. 

Homer Schamp, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.A., Miami University, 1944; M.S.. University of Michigan, 1947; Ph.D., Miami 
University, 1951. 

Herbert Schaumann, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., Westminster College, 1931; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1935. 

Walter E. Schlaretzki, Assistant Professor of Philosophy. 

B.A., Monmouth College. 1941; M.A., University of Illinois, 1942; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1948. 

John F. Schmidt, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1941; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1950. 

Steven H. Schot, Research Assistant in Mathematics. 

B.A., American University, 1951; M.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Leonard P. Schultz, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.A., Albion College, 1924; M.S., University of Michigan, 1926; Ph.D., University of 
Washington, 1932. 

Siegfried Schulz, Instructor of Foreign Languages. 
Ph.D., Berne University, 1951. 

Mark Schweizer, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 
M.A., University of Maryland, 1931; Ph.D., 1941. 

Taylor C. Scott, Jr., Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Florida, 1947; M.A., 1949. 

Arnold Seigel, Research Associate in Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1944; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 
1947; Ph.D., University of Amsterdam, 1952. 

P^ul W. Shankweiler, Associate Professor of Sociology. 

Ph.B., Muhlenberg University, 1919; M.A., Columbia University, 1921; Ph.D.. Uni- 
versity of North Carolina, 1934. 

Harry Shaw, Jr., Research Assistant in Mathematics. 

B.A., Emory University, 1949 ; M.S., University of Miami, 1951. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 145 

Berger M. Shepard, Research Professor of Chemistry. 
B.S., Yale University, 1938. 

Julius C. Shepherd, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers" College, 1944; M.A., 1947. 

R. Edwin Shutts, Lecturer of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers' College, 1933 ; M.A., Northwestern University, 
1947 ; Ph.D., 1950. 

Maurice R. Siegler, Associate Professor of Art. 

Graduate, Pennsylvania Academy of Fine Arts. 1921; Certificate, Fontainebleau 
School of Fine Arts, 1926 ; B.S., Georgia School of Technology, 1930. 

Fred S. Singer, Associate Professor of Physics. 

B.E.E., Ohio State University, 1943; M.A., Princeton University, 1944; Ph.D., 
1948. 

James R. Skeex, Aviation Psychologist. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1948; M.A., 1952. 

Zaka I. Slawsky, Research Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute. 1933: M.S., California Institute of Tech- 
nology, 1935 ; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1938. 

Gayle S. Smith, Instructor of English. 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1948; M.A., Cornell University, 1951. 

Janet G. Smith, Junior Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.S., Akron University, 1952; M.A., State University of Iowa. 1955. 

Leon P. Smith, Dean, College of Arts and Sciences, and Professor, Romance 
Languages. 

B.A., Emory University, 1919 ; M.A., University of Chicago. 193S ; Ph.D., 1930. 

David S. Sparks, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A.. Grinnell College. 1944: M.A., University of Chicago, 1945; Ph.D., 1951. 

Charlotte S. Spencer, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., University of Maryland. 1942: M.Ed., 1948. 

Guilford L. Spencer, II, Assistant Professor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Williams College. 1943: M.S.. Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 194S; 
Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1953. 

Fague K. Springmann, Associate Professor of Music. 
B.Mus., Westminster Choir College, 1939. 

Jesse W. Sprowls, Professor of Psychology. 

B.A., Valparaiso Universitv, 1910; B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1914; M.A., 
Clark University. 191S; Ph.D.. 1919. 

E. Thomas Starcher. Instructor of Speech and Dramatic Arts. 

B.A., University of Southern California, 1940; M.S., University of Arkansas, 1948. 

Lewis R. Steely, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Wilson Teachers' College, 1937; M.A., Catholio University, 1945. 

T. Bonner Steward, Research Assistant in Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M.S.. Alabama Polytechnic Institute, 1953. 

M. Elizabeth Stites, Instructor of Arts. 
B.Arch., New York University, 1941. 

Martha C. Stone, Instructor of English. 

B.S.. in Ed., Southeast Missouri State College, 1927 ; M.A., University of Missouri, 
1929. 



146 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Russell W. Strandtmann, Lecturer of Zoology. 

B.S., Southwestern Texas Technical College, 1935; M.S., Texas Agricultural and 
Mechanical College, 1937; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1944. 

Warren L. Strausbargh, Associate Professor and Head of Speech and Dramatic 
Arts. 

B.S., Wooster College, 1932; M.A., University of Iowa, 1935. 

Roland N. Stromberg, Assistant Professor of History. 

B.A., University of Kansas City, 1939 ; M.A., American University, 1945 ; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1952. 

Calvin F. Stuntz, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 
B.A., University of Buffalo, 1939; Ph.D., 1947. 

William J. Svirbely, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1931 ; M.S., 1932 ; D.Sc, 1935. 

Raymond Thorberg, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Alaska, 1939; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D., Cornell 
University, 1954. 

John S. Toll, Professor and Head of Physics. 

B.S., Yale University, 1944; M.A., Princeton University, 1948; Ph.D., 1952. 

John W. Tomlin, Instructor of Sociology. 

B.A., University of Virginia, 1951 ; M.A., 1953. 

Richard H. Tredgold, Research Associate of Physics. 

B.Sc, 1st Class Honors, University of Nottingham, 1951 ; Ph.D., 1954. 

John W. Trembly, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 

Robert S. Triplett, Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943. 

H. David Turner, Associate Librarian. 

B.A., Washington Missionary College, 1947; B.S.L.S., Catholic University, 1918; 
M.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Homer Ulrich, Professor and Head of Music. 
M.A., University of Chicago, 1939. 

Anna Mary Urban, Assistant Professor of Library Science. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1929; A.B.D.S., Emory University, 193S ; M. A., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1951. 

Betty R. Vanderslice, Research Assistant in Mathematics. 

B.A., Upsala College, 1945; M.A., University of Maryland, 1948. 

Fletcher P. Veitch, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1931; M.S., 1933; Ph.D., 1935. 

William M. Visscher, Research Associate in Physics. 

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1949; Ph.D., Cornell University, 1953. 

Robert S. Waldrop, Professor and Consultant of Psychology. 

B A., University of Oklahoma, 1934; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 194S. 

James A. Walker, Instructor of English. 

B.A., Amherst College, 1939 ; M.A., Harvard University, 1941 ; Ph.D., 1948. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 147 

James Walt, Instructor of English. 

B.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; M.A., University of Michigan, 1937; Ph.u., 
1955 

John Walton, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Seattle Pacific College, 1955. 

Roald K. Wangsness, Professor of Physics. 

B.A.. University of Minnesota, 1944; Ph.D., Stanford University, 1950. 

Kathryn M. Painter Ward, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., The George Washington University, 1935; M.A., 1936; Ph.D. 1947. 

Joel Warren, Visiting Professor of Bacteriology. 

B.A., Yale University, 1936; M.A., Columbia University, 1938; Ph.D., 1940. 

John L. Warren, Research Assistant in Physics. 
I '..A . University of Chicago, 1955. 

Catherine M. Weaver, Instructor of English. 

B.A.. University of Michigan, 1918; M.A., Texas Christian University, 1929. 

Kurt Weber, Associate Professor of English. 

B.A., Williams College. 1930; B.A., Oxford University, 1932; M.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1933 ; Ph.D., 1940. 

Josephine A. Wedemeyer, Instructor of Library Science. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1930; B.S.L.S., University of Denver, 1941; M. Ed., 

University of Maryland. 1953. 

Norma Wegner, Instructor of Psychology. 

B.A., Hunter College, 1944; M.A., Cornell University, 1946; Ph.D., University 
of Connecticut, 1955. 

Fred W. Wellborn*. Professor of History. 

B.A., Baker University, 1918; M.A.. University of Kansas, 1923; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Wisconsin, 1926. 

i i. W. Wharton, Professor and Head of Zoology. 
B.S., Duke University, 1935; Ph.D., 1939. 

James P. Wharton, Professor and Head of Art. 

B.A., Wofford College, 1914; B.A., Duke University, 1914; Graduate, Maryland 
Institute of Fine Arts, 1923; M.F.A.. University of Guanjuato, 1952. 

Charles E. White, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1923 ; M.S., 1924 ; Ph.D., 1926. 

J. Patrick White, Instructor of History. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1949; M.A., 1950; Ph.D., 1956. 

Raymond C. Wiley, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Oklahoma A & M. 1905; M.S., University of Maryland, 1922; Ph.D., American 
University, 1927. 

Eleanor R. Wilkinson. Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Duke University, 1944 ; M.A., University of North Carolina, 1948. 

Howard E. Winn, Assistant Professor of Zoology. 

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1948; M.A., University of Michigan, 1950; Ph.D., 1955. 

Robert M. Winter, Research Assistant in Chemistry. 
B.S., St. Johns College, 1954. 

Dale B. Woodburn, Junior Instructor of Mathematics. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1942 ; M.Ed., 1947. 

G. Forrest Woods, Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S.. Northwestern Universitv. 1934; B.A., 1935; M.S., Harvard University, 1937; 
Ph.D-. 1940. 



148 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Alfred C. Wu, Research Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., Wheaton College, 1955. 

David M. Young, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Webb Institute of Naval Architecture, 1944; M.A., Harvard University, 1947; 
Ph.D., 1950. 

Coxrad E. Yunker, Research Assistant in Zoology. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.S., 1954. 

W. Gordon Zeeveld, Professor of English. 

B.A., University of Rochester, 1924; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1929; 
Ph.D., 1936. 

A. E. Zucker, Professor and Head of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Illinois, 1912; M.A., 1013; Ph.D., University of Pennsylvania, 
1917. 

Baltimore Faculty 

Marie D. J. Aceto, Graduate Assistant in Zoology. 
B.S., Rhode Island College of Pharmacy, 1953. 

Adele B. Ballman, Assistant Professor of English. 

B.A., Goucher College, 1926; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935. 

Gaylord Estabrook. Professor of Physics. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1921; M.S., Ohio State University, 1922; M.S., The Johns 
Hopkins University, 1930; Ph.D., University of Pittsburgh, 1932. 

Charles W. Foreman, Professor of Zoology. 

B.A., University of North Carolina, 1948; M.A., Duke University, 1951; Ph.D., 
1954. 

Jerald R. Izatt, Graduate Assistant in Physics. 
B.S., University of Utah, 1952. 

Francis M. Miller, Associate Professor of Chemistry. 

B.S., Western Kentucky State, 1946; Ph.D., Northwestern University, 1949. 

Allie W. Richeson, Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Richmond, 1918; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University; 1925; 
Ph.D., 1928. 

Claire S. Schradieck, Assistant Professor of Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Goucher College, 1916 ; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins University, 1919. 

Research Fellows 

Joseph M. Anton ucci, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's University, 1953. 

Robert Barclay, Jr., Chemistry. 
B.A., Cornell University, 1948. 

Alberta Barkley, Chemistry. 

B.S., Purdue University. 1948: B.S., Washington University, 1951. 

Raymond Baylouny, Chemistry. 
B.S., Seton Hall, 1954. 

Charles N. Bird, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1951. 

Thomas M. Cook, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Charles Coyle, Chemistry. 

B-S., American University, 1955. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 149 

Warren F. Hale, Chemistry. 

B.S., Northeastern University, 1952; M.S., Polytechnical Institute of Brooklyn, 
1954. 

William A. Klein, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1951. 

Charles Knox, Chemistry. 

B.S., Brown University, 1953 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1954. 

Richard A. Mansfield, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1952. 

Hillyer G. Norment, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

"Yolanda Pratt, Chemistry. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1938; Ph.D., Columbia University, 1942. 

Joseph II. Ross, Chemistry. 

B.S., Rice Institute, 1946; M.A., University of Texas, 1948. 

Mark J. Stanek, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1952. 

William N. Turek, Chemistry. 

B.S., College of St. Thomas, 1953. 

E. T. Yates, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Vermont, 1952 ; M.S., 1954. 

Harold J. Zabsky, Chemistry. 

Assoc. In Science, Joplin Junior College, 1951; B.S., University of California at 
Berkeley, 1953. 

Graduate Assistants 

Abdul Jabbar Araim, Sociology. 

Diploma, University of Faud I, Cairo. 

Carl R. Amick, Zoology. 

B.S., Moravian College, 1955. 

Norig Asbeg, Physics. 

B.A., American University of Beirut, 1949. 

Sydney E. Askinas, Zoology. 

B.A., University of Connecticut, 1949. 

Alexander W. Astin, Psychology. 
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1953. 

Abdul K. Aziz, Mathematics. 

B.S., Wilson Teachers College, 1952 ; M.A., George Washington University, 1954. 

Donald F. Bent, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of New Hampshire, 1948; M.S., 1953. 

Bernard G. Berenson, Psychology. 
B.A., American University, 1953. 

Kathryn C. Biersdorf, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Iowa, 1949 ; M.S., Washington State College, 1952. 

Martin Blendermann, Chemistry. 

B.S., Davis & Elkins College, 1954. 



150 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert L. Boord, Zoology. 

B.A., Washington and Jefferson College, 1950. 

Robert J. Brady, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Detroit, 1951; M.S., 1954. 

Theodore L. Brown, Physics. 
B.A., Colby College, 1955. 

George E. Cantwell, Zoology. 

B.S., Kent State University, 1951. 

W. G. Carpenter, Chemistry. 

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan, 1953. 

David D. Centola, Chemistry. 

B.S., Fordham University, 1949. 

Frank Cesare, Chemistry. 

B.S., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1953 ; M.S., Rochester University, 1955. 

Russell D. Charles, Chemistry 

B.A., Gettysburg College, 1953. 

Howard Cheyney, III, Physics. 

B.S., Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn, 1955. 

Robert H. Clark, Zoology. 

B.S., Lynchburg College, 1951 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Edward L. Compere, Chemistry. 

B.S., Beloit College, 1950 ; M.S., University of Chicago, 1954. 

Leslie C. Costello, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952 ; M.S., 1954. 

Alan G. Coulter, Psychology. 

B.A., Clark University, 1953. 

Mary Cummiskey, Chemistry. 

B.S., Mt. St. Vincent Academy, 1954. 

Robert de Zafra, Physics. 

B.A., Princeton University, 1954. 

Robert Dessent, Chemistry. 

B.S., West Virginia Wesleyan, 1955. 

Frank W. Douvres, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1948; M.S., 1951. 

Kenneth M. Downes, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951; M.S., 1953. 

Roger O. Drummond, Zoology. 
B.A., Wabash College, 1953. 

James V. Duffy, Chemistry. 

B.S., Queens College, 1954. 

Louis W. Ehrlich, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Alena Elbl, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954, 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 151 

William Feair heller. Chemistry. 
B.A., Rutgers University, 1954. 

Edward Fetter, Chemistry. 

B.A., LaSalle University, 1955. 

Alfred I. Fiks, Psychology. 

B.B.A., City College of New York, 1953 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State College, 1954. 

Carl L. Fili, Jr., Chemistry. 

B.S., Villanova University, 1952 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1954. 

Jacques Forbes, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1951. 

Bernard H. Fouquet, Chemistry. 

B.A., American University, 1955. 

Bert E. Fry, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of California, 1954. 

James Gavigan, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Scranton, 1955. 

Ronald J. Gibbons, Bacteriology. 
B.S., Wagner College, 1954. 

Harry A. Gieske, Physics. 

B.S., Xavier University, 1955. 

Donald C. Gillespie, Chemistry. 

B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1955. 

James J. Gilroy, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Scranton, 1949; M.S., Catholic University of America, 1951. 

Arnold J. Glick, Physics. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1955. 

Irving I. Glick, Mathematics. 

B.S., The Johns Hopkins University, 1953. 

Henry Goldberg, Physics. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

David T. Goldman, Physics. 

B.A., Rutgers University, 1952; M.A., Vanderbilt University, 1954. 

Harold Goldstein, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1953; M.S., 1955. 

Richard C. Gonzalez, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Texas, 1951 ; M.A., 1952. 

Phillip Graham, Chemistry. 

B.S., Washington State University, 1955. 

Margaret A. Grayson, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Massachusetts, 1948; M.S., 1954. 

Leon J. Greenbaum, Zoology. 

B.S., Loyola College, 1947; M.S., University of Maryland, 1949. 

James Griffith, Chemistry. 

B.S., Birmingham- Southern, 1954. 



152 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Merlin J. Guinard, Chemistry. 
B.S., Boston College, 1954. 

Jerry D. Hardy, Jr., Zoology. 
B.S., Elon College, 1955. 

Catherine R. Harris, Sociology. 
B.A., Bernard College, 1932. 

Matthew Hermes, Chemistry. 
B.S., St. John's, 1955. 

Constance M. Hindle, Physics. 

B.A., Pembrose College, 1947 ; M.S., Brown University, 1949 ; M.A., Mt. Holyoke 
College, 1954. 

George L. Hinds, Physics. 

B.A., Bowdoin College, 1955. 

Otto Homberg, Chemistry. 

B.S., Brooklyn Polytechnic, 1952. 

William A. Hook, Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 19 53. 

Ivan Huber, Zoology. 

B.A., Cornell University, 1954. 

Richard J. Hunt, Mathematics. 
B.S., Loyola College, 1955. 

Leo F. Judge, Jr., Bacteriology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Peter Jurtshuk, Jr., Bacteriology. 

B.A., New York University, 1951 ; M.S., Creighton University, 1953. 

Morton R. Kagen, Physics. 

B.S., Case Institute of Technology, 1955. 

Theodore Katz, Chemistry. 

B.S., University of Richmond, 1948. 

David J. King, Psychology. 

B.A., Boston University, 1951 ; M.A., University of Maine, 1952. 

Frank King, Chemistry. 

B.S., Providence College, 1951; M.S., Kansas State College, 1955. 

Paul R. Knaff, Psychology. 

B.A., Champlain College, 1953 ; M.A., McGill University, 1955. 

Charlotte Kraebel, Chemistry. 

B.S-, Western, Oxford, Ohio, 1955. 

Florence L. Lakshmanan, Chemistry. 
B.S., College of Mt. St. Vincent, 1950. 

Robert E. Lana, Psychology. 

B.A., Rutgers University, 1954. 

Lawrence C. Laser, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Millard G. LesCallette, History. 

B.A., Western Maryland, 1952 ; M.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1954. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 153 

John Lesser, Jr., Psychology. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1952; M.S., 1953. 

Frank S. Levin, Physics. 

B.A., The Johns Hopkins University, 1955. 

Louis F. Libello, Jr., Physics. 

B.S., Brooklyn College, 1953. 

CUSTIS A. LorrSDON, Physics. 

B.S., Western Kentucky State College, 1955. 

Ellis G. MacLeod, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 

John S. Magee, Jr., Chemistry. 
B.S., Loyola College, 1953. 

Peter H. Maserick, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Richard Mayer, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's University, 1955. 

Kenneth McCarty, Chemistry. 

B.S., Lehigh University, 1949, M.S., 1951. 

Andrew R. Molnar, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1952 ; M.A., 1955. 

Edward H. Mougey, Chemistry. 
B.S., Mt. Union College, 1953. 

Harold E. Mum a, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950; M.S., 1952. 

Henry Murad, Chemistry. 

B.A., Utica College of Syracuse University, 1954. 

Marshall A. Narva, Psychology. 

B.A., Brown University, 1952; M.S., Tufts College, 1954. 

Elizabeth Nelson, English. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1944; M.A., Mills College, 1949. 

Stanley N. Neuder, Physics. 

B.A., Brooklyn College, 1955. 

Philip L. Oglesby, Physics. 

B.S., University of Richmond, 1953. 

John C. Oppelt, Chemistry. 

B.S., Loyola College, 1953. 

Richard H. Page, Psychology. 
B.S., Union College, 1955. 

Philip J. Pare, Chemistry. 

B.A., American International College, 1961. 

William Payne, Chemistry. y 

B.S., South Carolina University, 1952 ; M.A., 1953. 

Anthony R. Picciolo, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 



154 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Maurice B. Plasse, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1949 ; Certificate, University of Paris, 1947. 

Hubert K. Poole, Zoology. 

B.A., Gettysburg College, 1953. 

Francisco Prats, Physics. 

Licenciado, University of Madrid, 1946 ; Ingeniero, School of Ind. Engineering, 
1953. 

Luise Pugh, Foreign Languages. 
Arbitur, 1950, Ulm, Germany. 

William H. Pugh, Foreign Languages. 
B.A., Gettysburg College, 1951. 

Stephen T. Quigley, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. Thomas College, 1942 ; M.S., University of Deti-oit, 1950. 

Edward J. Raffelt, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Scranton, 1949; M.S., George Washington University, 1953. 

Edward Ragelis, Chemistry. 

B.S., St. John's College, 1954. 

John V. Recesso, Physics. 

B.S., Georgetown University, 1955. 

Susan L. Reid, Physics. 

B.S., Queens College, 1955. 

Martin J. Reisfeld, Chemistry. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1953 ; M.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1955. 

Michael Rock, Chemistry. 

B.A., Yeshiva College, 1952. 

Gerald V. Rolph, Jr., Foreign Languages. 

B.A., Northwestern University, 1952; M.A., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Edward C. Rosenzweig, Bacteriology. 
B.A., Centre College, 1951. 

May Roswell, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Dublin, 1936 ; Certificate of Teaching, University of Cambridge, 
1937. 

Morton Salkind, Chemistry. 

B.S., Guilford College, 1953. 

Rudolph A. Schroeder, Chemistry. 

B.S., North Dakota, Agricultural College, 1952 ; M.S., 1954. 

Frank Scotti, Chemistry. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1953. 

Lloyd W. Shearer, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Kwang Shen, Physics. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

John Sibilia, Chemistry. 

B.A., Newark College of Rutgers University, 1953. 

Terrill D. Smith, Chemistry. 

B.S., University ot Oklahoma, 1953. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 155 

Daniel E. Sonenshine, Zoology. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

Thomas B. Sprecher, Psychology. 
B.A., Dennison University, 1952. 

Helen Stavkidou, Psychology. 

B.A., Adelphla College, lyr.;: ; M.S., Ohio University, 1954. 

John D. Stolarik, Physics. 

B.A., St. Peter's College, 1954. 

Ellen Gregg Stolarik, Physics. 

B.A., Wittenburg University, 1954. 

Edward Stone, Chemistry. 

B.S., Bradford-Durfee, 1955. 

Henry A. Taut, Physics. 

B.A., Western Maryland College, 1955. 

Lot - is TRAPASSO, Chemistry. 

B.S., City College of New York, 1954. 

Roger H. Trumbore, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Wisconsin, 1955. 

Kenneth R. Stunkel, Philosophy. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Constance M. Turney, Sociology. 

B.A., University of Maryland, 1954. 

John Van De Castle, Chemistry. 
B.S., St. John's, 1955. 

Margaret D. Vogel, Psychology. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1954. 

Hugh E. Vroman, Zoology. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950. 

Oliver C. Webb, Chemistry. 

B.S., Beloit College, 1955. 

Francis E. Welsh, Chemistry. 

B.S., Rockhurst College, 1954. 

Phil Welsh, Psychology. 

B.A., Temple University, 1950; M.A., 1951. 

Robert C. Wentworth, Physics. 
B.A., Swarthmore, 1953. 

Erwin Werner, Chemistry. 

B.S., Havorford College, 1954. 

Rudolph C. White, Chemistry. 

B.S., Virginia Military Institute, 1951. 

Noel C. Willis, Mathematics. 

B.S., Morgan State College, 1955. 

Louis Winkler, Mathematics. 

B.S., Rutgers University, 1955. 



156 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Carvel S. Wolfe, Mathematics. 

B.S., University of Arizona, 1950 ; M.S., 1951. 

David Yue Wong, Physics. 

B.A., Hardin- Simmons University, 1954. 

John Workman, Chemistry. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1954. 

Assistants 

Lucienne C. Clemens, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., California College of Arts and Crafts, 1938. 

Evelyn Garen, Chemistry. 

B.A., Hunter College, 1940; M.S., Columbia University, 1946. 

Elsie B. Trace, Foreign Languages. 

B.A., University of Oklahoma, 1946. 




THE CAMPUS AT NIGHT 



T 



COLLEGE Ob' ARTS AND SCIENCES 157 

COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Leon Perdue Smith, Ph.D., Dean 
Charles Manning, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

HE College of Arts and Sciences offers its students a liberal education. 
It seeks to develop graduates who can deal intelligently with the prob- 
lems which confront them and whose general education will be a 
continuing source not only of material profit, but of genuine personal satisfaction. 
It also offers each student the opportunity to concentrate in the field of his 
choice; this element of depth serves both as an integral part of his education 
and as a foundation for further professional training or pursuits. 

Students in other colleges of the University are offered training in funda- 
mental courses that serve as a background for their professional education. 

The courses required by the University for the baccalaureate degree in 
any college emphasize the development and nature of American civilization. 
All of these courses except one are given by the College of Arts and Sciences. 

History 

This college is an outgrowth of the Division of Language and Literature 
and the Division of Applied Science and the later School of Liberal Arts of 
Maryland State College. In 1921 the School of Liberal Arts and the School 
of Chemistry were combined and other physical and biological sciences were 
brought into the newly formed College of Arts and Sciences. In later reorgani- 
zations some departments have been added and some transferred to the admin- 
istrative control of other colleges. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the College of Arts and Sciences are, in 
general, the same as those for admission to the other colleges and schools of the 
University. Application must be made to the Director of Admissions, University 
of Maryland, College Park, Maryland. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed on good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than on any fixed pattern of 
subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each of Social 
and Natural Sciences are required. One unit of Algebra and one of Plane 
Geometry are desirable. Foreign Language entrance units, although highly 
desirable for certain programs, are not required. Units in Fine Arts and in 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For admission to the pre-medical curriculum, two years of any one foreign 
language are recommended. A detailed statement of the requirements for ad- 
mission to the School of Medicine and the relation of these to the pre-medical 
curriculum may be obtained by writing the Director of Admissions. 

For a more detailed statement of admission requirements and policies write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 



158 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
$75.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $140.00 to $170.00 lodging for Maryland resi- 
dents, or $180.00 to $220.00 for residents of other States and Countries ; and labora- 
tory fees ; which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of $10.00 is charged all new registrants. A charge of $250.00 is assessed stu- 
dents who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs write to the Director of Pub- 
lications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, for a copy of the 
"General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University regulations, 
are required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
and it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of at- 
tendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who have not fulfilled this requirement will complete the course or 
take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may, with proper approval, carry as 
electives during their Junior and Senior years advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission in the United States 
Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction write 
to the Director of Publications, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, 
for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred on students who have met the requirements pre- 
scribed by the College of Arts and Sciences are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor 
of Science. 

Students of this College who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors 
in departments of the Humanities or Social Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Arts*. Those who complete satisfactorily curricula with majors in 
departments of Biological or Physical Sciences are awarded the degree of 
Bachelor of Science. f 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of 



•The departments of Economics, Geography, and Government and Politics, although 
administratively in the College of Business and Public Administration, offer courses 
for Arts and Sciences students. Majors may be elected, in these departments as In those 
of the other departments of the Division of Social Sciences which are administered by 
the College of Arts and Sciences. 

tThe department of Botany, although administered by the College of Agriculture, 
offers courses for Arts and Sciences students. A Major may be elected in this depart- 
ment as in those of the other departments of the Division of Biological Scinces adminis- 
tered by the College of Arts and Sciences. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 159 

Arts and Sciences and Medicine, or of Arts and Sciences and Dentistry, will be 
granted the degree of Bachelor of Science on the recommendation of the Dean 
of the School of Medicine, or of the Dean of the School of Dentistry. This 
program consists of a minimum of 90-100 semester hours (exclusive of the 
required courses in military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the 
College of Arts and Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (usually the 
first year's program) in the School of Medicine, or in the School of Dentistry. 

Students who complete satisfactorily the prescribed combined program of 
Arts and Sciences and Law will be granted the degree of Bachelor of Arts on 
the recommendation of the Dean of the School of Law. This program consists 
of a minimum of 90 semester hours (exclusive of the required courses in basic 
military science, hygiene, and physical activities) in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and a minimum of 30 semester hours (the first year's program or its 
equivalent) in the School of Law. Since the regular program of the first year 
of Law requires only 28 semester hours, it is usually advisable for the pre-legal 
student to complete a minimum of 92 semester hours at College Park. 

Residence 

The last thirty semester hours credit of any curriculum leading to a baccalau- 
reate degree in the College of Arts and Sciences must be taken in residence in this 
University. 

Students working for one of the combined degrees must earn the last 30 semester 
hours credit of the arts program in residence in the College of Arts and Sci- 
ences, College Park. 

The complete statement of this requirement may be found in section 28 of the 
Academic Regulations. 

General Requirements for Degrees 

The baccalaureate degree from the College of Arts and Sciences may be 
conferred upon a student who has satisfied the following requirements: 

1. University requirements. 

2. College of Arts and Sciences requirements : 

A minimum of 120 semester hours credit in academic subjects other than 
basic military science is required for a bachelor's degree. Men must acquire in 
addition 12 semester hours in military science, and 4 semester hours in physical 
activities. Women must acquire in addition 4 semester hours in hygiene and 
4 semester hours in physical activities. 

Junior Requirements 

A student must acquire a minimum of 56 semester hours with an average grade 
of at least C in the Freshman and Sophomore years before he will be permitted to 
begin advanced work on his major and minor. 

The following minimum requirements should be fulfilled, as far as possible, 
before the beginning of the Junior year and must be completed before graduation: 



160 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

I. English — English 1, 2, and 3, 4 or 5, 6 : twelve semester hours. 

II. Foreign Language — twelve semester hours in one language. 

III. Social Studies — Government and Politics 1, three semester hours ; Sociology 
1, three semester hours; History 5 and 6, six semester hours: twelve semester 
hours. 

IV. Speech — two to four semester hours in accordance with the particular 
curriculum. 

V. Natural Science and Mathematics — twelve semester hours. The science 
courses elected require the approval of the dean; they will usually be from 
those departments offering majors in the College of Arts and Sciences. At 
least one course must include laboratory experience and one course must be 
elected in each of the divisions of Biological and Physical Sciences except in 
the case of students whose science courses are specifically prescribed in their 
curricula. 

VI. Basic Military Science for Men — twelve semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

VII. Health for Women — four semester hours. Required freshman year. 

VIII. Physical Activities for Men and Women — four semester hours. Required 
freshman and sophomore years. 

3. Major and Minor Requirements — When a student has completed satisfactorily 
the requirements of the freshman and sophomore years he will select a major in one 
of the departments of an upper division and for graduation will complete a depart- 
mental major and a minor. The courses constituting the major and the minor must 
conform to the requirements of the department in which the major work is done. 

The student must have an average of not less than C in the introductory courses 
in the field in which he intends to major. 

A major shall consist, in addition to the underclass departmental requirements, of 
24-40 hours, of which at least twelve must be in courses numbered 100 or above. 

A minor shall consist of a coherent group of courses totalling 18 semester hours 
in addition to the requirements listed above. At least six of the 18 hours must be 
in a single department in courses numbered 100 or above. The courses comprising 
the minor must be chosen with the approval of the major department. 

The average grade of the work taken in the major field must be at least 
C; some departments will count toward satisfaction of the major requirement 
no course completed with a grade of less than C. The average grade of the 
work taken in the major and minor fields combined must be at least C. A 
general average of C in courses taken at the University of Maryland is re- 
quired for graduation. 

Special Honors 

Programs of readings for special honors are open to undergraduates. These 
programs are currently available in Literature, English, French, German, His- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 161 

tory, Mathematics, and Spanish. The program for special honors in literature 
is ->pen to undergraduates in any college of the University who have the ap- 
proval of their dean and of the head of the department of English. Candidates 
are examined on an approved list of literary works including translations from 
foreign languages. Application may be made to the head of the department of 
English at any time before the beginning of the junior year. The programs 
for special honors in English, French, German, History, Mathematics, and 
Spanish are open to students majoring in the departments concerned. The in- 
dividual programs of readings should be begun early in the student's collegiate 
career; in no case later than the beginning of the senior year. Application should 
be made to the head of the department concerned. 

Certification of High School Teachers 

If courses are properly chosen in the field of education, a prospective high 
school teacher can prepare for high school positions, with a major and minor 
in one of the departments of this College. A student who wishes to work for 
a teacher's certificate should consult his advisor before the junior year. 

Electives in Other Colleges and Schools 

A limited number of courses taken in other colleges and schools of the University 
may be counted for elective or minor credit toward a degree in the College of Arts 
and Sciences. 

The number of credits which may be accepted from the various colleges and 
schools is as follows: College of Education — 24; all other colleges — 20; Schools 
of Dentistry, Law, and Medicine — In combined degree programs the first year 
of professional work must be completed. 

Normal Load 

The normal load for students in this college is 15 semester hours credit per 
semester, exclusive of the required work in physical activities, military science, and 
hygiene. 

Juniors and seniors are not permitted to register for more than 18 hours 
unless they have a "B" average for the preceding semester and the approval of 
the Dean of the College. No student may modify the prescribed number of 
hours without special permission from the Dean. 

Advisers 

Each freshman and sophomore in this college will be assigned to a faculty adviser 
who will help the student, during his first two years, to select his courses and to 
determine what his field of major concentration should be. Juniors in the com- 
bined programs will continue in the same system. 

Other juniors and seniors will consider the head of their major department, 
or his designated assistant, their adviser, and should consult him about the 
arrangements of their schedules of courses. 

Work in the Freshman and Sophomore Years 

The work of the first two years in the College of Arts and Sciences is designed 



162 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

to give the student a basic general education, and to prepare him for concentration 
in the latter part of his course. 

It is the student's responsibility to develop in these earlier years such proficiency 
in basic subjects as may be necessary for his continuation in the field of his special 
interest. Personal aptitude and a general scholastic ability must also be demonstrated, 
if permission to pursue a major study is to be obtained. 

The student should fallow the curriculum for which he is believed to the best 
fitted. It will be noted that a core group of studies is required of all students who 
are candidates for a bachelor's degree. These subjects should be taken, if pos- 
sible, during the Freshman and Sophomore years. 

GENERAL A.B. CURRICULUM 

The following curriculum gives the subjects required of students planning 
to major in one of the departments of the Divisions of Humanities or Social 
Studies. Since some departmental majors require prerequisites which should be 
taken during the first two years, individual programs must be prepared in con- 
sultation with the assigned adviser; the elective hours listed may be used for 
this purpose. Lower division advisers and the heads of the departments of 
Music and Sociology have available copies of normal curricula for distribution 
to students who wish additional information about majors in Art, Music or 
Sociology. 

r— Semester— •. 

Freshman Year I " 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) . . .... 3 

•Foreign Language 

Mathematics or Natural Science 3-4 3-4 

L. S. 1, 2— Library Science 1 1 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

He. 2, 4— Health (Women) 

Physical Activities 



2 2 

1 1 



Tota l 18-20 18-20 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World Litera- 



ture 



3 3 



Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Foreign Language (Continued) 3 

Natural Science or Mathematics 3-4 3-0 



Elective 



3 3-6 



A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities 



1 1 



Total 16-20 16-19 



•A placement test Is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they have studied in high school. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 163 

I. AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

The University has a comprehensive program in American studies. It hegins 
with required courses on the freshman and sophomore level, includes a major 
for juniors and seniors, and also provides for graduate work on the M.A. and 
Ph.D. level. (For information concerning the graduate program, see the grad- 
uate catalog.) 

The student who majors in American Civilization has the advantage of heing 
taught by cooperating specialists from various departments. The committee 
in charge of the program represents the departments of English, History, Gov- 
ernment and Politics, and Sociology. Members of the committee serve as 
official advisers to students electing to work in the field. 

The program is intended to have generous breadth, but the danger of secur- 
ing breadth without depth is offset by the requirement of an area of concentra- 
tion. Studies in American Civilization are supplemented by studies in source 
cultures and interacting cultures; however, in planning a curriculum, students 
are required to concentrate in one of the four departments primarily concerned 
with the program. The program must include at least 42 semester hours of 
work from the departments participating in the program. These credits con- 
stitute collectively a major and a minor. 

In his senior year, each major student is required to take a conference 
course (American Civilization 137, 138) in which the study of American Civili- 
zation is brought to a focus. During this course, the student analyzes eight 
or ten important books which reveal fundamental patterns in American life and 
thought and receives incidental training in bibliographical matters, in formulat- 
ing problems for special investigation, and in group discussion. 

Freshmen and sophomores who are interested in concentrating in American 
Civilization should consult with their Lower Division Adviser. Upperclassmen 
should consult with the Executive Secretary of the American Civilization cur- 
riculum, Professor Bode. 



II. THE HUMANITIES 

Art 

Two types of majors are offered in art: Art Major A for those who take the 
art curriculum as a* cultural subject and as preparation for a career for which 
art is a necessary background; Art Major B for those who prepare themselves 
for creative work on a professional basis. 

In both types the student begins with the basic courses, and moves to more 
advanced study of the theory of design and of the general principles involved in 
visual expression. A large amount of study takes the form of actual practice of 
drawing and painting. The student, in this way, gains a knowledge of the vocabulary 
of drawing and painting, and of the methods and procedures underlying good quality 
of performance. 

Art Major B emphasizes the development of craftsmanship and the creative 
faculty. Art Major A, while including the basic studio courses, necessarily places 



lo-4 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

emphasis on general history, composition, and art appreciation, with subsequent 
choices of special art epochs for greater detailed study. 

Art History and Art Appreciation are of special interest to students majoring 
in English, History, Languages, Philosophy, or Music. It is suggested that they 
schedule Art 9, 10, and 11, Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Archi- 
tecture, and History of American Art, as excellent supplementary study for a fuller 
understanding of their major. Art 20 is recommended for English, Languages, 
Philosophy, Home Economics, and Education majors. Art 10, History of American 
Art, is advised for majors in the American Civilization courses. Home Economics 
and Horticulture majors are encouraged to schedule basic art courses as a useful 
means of training observation and developing understanding of, and proficiency in, 
the visual arts. 

Courses required in all art majors: Art 1 — Charcoal Drawing (3); Art 5 — 
Still Life Painting (3); Art 9, 11 — Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture and 
Architecture (3, 3); Art 20 — Art Appreciation (2). 

Course required in Cultural Art major: Art 10 — History of American Art 
(1). 

Course Required in Creative Art major: Art 7 — Landscape Painting (3). 

Classical Languages and Literatures 

Twelve hours of underclass requirements must be completed before a stu- 
dent may begin work toward a major. These requirements are satisfied by the 
first four courses taken, beginning from the level of initial registration in ac- 
cordance with the schedule which precedes the list of course offerings in this 
catalog. 

The major and minor requirements are those generally in effect in the Col- 
lege of Arts and Sciences and stated in the appropriate section above. 

English 

Students majoring in English, particularly those who plan to do graduate work, 
are urged to take work in foreign language in addition to that required for 
graduation. In selecting minor or elective subjects, it is recommended that 
students give special consideration to the following: French, German, philosophy, 
history, and fine arts. 

Students who major in English must choose 21 hours of the possible 24-40 
hours required of a major from courses in several groups, as follows: 

1. Three hours in language (Eng. 8, 101, 102, 104). 

2. Six hours in major figures (Eng. 104, 112, 115, 116, 121, 155, 156). 

3. Six hours in survey or type courses (Eng. 106, 110, 111, 112, 113, 120, 122, 
123, 125, 126, 129, 130, 134, 135, 139, 140, 143, 144, 145, 157). 

4. Six hours in American literature (Eng. 148, 150, 151, 155, 156). 

Honors in English: A student whose major is English and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades may read for honors in English. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest in English or American literature. Application may 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 16 

be made to the head of the Department of English between the second semester 
of the sophomore year and the first semester of the senior year. 



Foreign Languages and Literature 



The underclass department requirements which must be satisfied before a student 
can begin work toward a major are the courses numbered 1, 2, 4, and 5 (or 1, 2, 6, 
and 7). 

Two types of majors are offered in French, German, or Spanish: one for the 
general student or the future teacher, and the other for those interested in a rounded 
study of a foreign area for the purpose of understanding another nation through 
its literature, history, sociology, economics, and other aspects. 

Literature and Language Major: Language and literature as such are stressed 
in the first type of major. Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two 
years are a semester each of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., 
or Span. 8 or 9 and 80 or 81), six hours of the introductory survey of litera- 
ture (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), one semester of advanced composition 
(Fr., Ger., or Span. 121), and any twelve hours in literature courses numbered 

100 or above — a total of 26 semester hours. Beyond this minimum further 
courses in the Department are desirable and as electives work in American and 
in Comparative Literature is strongly recommended; Comparative Literature 

101 and 102 are required. 

Foreign Area Major: The area study major endeavors to provide the student 
with a knowledge of various aspects of the country whose language he is studying. 
Specific minimum requirements beyond the first two years are seven hours of 
conversation (Fr., Ger., or Span. 8, 9, and 80 or 81), six hours of the introduc- 
tory survey of literature (Fr., Ger., or Span. 75 and 76), six hours in Civiliza- 
tion (Fr., Ger., or Span. 161 and 162), one semester of Advanced Composition 
(Fr. Ger., or Span. 121), and six additional hours in literature courses numbered 
100 or above — a total of 28 hours. Comparative Literature 101 and 102 are 
required. In addition the student takes, as a minor, twenty to thirty-six hours 
in geography, history, political science, sociology, or economics, distributed 
through these fields in consultation with advisers in the Foreign Language De- 
partment The student is urged to take some elective work in American and in 
Comparative Literature. 

Special Honors: The distinction of special honors in French, German, or 
Spanish is awarded to majors who, in addition to fulfilling the above-mentioned 
requirements, have completed certain special readings and passed a comprehensive 
examination in their field of concentration. The purpose of honors in languages is 
(1) to encourage independent reading and (2) to coordinate the knowledge afforded 
by the various individual courses which constitute the major curricula. The work 
leading to honors is done in conferences between students and professors. It should 
be begun early in the student's collegiate career, and in no case may students declare 
their candidacy for honors later than the beginning of their senior year. 



166 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Music 

The functions of the Department are (1) to help the student develop sound 
critical judgment and discriminating taste in the art of music; (2) to enable him 
to pursue the study of music as one of the humanities and, consequently, as a 
source of emotional' and intellectual satisfaction; (3) to provide a sequence of 
courses that prepares him for graduate work in the fields of music literature, 
theory, and musicology; (4) to prepare him to teach in the field (see the 
catalogue of the College of Education for the curriculum leading to the B. S. 
in Ed. degree with a major in Public School Music). 

Music is assuming increasing importance in the life of every educated person 
today. Its full enjoyment and comprehension require a foundation in music 
literature and theory; many of the Departmental courses are offered with that 
end in view. Music 1, Introduction to Music, is fundamental to all work in the 
Department, and is open to all students in the, University. Intermediate and 
advanced courses may be taken by any general student who has completed the 
specified prerequisites or their equivalents. The University Orchestra, Band, 
and choral groups are likewise open to all qualified students. 

The curriculum leading to the B.A. degree with a major in music is 
recommended for the student whose interests are cultural rather than voca- 
tional. Yet it provides the necessary background for stimulating careers in 
musical journalism and criticism, research, and teaching on the college level. 

Courses required in major: Mus. 1 — Introduction to Music (3); Mus. 7, 8 — 
Theory of Music (3, 3); Mus. 70, 71— Harmony (3, 3); Mus. 120, 121— History 
of Music (3, 3); Mus. 141— Musical Form (2); Mus. 145— Counterpoint (2) 
or Mus. 147— Orchestration (2); Mus. 0— Piano (0); Applied Music (8); Music 
Literature or Theory (9); six semesters of ensemble work (Mus. 4, 5, (if 10, 
or 15). 

Philosophy 

The department's undergraduate courses are designed to help students attain 
philosophical perspective, clear understanding, and sound critical evaluation concern- 
ing the nature of man, his place in the universe, and the significance of the principal 
types of human experiences and activities. 

To those students who seek a broad, liberal, and cultural background of knowl- 
edge, but because of specialized studies have only a minimum of free electives, 
the department offers two general introductory courses : Philosophy 1, a critical 
survey of views concerning man, nature, religion, and knowledge, and Philosophy 2, 
a critical survey of views concerning morality, government, education, and art. For 
the general picture, both courses are recommended ; each, however, is available 
separately, and either may be taken first. 

In addition to Philosophy 1 and 2, the department offers two other courses 
designed as electives for students who wish to acquaint themselves with the 
ideas of some of the great philosophers: Philosophy 123, 124, Philosophies Men 
Live By. Students may not receive credit for more than two of the courses 
1, 2, 123, 124. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 167 

To students in other fields who wish to explore the philosophy of their subjects, 
the department offers a choice among a group of specifically related courses: 52, 
Philosophy in Literature; 53, Philosophy of Religion; 151, Ethics; 153, Philosophy 
of Art; 154, Political and Social Philosophy; 155, Logic; 156, Philosophy of Science. 

To students of literature, history, or the history of ideas, the department offers 
historical courses in ancient, medieval, modern, recent and contemporary, Ori- 
ental, and American philosophy. The last course is particularly relevant for stu- 
dents of American Civilization. 

Philosophy 155, Logic, is recommended in the Arts-Law curriculum and the 
Government and Politics program. 

Minors in philosophy are especially suitable for students majoring in English, 
Literature, the Social Sciences, American Civilization, Psychology, and in the pre- 
Ministry and pre-Law fields. Interested students should consult with the chairman 
of the department. 

Freshmen and Sophomores planning to major in Philosophy should consult 
the chairman of the department about preparation for the major. 

Speech and Dramatic Art 

The courses in this department have two main functions: (1) to provide 
training in basic oral communication skills to meet the general needs of under- 
graduates of the university; (2) to provide integrated specialized training for 
students who wish to major or minor in speech. 

A major may be taken in the Speech Department in one of two areas, the 
speech arts or the speech sciences. The speech arts include theater, radio and 
television, public speaking, and oral interpretation; the speech sciences include 
phonetics, semantics, speech pathology and audiology. The undergraduate pro- 
gram provides a level of training that will prepare students to enter several 
professional fields. Specifically, these fields are: (1) teaching speech and dra- 
matic art or directing these activities; (2) radio and television; (3) speech and 
hearing therapy. In addition, adequate preparation and training for graduate 
work is provided. 

Minors in speech are adapted to meet the needs of students majoring in 
English, the Social Sciences, Journalism and Public Relations, Elementary 
Education, Nursery School — Kindergarten Education, pre-Law and pre-Ministry 
fields. 

Prerequisites for all majors in speech are Speech 1, 2, 3, 5 and 6, and 
Zoology 1. Major requirements: 30 hours of courses in speech with 15 hours 
of courses numbered 100 and above, in either the speech arts or speech sciences. 
Speech 111, Seminar; is required of all majors in speech. No grades of D in 
the major field will be counted toward completing the major requirements for 
graduation. 

Specific requirements for professional training in speech and hearing therapy 
include completion of the general requirements for speech majors with the fol- 
lowing additions: Zoology 15, 16; Psychology 1, 5, 131; a minimum of 21 hours 
of speech sciences at the 100 level. 



168 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Qualified students, depending upon specialized interests, are invited to par- 
ticipate in the activities of the University Theater, Radio-Television Guild, and 
the Calvert Debate Club. 

III. THE SOCIAL SCIENCES 
Economics 

Students registered in the College of Arts and Sciences may major in 
Economics. During the freshman and sophomore years prospective economics 
majors should consult with their Lower Division Adviser in Arts and Sciences 
concerning preparation for the major. Normally Economic Developments (2, 
2) is taken during the freshman year and Principles of Economics (3, 3) during 
the sophomore year. 

Juniors and seniors are advised by the faculty of the Department of Eco- 
nomics, which is administered in the College of Business and Public Admin- 
istration. In addition to the ten lower division credits listed above, Economics 
majors must complete a minimum of 26 credits with an average grade of not 
less than C. Advanced Economic Principles (3) and Elements of Statistics (3) 
are required. Other courses to meet the requirements of the major are to be 
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Descriptions of courses in Economics 
will be found in the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion. Additional information about the curriculum in Economics may be ob- 
tained at the departmental office. 

Geography 

Geography is a recognized major field in Arts and Sciences leading to the 
A.B. degree. Arts and Sciences students may register for its courses and 
major in geography from a liberal arts point of view, although the department 
is administered by the College of Business and Public Administration. Fresh- 
men and sophomores wishing to major in geography should consult their 
Lower Division advisers. Additional information about the geography pro- 
gram may be obtained at the department office. 

The following courses are required: Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3): Geog. 30 (3); 
Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 40 and 41 (3, 3): Geog. 170 (3); and 18 hours in other 
geography courses numbered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non- 
regional courses. 

The following science courses are required: Bot. 1 (4); Chem. 1 (4); Agron. 
114 (4). The following supporting courses are also required: Bot. 113 or 102 (2 
or 3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); Soc. 105 (3). Certain of these courses are ap- 
plicable to the minor. Please consult Senior Adviser, Department of Geography. 

Government and Politics 

Although this department is administered by the College of Business and 
Public Administration, Government and Politics is a recognized major field for 
students in the College of Arts and Sciences, leading to the A.B. degree. Fresh- 
man and sophomores wishing to major in Government and Politics should 
consult their Lower Division Advisers about preparation for the major; addi- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 169 

tional information about the Government and Politics program may be obtained 
at the departmental office. Juniors and seniors majoring in Government and 
Politics are advised by the faculty of that department. 

For further information concerning the courses offered in Government and 
Politics, see the catalog of the College of Business and Public Administration. 
The Government and Politics curriculum described in that catalog does not 
apply to students in the College of Arts and Sciences. Such students must 
complete instead the following requirements: 

1. At least 33 semester hours of Government and Politics, in addition to 
G. & P. 1, American Government. 

2. No course in which the grade is less than C, made after September 1947, 
may be counted as part of the major work. 

3. An adequate diversification of study in the various fields of Government 
and Politics, under the guidance of the faculty of the Department. 

If desired, students may specialize in state and local government, public 
administration, public law, public policy, political theory, comparative govern- 
ment, or international relations. 

History 

The study of history is basic for the cultural background of all fields of knowl- 
edge. In addition, the Department of History offers a curriculum which is designed 
to assist students who wish to prepare themselves for entering several fields of 
professional activity. Specifically these fields are (1) teaching history and the 
social sciences at the secondary level; (2) the field of journalism, which requires a 
broad historical background; (3) research and archival work; (4) the diplomatic 
service. In addition, the department offers adequate preparation and training for 
those who intend to pursue higher degrees and prepare themselves for teaching at 
the college level. 

Undergraduate history majors must complete the following departmental require- 
ments : 

1. Every major is required to complete a minimum of 24 semester hours in 
advanced courses, with the following exceptions: (a) the total may be 
reduced by 3 credit hours for those students who, in addition to the pre- 
requisites, have taken 6 credits in other courses under the 100 level ; and 
(b) the total may be reduced by 6 credit hours for those who, in addition to 
the prerequisites, have completed 12 semester hours in courses under the 
100 level. 

2. No less than 15 nor more than 18 semester hours in advanced courses should 
be taken in any one field of history, e. g., European, American, or Latin 
American. 

3. Prerequisites for majors in history are History 5 and 6 (required of all 
college students) and History 1 and 2. 

4. All majors are required to take the proseminar during their senior year. 

5. No grades of D in the major field will be counted toward completing the 
major requirements for graduation. 



170 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Honors in History: A student whose major is in History and who maintains 
an approved average in his grades may read for honors in History. A candidate 
for honors is examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an 
area of his special interest. Application may be made to the head of the De- 
partment of History between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Social Sciences 
(for the B.A. degree) and the division of Biological Sciences (for the B.S. degree) 
and offers educational programs related to both of these fields. The functions of 
the undergraduate curriculum in Psychology are to provide an organized study of 
the behavior of man, in terms of the biological conditions and social factors which 
influence such behavior. In addition, the undergraduate program in Psychology is 
arranged to provide a level of training that will equip the students to enter certain 
professional pursuits which require a background in this field. It is important to 
note, however, that the undergraduate degree in Psychology is not in itself recognized 
as carrying any professional status. The departmental requirements for the two 
baccalaureate degrees are presented with the description of courses in the depart- 
ment. 

A minor program is organized to supplement the work in the major. For 
the Bachelor of Arts degree the minor program will ordinarily consist of 
courses in the Social Sciences and for the Bachelor of Sciences degree of 
courses in the Biological and Physical Sciences, with at least 6 hours in the 
100 series in Zoology. 

For students who plan to enter graduate and professional work in Psychology, 
it is recommended that among their minor or elective programs they take courses in 
Mathematics, Zoology, and Physics. 

SOCIOLOGY 

The major in Sociology offers a liberal education and at the same time 
provides a background for those professional fields which focus on an under- 
standing of human relationships. 

Departmental requirements consist of a minimum of 27 semester hours in 
Sociology (not including Sociology 1) and 18 hours in a minor. Of the latter 
at least 6 hours must be of 100 series courses in a single department. Sociology 
credit with a grade of less than C may not be counted toward the major 
requirement. 

Courses required of all Sociology Majors: 

Sophomore Year Sociology 2, Principles of Sociology 

Junior Year Sociology 183, Social Statistics 

Senior Year Sociology 186, Sociological Theory 

Senior Year Sociology 196, Senior Seminar 

There are several suggested areas of emphasis within the Sociology major, 
some with additional requirements: 
(1) General Sociology. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 171 

(2) Anthropology: Soc. 5, 13 or 113, 105, 123, 124, 125, 136, and 141. 
(Recommended minor — History, Geography, or Zoology; recommended 
hasic sciences — Zoology or Botany. 

(3) Community Studies: (Rural, urban, and suburban groups and their 
populations) :— Soc. 13, 14, 112, 113, 114, 118, 121, 122. Recommended 
electives: — Economics, Education, Government and Politics, Geography). 

(4) Crime Control Curriculum (A four year professional program in the 
field of crime and delinquency and their prevention and control) : — Soc. 
51, 52, 114, 118, 131, 145 or 147, 153, 154, 156, and 191: B. A. 10; Econ. 
37. Required minor: — Psychology, including Psych. 1, 2 or 5, 125, 128 
or 131, 142 or 150, 161 or elective. (Recommended science: — Zool. 1, 
141, 15.) 

(5) Sociology — Education (Fulfills requirements for secondary teaching cer- 
tification) : — Minor requirements — Ed. Human Development Ed. 100 and 
101, Ed. 140, 145, 148; Am. His. 6 s. hrs., European His. 6 s. hrs. 

(6) Social Institutions (The structure and functioning of social institutions 
including the family, religion, economic, governmental, and educational): 
—Soc. "62, 64, 113, 115, 136, 161, 164, 171. 

(7) Preprofessional Social Work Curriculum (provides (1) preprofessional 
preparation for entering a professional social work school, and (2) 
qualifications for certain social work positions for which post-graduate 
professional education is not required): — Soc. 13 or 14, 52, 118, 131, 171, 
174, 191: Econ. 37; G. & P. 4 or 5. 

(8) Social Psychology:— Soc. 5, 51, 112, 115, 123, 141, 144, 145. Minor- 
psychology or related field. (Recommended electives — Human Develop- 
ment Education and Zoology.) 

GENERAL B.S. CURRICULUM 

The curricula required of students majoring in departments of the Divisions 
of Biological Sciences and Physical Sciences vary much in regard to the year 
in which University and College required courses are scheduled in order to 
assure the proper sequential and prerequisite arrangement of major courses. 
The following curriculum, which gives the subjects required of students who 
plan to major in departments of the divisions of Biological or Physical Sciences, 
is, therefore, quite flexible; individual program must be prepared in consulta- 
tion with the assigned adviser. Lower division advisers and department heads 
have available copies of normal curricula for distribution to students who wish 
additional information about majors in departments of these divisions. 

r— Semester— > 
Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature " 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Soc. 1) 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or G. & P. 1) .... 3 

Speech 7— Public Speaking .... 2 

Mathematics - Science :. 8-9 S-10 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 3 3 

He. 2, 4— Health (Women) 1 1 

Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 17-1? l~-?0 



172 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r—Semestet — ^ 

Sophomore Year / // 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and English or World Literature 3 3 

His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

♦Foreign Language 3 3 

Mathematics - Science 9-12 9-12 

AS 3, 4— Basic Air Force R.O.T.C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities 1 l 



Total 16-20 16-20 



IV. THE BIOLOGICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Biological Sciences 

This program has been prepared for the student who is interested in biology 
but whose interest has not yet centered in any one of the biological sciences. 
This program is also a suitable one for the pre-dental student who plans to earn 
the B.S. degree before entering dental school. This program, however, is not 
recommended for the pre-medical student. The program includes work in 
Bacteriology, Botan}', Entomology, and Zoology, and introduces the student to 
the general principles and methods of each of these biological sciences. The 
student may then emphasize any one of these areas in completing his program. 

By proper selection of courses during the junior and senior years, a student 
may concentrate his work sufficiently in one area of biology to be able to con- 
tinue in graduate work in that field. However, a student who is definitely plann- 
ing to do graduate work would be well-advised to major in one specific field 
of biology as soon as his interest becomes definite. 

The student following this program must meet the general requirements 
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French or 
German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or Speech 
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in Speech. 

Required introductory courses in the Biological Sciences: Bacteriology 1; 
Botany 1; Entomology 1; Zoology 1. These courses must be passed with an 
average grade of at least C. The pre-dental student must take Zoology 2 as 
well. 

Required supporting courses in Mathematics and the Physical Sciences: 
Mathematics 10, 11; Chemistry 1, 3; Physics 10, 11. The student working in 
most areas of biology will also need a year of Organic Chemistry (Chemistry 
31, 32, 33, 34 or Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38). Additional work in Chemistry may 
also be required by the student's adviser, in accordance with the needs of the 
student's field of emphasis. The pre-dental student must include Chemistry 35, 
36, 37. 38 in his program. 

Adanced courses in the Biological Sciences: The student must complete at 
least 30 semester hours of advanced work selected from the fields of Bacteri- 



•A placement test is given during Registration Week for students wishing to pursue 
a language they have studied in hiph school. Some departmental curricula require 
German. Most of the departments prefer or require that the second year be in Scientific 
French or German (Fr. or Ger. 6, 7). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 173 

ology, Botany, Entomology, and Zoology. Of these credits at least 18 must 
be at the 100 level and taken in at least two of the four departments. The 
following courses in Psychology may be counted as part of the required 30 
semester hours but may not be used to satisfy the requirement of 18 semester 
hours at the 100 level: Psychology 106, 126, 136, 145, 180, 181, 195. 

A junior or senior following this curriculum will be advised by the depart- 
ment in which he plans to do the most work. 

Courses required in major and minor: Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4); Bot. 
1 — General Botany (4); Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4); Ent. 1 — Intro- 
ductory Entomology (3); Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology (4); Math. 10, 11 — 
Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3); Phys. 10, 11 — Funda- 
mentals of Physics (4, 4); electives in Biological Sciences (30). 



BACTERIOLOGY 

The Department of Bacteriology functions with three purposes in view. One 
of these is to provide fundamental training for those students who choose bacteriology 
as a major subject. Two major fields of study are provided: (1) applied bacteriology, 
in preparation for such positions as dairy, sanitary, or agricultural bacteriologists 
in federal, state, and commercial laboratories, and (2) medical bacteriology, or the 
more recently recognized specialty of medical technology in relation to hospital, public 
health, and clinic laboratories. The second objective of the department is to provide 
desirable courses for those students who are majoring in closely allied departments 
and desire vital supplementary information. Every effort has been made to plan 
these courses so that they satisfy the demands of these related departments as well 
as the needs of those students who have chosen bacteriology as a major. The third 
purpose of the department is to encourage and foster original thought in the pursuit 
of research. 

Bacteriology Curriculum: — The field of bacteriology is too vast in scope to 
permit specialization in the early stages of undergraduate study. Accordingly, 
the applied curriculum outlined below includes the basic courses in bacteriology 
and allied fields. 

The course in Advanced General Bacteriology {Bact. 5) is required for all 
bacteriology majors, and should follow General Bacteriology {Bact. 1). Bacteriology 
5 is not required as a prerequisite for upper division courses for majors in other 
departments provided the student has been introduced to certain aspects of bacteriol- 
ogy, or their equivalent, pertinent to their specialty. Bacteriology 1, however, is 
required. 

A student planning a major in Bacteriology should consult his adviser dur- 
ing the first year concerning his particular field of study and his choice of a 
minor. The minor should be chosen only from the biological or physical sciences. 
Chemistry, as outlined below, is the preferred minor. 



174 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

A grade of D in a course in bacteriology will not be counted toward com- 
pleting the major requirements for graduation. 

Courses required in major and minor: — Bact. 1 — General Bacteriology (4); 
Bact. 5 — Advanced General Bacteriology (4); Bact. 101 — Pathogenic Bacteri- 
ology (4); Bact. 131 — Food and Sanitary Bacteriology (4); Bact. 60, 62 — Bac- 
teriological Literature (1, 1); Bact. 103 — Serology (4); Bact. 161 — Systematic 
Bacteriology (2); Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry (4, 4); Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34— 
Elements of Organic Chemistry (3, 3); Chem. 161, 162, 163, 164 — Biochemistry 
(4, 4); Math. 10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3); 
Physics 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4). 

Medical Technology Program: This is a professional program intended 
for those students who wish to prepare for technical work in any type of a 
medical laboratory. Because of its technical nature, it is broader in require- 
ments and allows fewer electives. By proper planning of one's schedule begin- 
ning in the sophomore year, courses in zoology may be taken in place of 
electives or certain courses in bacteriology. These courses should include 
Zoology 1, General Zoology; Zoology 16, Human Physiology; Zoology 108, 
Animal Histology; Zoology 110, Parasitology; and the following courses in 
bacteriology; Bacteriology 105, Clinical Methods; and Bacteriology 108, Epi- 
demiology. 

The student who elects this program should try to obtain summer employ- 
ment in a medical laboratory. This program is so designed that a student, 
with proper planning, can prepare himself for admission to any of the training 
schools for medical technology located in various hospitals. These training 
schools require two, three, or four years of collegiate work, and after one year 
of hospital apprenticeship, the student is eligible to take examinations for the 
Registry of Medical Technologists of the American Society of Clinical Pathol- 
ogists (M.T.) if he so desires. 

BOTANY 

Botany is recognized as either a major or minor field in Arts and Sciences, 
leading to the B.S. degree. The Botany Department is administered by the 
College of Agriculture, but students register for botany courses and major or 
minor in this subject just as if the department were in the College of Arts 
and Sciences. Course descriptions and further information about the Botany 
Department are given in the catalog for the College of Agriculture. 

Freshmen and sophomores should consult their lower division adviser 
and also the Botany Department adviser, in planning the major program. The 
four lower division courses, General Botany — Bot. 1 and 2, Diseases of Plants 
—Bot. 20, and Plant Taxonomy — Bot. 11, total 14 credit hours and should be 
taken during the first two years. Sufficient upper division courses to give a 
total of 40 credit hours in botany must be taken. Included in these will be 
Plant Physiology — Bot. 101, Plant Microtechnique — Bot. 110, Plant Anatomy — 
Bot. Ill, Plant Ecology— Bot. 102, and Structure of Economic Plants — Bot. 115. 
The botany electives chosen depend, in part, on the student's chief interest. 

To support the courses in botany, major students are required to take 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 175 

General Chemistry — Chem. 1 and 3, Mathematics — Math. 10 and 11 as a mini- 
muni, Physics — Phy. 10 and 11, General Zoology — Zool. 1, General Bacteriology 
— Bact. 1, Genetics — Zool. 104, and 12 hours of a modern language, preferably 
German. 

PSYCHOLOGY 

The Department of Psychology is classed in both the Division of Biological 
Sciences and the Division of Social Sciences, and offers educational programs to 
both these fields. 

Further details on the two available undergraduate curricula in Psychology are 
given elsewhere in these pages. 

ZOOLOGY 

Two courses of study have been established as described below. At least 
thirty-five hours of zoology are required for a major in the department. Of 
these thirty-five hours at least eighteen must be at the 100 level. Zoology 14, 
15, 53, and 55S will not be counted as part of the Zoology major requirements. 
A grade of D in a course in zoology will not be counted toward completing 
the major requirements for graduation. 

Zoology 

Copies of the suggested curricula for majors in zoology who are interested 
in any phase of animal study, pre-medical training, and pre-dental training are 
available from advisers and from the zoology office. 

Courses required for all majors in zoology are: Zool. 1, 2 — General Zoology 
and Advanced General Zoology (4, 4); Zool. 5 — Comparative Vertebrate Mor- 
phology (4) ; Zool. 20 — Vertebrate Embryology (4) ; Zool. 75 or 76 — Journal 
Club (1); Zool. 102— General Animal Physiology (4); Zool. 104— Genetics (3); 
and Zool. 121 — Principles of Animal Ecology (3). 

Minor work shall consist of courses in supporting sciences as follows: Math. 
10, 11 — Algebra, Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3, 3) or Math. 18, 19 — 
(5, 5); Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4); Chem. 1, 3 — General 
Chemistry (4, 4); Organic Chemistry — Chem. 31, 32, 33, 34 (6) or Chem. 35, 36, 
37, 38 (8); and one of the following courses: Bot. 2 — Second semester of General 
Botany (4); Chem. 19 — Elements of Quantitative Analysis (4); or Math. 20, 
21— Calculus (4, 4). 

Fisheries 

The aquatic resources of Maryland offer an excellent opportunity for the 
study of fisheries and marine zoology. In addition to the courses specified for 
other majors in zoology, students interested in following the fisheries cur- 
riculum must take: Zool. 118— Invertebrate Zoology (4); Zool. 125 — Fisheries 
Biology and Management (3); Zool. 126 — Shellfisheries (3); and Zool. 127 — 
Ichthyology (3). 

The minor and supporting courses must include, in addition to those speci- 



176 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

fied above, the following: Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 19 — Ele- 
ments of Quantitative Analysis (4); German 1, 2 — Elementary German (3, 3); 
German 6, 7 — Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3). 

The student in this curriculum is also required to spend part of his summers 
iu practical work in fisheries. 

V. THE PHYSICAL SCIENCES 

Curriculum for General Physical Sciences 

This program has been prepared for the student who desires an introduc- 
tion to the physical sciences but whose interest has not yet centered in any 
one field of the physical sciences. The program includes some advanced work 
in Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics, and permits the student to emphasize 
one of these fields without having to meet the full requirements for a major 
in one specific field. The program is suitable for the pre-medical or pre-dental 
student who plans to complete the requirements for the B.S. degree before 
entering medical or dental school. This program is also suitable for the woman 
student who is interested in science and wishes to become a technical assistant 
or technical writer in one of these fields, but who does not plan to do graduate 
work. The program is not recommended for students who may later do grad- 
uate work in mathematics or in one of the physical sciences. 

The student following this program must meet the general requirements 
for a degree in the College of Arts and Sciences. He should select French 
or German to meet the foreign language requirement and Speech 7 (or Speech 
1, 2) to fulfill the requirement in Speech. 

Required introductory courses in Mathematics and the Physical Sciences: 
Mathematics 18, 19; Chemistry 1, 3; Physics 10, 11 (or 20, 21). These courses 
must be passed with an average grade of at least C for the student to be 
eligible to continue with this program. 

Required supporting courses for pre-medical or pre-dental students: The 
pre-dental student must include Zoology 1, 2 in his program and must include 
Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. The pre-medical 
student must include Zoology 1, 2, 5, 20 in his program and must include Chem- 
istry 19, 35, 36, 37, 38 in his advanced work in this program. Students interested 
in technical writing should take English 7, in addition to the courses in English 
required of all students. 

Advanced courses in Mathematics and the Physical Sciences: The student 
must complete at least 36 semester hours of advanced work selected from the 
departments of Chemistry, Mathematics, and Physics. Of these credits at 
least 18 must be at the 100 level and takon in at least two of the three depart- 
ments. The student should normally take Calculus (Math. 20, 21) inasmuch 
as practically all the advanced work in Mathematics and Physics requires 
Calculus. 

Chemistry 

The science of chemistry is so broad that completion of a well-planned 
course of undergraduate study is necessary before specialization. The cur- 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 177 

riculum outlined below describes such a course of study. The sequenc of 
courses given should be followed as closely as possible; it is realized, however, 
that some deviation from this sequence may be necessary toward the end of 
the program. All of the courses in chemistry listed, unless otherwise desig- 
nated, are required ot students majoring in chemistry. 

First Year: Chem. 1, 3 — General Chemistry (4, 4); Math. 18, 19 — Elementary 
Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); Speech 7 — Public Speaking (2). Second Year: 
Chem. 15 — Qualitative Analysis (4); Chem. 21 — Quantitative Analysis (4); 
Chem. 35, 37 — Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) ; Chem. 36, 38 — Elementary 
Organic Laboratory (2, 2); Math. 20, 21 — Calculus (4, 4); German 1, 2 — Ele- 
mentary German (3, 3). Third Year: Chem. 123 — Quantitative Analysis (4); 
Chem. 141, 143 — Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2); Chem. 144 — Advanced 
Organic Laboratory (2) ; Phys. 20, 21 — General Physics (5, 5) ; German 6, 7 — 
Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3); Electives (1-2, 2-3). Fourth Year: Chem. 
101 — Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2); Chem. 187, 189 — Physical Chemistry 
(3, 3); Chem. 188, 190— Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2); Chem. 146— 
The Identification of Organic Compounds (2); Electives (5-8, 5-8); English 7 
is strongly recommended). 

Mathematics 

This curriculum offers training in the fundamentals of Mathematics in prepara- 
tion for teaching, industrial work, or graduate work in Mathematics. 

No grade of D in the major field will be counted toward completion of the 
requirements for graduation in the mathematics curriculum. An average grade of 
C is required in the minor. 

The mathematics curriculum offers two options depending on the choice of 
electives in the Junior and Senior years. 

Pure Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include three hours in 
each of the fields of algebra and geometry. 

Applied Mathematics option. Electives in mathematics must include six hours in 
the fields of algebra and geometry, and at least six hours in the field of applied 
mathematics. Minor electives will be selected from the Physical Sciences or Engineer- 
ing in consultation with the Head of the department of Mathematics. 

Honors in Mathematics 

Students majoring in mathematics who complete freshman and sophomore courses 
in mathematics with distinction are eligible to try for honors in mathematics. To 
receive the honors degree in mathematics, a student must (1) complete the curric- 
ulum in mathematics with an average grade of B in all subjects; (2) earn a 
creditable grade in Math. 190, 191; (3) pass an honors examination in mathe- 
matics at the end of the senior year. Students who wish to try for honors in 
mathematics should apply to the Head of the Department, preferably by the 
conclusion of their sophomore year and certainly no later than the beginning 
of their senior year. 

Courses required in major: Math. 18, 19 — Elementary Mathematical Analy- 
sis (5, 5); Math. 20, 21— Calculus (4, 4); Math. 110, 1 1 1 — Advanced Calculus 
(3, 3); Math. 114— Differential Equations (3); Phys. 20, 21— General Physics 



178 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

(5, 5). The foreign language requirement should be satisfied by either German 
or French. 

Physics 

The Physics curriculum is designed for students who desire training 'in 
the fundamentals of Physics in preparation for graduate work or teaching, and 
for positions in governmental and industrial laboratories. All students must 
take as their introductory physics course either Physics 10, 11, Fundamentals 
of Physics (4, 4), or Physics 20, 21, General Physics (5, 5). After the ele- 
mentary physics course, courses specifically required as a part of the Physics 
major are Phj'sics 50, 51, Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2); Physics 52, Heat (3); 
Physics 102, Optics (3); Physics 104, 105, Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3); 
Physics 118, Introduction to Modern Physics (3); Physics 119, Modern Physics 
(3) ; and at least four credits of laboratory. The remainder of the major pro- 
gram may be selected from other available physics courses. (Students who 
wish to be recommended for graduate work in Physics must also include Physics 
106, Theoretical Mechanics (3); Physics 11}', Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3); 
Physics 120, Nuclear Physics (4) ; and Physics 122, Properties of Matter (4). 
The following courses are required as a part of the students minor: Math. 18, 
19, Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5); and Math. 20, 21, Calculus (4, 4). 
The remainder of the minor program must include six credits of 100-level 
courses selected in any allied field in accordance with the needs of the stu- 
dent. Recommended course programs are available from the Physics Depart- 
ment. Students may major in Physics only if a grade of C is attained in each 
semester of the elementary physics courses and in the required mathematics 
courses. 

VI. PRE-PROFESSIONAL CURRICULA 
COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND LAW 

Some law schools will consider only those applicants who have completed 
a four-year college program leading to the A.B. or B.S. degree. Other law 
schools, including the School of Law of the University of Maryland, will accept 
applicants who have successfully completed a three-year program of academic 
work. Law schools do not prescribe the specific courses which the student 
should take in his pre-law work, but do require that the student follow one 
of the standard programs offered by the undergraduate college. 

Four-year Program: The student who plans to complete the requirements 
for the A.B. or B.S. degree before entering law school should select one of the 
major fields for concentration. Pre-law students most commonly select one 
of the following subjects as their major: American Civilization, Economics, 
English, Government and Politics, History, Philosophy, Ps}'chology, Sociology, 
Speech. During his first two years, the pre-law student will normally follow 
the General A.B. Curriculum described earlier in these pages. During his 
junior and senior year, the pre-law student will complete the major and minor 
requirements for the A.B. degree. The requirements in the various major fields 
are described elsewhere in this catalog. 

Three-year Program: The student who plans to enter law school at the 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 179 

end of his third year should follow the General A.B. Curriculum during his first 
two years. During his junior year he will complete the requirements for a 
minor (18 semester hours) in one of the fields of concentration. He will also 
be able to take some additional courses as electives. His program for the 
first three years must include all of the basic courses required for a degree 
from the College of Arts and Sciences and a minor of 18 semester hours as 
approved by his pre-law adviser. He must earn a total of 92 academic semester 
hours, exclusive of the credits in ROTC (men), Health (women), and Physical 
Education required of all undergraduate students. 

Combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Law: The student who suc- 
cessfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described 
above and who is admitted to the School of Law of the University of Maryland 
will be eligible for the Bachelor of Arts degree after the successful completion 
of one year of full-time courses in the School of Law in Baltimore (or the 
equivalent in semester hours of work in the Evening Division of the School 
of Law). The completion of a year's work in the Law School constitutes 
the student's major. The combined program must include at least 120 academic 
semester hours, exclusive of required work in ROTC (men), Health (women), 
and Physical Activities. The student must earn at least a C average in all 
of his work at College Park, and at least a C average in 28 semester hours of 
work in the School of Law. A student who enters the combined program with 
advanced standing must complete the final 30 academic semester hours of pre- 
law work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates 
are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Arts by the Faculty of the 
College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of the 
Dean of the School of Law. 

The course of study at the School of Law requires three years of full- 
time work for completion. Students who successfully complete the program 
are awarded, the degree of Bachelor of Laws. 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND DENTISTRY 

Candidates for admission to dental schools should normally plan to take 
at least a three-year undergraduate program. Although the School of Dentistry 
of the University of Maryland considers some applications from students with 
only two years of undergraduate preparation, it requires three years of the 
great majority of its candidates and expects these candidates to meet the full 
requirements of the combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry as 
described below. 

Certain science courses are- prescribed for all candidates for dental school: 
Zoology 1, 2; Chemistry 1, 3, 35, 36, 37, 38: Mathematics 10, 11 (or 18, 19); 
Physics 10, 11 (or 20, 21). These courses must be included in any pre-dental 
program. The student who wishes to be a candidate at the end of his second 
year must complete all of these courses during the first two years. All require- 
ments must be completed by June of the year in which the student expects to 
enter dental school. 

Neither successful completion of a pre-dental program nor of degree re- 
quirements guarantees admission to a dental school. All dental schools, includ- 



180 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

ing that of the University of Maryland, have their own admission requirements 
and procedures. Dental Schools expect candidates to attain an academic 
average substantially higher than the minimum average required for graduation 
from college. Through its pre-dental advisers and its Committee on the Eval- 
uation of Pre-Dental Students this college attempts to assist its applicants 
with their problems. 

Four-year program: The student electing this program should select one 
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. Pre-dental stu- 
dents following the four-year program most commonly select one of the follow- 
ing subjects as their major field: Bacteriology, General Biological Sciences, 
General Physical Sciences, Psychology, Zoology. These programs are described 
elsewhere in this catalog. However, a student may meet dental school require- 
ments in most of the majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences, pro- 
vided that he includes in his program the science courses specifically prescribed 
by dental schools. The student's pre-dental adviser will assist the student in 
planning a program which will meet both the dental school requirements and 
also the requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree. 

Three-year program: The student electing to follow this program must 
complete all the courses specifically required by the dental school. He must 
earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits in ROTC 
(men), Health (women), and Physical Activities required of all undergraduate 
students. He must complete a minor (18 semester hours) as approved by 
his pre-dental adviser. He must follow very carefully the program as outlined 
below: 

Freshman year: English 1, 2; Zoology 1, 2; Chemistry 1, 3; Mathematics 
10, 11; ROTC (men); Health 2, 4 (women); Physical Activities. 

Sophomore year : English 3, 4 or S, 6 ; Sociology 1 ; Government and Poli- 
tics 1; Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38; History 5, 6; Foreign Language (French or 
German or Latin); ROTC (men); Physical Activities. 

Note: Students planning to apply for admission to Dental School at the 
end of the second year must take Physics 10, 11, in place of History 5, 6. The 
student who takes the two-year program will not be eligible for the Bachelor of 
Science degree. 

Junior year: Physics 10, 11; Foreign Language (continued); Speech 7; 
minor courses as approved by a pre-dental adviser; electives. 

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to a four-year 
program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program accord- 
ingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in cer- 
tain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student to 
be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior and 
senior year. 

Combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Dentistry: The student who 
successfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described 
above and who is admitted to the School of Dentistry of the University of 
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 181 

completion of the first year in the School of Dentistry. The completion of a 
year's work in the School of Dentistry constitutes the student's major. The 
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive 
of required work in ROTC (men), Health (women), and Physical Activities. 
The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences and of 
the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters the combined pro- 
gram with advanced standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of pre- 
dental work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible candidates 
are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by the Faculty of the 
College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommendation of the Dean 
of the School of Dentistry. 

The course of study at the School of Dentistry requires four years for 
completion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded the 
degree of Doctor of Dental Surgery. 

COMBINED PROGRAM IN ARTS AND SCIENCES AND MEDICINE 

The student planning to request admission to a medical school must pursue 
a course of study which meets the requirements prescribed by the Council of 
Medical Education of the American Medical Association and those added or 
recommended by the particular medical school of his choice. 

Some medical schools will consider only those applicants who will have 
completed a four-year college program and will have earned the A.B. or B.S. 
degree at the time of entrance into medical school. Other medical schools will 
consider applicants who will have completed three years of college work. The 
School of Medicine of the University of Maryland accepts some candidates who 
will have completed only three years of college work but looks with more favor 
upon the four-year program for most students. Both the four-year program 
and the three-year program are described below. In both programs all required 
science courses must be completed by June of the year in which the student 
expects to enter medical school. 

Neither successful completion of a pre-medical program nor of degree re- 
quirements guarantees admission to any medical school. All medical schools, 
including that of the University of Maryland, have their own admission require- 
ments and procedures. Medical schools expect candidates to have attained an 
academic average substantially higher than the minimum average required for 
graduation from college. Through its Committee on the Evaluation of Pre- 
medical Students this college attempts to assist its applicants with their problems. 

Four-year Program: The student electing this program should select one 
of the major fields in which the A.B. or B.S. degree is offered. In addition to 
meeting all general degree requirements and the specific requirements of the 
major selected, the pre-medical student must include in his program the follow- 
ing required pre-medical courses: Zoology 1, 2, 5, 20: Chemistry 1, 3, 19, 35, 36, 
37, 38: Mathematics 10, 11 (or 18, 19): Physics 10, 11 (or 20, 21). 

Pre-medical students, following the four-year program, most commonly 
select one of the following subjects as their major field: Bacteriology, General 
Physical Sciences, Psychology, Zoology. These programs are described else- 



182 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

where in this catalog. However, a student may meet medical school require- 
ments in most of the majors offered in the College of Arts and Sciences, pro- 
vided that he includes in his program the individual courses specifically pre- 
scribed by medical schools. The student's pre-medical adviser will assist the 
student in planning a program which will meet both the medical school requir- 
ments and also the requirements for the A.B. or B.S. degree. 

Three-year program: The student electing to follow this program must 
complete all of the courses specifically required by the medical school. He must 
earn a total of 90 academic semester hours in addition to the credits in ROTC. 
(men), Health, (women), and Physical Activities required of all undergraduate 
students. He must follow very carefully the program as outlined below : 

Freshman 3-ear: English 1, 2; Government and Politics 1; Sociology 1; 
Mathematics 10, 11; Chemistry 1, 3; Zoology 1, 2: ROTC (men); Health 2, 4 
(women) ; Physical Activities. 

Sophomore year: English 3, 4 or 5, 6; Chemistry 35, 36, 37, 38; Zoology 5, 
20; Foreign Language (French or German or Latin); ROTC (men); Physical 
Activities. 

Junior year: History 5, 6; Foreign Language (continued); Chemistry 19; 
Physics 10, 11; Speech 7; Psychology 1; minor courses as approved by the pre- 
medical adviser. 

Any student who begins the three-year program may change to the four- 
year program by making a choice of a major field and adjusting his program 
accordingly. However, the student is warned that some courses necessary in 
certain majors must be taken in the sophomore year in order for the student 
to be eligible for the more advanced courses in that field given in the junior 
and senior years. The majority of students would therefore be wise to plan 
a four-year program on entrance and not attempt the highly concentrated three- 
year program. 

Combined degree in Arts and Sciences and Medicine: The student who suc- 
cessfully completes the three-year program (including the minor) described 
above and who is admitted to the School of Medicine of the University of 
Maryland will be eligible for the Bachelor of Science degree after successful 
completion of the first year in the School of Medicine. The completion of a 
year's work in the School of Medicine constitutes the student's major. The 
combined program must include at least 120 academic semester hours, exclusive 
of the required work in ROTC (men). Health (women), and Physical Activities. 
The qualitative grade requirements of the College of Arts and Sciences and of 
the University must also be fulfilled. A student who enters the combined pro- 
gram with advanced standing must complete the final 30 semester hours of 
pre-medical work in residence in the College of Arts and Sciences. Eligible 
candidates are recommended for the degree of Bachelor of Science by the 
Faculty of the College of Arts and Sciences upon the concurrent recommenda- 
tion of the Dean of the School of Medicine. 

The course of study at the School of Medicine requires four years for com- 
pletion. Students who successfully complete the program are awarded the de- 
gree of Doctor of Medicine. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 18.1 



Senior Year 



The curriculum of the first year of the School of Medicine of the University 
of Maryland is accepted by the College of Arts and Sciences as the fourth year 
(major sequence) of academic work toward the degree. 

If at the beginning of the Senior Year the student decides to postpone his 
entrance to Medical School and to remain in the College of Arts and Sciences 
and complete work for the Bachelor's Degree, he must choose a major. 
Because of the general nature of the first three years of his curriculum, the 
student has open to him a wide choice of departments in which he may specialize. 

AMERICAN CIVILIZATION 

Committee on American Civilization ; Professor Bode, 
Executive Secretary; Professors Gewehr, Hoffsommer, Murphy, Plischke. 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilteation (3, 3). 
First and second semesters. 

Four American classics (drawn from Gelds of tbe departments of English, Govern- 
ment and Folities, History, and Sociology, which cooperate in the program) are studied 
each semester. Specialists from the appropriate departments lecture on these books. 
For this academic year the classics are: Franklin's Autobiography, i»e Tocqueville's 
Democracy in America, Scblesinger's The A<ie of Jackson, and Thoreau's Walden; for the 
second semester, Twain's The Adventure* of Huckleberry Finn, Ilowells' The Rise of Silas 
Lapham, the Lynda' Mid&letoicv,, and Myrdal's An American Dilemma. Through these 
books and the lectures on them, the student's acquaintance with American culture is 
brought to a focus. 

This course is required for seniors majoring in the American Civilization program. 
The course also counts as major credit in any of the four cooperating departments ; a 
student may take either or both semesters. (Bode and cooperating specialists.) 

The student majoring in American Civilization can obtain his other courses prin- 
cipally from the offerings of the departments of English, History, Government and Politics, 
and Sociology. 

ART 

Professor Wharton; Associate Professors Siegler, Lembach; Assistant Professor 
Maril; Instructors Grubar and Stites. 

Art. 1. Charcoal Drawing (Basic Course) (3) — Three two-hour laboratory 
periods per week. (Siegler.) 

Drawing from casts, preparatory to Life and Portrait drawing and painting. Stress 
is placed on fundamental principles, such as the study of relative proportions, values, and 
modeling, etc. 

Art 2. Charcoal Drawing (3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. 
Drawing from model, (head and figure) with emphasis on structure and move- 
ment. (Siegler.) 

Art 3. Rendering (1) — One two-hour laboratory period per week. 

Methods of rendering architectural and landscape architectural drawings. Included 
are : techniques of monotone wash, water color, and the use of perspective, shades, and 
shadows. (Stites.) 

Art. 5, 6. Still-life (3, 3) — One lecture hour and five laboratory hours per 
week. 



184 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Art 5 — Basic Course devoted to elementary theory and practice of drawing and color. 
Methods of linear and tonal description with emphasis on perspective and form prin- 
ciples. Second half semester, elementary theory and practice oil painting. Elementary 
theory and practice of composition introduced and utilized. Art 6, advanced problems 
with different media. (Lembach.) 

Art 7, 8. Landscape Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Drawing and painting; organization of landscape material with emphasis on com- 
positional structure. (Maril.) 

Art 9. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

An understanding of the cultures from Prehistoric times to the Renaissance, as 
expressed through painting, sculpture, and architecture. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 10. History of American Art (1). 

A resume of the development of painting, sculpture and architecture in this country. 

(Grubar.) 

Art 11. Historical Survey of Painting, Sculpture, and Architecture (3). 

Designed to continue the survey begun in Art 9. The course is concerned with the 
development of painting, sculpture, and architecture from the Renaissance to the present 
day. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art 13, 14. Elementary Sculpture (2, 2) — Two two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. 

Study of three-dimensional compositions in round and bas-relief. Mediums used : 
clay, plasteline. 

Art 15. Fundamentals of Art (3) — Three two hour laboratory periods per 
week. 

This course emphasizes the fundamental principles of the creative, visual arts for 
those wishing to teach. It includes elements and principles of design, perspective, and 
theory of color. Studio practice is given in the use and application of different media. 

(Lembacb.) 

Art 20. Art Appreciation (2). 

An introduction to the technical and aesthetic problems of the artist. The student 
becomes acquainted with the elements that go into a work of the visual arts. He is 
made aware of the underlying structure that results in the "wholeness" of an art work. 
He will see examples (original and reproductions) of masterpieces of art. (Lembach.) 

Art 100, 101. Art Appreciation (2, 2). 

This course enables students to get a basis for understanding works of art. It 
investigates the forms and backgrounds of painting, sculpture and architecture. (Grubar.) 

Art 102, 103. Creative Painting (3, 3) — Three two-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, and 7. 

Assignments of pictorial compositions aimed at both mural decoration and easel 
picture problems. The formal values in painting are integrated with the student's own 
desire for personal expression. (Maril.) 

Art 104, 105. Life Class (Drawing and Painting, Intermediate) (3, 3) — 

Three two-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Careful observation and study of the human figure for construction, action, form, and 
color. (Siegler.) 

Art 106, 107. Portrait Class (Drawing and Painting) (3, 3)— One lecture 
hour and five laboratory hours per week. Prerequisites, Art 1 and 5. 

Thorough draftmanship and study of characterization and design stressed. (Wharton.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 185 

Art. 108, 109. Modern Art (2, 2). 

A survey of the developments in various schools of modern art. Works of art 
analyzed according to their intrinsic values and in their historical background. Col- 
lections of Washington and Baltimore are utilized. (Grubar.) 

Art 113, 114. Illustration (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. Prerequisites, Art 1, 5, 104. 

This course is designed for the purpose of channeling line art training into practical 
fields, thereby preparing the student; to meeet the modern commercial advertising prob- 
lems. Special emphasis will bo placed upon magazine and book illustrating. (Siegler.) 

Art 115, 116. Still Life Painting (Advanced) (3, 3)— Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 6. 

This course is for those who have completed Art and wish to specialize in Still Life 
1'ainting. (Wharton.) 

Art 154, 155. Life Drawing and Painting (Advanced) (3, 3) — Three two- 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art. 105. 

This course is for those who have completed Art 105 and wish to develop greater 
proficiency in the use of the figure in creative work. (Siegler.) 

Art 156, 157. Portrait Painting (Advanced) (3, 3)— Two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Art 106, 107. 

This course is for those who have completed 106, 107 and wish to specialize in por- 
traiture. (Wharton.) 

Art 170, 171. History of Ancient Painting (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Art 9. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts from the prehistoric to the 

Roman period. (Grubar.) 

Art 174. History of Ancient Architecture (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Art 9. 

The evolution of architectural styles from prehistoric through Roman periods includ- 
ing the practical, structural, artistic, and cultural aspects. (Stites.) 

Art. 180. History of Medieval Architecture (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Art 9. 

A continuation of Art 174 including the evolution of architectural styles from the 

Early Christian through the Gothic period. (Stites.) 

Art. 185, 186. Renaissance and Baroque Art in Italy (2, 2). Prerequisite, 
Art 11. 

The first term is concerned with the emergence and development of Renaissance 
painting, sculpture, and architecture through the first quarter of the 16th century. In 
the second term Mannerism and the Baroque phases are discussed. (Grubar and Stites.) 

Art. 188, 189. History of 16th and 17 Century Painting (2, 2)— Prerequisite, 
Art. 11. 

A study of the development of painting and related arts. The first semester study 
will center on Italian painting in the 16th and 17th centuries and the emergence of 
Baroque style. During the second semester, the paintings of France, Spain, England, and 
the Low Countries will be considered. (Grubar.) 

Art 190, 191. Special Problems in Art (3, 3) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Permission of Department Head. 

Designed to offer the advanced nit student speei.il instruction in arens not offered 
regularly by the Department. (Staff.) 



186 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

BACTERIOLOGY 

Professors Faber, Hansen, Pelczar; Visiting Professors Hilleman, Warren; 
Associate Professors Laffer, Doetsch; Lecturer Kent. 

Bact. 1. General Bacteriology (4) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 

The physiology, culture and differentiation of bacteria. Fundamental principles of 
microbiology in relation to man and his environment. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 5. Advanced General Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Summer 
school. Two lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, Bact. 1 and Chem. 3. 

Emphasis will be given to the fundamental procedures and techniques used in the 
field of bacteriology. Lectures will consist of the explanation of various procedures. 
Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 51. Household Bacteriology (3) — Second semester. Two lecture and 
one two-hour laboratory periods a week. For home economics students only. 

Morphology and Physiology of the bacteria, yeasts, and molds. Application of the 
effect of chemical and physical agents in the control of microbial growth. Relationship 
of microbiology to home sanitation, food preservation and manufacture ; personal and 
community hygiene. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 55. Sanitary Bacteriology for Engineers (2) — First semester. One 
lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week. For junior and senior stu- 
dents in engineering only. 

Discussion of the fundamental principles of bacteriology and their relationship to 
water supply, sewage disposal, and other sanitary problems. Demonstration of these 
principles in the laboratory. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 

Bact. 60, 62. Bacteriological Literature (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture period a week. Prerequisite, a major in bacteriology with junior 
standing. Introduction to periodical literature, methods, interpretation and 
presentation of reports. (Doetsch.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Bact. 101. Pathogenic Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 5. 

The role of microorganisms in the diseases of man and animals with emphasis upon 
the differentiation and culture of bacterial species, types of disease, modes of disease 
transmission ; prophylactic, therapeutic and epidemiological aspects. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Faber.) 

Bact. 103. Serology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two two-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101. 

Infection and resistance ; principles and types of immunity ; hypersensitiveness. Fun- 
damental techniques of major diagnostic immunological reactions and their application. 
Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 104. History of Bacteriology (1) — First semester. One lecture period 
a week. Prerequisite, a major or minor in bacteriology. 

History and integration of the fundamental discoveries of the science. The modern 
aspects of cytology, taxonomy, fermentation, and immunity in relation to early theories. 

(Doetsch.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 187 

Bact. 105. Clinical Methods (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A practical course designed to Integrate clinical laboratory procedures in terms of 
hospital and public health demands. Examination of sputum, feces, blood, spinal fluids, 

urine, etc. Laboratory lee, $10.00. (Faber.) 

Bact. 108. Epidemiology and Public Health (2) — Second semester. Two 
lecture periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

History, characteristic features, and epidemiology of the Important communicable 
diseases; public health aspects Of man's struggle for existence; public health administra- 
tion and responsibilities; vital statistics. (Faber.) 

Bact. 121. Advanced Methods (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

The application of specialized equipment and teebnics for analysis of bacteriological 
problems. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen and I'clczaf.) 

Bact. 131. Food and Sanitary Bacteriology. (4) — Second semester. Two 
lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The relationship of microorganisms to fresh and preserved food and methods of 
control. Bacteriological and public health aspects of water supplies and sewage disposal, 
restaurant and plant sanitation, insect and rodent control. Laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Laffer.) 

Bact. 133. Dairy Bacteriology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

Relation of bacteria, yeasts, and molds to milk, cream, butter, ice cream, cheese, and 
other dairy products. Standard methods of examination, public health requirements, plant 
sanitation. Occasional inspection trips. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Doetsch.) 

Bact. 135. Soil Bacteriology (4) — Second semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 1. 

The role played by microorganisms in the soil ; nitrification, denitrification, nitrogen- 
fixation, and decomposition processes ; cycles of elements ; relationships of microorganisms 
to soil fertility. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 161. Systematic Bacteriology (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods 
a week. Prerequisite, 8 credits in bacteriology. 

History of bacterial classification ; genetic relationships ; international codes of nomen- 
clature ; bacterial variation as it affects classification. (Hansen.) 

Bact. 181. Bacteriological Problems (3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School. Prerequisites, 16 credits in bacteriology. Registration only 
upon the consent of the instructor. 

Ths course is arranged to provide qualified majors in bacteriology and majors in 
allied fields an opportunity to pursue specific bacteriological problems under the super- 
vision of a member of the department. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Staff.) 



For Graduates 

Bact. 201. Medical Mycology (4) — First semester. Two lecture and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology 
and allied fields. 

Primarily a study of the fungi associated with disease and practice in the methods 
of isolation and identification. Laboratory fee, $10.00. (Laffer.) 



188 UNIVERSITY ()!■ MARYLAND 

Bact. 202. Genetics of Microorganisms (2) — Second semester. Two lec- 
ture periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

An introduction to genetic principles and methodology applicable to micro-organisms. 

(Hansen.) 

Bact. 204. Bacterial Metabolism (2) — First semester. Two lecture periods a 
week. Prerequisite, 30 credits in bacteriology and allied fields, including Chem. 
161 and 162. 

Bacterial enzymes, nutrition of autotrophic and heterotrophic bacteria, bacterial 
growth factors, dissimilation of carbohydrate and nitrogenous substrates. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 206, 208. Special Topics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, 20 credits in bacteriology. 

Presentation and discussion of fundamental problems and special subjects in the field 
of bacteriology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 210. Virology (1) — Second semester. One lecture period a week. 
Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 

Characteristics and general properties of viruses and rickettsiae. (Warren.) 

Bact. 211. Virology Laboratory (2) — Second semester. One lecture and 

one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 101 or equivalent. 
Registration only upon consent of instructor. 

Laboratory methods in virology. Laboratory fee, $20.00. (Hillernan.) 

Bact. 214. Advanced Bacterial Metabolism (1) — Second semester. One 
lecture period a week. Prerequisite, Bact. 204 and consent of instructor. 

A discussion of recent advances in the field of bacterial metabolism with emphasis 
on metabolic pathways of microorganisms. (Pelczar.) 

Bact. 215. Tissue Culture (2) — First semester. Two three-hour laboratory 
periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 

A study of the principles of tissue culture. Laboratory fee, $20.00. 

Bact. 280. Seminar-Research Methods (1) — First semester. 
Discussions and reports prepared by majors in bacteriology engaged in current re- 
search ; presentations of selected subjects dealing with recent advances in microbiology. 

(Staff.) 

Bact. 282. Seminar-Bacteriological Literature (1) — Second semester. Pre- 
sentation and discussion of current literature in microbiology. (Staff.) 

Bact. 291. Research — First and second semesters. Summer School. 

Credits according to work done. The investigation is outlined in consultation with 
and pursued under the supervision of a senior staff member of the department. Labora- 
tory fee, $10.00. (Staff.) 



BOTANY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Botany as a major 
field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. For a 
description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 189 

CHEMISTRY 

Professors Drake, Pratt, Lippincott, Reeve, Rollinson, Svirbely, Veitch, White, 

Woods; Research Professors, Bailey, Michels, Shepard, Slawsky; Associate 

Professors, Brown, Jansen, Mason, Pickard, Schamp, Stuntz; Assistant 

Professors Aldridge, Carruthers, Dewey, Jaquith. 

Laboratory fees in Chemistry are $10.00 per laboratory course per semester. 

A. Analytical Chemistry 

Chem. 15. Qualitative Analysis (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

Chem. 19. Elements of Quantitative Analysis (4) — First and second se- 
mesters. Summer School. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods 
per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 3. 

An Introduction to the basic theory and techniques of volumetric and gravimetric 
analysis. Primarily for students in engineering, agriculture, pie-medical, and pre-dental 
curricula 

Chem. 21. Quantitative Analysis (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 15. 

An intensive study of the theory and techniques of inorganic quantitative analysis, 
covering primarily volumetric methods. Required of all students majoring in chemistry. 

Chem. 123. Quantitative Analysis (4) — First semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 21. 

A continuation of Chem. 21, including volumetric, gravimetric, electrometric, and 
colorimetric methods. Required of all students majoring in chemistry. 

Chem. 166, 167. Food Analysis (3, 3) — First and second semesters. On» 
lecture and two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
33, 34. 

Chem. 206, 208. Spectrographic Analysis (1, 1) — One three-hour laboratory 
period per week. Registration limited. Prerequisite, Chem. 190, and consent 
of the instructor. (White.) 

Chem. 221, 223. Chemical Microscopy (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
One lecture and one three-hour laboratory period per week. Registration 
limited. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Chem. 221 is a prerequisite for 
Chem. 223. 

A study of the use of the microscope in chemistry. Chem. 223 is devoted to 
study of the optical properties of crystals. (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 226, 228. Advanced Quantitative Analysis (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent 
of instructor. 

A study of advanced methods chosen to meeet the needs of the individual. . (Stuntz.) 

Chem. 266. Biological Analysis (2) — Second semester. Two three-hour 
laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19, 33, 34. 
A study of analytical methods applied to biological material. 



190 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B. Biochemistry 

Chem. 41. Chemistry of Textiles (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34. 
A study of the chemistry of the principal textile fibers. 

Chem. 81. General Biochemistry (2) — First semester. Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 33, 34, or Chem. 37, 38. 

This course is designed primarily for students in home economics. Chem. 82 MUST 
be taken concurrently. 

Chem. 82. General Biochemistry Laboratory (2) — First semester. Two 
three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 34, or Chem. 38. 
A course designed to accompany Chem. 81. 

Chem. 161, 163. Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 33, or Chem. 37. 

This course is designed primarily for students in agriculture, bacteriology, or chem- 
istry, and for those students in home economics who need a more extensive course of 
biochemistry than Chem. 81, 82. 

Chem. 162, 164. Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 34, 
or Chem. 38. 

Chem. 261, 263. Advanced Biochemistry (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 143, or consent of the instructor. 

(Veitch.) 

Chem. 262, 264. Advanced Biochemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and 
second semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, 
consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

« 

Chem. 265. Enzymes (2) — First semester. Two lectures per week. Pre- 
requisite, Chem. 163. (Veitch.) 

Chem. 268. Special Problems in Biochemistry (2-4) — First and second 
semesters. Two to four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 161, 162, and consent of the instructor. (Veitch.) 

C. Inorganic and General Chemistry 

Chem. 1, 3. General Chemistry (4, 4) — First and second semesters. Chem. 
3, Summer School. Two lectures, one quiz, and two two-hour laboratory pe- 
riods per week. 

Chem. 11, 13. General Chemistry (3, 3) — Two lectures and one three-hour 
laboratory period per week. 

An abbreviated course in general ehemistry for stu'dents in home economics and 
pre-Hursing. This course is open only to students registered in home economics and 
pre-nursing. 

Chem. 101. Advanced Inorganic Chemistry (2) — Second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 123, 37. 

(One or more courses of the group 201-239 will be offered each semester depending 
an demand.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 191 

Chem. 111. Chemical Principles (4) — Two lectures and two three-hour lab- 
oratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chem. 1 and 3, or equivalent. Not open 
to students seeking a major in the physical sciences, since the course content 
is covered elsewhere in their curriculum. (Jaquith.) 

A course In the principles of chemistry with accompanying laboratory work consisting 
of simple quantitative experiments. (Credit applicable only toward degree in College of 
Education.) 

Chem. 201, 203. The Chemistry of the Rarer Elements (2, 2)— First and 
6econd semesters. Two lectures per week. (White.) 

Chem. 202, 204. Advanced Inorganic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Chem. 205. Radiochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 207. Chemistry of Coordination Compounds (2) — Two lectures per 
week. (Rollinson.) 

Chem. 209. Non-Aqueous Inorganic Solvents (2) — First or second semester. 
Two lectures per week. (Jaquith.) 

Chem. 210. Radiochemistry Laboratory (1-2) — One or two four-hour lab- 
oratory periods per week.' Registration limited. Prerequisites, Chem. 205 (or 
concurrent registration therein), and consent of instructor. (Rollinson.) 

D. Organic Chemistry 

Chem. 31, 33. Elements of Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3. 

Organic chemistry for students in agriculture, bacteriology, and home economics. 

Chem. 32, 34. Elements of Organic Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second 
semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 
31, 33, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 35, 37. Elementary Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Chem. 37, Summer School. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, 
Chem. 1, 3. 

A course for chemists, chemical engineers, pre>niedical students, and predental students. 

Chem. 36, 38. Elementary Organic Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Chem. 38, Summer School. Two three-hour laboratory periods par 
week. Prerequisites, Chem. 35, 37, or concurrent registration therein. 

Chem. 141, 143. Advanced Organic Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 37, 38. 
An advanced study of the compounds of carbon. 

Chem. 144. Advanced Organic Laboratory (2-4) — Second semester. Sum- 
mer School. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prere- 
quisites, Chem. 37, 38. 

Chem. 146, 148. 'Phe Identification of Organic Compounds (2, 2) — First 
and second semesters. Summer School. Two three-hour laboratory periods 



192 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143, or concurrent registration therein. 
The systematic Identification of organic compounds. 

Chem. 150. Organic Quantitative Analysis (2) — First and second semesters. 
Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of the 
instructor. (Aldridge.) 

The semi-micro determination of carhon, hydrogen, nitrogen, halogen and certain 
functional groups. 

This course may be substituted for Chem. 144 in the chemistry major curriculum. 

(One or more courses from the following group, 240-253, will customarily be offered 
each semester.) 

Chem. 240. Organic Chemistry of High Polymers (2) — First semester. 

An advanced course covering the synthesis of monomers, mechanisms of polymeriza- 
tion, and the correlation between structure and properties in high polymers. Pre- 
requisites, Chem. 141 and 143. 

Chem. 241. Stereochemistry (2) — Two lectures per week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 245. The Chemistry of the Steroids (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pratt.) 

Chem. 249. Physical Aspects of Organic Chemistry (2) — Two lectures per 
week. (Woods.) 

Chem. 251. The Heterocylics (2) — Two lectures per week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 253. Organic Sulfur Compounds (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Dewey.) 

Chem. 254. Advanced Organic Preparation (2 to 4) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Two or four three-hour laboratory periods per 
week. (Pratt.) 

Chem. 258. The Identification of Organic Compounds, an Advanced Course 

(2 to 4) — First and second semesters. Summer School. Two to four three- 
hour laboratory periods per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 141, 143 or concurrent 
registration therein. (Pratt.) 

E. Physical Chemistry 

Chem. 181, 183. Elements of Physical Chemistry (2, 2) — First and second 

semesters. Two lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 1, 3; Phys. 10, 11; Math. 
10, 11; Chem. 19. 

A course intended primarily for premedical students and students In the biological 
sciences. This course must be accompanied by Chem. 182, 184. 

Chem. 182, 184. Elements of Physical Chemistry Laboratory (1, 1)— First 
and second semesters. One three-hour laboratory period per week. May be 
taken ONLY when accompanied by Chem. 181, 183. 

The course Includes quantitative experiments illustrating the principles studied in 
Chem. 181, 183. 

Chem. 187, 189. Physical Chemistry (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures per week. Prerequisites, Chem. 19 or 21; Phys. 20, 21; Math. 
20, 21 ; or consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 193 

A course primarily for chemists and chemical engineers. This course must be accom- 
panied by Chem. 188, 190. 

Chem. 188, 190. Physical Chemistry Laboratory (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Two three-hour laboratory periods per week. 
A laboratory course for Btadentfl taking Chem. 1S7, 189. 

Chem. 192, 194. Glassblowing Laboratory (1, 1) — First and second semes- 
ters. Summer School. One three-hour laboratory period per week. Prerequi- 
site, consent of instructor. (Carruthers) 

The common prerequisites for the following courses are Chem. 187 and 189, or their 
equivalent. One or more courses of the group, 2S1 through 323, will be offered each 
semester depending on demand. 

Chem. 281. Theory of Solutions (2) — First or second semester. Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 285. Colloid Chemistry (2)— Two lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 287. Infra-red and Raman Spectroscopy (2) — Two lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Lippincott.) 

Chem. 289. Selected Topics in Advanced Colloid Chemistry (2) — Two 
lectures per week. Prerequisite, Chem. 285. 

Chem. 295. Heterogenous Equilibria (2) — Two lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 299. Reaction Kinetics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 303. Electrochemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 304. Electrochemistry Laboratory (2) — Two three-hour laboratory 
periods per week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Svirbely.) 

Chem. 307. Chemical Thermodynamics (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Pickard.) 

Chem. 311. Physicochemical Calculations (2) — Offered in summer session 
only. (Pickard.) 

Chem. 313. Molecular Structure (3)— Three lectures per week. 

(Brown.) 

Chem. 317. Chemical Crystallography (3) — Three lectures per week. Pre- 
requisite, consent of Instructor. 

A detailed treatment of single crystal X-ray methods. (Brown.) 

Chem. 321. Quantum Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per week. Prere- 
quisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Lippincott.) 

Chem. 323. Statistical Mechanics and Chemistry (3) — Three lectures per 
week. Prerequisite, Chem. 307, or equivalent. (Brown.) 

F. Seminar and Research 

Chem. 351. Seminar (1) — First and second semesters. (Staff.) 



194 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Chem. 360. Research — First and second semesters, summer session. 

(Staff.) 

CLASSICAL LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professor Avery 

The following schedule will apply in general in determining the course level 
at which students will register for Latin and Greek. All students whose stage 
of achievement is not represented below are urgently invited to confer with the 
head of the department. 

Students offering or 1 unit of Latin will register for course 1. 
Students offering 2 units of Latin will register for course 3. 
Students offering 3 units of Latin will register for course 4. 
Students offering 4 units of Latin will register for course 5. 

No credit will be given for less than two semesters of Elementary Latin or 
Greek except as provided below in the course description of Latin 1, 2. 

Latin 

Latin 1, 2. Elementary Latin (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Latin 
2, Summer School. 

The essentials of Latin grammar, exercises in translation, composition, and con- 
nected reading. A student who has had two units of Latin in high school may register 
for Latin 1 for purposes of review, hut not for credit; however, he may, under certain 
conditions, register for Latin 2 for credit with departmental permission. (Avery.) 

Latin 3. Intermediate Latin (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Latin 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Grammar review, Latin readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the 
reading of selections from Caesar's Commentaries on the Gallic War. (Avery.) 

Latin 4. Intermediate Latin (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Latin 3 or equivalent. 

Selected orations of Cicero. (Avery.) 

Latin 5. Vergil's Aeneid (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Latin 4 or equivalent. 

Selections from Vergil's Aeneid. (Avery.) 

Latin 51. Horace (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 5 or equivalent. 
Selected Odes and Epodes of Horace. (Avery.) 

Latin 52. Livy (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Latin 51 or equivalent. 
Selections from Livy's history. (Avery.) 

Latin 61. Pliny's Letters (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Latin 52 
or equivalent. 

Selected letters of Pliny the Younger. (Avery.) 

Latin 70. Greek and Roman Mythology (3) — First and second semesters, 
Summer School. Taught in English, no prerequisite. . . . 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 19S 

A systematic study of the divinities of ancient Greece and Rome and thr classical 
myths concerning them. (Avery.) 

NOTE: — This course is particularly recommended for students planning to major in 
Foreign Languages, English, History, the Fine Arts, and Journalism. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Latin 101. Catullus and the Roman Elegiac Poets (3). 

Lectures and readings on Catullus as a writer of lyric, an imitator of the Alex- 
andrians, and as a writer of elegy, and on Tibullus, 1'ropertius, and Ovid as elegists. 
The reading of selected poems of the four authors. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 102. Tacitus (3). 

Lectures and readings on Creek and Roman historiography before Tacitus and on 
the author as a writer of history. The reading of selections from the Annals and His- 
tories. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 103. Roman Satire (3). 

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman satire. The read- 
ing of selections from the satires of Horace, I'etronius' Cena Trimalehlonls, and the 
satires of Juvenal. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 104. Roman Comedy (3). 

Lectures and readings on the origins and development of Roman comedy. The reading 
of selected plays of Plautus and Terence. Reports. (Avery.) 

Latin 105. Lucretius (3). 

Lectures and readings on Creek and Roman Epicureanism. The reading of selections 
from the De rerum natura. Reports. (Avery.) 

For Graduates 

Latin 210. Vulgar Latin Readings (3) — First and second semesters, Sum- 
mer School. 

An intensive review of the phonology, morphology, and syntax of Classical Latin, 
followed by the study of the deviations of Vulgar Latin from the classical norms, -with 
the reading of illustrative texts. The reading of selections from the Peregrinatio ad 
loca sancta and the study of divergences from classical usage therein, with special 
emphasis on those which anticipate subsequent developments in the Romance Languages. 
Reports. (Avery.) 

Greek 

Greek 1, 2. Elementary Greek (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The essentials of Greek grammar, exercises in translation, composition, and connected 
reading. (Avery.) 

Greek 3. Intermediate Greek (3)— First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 1 
and 2 or equivalent. 

Grammar review, Greek readings, and exercises in composition, followed by the read- 
ing of selections from the Anabasis of Xenophon. (Avery.) 

Greek 4. Intermediate Greek (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 
3 or equivalent. 

Selections from the Odyssey of Homer. See Greek 6. (Avery.) 



196 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Greek 5. Herodotus (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 4 or equivalent. 
Selections from Herodotus' history of the Persian Wars. (Avery.) 

Greek 6. The New Testament (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 

3 or equivalent. Greek 6 will be substituted for Greek 4 upon demand of a 
sufficient number of students. 

The study of New Testament Greek and its deviations from Classical Greek. The 
reading of selections from the four Gospels. (Avery.) 

Greek 51. Euripides (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Greek 5 or equiv- 
alent. 

Selected plays of Euripides. (Avery.) 

Greek 52. Plato (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Greek 51 or equivalent. 
Selected dialogues of Plato. (Avery.) 

COMPARATIVE LITERATURE 

Professors Aldridge, Falls, Goodwyn, Harman, Murphy, Prahl, Zeeveld, Zucker; 
Lecturer McManaway; Associate Professors Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Weber; 
Assistant Professors Andrews, Gravely, Parsons. 

Requirements for major include Comparative Literature 101, 102. Com 
parative Literature courses may be counted toward a major or minor in English 
when recommended by the student's major adviser. 

Comp. Lit. 1. Greek Poetry (2) — First semester. 

Homer's Iliad and Odyssey, with special emphasis on the literary form and the 
historical and mythological background. 

Comp. Lit. 2. Later European Epic Poetry (2) — Second semester 
Virgil's Aeneid, Dante's Divine Comedy, Nibelungenlied and other European epics, 
with special emphasis on their relationship to and comparison with the Greek epic. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Comp. Lit 101, 102. Introductory Survey of Comparative Literature (3, 3) 

— First semester: Survey of the background of European literature through 
study of Greek and Latin literature in English translations, discussing the debt 
of modern literature to the ancients. Second semester: Study of medieval and 
modern Continental literature. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 103. The Old Testament as Literature (3) — Second semester. 
A study of the sources, development and literary types. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit. 105. Romanticism in France (3) — First semester. 
Lectures and readings in the French romantic writers from Rousseau to Baudelaire. 
Texts are read In English translations. (Parsons.) 

Comp. Lit. 106. Romanticism in Germany (3) — Second semester. 
Continuation of Comp. Lit. 105. German literature from Buerger to Heine in English 
translations. (Prahl.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES M 

Comp. Lit. 107. The Faust Legend in English and German Literature (3) — 
First semester. 

A study of tb>- Faust legend of the Middle Ages and its later treatment by Marlowe 
in Dr. Faustu* and by Goethe in Fuutt. (Prabl.) 

Comp. Lit 112. Ibsen (3) — First semester. 

A Bl the life and chief works of Henrik Ibsen with special emphasis on his 

influence on the modern drama. (Zucker.) 

Comp. Lit 114. The Greek Drama (3) — First semester. 

The chief works of Aeschylus, Sophocles, Euripides, and Aristophanes in English 
translations. Emphasis on the historic background, on dramatic structure, and on the 
effect of the Attic drama upon the mind of the civilized world. (Prahl.) 

Comp. Lit 125. Literature of the Middle Ages (3) — Narrative, dramatic, 
and lyric literature of the Middle Ages; studies in translations. (Cooley.) 

In addition, the following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature : 

English Language and Literature — Eng. 104; Eng. 113; Eng. 121; Eng. 129, 
130; Eng. 144; Eng. 146; Eng. 155, 156; Eng. 157. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Span. 109. 

Speech and Dramatic Art — Speech 131, 132. 

For Graduates 

Comp. Lit 258. Folklore in Literature (3) — 

A study of folk heroes, motifs, and ideas as they appear in the world's masterpieces. 

(Goodwyn.) 

The following courses will count as credit in Comparative Literature: 

English Language and Literature — Eng. 201; Eng. 204; Eng. 206, 207; Eng. 
216, 217; Eng. 227, 228. 

Foreign Languages and Literatures — Ger. 204; Ger. 208. 

ECONOMICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Economics as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 

ENGLISH LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

Professors Murphy, Aldridge, Bode, Harman, McManaway (P.T.), Zeeveld; 
Associate Professors Ball, Cooley, Manning, Mooney, Ward, Weber; Assistant 
Professors Andrews, Coulter, Fleming, Gravely, Lutwack, Mish, Schaumann; 
Instructors Adams, Barnes, Beall, Birdsall, Casey, Coulling, Cowen, Demaree, 
Grimes, Harris, Herzbrun, Hoadley, Hodgins, Holberg, Kelly, Martin, Miller, 
Orel, Portz, Robinson, Saveson, Smith, Stone, Thorberg, Walker, Walt, Weaver. 
Graduate Assistant, Nelson. 



198 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 1, 2. Composition and American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Required of freshmen. Eng. 1 is the prerequisite 
of Eng. 2. 

Grammar, rhetoric, and the mechanics of writing ; frequent themes. Readings are in 
American literature. (Gravely and Staff.) 

Eng. 3, 4. Composition and World Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, 
or an acceptable combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit 
will not be given for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to world literature, foreign classics being 
read in translation. (Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 5, ft, Composition and English Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Eng. 3, 4, or Eng. 5, 6, or an acceptable 
combination of the two, are required of sophomores. Credit will not be given 
for more than six hours of work in 3, 4 and 5, 6. 

Practice in composition. An introduction to major English writers. 

(Cooley and Staff.) 

Eng. 7. Technical Writing (2) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Eng. 1, 2. 

For students desiring practice in writing reports, technical essays, or popular essays 

on technical subjects. (Coulter.) 

Eng. 8. College Grammar (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study of Modern English grammar. (Harman.) 

Eng. 9. Introduction to Narrative Literature (3) — Second semester. Sum- 
mer School (2). Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An intensive study of representative stories, with lectures on the history and tech- 
nique of the short story and other narrative forms. (Harman.) 

Eng. 12. Introduction to Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Eng. 1, 2. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 14. Expository Writing (3) — Not offered on College Park campus. 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. Credit will not be given for Eng. 7 in addition to 
Eng. 14. 

Methods and problems of exposition ; practice in several kinds of informative writing 
including the preparation of technical papers and reports. 

Eng. 15. Readings in Biography (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisite, Eng. 1, 2. 

An analytical study in the form and technique of biographical writing in Europe and 
America. (Ward.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Eng. 101. History of the English Language (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). (Harman.) 

Eng. 102. Old English (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). (Ball.) 

Eng. 103. Beowulf (3)— Second semester. (Ball.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 199 

Eng. 104. Chaucer (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
A literary and language study of the Canterbury Talcs, Troilus and Criseyde, and 
the principal minor poems. (Harman.) 

Eng. 110, 111. Elizabethan and Jacobean Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

The most Important dramatists of tlic time, other than Shakespeare. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 112. Poetry of the Renaissance (3)— Not offered in 1956-57. 

(Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 113. Prose of the Renaissance (3)— Not offered in 1956-57. 

(Zeeveld, Mish.) 

Eng. 115, 116. Shakespeare (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2, 2). 

Twenty-one important plays. (Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 120. English Drama from 1660 to 1800 (3) — Second semester. 
The important dramatists from Wycherley to Sheridan, with emphasis upon the 
comedy of manners. (Ward.) 

Eng. 121. Milton (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). (Murphy.) 

Eng. 122. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1600-1660 (3)— First 

semester. 

The major non-dramatic writers (exclusive of Milton.) (Murphy.) 

Eng. 123. Literature of the Seventeenth Century, 1660-1700 (3) — Second 
semester. 

The Age of Dryden, with the exception of the drama. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 125, 126. Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— Eng. 125, 
Summer School (2). Not offered 1956-57. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 129, 130. Literature of the Romantic Period (3, 3) — Summer School 
(2, 2). Not offered 1956-57. (Weber.) 

Eng. 134, 135. Literature of the Victorian Period (3, 3)— First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). (Cooley, Mooney.) 

Eng. 139, 140. The English Novel (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Eng. 140, Summer School (2). (Ward, Mooney.) 

Eng. 143. Modern Poetry (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

The chief British and American poets of the twentieth century. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 144. Modern Drama (3) — First semester. 

The drama from Ibsen to the present. (Weber.) 

Eng. 145. The Modern Novel (3)— Second semester. Summer School (2). 
Major English and American novelists of the twentieth century. (Andrews.) 

Eng. 148. The Literature of American Democracy (3) — Not offered in 

1956-57. 



200 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Eng. 150, 151. American Literature (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Summer School (2, 2). 

Representative American poetry and prose from colonial times to the present with 

special emphasis on the literature of the nineteenth century. (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 155, 156. Major American Writers (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Summer School (2, 2). 

Two writers studied intensively each semester. (Gravely, Manning.) 

Eng. 157. Introduction to Folklore (3) — First semester. Summer School 

(2). 

Historical background of folklore studies ; types of folklore with particular emphasis 
on folktales and folksongs, and on American folklore. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 170. Creative Writing (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, permission 
of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 171. Advanced Creative Writing (2) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
permission of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

Eng. 172. Playwriting (2) — Not offered in 1956-57. Prerequisite, permis- 
sion of the instructor. (Fleming.) 

For Graduates 

Eng. 200 — Research (1-6) — Arranged. Credit in proportion to work done 
and results accomplished. (Staff.) 

Eng. 201. Bibliography and Methods (3) — First semester. 

An introduction to the principles and methods of research. (Mooney.) 

Eng. 202. Middle English (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

(Harman.) 

Eng. 203. Gothic (3) — Second semester. (Harman.) 

Eng. 204. Medieval Romances (3) — Second semester. (Cooley.) 

Eng. 206, 207. Seminar in Renaissance Literature (3, 3) — First and second 

semesters. Eng. 206, Summer School (2). (McManaway, Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 210. Seminar in Seventeenth-Century Literature (3) — Summer School 
(2). Not offered in 1956-57. (Murphy, Zeeveld.) 

Eng. 212, 213. Seminar in Eighteenth-Century Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. (Aldridge.) 

Eng. 214, 215. Seminar in Nineteenth- Century Literature (3) — First and 
second semesters. Eng. 214, Summer School (2). (Cooley, Mooney, Weber.) 

Eng. 216, 217. Literary Criticism (3, 3)— Not offered in 1956-57. (Murphy.) 

Eng. 225, 226. Seminar in American Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). (Bode.) 

Eng. 227, 228. Problems in American Literature (3, 3) — Eng. 227, Summer 

School (2). Not offered in 1956-57. (Aldridge.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 201 

FOREIGN LANGUAGES AND LITERATURES 

Professors Zucker, Falls, Prahl, Cunz, L. P. Smith, Goodwyn; Lecturer, H. H. 
Arnold; Associate Professors Kramer, Quynn, Bingham; Assistant Professors 
Parsons, Schweizer, Rand, Rosenfield, Hammerschlag, Dobert. Bridgers; In- 
structors Nemes, Norton, Boborykine, Chen, Ouroussoff, Hall, Bulatkin, Arsen- 
ault, Rovner, Schulz; Part-time Instructors Greenberg, Clemens, Trace, Davis, 
Forbes. 

At the beginning of each semester a placement examination is given for all 
students who have had some foreign language in high school and wish to do 
further work in that language. By this means the Department assigns each 
student to the suitable level of instruction. Any student who fails to qualify 
for the second semester of his language will be required to register for the first 
without credit or register for a different language. 

No credit will be given for the elementary first semester (1) alone unless 
followed by further study. 

A student whose native language is taught at the University may not meet 
the language requirement by taking Freshman or Sophomore courses in his 
language. 

Foreign students may substitute for the 12-hour foreign language require- 
ment 12 additional hours of English. They are advised to take Foreign Lan- 
guage 1, 2, English for Foreign Students, for their first year and English 10, 
Practice in Composition, plus a 3-hour course in literature during their second 
year. These courses should be taken concurrently with Freshman and Sopho- 
more English. 

Honors in French, German or Spanish: A student whose major is in French, 
German or Spanish and who maintains an approved average in his grades may 
read for honors in French, German or Spanish. A candidate for honors is 
examined upon an approved individual program of readings in an area of his 
special interest. Application may be made to the head of the Department of 
Foreign Languages between the second semester of the sophomore year and 
the first semester of the senior year. 

Attention is called to the courses in Comparative Literature elsewhere in 
these pages. 

Foreign Language 1, 2. English for Foreign Students (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

An introduction to English usage, adapted to the needs of the non-English-speaking 
Student. Pronunciation, spelling, syntax : the differences between English and various 
other languages are stressed. (Bridgers.) 

French 

French 0. Intensive Elementary French (0). Summer School only. 
Intensive elementary course in the French language designed particularly for grad- 
uate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

French 1, 2. Elementary French (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
French 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 



202 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronuncia- 
tion and conversation. A student who has had two units of French in high school may 
take French 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. (Falls and Staff.) 

French 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. Open 
to all students who have completed their first year French or French 1 with 
the grade A or B. 

French 4, 5. Intermediate Literary French (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Summer School. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students 
who have taken French 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for French 4 and 5. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of French life, thought and 
culture. 

French 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific French (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, French 1 and 2 or equivalent. Students who have taken 
French 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for French 6 and 7. 

Heading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

French 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite; for French 8. French 3 or consent of instructor; for French 9; 
French 8 or consent of instructor. 

French 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of French 4 or 5. Recommended for students who ex- 
pect to major or minor in French. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

French 51, 52. The Development of the French Novel (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. 

Introductory study of the history and growth of the novel in French literature. 
French 51 covers the seventeenth and eighteenth centuries, French 52 the nineteenth. 

French 53, 54. The Development of the French Drama (3, 3) — First and 

second semesters. 

Introductory study of the French drama. French 53 covers the seventeenth and 
eighteenth centuries, French 54 the nineteenth. 

French 55, 56. The Development of the Short Story in French (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

A study of the short story in French literature. French 55 covers examples up to 
the nineteenth century, French 56 the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. 

French 61, 62. French Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite French 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Elements of French phonetics, diction and intonation. 

French 71, 72. — Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and sec- 
ond semesters. Prerequisite, French 17 or equivalent. 

For students who, having a good knowledge of French, wish to become more pro- 
ficient in the written and spoken language. 

French 75, 76. Introduction to French Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, second-year French or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the chief authors and movements in French literature. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 203 

French 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence In speaking the language. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

French 100. French Literature of the Sixteenth Century (3) — First semes- 
ter. 

The Renaissance in France; humanism; Rabelais and Calvin; the Plelade; Montaigne. 

(Falls.) 

French 101, 102. French Literature of the Seventeenth Century (3, 3)— 
First and second semesters. 

First Bemester: Descartes, Pascal, Corneille, Racine. Second semester: the remain- 
ing great classical writers, with special attention to Moliere. (Quynn, Rosenfleld.) 

French 103, 104. French Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. 

First semester: development of the philosophical and scientific movement; Montes- 
quieu. Second semester: Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau. (Falls, Bingham.) 

French 105, 106. French Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Romanticism 1o Symbolism. Second semester: 
the major prose writers of the same period. (Bingham, Quynn.) 

French 107, 108. French Literature of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— First 

and second semesters. 

First semester: drama and poetry from Symbolism to the present time. Second semes- 
ter: the contemporary novel. (Falls.) 

French 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Translation from English into French, free composition, letter writing. (Falls.) 

French 161, 162. French Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
French life, customs, culture, traditions. First semester: the historical development. 
Second semester: present-day France. (Rosenfleld.) 

French 171. Practical French Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

Pronunciation of modern French. The sounds and their production, the stress group, 
Intonation. (Smith.) 

French 199. Rapid Review of the History of French Literature (1) — Second 
semester. Especially designed for French majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the high point in the history of French literature. (Falls.) 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

French 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

French 203, 204. Georges Duhamel: Poet, Dramatist, Novelist (2, 2)— First 
and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 205, 206. French Literature of the Middle Ages (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. (Smith.) 

French 207, 208. The French Novel in the First Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 



204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

French 209, 210. The French Novel in the Second Half of the Nineteenth 
Century (2, 2) — First and second semesters. (Falls.) 

French 211. Introduction to Old French (3). (Smith.) 

French 215, 216. Moliere (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Quynn.) 

French 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of French literature. 
Extensive outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

French 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

French 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in French. 

(Staff.) 

German 

German 0. Intensive Elementary German (0). Summer School only. 
Intensive elementary course in the German language designed particularly for grad- 
uate students who wish to acquire a reading knowledge. (Staff.) 

German 1, 2. Elementary German (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
German 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 

Elements of grammar and exercises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation 
and conversation. A student who has had two units of German in high school may take 
German 1 for purposes of review, but not for credit. (Cunz and Staff.) 

German 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first year German or German 1 
with grade A or B. 

German 4, 5. Intermediate Literary German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Stu- 
dents who have taken German 6 and 7 cannot receive credit for German 4 and 5. 

Reading of narrative prose designed to give some knowledge of German life, thought 
and culture. 

German 6, 7. Intermediate Scientific German (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 1, 2, or equivalent. Students who have taken 
German 4 and 5 cannot receive credit for German 6 and 7. 

Reading of technical and scientific prose, with some grammar review. 

German 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite for German 8: German 3 or consent of instructor; for German 9: 
German 8 or consent of instructor. 

German 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of German 4 or 5. Recommended to students who wish 
to major or minor in German. 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

German 61, 62. German Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite German 1, 2, or equivalent. 

1'ronunciation of German, study of phonetics, oral exercises and ear training. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 205 

German 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. This course is required 
of students preparing to teach German. 

A thorough study of the more detailed points of German grammar with ample practice 
in composition work. 

German 75, 76. Introduction to German Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, German 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the most outstanding authors and movements in German 
literature. 

German 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, German 8, 9 or consent of instructor. 

Tor students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 
Reading of German newspapers. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

German 101, 102. German Literature of the Eighteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

The main works of Klopstock, Wieland, Lessing, Herder, Goethe, Schiller. 

(Prahl, Schweizer.) 

German 103, 104. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

Outstanding works of Kleist, Grillparzer, Grabbe, Hebbel, Ludwig, Stifter, Keller, 
Anzengruber. (Prahl, Cunz.) 

German 105, 106. Modern German Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Trose and dramatic writings from Gerhart Hauptmann to the present time (1890- 
1050.) (Prahl, Hammerschlag.) 

German 107, 108. Goethe's Faust (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
First and second parts of the drama. (Zucker. ) 

German 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Translations from English into German, free composition, letter writing. 

(Kramer, Cunz.) 

German 161, 162. German Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

A survey of two thousand years of German history, outlining the cultural heritage of 
the German people, their great men, tradition, customs, art and literature, with special 
emphasis on the Interrelationship of social and literary history. (Cunz.) 

German 199. Rapid Review of the History of German Literature (1)— 
Second semester. Especially designed for German majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of German literature. 

(Schweizer.) 

Attention is called to Comparative Literature 106, Romanticism in Germany, and 
Comparative Literature 107, The Faust Legend in English and German Literatwe, 



206 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

German 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

German 202, 203. The Modern German Drama (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Zucker.) 

German 204. Schiller (3). (Prahl.) 

German 205. Goethe's Works Outside of Faust (2). (Zucker.) 

German 206. The Romantic Movement (3). (Prahl.) 

German 208. The Philosophy of Goethe's Faust (3). (Zucker.) 

German 221, 222. Reading Course — (Arranged). 

Designed to give the graduate student a background of a survey of German literature. 
Extensive outside reading, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

German 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

German 231. Middle High German (3). (Schweizer.) 

German 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in 
German. (Staff.) 

Spanish 

Spanish 1, 2. Elementary Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Spanish 2, Summer School. Three recitations and one laboratory period per 
week. 

Elements of grammar and exorcises in translation. One hour drill in pronunciation 
and conversation. A student who has had two units of Spanish in high school may take 
Spanish 1 for purposes of review, hut not for credit. (Parsons and Staff.) 

Spanish 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first year Spanish or Spanish 1 
with the grade A or B. 

Spanish 4, 5. Intermediate Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School. Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Spanish and Latin-American 
life, thought and culture. 

Spanish 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, for Spanish 8: Spanish 3 or consent of instructor; for Spanish 9: 
Spanish 8 or consent of instructor. 

Spanish 17. Grammar Review (3) — First and second semesters. May be 
taken after completion of Spanish 4 or 5. Recommended for students who expect 
to major or minor in Spanish. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 207 

For Advanced Undergraduates 

Spanish 51, 52. Business Spanish (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, second-year Spanish or equivalent. 

Designed to give a knowledge of correct Spanish usage; commercial letters. 

Spanish 61, 62. Spanish Phonetics (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 1, 2, or equivalent. 

The pronunciation of Spanish, study of phonetics, oral exercises, and ear training. 

Spanish 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5 or equivalent. 

Intended to give an intensive and practical drill in Spanish composition. 

Spanish 75, 76. Introduction to Spanish Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Spanish 4, 5, or equivalent. 

An elementary survey of the history of Spanish literature. 

Spanish 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Spanish 8, 9, or consent of instructor. 

Designed to give the student the ability to speak fluently about subjects of general 
interest. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Spanish 101. Epic and Ballad (3) — First semester. 

The legendary and heroic matter of Spain. Readings of the Poenia del Cid and of 
ballads of various cycles. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 102. The Spanish Popular Ballad (3) — Second semester. 
Typical ballads composed and developed in the Spanish-speaking world during and 
since the Golden Age, with stress on the folkloiistic point of view. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 104. The Drama of the Golden Age (3) — First semester. 

Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tiiso de Molina and others. 

(Parsons.) 

Spanish 108. Lope de Vega (3) — First semester. 

Selected plays of Lope de Vega, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina and others. 

Spanish 109. Cervantes (3) — Second semester. 

Selected works of Cervantes; plays, exemplary novels, and Don Quixote. (Rand.) 

Spanish 110. Modern Spanish Poetry (3) — First semester. 

Significant poems of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Rand.) 

Spanish 111. The Spanish Novel of the Nineteenth Century (3)— First 
semester. 

Readings of some of the significant novels of the nineteenth century. (Parsons.) 

Spanish 112. Modern Spanish Drama (3) — Second semester. 

Significant plays of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 113. The Spanish Novel of the Twentieth Century (3) — Second 
semester. 

Significant novels of the twentieth century. (Rand.) 



208 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Spanish 115. Modern Spanish Thought (3) — First semester. 

The generation of 1898 and other significant and interpretative writings of the twen- 
tieth century. (Rand.) 

Spanish 121, 122. Advanced Composition (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Training in self-expression in Spanish, free composition, letter writing. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 151. Spanish-American Fiction (3) — First semester. 

The novel and short story from the Wars of Independence to the present and their 
reflection of society in the republics of the Western Hemisphere. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 152. Spanish-American Poetry (3) — Second semester. 

Representative poetry after 1800 and its relation to European trends and writers. 

(Nemes.) 

Spanish 153. Spanish-American Essay (3) — First and second semesters. 
Social and political thought from Bolivar to Vasconcelos and its relationship to social 
and political conditions in Spanish America. (Nemes.) 

Spanish 161, 162. Spanish Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Introductory study of the literary, educational, artistic traditions ; great men, customs, 

and general culture. (Rand.) 

Spanish 163, 164. Latin-American Civilization (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. 

Introductory study of the cultures of Latin America ; the historical-political back- 
ground and the dominating concepts in the lives of the people. (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 199. Rapid Review of the History of Spanish Literature (1) — 

Second semester. Especially designed for Spanish majors. 

Weekly lectures stressing the leading concepts in the history of Spanish literature. 

(Parsons.) 



For Graduates 

The requirements of students will determine which courses will be offered. 

Spanish 201. Research — Credits determined by work accomplished. 
Guidance in the preparation of master's and doctoral theses. Conferences. (Staff.) 

Spanish 202. The Golden Age in Spanish Literature (3) (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 203, 204. Spanish Poetry (3, 3). (Goodwyn.) 

Spanish 211. Introduction to Old Spanish (3). (Parsons.) 

Spanish 221, 222- Reading Course — (Arranged). Designed to give the 
graduate student a background of a survey of Spanish literature. Extensive 
outside readings, with reports and periodic conferences. (Staff.) 

Spanish 230. Introduction to European Linguistics (3). (Smith.) 

Spanish 251, 252. Seminar (3, 3) — Required of all graduate majors in 
Spanish. (Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 20 l > 

Russian 

Russian 1, 2. Elementary Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. 

(Boborykine.) 

Russian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First and second semesters. 
Open to all students who have completed their first-year Russian or Russian 1 
with the grade A or B. 

Russian 4, 5. Intermediate Russian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Prerequisite, Russian 1 and 2, or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Russian life, thought and culture. 

(Boborykine.) 

Russian 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite for Russian 8: Russian 3 or consent of instructor; for Russian 9; 
Russian 8 or consent of instructor. 

Russian 71, 72. Review Grammar and Composition (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, first and second-year Russian. 

Designed to give a thorough training in the structure of the language; drill in 
Russian composition. 

Russian 75, 76. Introduction to Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Russian or equivalent. 
An elementary survey of Russian literature. 

Russian 80, 81. Advanced Conversation (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Russian 8, 9, or consent of instructor. 

For students who wish to develop fluency and confidence in speaking the language. 

(Boborykine.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Russian 101, 102. Modern Russian Literature (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. • 

Works of Maxim Oorky, Alexei Tolstoy, I'. Romanov, M. Zoshchenko, M. Sholokhov. 

(Boborykine.) 

Russian 103, 104. Russian Literature of the Nineteenth Century (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

Selected writings of Pushkin, Gogol, I.ermantov, Turgenev, Dostoevsky, Leo Tolstoy, 
Chekhov. (Boborykine.) 

Hebrew 

Hebrew 1, 2. Elementary Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Elements of grammar; pronunciation and conversation; exercises in translation. 

(Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Hebrew 1 and consent of instructor. 

Hebrew 4, 5. Intermediate Hebrew (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Hebrew 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Texts designed to give some knowledge of Hebrew life, thought, and culture. 

(Greenberg.) 



210 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Hebrew 8, 9. Intermediate Conversation (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite for Hebrew 8: Hebrew 3 or consent of instructor; for He- 
brew 9: Hebrew 8 or consent of instructor. 

An intermediate practice course in spoken Hebrew. 

Hebrew 75, 76. Introduction to Hebrew Literature (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisite, second-year Hebrew or equivalent. 

(Greenberg.) 

Hebrew 101. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Pentateuch. 

Hebrew 102. The Hebrew Bible. (3) 

Reading of selected portions of the Prophets and Writings. 

Hebrew 103. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Haskalah (Enlightenment). 

Hebrew 104. Modern Hebrew Literature. (3) 

The period of the Tehiah (Modern Revival). 

Chinese 

Chinese, 1, 2. Elementary Chinese (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

Three recitations and one laboratory period per week. 

Elements of pronunciation, simple ideograms, colloquial conversation, translation. 

(Chen.) 

Chinese 4, 5. Intermediate Chinese (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Chinese 1 and 2 or equivalent. 

Reading of texts designed to give some knowledge of Chinese life, thought, and 
cuKure. (Chen.) 

Chinese 161, 162. Chinese Civilization (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

This course supplements Geography 134 and 135, Cultural Geography of East Asia. It 
deals with Chinese literature, art, folklore, history, government, and great men. Second 
semester : Developments in China since 1911. (Given every other year, rotating with 
Geography 134 and 135.) 

Chinese 101 and 162 may be counted as history credits in meeting major and minor 
requirements, and, along with Chinese 1 and 2, as meeting the 12-hour language require- 
ment. (Chen.) 

Italian 

Italian 1, 2. Elementary Italian (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Also 
recommended to advanced students in French and Spanish. 
Elements of grammar; pronunciation; exercises in translation. 

Italian 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Prerequisite, Italian 1 and con- 
sent of instructor. 

Italian 161, 162. Italian Life and Customs (3, 3) — Not offered on the 
College Park campus. 

An introductory study of the Italian people against a background of political and 
social history. A survev of Italian literary and cultural traditions. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES -'11 

Arabic 1, 2. Modern Arabic (3, 3) — To be offered in the European Pro- 
gram only; for American personnel stationed in Saudi-Arabia and other Near 
East posts. 

Modern Greek 

Mod. Greek 1, 2. Spoken Modern Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 
Park campus. 

An Intensive course in the colloquial style of Athens with emphasis on the vocabulary 
(if everyday situations and including an introduction to Greek writing. 

Mod. Greek 3. Elementary Conversation (1) — Not offered on the College 
Park Campus. 

Mod. Greek 4, 5. Intermediate Greek (3, 3) — Not offered on the College 
Park Campus. 

Literary texts ami newspapers in Modem Greek. 

GEOGRAPHY 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Geography as a 
major field, and may also take courses in this department for elective credit. 
For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of Business and 
Public Administration. 



GEOLOGY 

Irwin C. Brown, Lecturer 

Geol. 1. Geology (3) — Prerequisite, Chem. 1, 3. 

A study dealing primarily with the principles of dynamical and structural geology. 
Designed to give a general survey of the rocks and minerals composing the earth; the 
movement within it ; and its surface features and the agents that form them. 

Geol. 2. Engineering Geology (2). 

The fundamentals of geology with engineering applications. 

GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Students in the College of Arts and Sciences may select Government and 
Politics as a major field, and may also take courses in this department for 
elective credit. For a description of courses, see the catalog of the College of 
Business and Public Administration. 

HISTORY 

Professors Gewehr, Chatelain, Merrill, Prange, Wellborn; Associate Professors 
Bauer, Gordon; Assistant Professors Crosman, Davidson, Jashemski, Sparks, 
Stiomberg; Instructors Bates, Beard, Carter, Catton, McGiffert, Riddleberger, 
White. 



212 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. 1, 2. History of Modern Europe (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
The basic course, prerequisite for all advanced courses in European History. 

A study of European History from the Renaissance to the present day. First semes- 
ter to 1815. Second semester since 1815. (Bauer, Stromberg.) 

H. 5, 6. History of American Civilization (3, 3) — Required of all students 
who entered the university after 1944-45. Normally to be taken in the Sopho- 
more year. 

An historical survey of the main forces in American life with emphasis upon the 
development of our democratic heritage. First semester from the colonial period through 
the Civil War. Second semester, since the Civil War. (Riddleberger and Staff.) 

H. 51, 52. The Humanities (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 

In surveying history from prehistoric times to the present, man's cultural develop- 
ment is emphasized. The course is a study of the achievements of the various civiliza- 
tions which have contributed to the common cultural heritage of western civilization. 
It is designed as an introductory course in history which will make a more direct con- 
tribution to the other liberal art fields, first semester to the Renaissance. Second semes- 
ter since the Renaissance. (Jashemski.) 

H. 53, 54. History of England and Great Britain (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. (Gordon.) 

A history of the development of British life and institutions. Open to all classes. 
Especially recommended for English majors ami minors. First semester to 1485. Second 
semester, since 1485. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 
A. American History 

H. 101. American Colonial History (3) — First semester. Summer School 

(2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The settlement and development of colonial America to the middle of the eighteenth 
century. (Bates.) 

H. 102. The American Revolution (3) — Second semester. Summer School 

(2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The background and course of the American Revolution through the formation of the 
Constitution. (Bates.) 

H. 105. Social and Economic History of the United States to 1865 (3) — 

First semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A synthesis of American life from independence through the Civil War. 

(Chatelain.) 

H. 106. Social and Economic History of the United States since the Civil 
War (3) — Second semester. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The development of American life and institutions, with emphasis upon the period since 
1876. (Chatelain.) 

H. 114. The Middle Period of American History 1824-1860 (3)— First 

semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An examination of the political history of the U. S. from Jackson to Lincoln with 
particular emphasis on the factors producing Jacksonian democracy. Manifest Destiny, 
the Whig Party, the anti-slavery movement, the Republican Party, and secession. 

(Sparks.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 213 

H. 115. The Old South (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the institutional and cultural life of flu- ante-bellum South with par- 
ticular reference to the background of the Civil War. (Rlddleberger.) 

H. 116. The Civil War (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Military aspects: problems of the Confederacy; political, social, and economic effects 
of the war upon American society. (Sparks.) 

H. 117. The New South (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The South"s place in the Nation from Appomattox to the present with special refer- 
ence to regional problems and aspirations. (Riddleberger.) 

H. 118, 119. Recent American History (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Party politics, domestic issues, foreign relations >n the United States since 1890. 
First semester, through World War I. Second semester, since World War 1. (Merrill.) 

H. 121. History of the American Frontier (3) — First semester, Summer 
School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivaelnt. 

The Trans-Allejrheny West. The westward movement into the Mississippi Valley. 

(Gewehr.) 

H. 122. History of the American Frontier (3) — Second semester, Sum- 
mer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

The Trans-Mississippi West. Forces and factors iu the settlement and development of 
the Trans-Mississippi West to about 1000. (Gewehr.) 

H. 123. The New West (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Regional peculiarities and nationnl significance of the Plains and Pacific Coast areas 
from 1S90 to the present. (Bates.) 

H. 124. Reconstruction and the New Nation 1865-1896 (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Summer School (2). Prerequisites H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

Problems of reconstruction in both South and North. Emergence of Big Business 
and industrial combinations. Problems of the farmer and laborer. (Merrill.) 

H. 127, 128. Diplomatic History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent 

An historical study of the diplomatic negotiations and foreign relations of the 
United States. First semester, from the Revolution to the Civil War ; second semester, 
from the Civil War to the present. (Wellborn.) 

H. 129. The United States and World Affairs (3)— Summer School (2). 

Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A consideration of the changed position of the United States with reference to the 
rest of the world since 1917. (Wellborn.) 

H. 133, 134. The History of Ideas in America (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School (2, 2). Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

An intellectual history of the American people, embracing such topics as liberty, 
democracy, and social Ideas. (Beard.) 



214 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

H. 135, 136. Constitutional History of the United States (3, 3)— First and 

second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

A study of the historical forces resulting in the formation of the Constitution, and the 
development of American constitutionalism in theory and practice thereafter. 

(Gewehr.) 

Amer. Civ. 137, 138. Conference Course in American Civilization (3, 3) — 

First and second semesters. 

The student's acquaintance with American civilization is brought to a focus through 
the analytical study of eight to ten important books, such as Tocqueville, Democracy in 
America, Hawthorne, The Scarlet Letter, Veblen, The Theory of the Leisure Class, and 
Myrdal, An American Dilemma. Specialists from related departments participate in the 
conduct of the course. (Bode.) 

H. 141, 142. History of Maryland (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, H. 5, 6, or the equivalent. 

First semester, a survey of the political, social and economic history of colonial 
Maryland. Second semester, Maryland's historical development and role as a state in 
the American Union. (Chatelain.) 

H. 145, 146. Latin-American History (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
H. 146, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, 6 hours of fundamental courses. 

A survey of the history of Latin America from colonial origins to the present, 
covering political, cultural, economic, and s< "ia 1 development, with special emphasis upon 
relations with the United States. First semester, the Colonial Period. Second semester, 
The Republics. (Crosman.) 

H. 147. History of Mexico (3) — First semester. 

The history of Mexico with special emphasis upon the independence period and upon 
relations between ourselves and the nearest of our Latin-American neighbors. (Crosman.) 

B. European History 

H. 151. History of the Ancient Orient and Greece (3) — First semester. 
A survey of the ancient empires of Egypt, the Near East, and Greece, with particular 
attention to their institutions, life, and culture. (Jasheraski.) 

H. 153. History of Rome (3) — Second semester. 

A study of Roman civilization from the earliest beginnings through the Republic and 
down to the last centuries of the Empire. (Jashemski.) 

H. 155. Medieval Civilization (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

A survey of Medieval life, culture, and institutions from the fall of the Roman Empire 
to the thirteenth century. (Jashemski.) 

H. 161. The Renaissance and Reformation (3) — Second semester. Summer 

School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 53, 54, or the permission of the instructor. 

The culture of the Renaissance, the Protestant revolt and Catholic reaction through 
the Thirty Years War. (Jashemski.) ) 

H. 166. The French Revolution (2) — First semester. 

The Enlightenment and the Old Regime in France ; the revolutionary uprisings from 
1789 to 1799. (Bauer, Gordon.) 

H. 167. Napoleonic Europe (2) — Second semester. 

European Developments from the rise of Napoleon to the Congress of Vienna. 

(Bauer, Gordon.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 215 

H. 171, 172. Europe in the Nineteenth Century, 1815-1919 (3, 3)— First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

a study of the political, economic, social, and cultural developmenl of Kmope from 
the Congress of Vienna to the First World War. (Bauer.) 

H. 175, 176. Europe in the World Setting of the Twentieth Century (3, 3)— 

First and second semesters, Summer School (2). Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 
53, 54. 

A study of political, economic, and cultural developments in twentieth century 
Europe with special emphasis on the factors involved in the two World Wars and their 
global impacts and significance. (Prange.) 

H. 185, 186. History of the British Empire (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Hist. 186, Summer School (2). Prerequisite, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

First semester, the development of England's Mercantilist Empire and its fall in the 
war for American Independence (1783); second semester, the rise of the Second British 
Empire and fhe solution of the problem of responsible self-government (1783-1867), the 
evolution of the British Empire into a Commonwealth of Nations, and the development 
and problems of the dependent Empire. (Gordon.) 

H. 187. History of Canada (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54. 

A history of Canada, with special emphasis on the nineteenth century and upon 
Canadian relations with Great Britain and the United States. (Gordon.) 

H. 189. Constitutional History of Great Britain (3) — Second semester. A 
survey of constitutional development in England with emphasis on the real 
property aspects of feudalism, the growth of the common law, the development 
of Parliament, and the expansion of liberties of the individual. (Gordon.) 

H. 191. History of Russia (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or 
the equivalent. 

A history of Russia from the earliest times to the present day. (Bauer.) 

H. 192. Foreign Policy of the USSR (3) — Second semester. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, H. 191. 

A survey of Russian foreign policy in the historical perspective, with special emphasis 
on the period of the USSR. Russian aims, expansion, and conflicts with the western 
powers of Europe, the Near and Middle East, and the Ear East will be studied. (Bauer.) 

H. 193, 194. History of European Ideas in Modern Times (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. Prerequisites, H. 1, 2, or H. 53, 54 or equivalent. 

Beginning with a review of the basic Western intellectual traditions as a heritage 
from the Ancient World, the course will present selected important currents of thought 
from the scientific revolution of the ICth and 17th century down to the twentieth cen- 
tury. First semester through the eighteenth century. Second semester, nineteenth and 
twentieth centuries. (Stromberg.) 

H. 195. The Far East (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
A survey of the history of China and Japan with special emphasis upon their dis- 
tinctive cultures and unique contributions to civilization. (Gewehr.) 

H. 199. Proseminar in Historical Writing (3) — First and second semesters. 

Discussions and term papers designed to acquaint the student with the methods and 
problems of research and presentation. The students will be encouraged to examine those 
phases of history in which they are most interested. Required of history majors In 
senior year. (Bauer, Stromberg.) 



216 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

For Graduates 

H. 200. Research (3-6)— Credit proportioned to amount of work. Arranged. 
Required of all candidates for degrees. (Staff.) 

H. 201. Seminar in American History (3) — First and second semester. 
Summer School (2). (Staff.) 

H. 202. Historical Literature (3) — First and second semesters, Summer 
School (2). 

Assignments In various selected fields of historical literature and bibliography to 
meet the requirements of qualified graduate students who need more intensive concen- 
tration. (Staff.) 

H. 205, 206. Topics in American Economic and Social History (3, 3) — 
First and second semesters. 

Readings and conferences on the critical and source materials explaining our social 
and economic evolution. (ChatelaiB.) 

H. 208. Topics in Recent American History (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. 

Selected readings, research, and conferences on important topics In United States 
History from 1900 to the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 211. The Colonial Period in American History (3) — First semester. 
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the 
sources and the classical literature of American Colonial History. (Ferguson.) 

H. 212. Period of the American Revolution (3) — Second semester. 
Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the 
critical literature and sources of the period of the American Revolution. (Ferguson.) 

H. 215. The Old South (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to familiarize the student with some of the 
standard sources and the classical literature of the ante-bellum South. 

(Riddleberger.) 

H. 216. The American Civil War (3) 

Readings and conferences on the controversial literature of the Civil War. Attention 
is focused upon the conflicting interpretations and upon the social and economic impact 
of the war on American society. Opportunity is also given to read in the rich source 
material of this period. (Sparks.) 

H. 217. Reconstruction and Its Aftermath (3) 

A seminar on problems resulting from the Civil War. Political, social and economic 
reconstruction in South and North ; projection of certain post-war attitudes and problems 
into the present. (Merrill.) 

H. 221, 222. History of the West (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2, 2). 

Readings and conferences designed to give the student an acquaintance with some of 
the more important sources and some of the most significant literature of the advancing 
American frontier. (Gewehr.) 

H. 233, 234. Topics in American Intellectual History (3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on selected phases of American thought, with emphasis 
on religious traditions, social and political tbeory, and development of American ideas. 

(Beard.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 217 

H. 245. Topics in Latin American History (3) — Selected readings, research, 
and conferences on important topics in Latin American History. (Crosman.) 

H. 250. Seminar in European History (3) — First and second semesters. 
Summer School (2). (Bauer.) 

H. 251. Topics in Greek Civilization (3)— Readings and conferences de- 
signed to acquaint the students with selected topics and sources in Greek and 
Hellenistic history. (Jashemski.) 

H. 253. Topics in Roman History (3)— Readings and conferences designed 
to acquaint the student with selected topics and sources in Roman history. 

(Jashemski.) 

H. 255. Medieval Culture and Society (3) 

Readings and conferences designed to acquaint the student with the important litera- 
ture and interpretations on such topics as feudalism, the medieval Church, schools and 
universities, Latin and vernacular literature, art and architecture. (Jashemski.) 

H. 282. Problems in the History of World War II (3)— Investigation of 

various aspects of the Second World War, including military operations, diplo- 
matic phases, and political and economic problems of the war and its aftermath. 

(Prange.) 

H. 285, 286. Topics in the History of Modern England and Greater Britain 
(3, 3) 

Readings and conferences on the documentary and literary materials dealing with 
the transformation of England and the growth and evolution of the British Empire since 
1763. (Gordon.) 

H. 287. Historiography (3) — First and second semesters. 

Readings and occasional lectures on the historical writing, the evolution of critical 
Standards, the rise of auxiliary sciences, and the works of selected masters. (Sparks.) 

LIBRARY SCIENCE 

Professor Rovelstad; Assistant Professor Urban; Instructors Baehr, Carper, 
Dewey, Hayes, Phillips, Pierson, Turner, Urban and Wedemeyer. 

L. S. 1, 2. Library Methods (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

Library Science 1 and 2 are required of all students in general Arts and Science, 
Pre-Law and Pre-Nmsing curriculums. 

These introductory courses are intended to help students to use libraries with 
greater facility and effectiveness. Instruction, given in the form of lectures and practical 
work, is designed to interpret the library and its resources to the students. The courses 
consider the classification of books in libraries, the card catalog, periodical literature and 
indexes, and certain essential reference books which will be found helpful throughout the 
college course and in later years. 

L. S. 101S. School Library Administration (3). 

The organization and maintenance of effective library service in the modern school. 
Planning and equipping library quarters, purpose of the library in the school, standards, 
instruction in the use of books and libraries, training student assistants, acquisition of 
materials, repair of books, publicity, exhibits, and other practical problems. 

L. S. 102S. Cataloging and Classification (3). 

Study and practice in classifying books and, making dictionary catalog for school 



218 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

libraries. Study of simplified forms as used in the Children's Catalog, Standard Catalog 
for High School Libraries, and Wilson printed cards. 

L. S. 103S. Book Selection for School Libraries (3). 

Principles of book selection as applied to school libraries. Practice in the effective 
use of book selection aids in the preparation of book lists. Evaluating of publishers, 
editions, translations, format, etc. 

L. S. 104S. Reference and Bibliography for School Libraries (4). 

Evaluation, selection, and use of standard tools, such as encyclopedias, dictionaries, 
periodical indexes, atlases, and yearbooks for school libraries. Study of bibliographical 
procedures and forms. 

L. S. 111. Introduction to Fundamentals of Special Library Service (3). 

An introductory course of library methods as applied to an organization in which the 
primary function of the library is bibliographic control of material pertinent to the 
specialized field of the organization. A course planned to train in general library methods 
a person who already is a specialist in some particular phase of library service. 

MATHEMATICS 

Professors Jackson, Hall, Martin; Research Professor Weinstein*; Associate 
Professors Fullerton, Good, Ludford, Polachek, Young; Associate Research Pro- 
fessors Diaz*, Payne*; Assistant Professors Brace, Haywood, G. Spencer; Assistant 
Research Professor Weinberger*; Instructors Beiman, Brewster, Correl, Ehrlich, 
Esser, Fadnis, Greenspan, Hsu, MacCarthy, McAuley, Rosen, Shepherd, Triplett; 
Instructor Part Time Lepson; Junior Instructors Burda, Dyer, Ingersoll, Wil- 
kinson; Junior Instructors Part Time Anderson, Bauer, Diggs, Hill, Koo, Laman- 
ski, C. Spencer, Steely, Woodburn. 

The Colloquium meets weekly for reports on the research of the faculty and 
graduate students, and for expository lectures on papers published in current 
mathematical journals. 

The Mathematics Club meets once a month under the direction of Dr. 
Erhlich for the discussion of mathematical topics of interest to the under- 
graduate. 

The following courses are open to students who offer at least one unit of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 1, 5, or 10. 

The following course is open to students who offer two or more units of 
algebra for entrance: Math. 18. 

Students are enrolled in Math. 5, 10, or 18 provided they pass the Mathe- 
matics section of the general classification test given to incoming students 
during registration. Students who fail this test should enroll in Math. if 
their curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10, and in Math 1 if their curriculum calls 
for Math. 18. 

In general students should enroll in only one of the course sequences, 
Math. 5, 10-11, 18-19, and farmer 15-14-17. In case this rule is not followed, 
proper assignment of credit will be made upon application to the Department 
of Mathematics. The following are listed as typical situations: 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 21$ 

Math. 5, 10, 18. Credit in only one course: the one enrolled in latest. 

Math. 11, 18. Math. 11—1 credit; Math. 18—5 credits. 
The department strongly recommends that a student who receives a grade of D In 
a course In mathematics repeat the course to raise his grade hefore going on to a more 
advanced course. 

Math. 0. Basic Mathematics (0) — First and second semesters. Required 
of students whose curriculum calls for Math. 5 or 10 and who fail the qualifying 
examination for these courses. 

The fundamental principles of algehra. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 1. Introductory Algebra (0) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, one unit of algebra. Required of students whose curriculum calls 
for Math. 18 and who fail the qualifying examination for this course. 

A review of the topics covered in a second course in algehra. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 2. Solid Geometry (0) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to students who enter 
deficient in solid geometry. Students in the College of Education may be 
granted two credits for Math. 2. 

Lines, planes, cylinders, cones, the sphere and polyhedra, primary emphasis on men- 
suration. Intended for engineers and science students. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 3. Fundamentals of Mathematics (4) — First and second semesters. 
This course is open to all students and is designed to give an introduction to mathe- 
matical thinking. Content: logical structure for several elementary mathematical sys- 
tems, historical advances in typical phases of mathematics and their role in world de- 
velopment, famous unsolvahle problems, currently unsolved problems, applications of 
mathematics to other fields of learning. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 5. General Mathematics (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School. Prerequisite, one unit of algebra. Open only to students in the College 
of Business and Public Administration, the College of Agriculture, the College 
of Military Science, and the Department of Industrial Education. Note regula- 
tion above in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 
18. 

Fundamental operations, fractions, ratio and proportion, linear equations, exponents, 
logarithms, percentage, trade discount, simple interest, bank discount, true discount, and 
promissory notes. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 6. Mathematics of Finance (3) — First and second semesters. Sum- 
mer School. Prerequisite Math 5 or equivalent. Required of students in the 
College of Business and Public Administration, and open to students in the 
College of Arts and Sciences only for elective credit. 

Line diagrams, compound interest, simple interest, ordinary annuities, general annu- 
ities, deferred annuities, annuities due, perpetuities, evaluation of bonds, amortization, 
and sinking funds. (Shepherd and Staff.) 

Math. 10. Algebra (3) — First and second semesters. Summer School. 
Prerequisite, one unit each of algebra and plane geometry. Open to biological, 
premedical, predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. Note regulation 



•Member ol the Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied Mathematics. 



220 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the courses, Math. 5, 10, 18. 

Fundamental operations, factoring fractions, linear equations, exponents and radicals, 

quadratic equations, progressions, logarithms, permutations and combinations, probability, 

mathematics of investment. (Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 11. Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry (3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. Open to 
biological, premedical, predental, and general Arts and Sciences students. This 
course is not recommended for students planning to enroll in Math. 20. Note 
regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one sequence, Math. 10-11, 
18-19, 17. 

Trigonometric functions, identities, addition formulas, solution of triangles, coordi- 
nates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, conic sections, graphs. 

(Haywood and Staff.) 

Math. 13. Elements of Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 10 or equivalent. 

Frequency distributions, averages, moments, measures of dispersion, the normal curve, 
curve fitting, regression and correlation. (Good.) 

Math. 16. Spherical Trigonometry (2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites, solid geometry and Math. 18. 

The solution of spherical triangles, with applications to the terrestrial and astro- 
nomical triangles. (Brewster and Staff.) 

Math. 17. Analytic Geometry (4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill 
periods a week, first semester. Not offered after January 1957. Prerequisite, 
Math. 14 and 15, or equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, 
and the physical sciences. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in 
more than one sequence, Math. 10-11, 18-19, 17. 

Coordinates, locus problems, the straight line and circle, graphs, transformation of 
coordinates, conic sections, parametric equations, transcendental equations, solid analytic 
geometry. (Spencer and Staff.) 

Math. 18, 19. Elementary Mathematical Analysis (5, 5) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisites, high school algebra completed and 
plane geometry. Open to students in the physical sciences, engineering, educa- 
tion. Note regulation above, in case student enrolls in more than one of the 
course sequences, Math. 5, 10-11, or 17, or 18-19. 

The elementary mathematical functions, composed of algebraic, exponential, trigo- 
nometric types and their inverses, are studied by means of their properties, their graphical 
representations, the identities interconnecting them, the solution of equations involving 
them. The beginning techniques of calculus and a full discussion of solid analytic 
geometry are included. Other material may be selected from such topics as permutations, 
combinations, probability, statistics, determinants, vectors, and matrices. 

(Rosen and Staff.) 

Math. 20, 21. Calculus (4, 4) — Three lectures and two one-hour drill periods 
a week, first and second semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Math. 17 or 
equivalent. Open to students in engineering, education, and the physical 
sciences. 

Limits, derivatives, differentials, maxima and minima, curve sketching, rates, curva- 
ture, kinematics, integration with geometric and physical applications, partial derivatives, 
space geometry, multiple Integrals, infinite series. (Rosen and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Math. 64. Differential Equations for Engineers (3) — First and second 
semesters. Summer School. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Required 
of students in mechanical and electrical engineering. 

Differentia] equations of the flrsl and second order with emphasis on their engineering 
applications. (Ludford and Staff.) 



A. Algebra 



For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 



Math. 100. Higher Algebra (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent 

The algebra of vector spaces and matrices, with emphasis upon those aspects of inter- 
est to students in applied mathematics. (Good.) 

Math. 103, 104. Introduction to Modern Algebra (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 
21 or equivalent. For Math. 104, the usual prerequisite of Math. 103 may be 
waived upon consent of instructor. 

In Math. 103 are studied the basic concepts of abstract algebra: integral domains, 
divisibility, congruences; fields, ordered fields; the lipids of rational numbers, of real 
numbers, of complex numbers : polynomial domains over a field, including classical 
results on the theory of polynomial equations with rational, real, or complex coefficient ; 
unique factorization domains, irredncibllity criteria : rings. In Math. 104 are studied 
groups, vector spaces, iine.tr transformations, matrices, (Ehrlich.) 

Math. 106. Introduction to the Theory of Numbers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Integers, divisibility. Euclid's algorithm, Diophantine equations, prime numbers, 
Moeblus function, congruences, residues. (Good.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 200, 201. Modern Algebra (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 or consent 
of instructor. 

Groups, rinss, holds, algebraic numbers, Galois theory. * (Good.) 

Math. 202. Matrix Theory (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 103 
or consent of instructor. 

The theory of vectors and matrices with applications. (Ehrlicn.) 

Math. 204, 205. Topological Groups (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of in- 
structor. 

An introductory course in abstract groups, topological spaces, and the study of col- 
lections of elements enjoying both these properties. The concept of a uniform space 
will be introduced and studied. The representation problem will be considered together with 
the subject of Lie groups. (Hall, Good.) 

Math. 271. Selected Topics in Algebra (3) — (Arranged). 
B. Analysis 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 110, 111. Advanced Calculus (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equiva- 
lent. 



222 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Limits, continuous functions, differentiation and integration with application to me- 
chanics, infinite series, Fourier series, functions of several variables, multiple integrals, 
the theorems of Gauss and Stokes, the calculus of variations. (Rosen.) 

Math. 114. Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 110 or equivalent. 

Ordinary differential equations, symbolic methods, successive approximations, solutions 
in series, orthogonal functions, Bessel functions, Sturmian theory. (Esser.) 

Math. 115. Partial Differential Equations (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114. 
Partial differential ecpiations of first and second order, characteristics, boundary 
value problems, systems of equations, applications. (Spencer.) 

Math. 116. Introduction to Complex Variable Theory (3) — Summer School. 
Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. Open to students in engineering and the 
physical sciences. Graduate students in mathematics should enroll in Math. 
210, 211. 

Fundamental operations in complex numbers, differentiation and integration, se- 
quences and series, power series, analytic functions, conformal mapping, residue theory, 
special functions. (Ludford.) 

Math. 117. Fourier Series (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 114 or equivalent. 

Representation of functions by series of orthogonal functions. Applications to the 
solution of boundary value problems of some partial differential equations of physics and 
engineering. (Ludford.) 

For Graduates 

Math- 210, 211. Functions of a Complex Variable (3, 3)— Prerequisite, 
Math. Ill or equivalent. 

Complex numbers, infinite series, Cauchy-Riemann equations, conformal mapping, 
complex integral, the Cauchy theory, the Weierstrass theory, Riemann surfaces, algebraic 
functions, periodic and elliptic functions, the theorems of Weierstrass and Mittag- 
Leffler. (Haywood.) 

Math. 212. Special Functions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
210 or consent of instructor. 

Gamma function ; second order differential equations in 1 lie complex domain, regular 
and irregular singularities ; hypergeometric functions. Riemann's P- functions, Legendre 
functions, confluent hypergeometric functions, Whitfaker functions, Bessel functions. 

(Diaz.) 

Math. 213, 214. Functions of a Real Variable (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 

Ill or equivalent. 

The real number system, point sets, the Heine-Borel theorem, continuous functions, 
derivatives, infinite series, uniform convergence, the Riemann integral, Jordan content, the 
Lebesgue integral, Fourier series. (Fullerton.) 

Math. 215, 216. Advanced Differential Equations (3, 3) — Prerequisites, 
Math. 100 and 111 and 114, or consent of instructor. 

Existence and uniqueness theorems for systems of ordinary differential equations 
and for partial differential equations, characteristic theory, reduction to normal forms, 
the methods of finite differences. (Young.) 

Math. 217. Existence Theorems in Differential Equations (3) — Second 
semester. Prerequisite, Math. 114. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 223 

Recent results on the existence of solutions of quasi-linear systems of partial differ- 
ential equations. (Spencer.) 

Math. 218. Integral Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 
100 and 211, or consent of instructor. 

Integra] equations of the tirst and second kind, Volterra'a equation, Abel's equation 
and fractional differentiation; the Fredholna theory, the Hllbert-Scbmidt theory, Mercer's 
theorem, expansion in orthonorma] series; existence theorems of potential theory and other 
applications. (Ludford.) 

Math. 272. Selected Topics in Analysis (3) — (Arranged). 

Math. 280, 281. Linear Spaces (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 214 or equivalent. 

Linear vector spaces and their topologies, linear operations and transformations and 
their inverses, l'.auach and Hilbert spaces. (Brace.) 

C. Geometry and Topology 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 122, 123. Elementary Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Open and closed sets, elementary topology of the straight line and the Euclidean 
plane, the .Ionian Curve Theorem and its applications, simple connectivity. (McAuley.) 

Math. 124, 125. Introduction to Projective Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Elementary projective geometry largely from the analytic approach, projective trans- 
formations, cross ratio, harmonic division, projective coordinates, projective theory of 
conies, Laguerre's definition of angle. (Jackson.) 

Math. 126, 127. Introduction to Differential Geometry and Tensor Analysis 
(3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

The differential geometry of curves and surfaces with the use of vector and tensor 
methods, curvature and torsion, moving frames, curvilinear coordinates, the fundamental 
differential forms, covariant derivatives, intrinsic geometry, curves on a surface, applica- 
tions to problems in dynamics, mechanics, electricity, and relativity. (Jackson.) 

Math. 128, 129. Higher Geometry (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or consent 
of instructor. Math. 128 is not a prerequisite for Math. 129. Open to students 
in the College of Education. 

This course is designed for students preparing to teach geometry in high school. 
The first semester is devoted to the modern geometry of the triangle, circle and sphere. 
In the second semester emphasis is placed on the axiomatic development of Euclidean and 
non-Euclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 220, 221. Differential Geometry (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. Ill and 
152, or consent of instructor. 

Curves and surfaces, geometry in the large, the Gauss-Bonnet formula, surfaces of 
constant curvature. (Jackson.) 

Math. 223, 224. Algebraic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 103 and 
123, or consent of instructor. 

Homology, cohomology, and honiotopy theory of complexes and spaces. (Speucer.) 



224 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Math. 225, 226. Set-theoretic Topology (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 123 or 
consent of instructor. 

Foundations of mathematics based on a set of axioms, metric spaces, convergence 
and connectivity properties of iioint sets, continna and continuous curves, the topology 
of the plane. (Hall.) 

Math. 273. Selected Topics in Geometry and Topology (3)— Arranged) 

D. Probability and Statistics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 130. Probability (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Combinatory analysis, total, comiJOimd, and inverse probability, continuous distribu- 
tions, theorems of Bernoulli and Laplace, theory of errors. (Good.) 

Math. 132. Mathematical Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Frequency distributions and their parameters, multivariate analysis and correlation, 

theory of sampling, analysis of variance, statisiical inference. (Esser.) 

Math. 133. Advanced Statistical Analysis (3) — Second semester. Prerequi- 
site, Math. 132 or equivalent. 

Advanced methods in correlation analysis, regression analysis, analysis of variance, 
and sequential analysis, curve fitting, testing of hypotheses, non-parametric testing, 
machine tabulation in statistics. (Hsu.) 

E. History 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 140. History of Mathematics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 21 or consent of instructor. 

A survey of the historical development uf mathematics and of the mathematicians 
who have contributed to that development. (Good.) 

F. Mathematical Methods 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 150, 151. Advanced Mathematics for Engineers and Physicists (3, 3) 

— Prerequisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

An introduction to advanced mathematical methods and their application to the 
technical problems of physics and engineering. Topics include Fourier series, matrices, 
ordinary and partial differed ial equations of applied mathematics, numerical methods, 
Bessel functions, complex variables, operational calculus. (Martin.) 

Math. 152. Vector Analysis (3) — First semester. Summer School. Prere- 
quisite, Math. 21 or equivalent. 

Algebra and calculus of vectors and applications. (Fadnis.) 

Math. 153. Operational Calculus (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
21 or equivalent. 

Operational solutions of ordinary and partial differential equations, Fourier and 
Laplace transforms. (Martin.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 225 

Math. 155. Numerical Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
110 and 114, or consent of instructor. 

A brief survey Of computing machine?, study of triors involved in numerical com- 
putations, tlie use of desk machines and tables, numerical solution of polynomlnal and 
transcendental equations, interpolation, numerical differentiation and integration, ordinary 
differential equations, systems of linenr equations. (Young.) 

Math. 156. Programming for High Speed Computers (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Math 21 or equivalent. 

General characteristics of high-speed automatic computers : logic of programming, 
preparation of Bow charts, preliminary and final coding; scaling, use of floating point 
routines; construction and use of subroutines: use of machine for mathematical opera- 
tions and for automatic coding. Each student will prepare and, if possible, run a problem 
on a high speed computer. (Young.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 250. Tensor Analysis (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 
and 152, or consent of instructor. 

Algebra and calculus of tensors, Riemannian geometry ami its extensions, differential 
invariants ; applications to physics and engineering, and in particular the theory of 
relativity. (Weinberger.) 

Math. 251. Hilbert Space (3) — First semester. Prerequisites, Math. 100 
and 214, or consent of instructor. 

The original and general Hilbert space, scalar product, metric, strong and weak 
convergence, linear functional, symmetric operators, complete continuity, eigenvalues, 
orthonormal systems. Schwarz Besse] inequality and Parseval identity, eigenvalues in 
sub-spaces, spectral theorem. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 252. Variational Methods (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Math. 
260 or consent of instructor. 

The Euler-Lagvange equation, minimal principles in mathematical physics, estimation 
of capacity, torsional rigidity and other physical quantities; symmetrisatlon, isoperimetrlc 
inequalities estimation of eigenvalues; the niinimax principle. (Weinstein.) 

Math. 255, 256. Advanced Numerical Analysis (3, 3) — Prerequisites, Math. 
100 and 155, or consent of instructor. 

Review of numerical differentiation and Integration, solution Of ordinary differential 
equations, stability, accuracy, use of high-speed digital machines, properties of elliptic, 
hyperbolic and parabolic partial differential equations, conversion of partial differential 
equations to partial difference equations, stability and convergence of methods for solving 
partial difference equations, rates of convergence of relaxation methods, gradient methods, 
iterative methods, the method of characteristics. General methods of solving problems, 
existence and uniqueness theorems for difference equations associate with partial differ- 
ential equations, stability of solutions, perturbation, iterative procedures, steepest de- 
scent, eigenvalue problems. (Young.) 

G. Mathematical Physics 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 160, 161. Analytic Mechanics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Math. 21 or 
equivalent. 

Statics, kinematics, dynamics of a particle, elementary celestial mechanics, Lagrangian 
equations for dynamical systems of one. two, and three degrees of freedom, Hamilton's 
principle, the Hamilton-Jacob! partial differential equation. (Ludford.) 



226 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



For Graduates 

Math. 260. Foundations of Mathematical Physics (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, consent of instructor. 

General survey of mathematical methods and results employed in various branches 
of mathematical physics. The following are among the general topics to be discussed : 
vector analysis and Integral identities (Green-Gauss, Stokes, etc.), ordinary and partial 
differential and difference equations, integral equations, formulation of typical boundary 
and initial value problems and indication of the main methods of solution. (Diaz.) 

Math. 261, 262. Fluid Dynamics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Math. 260 or consent 
of instructor. 

Basic kinematic and dynamic concepts, equation of continuity, velocity potential and 
stream function, vorticity, Bernoulli's equation ; perfect incompressible fluids, Helmholtz' 
vorticity theorems, plane hydrodynamics, Kutta-Joukowski theory of lift, conformal 
mapping, vortices and vortex streets, Prandtl-Munk theory of finite wings ; viscous fluids, 
Navier-Stokes equations, boundary layer theory ; perfect gases, method of characteristics, 
subsonic, transonic, and supersonic Hows, hodograph method, theory of shock waves. 

(Payne.) 

Math. 263, 264. Elasticity (3, 3)— Prerequisites, Math. 100 and 260, or 
consent of instructor. 

Stress and strain, nuclei of strain, compatibility equations, Saint-Venant principle, 
bending, torsion and flexure of beams, complex variable methods, Airy's stress function, 
axial symmetry, strain energy and potential energy, buckling, bending, and vibration of 
plates and shells. (Weinberger) 

Math. 265. Hyperbolic Differential Equations (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

Two variables, Cauchy's problem, characteristics, Riemann's method, properties of 
the Riemann function, quasi-linear equations and canonical hyperbolic systems, wave 
equation in n-dimensions, methods of Hadamard and Riesz, Euler-roisson equation and 
the singular problems. Huygeus' principle. (Ludford.) 

Math. 266. Elliptic Differential Equations (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Math. 260 or consent of instructor. 

The equations of Laplace and Poisson, flux, the theorems of Gauss and Green, 
potentials of volume and surface distributions, harmonic functions, Green's function and 
the problems of Dirichlet and Neumann; linear elliptic equations with variable coefficients, 
in particular the equations of Stokes and Beltrami ; fundamental solutions, the principle 
of the maximum, and boundary value problems ; introduction to the theory of non-linear 
equations. (Payne.) 

Math. 274. Selected Topics in Applied Mathematics (3) — (Arranged.) 

H. For Teachers of Mathematics. 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 181. Foundations of Number Theory (3) — Summer school. Designed 
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of 
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical sciences, 
since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 

Axiomatic development of the real numbers. Elementary number theory. (Jackson.) 

Math. 182. Foundations of Algebra (3) — Summer school. Designed pri- 
marily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of science. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 227 

Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical sciences, since 
the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 

Modern ideas in algebra and topics in the theory of equations. (Ehrllch.) 

Math. 183. Foundations of Geometry (3) — Summer school. Designed 
primarily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of 
science. Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical sciences, 
since the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 

A study of the axioms for Euclidean anil non-Euclidean geometry. (Jackson.) 

Math. 184. Foundations of Analysis (3) — Summer school. Designed pri- 
marily for those enrolled in programs with emphasis in the teaching of science. 
Not open to students seeking a major directly in the physical sciences, since 
the course content is usually covered elsewhere in their curriculum. 

A study of the limit concept and the calculus. (Previous knowledge of calculus is not 
required. I (Spencer. 

I. Research 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Math. 190, 191. Honors Reading Course (3, 3) — Prerequisite, permission 
by the department to work for honors. 

Selected reading on topics in mathematics of special interest to the student under 
the guidance of a staff member. (Jackson.) 

For Graduates 

Math. 298. Proseminar in Research (1) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
one semester of graduate work in mathematics. 

A seminar devoted to the foundations of mathematics, including mathematical logic, 
axiom systems, and set theory. (Fullerton.) 

Math. 300. Research — (Arranged). 

ASTRONOMY 

Astr. 1, 2. Astronomy (3, 3). 

An elementary course in descriptive astronomy. (Roth.) 

Astr. 5. Navigation (3) — Prerequisite, Math. 14 and 16. 
The theory and practice of navigation. (Not offered 1955-1956.) 

MUSIC 

Professors Ulrich, Grentzer, Randall; Associate Professor Springmann; As- 
sistant Professors Henderson, Jordan; Instructors Carow, Denker, Haslup, 

Kemble, Meyer, Payler. 

Music 1. Introduction to Music (3) — First semester. Three lectures per 
week. Open to all students in the University, and required of all Music majors 
in the first semester of the freshman year. 

A study of the forms and styles of music, leading to an intelligent appreciation of 
the art and providing a foundation for more advanced courses in the Department of 
Music. 



22R UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Music 4. Men's Glee Club (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six semester 
hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover a cycle of about six semes- 
ters. 

Music 5. Women's Chorus (1)— First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six semester 
hours of credit has been earned : the music studied will cover a cycle of about six semes- 
ters. 

Music 6. Orchestra (1) — First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six semester 
hours of credit has been earned; the music studied will cover ;i cycle of about six semes- 
ters. 

Music 7, 8. Theory of Music (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A fundamental course in the elements of music. Study Of rhythms, scales, chord 
structures, and tonalities through ear training, sight singing, and keyboard drill. The 
student must achieve a grade of I! in Music 8 in order to register for Music IT and To. 

Music 10. Band (1)— First and second semesters. 

Open to any student who can qualify. May be taken until a total of six semester 
hours of credit has been earned: the music studied will cover a cycle of about six 
semesters. 

Music 15. Chapel Choir (1) — First and second semesters. Summer School. 

Open to all students in the University, subject to the Director's approval. The 

Choir will appear at services held in the Memorial Chapel. May be taken until a total 

of six semester hours of credit has been earned. 

Music 16. Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher (3) — First and 
second semesters. Open to students majoring in Elementary Education or 
Childhood Education; other students take Music 7. Music 7 and 16 may not 
both be counted for credit. 

The fundamentals of music theory and practice, related to the needs of the classroom 
and kindergarten teacher, and organized in accord witli the six-area concept of musical 
learning. 

Music 17, 18. Dictation and Sight Singing (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite: completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music- 
Education majors must take Music 70 concurrently with Music 17, and Music 
71 with Music 18. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

Harmonic, melodic, rhythmic, and contrapuntal dictation. Sight-singing of two-, 
three-, and four-part music, and an introduction to clef reading. 

Music 21, 22. Class Voice (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of tone production and diction, and correct breathing as applied to 
singing. 

Music 23, 24. Class Piano (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Beginning 
course. Two two-hour laboratory periods per week. 

Fundamentals of hand position, and technical problems related to acquiring facility at 
the piano. 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 229 

Music 50. Elementary Conducting (2) — First semester. 

Techniques of the baton, based on fundamental meter de »re reading, in- 

terpretation, and accompanying. Eurhythmies are applied to develop i tie sense of 
rhythm. Practical experience in conducting choral and simple orchestral music. 

Music 70, 71. Harmony (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite: 
completion of Music 8 with a grade of at least B. Music-Education majors must 
take Music 17 concurrently with Music 70, and Music 18 with Music 71. Two 
lectures and two laboratory hours per week. 

A review of music theory and a Study of harmonic progressions, triads, dominant 
sevenths and ninths in root positions and inversions. Altered and mixed chords, modula- 
tion, enharmonic intervals. Simple harmonizations and original composition. 

Music 80, 81. Class Study of Instruments (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Four laboratory hours per week. 

A study of the techniques of orchestral and band instruments. Practical experience 

on the Instruments in class ensembles. Music 8«, Strings; Music 81, winds and per- 
cussion. 

Music 110. American Music (2) — Second semester. 

Designed to be an Integral part of the American Civilization pro-ram, the course is a 
survey of the development of music in the United States from Colonial days to the 
present. Phases of our musical history which are studied include early hymn writers, 
Stephen Foster, the negro spiritual, and twentieth-century music. 

Music 120, 121. History of Music (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 1 and junior standing. 

A study of musical styles from their origins in western Europe to their present day 
manifestations. The interaction of music and other cultural activities. Music 120, the 
Greek period to Bnch ; Music 121, Bach to the present. 

Music 141, 142. Musical Form (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A study of the organizing principles of musical composition, their interaction in 
musical forms, and their functions in different styles. Music 141, the phrase to the 
rondo ; Music 142, the larger forms. 

Music 143, 144. Composition (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

The principles of musical composition, and their application to the smaller forms. 
Original writing in nineteenth- and twentieth-century musical idioms for various media. 

Music 145, 146. Counterpoint (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A course in eighteenth-century contrapuntal techniques. Study of devices of imita- 
tion in the invention and the choral prelude. Original writing in the smaller contrapuntal 
forms. 

Music 147, 148. Orchestration (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: Music 70 and 71. 

A study of the ranges, musical functions, and technical characteristics of the instru- 
ments, and their color possibilities in various combinations. Practical experience In 
orchestrating for small and large ensembles. 

Music 150. Keyboard Harmony (2) — First semester. Prerequisite: Music 
70 and 71. One lecture and two laboratory hours per week. 

The application to the piano keyboard of the harmonic principles acquired In Music 



23<\ UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

70 and 71. Harmonization of melodies, improvisation and accompanying, playing from 
dictation, and transposition. 

Music 160, 161. Advanced Conducting Methods (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite: Music 50. 

Materials and methods of conducting larger ensembles. Tone production, interpreta- 
tion, more complex score-reading. Practical experience is obtained. Music 160, choral 
conducting ; Music 161, orchestral and band conducting. 

Music 163. Band Techniques and Administration (2) — Second semester. 
Prerequisites: Music 81 and 161. Two lectures and two laboratory hours per 
week. Intensive study of a secondary wind instrument and of rehearsal tech- 
niques. A survey of instructional materials, administrative procedures, and band 
pageantry will be included. 

Music 166. Survey of the Opera (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite: Music 
120 and 121 or the equivalent. 

A study of the music, librettos, and composers of the standard operas. 

Music 167. Symphonic Music (3). First semester. Summer school (2). 
Prerequisites: Music 120 and 121 or the equivalent. 

The study of orchestral music from the Baroque period to the present. The con- 
certo, symphony, overture, and other forms are examined. 

Music 168. Chamber Music (3). Second semester. Prerequisites: Music 
120 and 121 or the equivalent. 

The history and literature of Chamber Music from the early Baroque period to the 
present. Music for trio sonata, string quartet and quintet, and combinations of piano 
and string instruments is studied. 

Music 169. Choral Music (3). First semester. Prerequisite: Music 120 
and 121 or the equivalent. 

The history and literature of choral music from the Renaissance to the present, with 
discussion of related topics such as Gregorian chant, vocal chamber music, etc. 

APPLIED MUSIC 

A new student or one taking applied music for the first time at this Uni- 
versity should, in any applied-music course other than Music (Piano), regis- 
ter for Music X (Piano) or Music X (Violin), etc. He will receive the proper 
classification at the end of his first semester in the Department. 

Music (Piano) (0) — First and second semesters. Two half-hour lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

Basic piano course required of all music majors whose principal instrument is not 
piano, and to be taken until minimum proficiency is attained. Special fee of $40.00 per 
semester. 

Music 12, 13. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Fresh- 
man course. Two half-hour lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 12 (Piano), or Music 12 (Voice), or Music 12 
(Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

Music 52, 53. Applied Music (2, 2)— First and second semesters. Sopho- 
more course. Prerequisite: Music 13 on the same instrument. Two half-hour 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 231 

lessons and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 52 tl'iano), or Music 52 (Voice), or Music 52 
(Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per Bemester. 

Music 112, 113. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Junior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 53 on the same instrument. Two half-hour lessons 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 112 (Piano), or Music 112 (Voice), or Music 112 
(Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

Music 152, 153. Applied Music (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Senior 
course. Prerequisite: Music 113 on the same instrument. One one-hour lesson 
and six practice hours per week. 

The student will register for Music 1~>2 (Piano), or Music 152 (Voice), or Music 152 
(Violin), etc. Special fee of $40.00 per semester. 

PHILOSOPHY 

Professor Garvin; Assistant Professors Robinson, Schlaretzki. 

Phil. 1. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature of 
man and the universe and the nature and function of scientitic knowledge and religion. 

(Garvin, Robinson.) 

Philosophy 1 and Philosophy - survey different philosophical fields. Either man be 
taken first or alone. Students may not receive credit for more than two of the folloicing 
courses: Philosophy 1;2; 12.°, : 124. 

Phil. 2. Introduction to Philosophy (3) — Each semester. 

A critical survey of representative philosophical beliefs concerning the nature and 
function of morality, government, education, and art. (Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 41. Elementary Logic and Semantics (3) — First semester. 

An introductory study of logic and language, intended to help the student increase 
his ability to employ language with understanding and to reason correctly. Topics treated 
include: the uses and abuses of language, techniques for making sound inferences, and the 
logic of science. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 52. Philosophy in Literature (3) — Second semester. 

Reading and philosophical criticism of novels and dramas containing ideas significant 
for ethics, social policy, and religion. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 53. Philosophy of Religion (3) — Second semester. 

This course seeks to provide the student with the means by which he may approach 
intelligently the main problems of religious thought; the nature of religious experience, 
the forms of religious expression, the conflicting claims of religion and science, and the 
place of religion in the community and in the life of the individual. (Garvin, Robinson.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phil. 101. Ancient Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of Greek thought from its beginnings to the time of Justinian. The chief 
figures discussed : the Presocratic philosophers, Socrates, Plato, Aristotle, Epicurus, the 
Stoic philosophers and Plotinus. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 102. Modern Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A history of philosophical thought iu the West during the 10th. 17tb, and 18th Cen- 



232 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

turies. The chief figures discussed: Bacon, Galileo, Descartes, Spinoza, Leibniz, Locke, 
Berkeley. Hume and Kant. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 111. Medieval Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A history of philosophical thought in the West from the close of the Classical period 
to the Renaissance. Based upon readings in Hie Stoics, early Christian writers, Neo- 
platonists, later Christian writers and Schoolmen. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 114. Contemporary Movements in Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of recent and present developments in philosophy. Attention will be given 
to such thinkers as James, Bergson, Russell, Dewey, and Whitehead and to such move- 
ments as Pragmatism, Idealism, Naturalism, Positivism, and Existentialism. Particular 
consideration will be paid to the hearing of these developments on contemporary problems 
of science, religion and society. (Garvin.) 

Phil. 120. Oriental Philosophy (3) — Second semester. 

A brief survey of Indian and Chinese philosophy. Discussion of Indian thought will 
center about the Rig-Veda, the Dpanishads, the Buddhist philosophers, and the chief 
Hindu systems. Discussion of Chinese thought will center about Confucius, Lao-tse and 
their disciples, particular attention being given to the development of democratic ideals 
from Mencius to Sun Yat-sen. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 121. American Philosophy (3) — First semester. 

A survey of American philosophical thought from the ISth Century to the present. 
Special attention is given to Edwards. Jefferson. Emerson, Royce, Peirce, James, Dewey, 
and Santayana. (Scblaretzki.) 

Phil. 123, 124. Philosophies Men Live By (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Phil. 123, extension (3). Designed as electives for students who wish 
to acquaint themselves with the field of philosophy. Phil. 123 not necessarily 
a prerequisite for Phil. 124. Students may not receive credit for more than two 
of the following courses: Philosophy 1; 2; 123; 124. (Staff.) 

An exploration of the fundamental beliefs which determine what men make of their 
lives and of the world they live in. Each semester classic statements of these beliefs 
by great philosophers will be chosen for class discussion on the basis of their significance 
for the problems confronting modern man. 

Phil. 125. The Great Philosophers (3)— Offered in Baltimore only. 
A discussion of the ideas of the great Western philosophers, based on readings in 
their works. (Staff.) 

Phil. 130. The Conflict of Ideals in Western Civilization (3)— Second 

semester. 

A critical and constructive philosophical examination of the assumptions, goals, and 
methods of contemporary democracy, fascism, socialism, and communism, with special 
attention to the ideological conflict between the D. S. and Russia. (Schlaretzki.) 

Phil. 140. Philosophical Bases of Educational Theories (3) — Second Semes- 
ter. 

A critical study of the foundations of major views regarding the proper ends of 
education and the implications of these views for educational practice. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 151. Ethics (3)— First semester. 

A critical study of the problems and theories of human conduct, aimed at developing 
such principles of ethical criticism as may be ippplied to contemporary personal and 
*nH,i] problems and to the formulation of an ethical philosophy of life. 

(Garvin, Schlaretzki.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 

Phil. 153. Philosophy of Art (3) — Second semester. 

An Inquiry Into the nature and functions of art. The course \\iil begin with an 
examination <>f the relations between ar( and Imitation, art and craft, art and beauty, 
art and pleasure, art and form, art and expression, an and not-art, and good, bad, and 
-■rcat art. and conclude with a consideration of t ho u^cs of art, propagandists, religious, 
escapist, and therapeutic. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 154. Political and Social Philosophy (3)— Second semester. 

An Inquiry Into the nature and functions "t oclety and of the state. Attention Is 
given to tbe major classical and contemporary theories, but tlie course [s not primarily 
historical. The central problems: determination of the grounds of political obligation; 
reconciliation of the claims of personal freedom and social wel (Schlaretzkl.) 

Phil. 155. Logic (3) — Second semester. 

A critical exposition of deductive logic. The course Includes an examination and 
appraisal of Aristotelian logic and a systematic presentation of (he foundations of modern 
symbolic logic. Consideration is given to the application of the techniques of logic in 
the organization of knowledge and in scientific method. This course does not presuppose 
Phil. 41, but forms a natural sequel to it. (Garvin, Schlaretzkl.) 

Phil. 156. Philosophy of Science (3) — First semester. 

An inquiry into the relations of the sciences, the nature of observation, hypotheses, 
verification, experiment, measurement, scientific laws and theories, the basic concepts and 
presuppositions of science, and the relations of science to society. (Robinson.) 

Phil. 191, 192, 193, 194. Topical Investigations (1-3) — Each semester. 

Tutorial course. Independent study under Individual guidance. Topics selected by 
students in conference with the department chairman. Restricted to advanced students 
with credit for at least 12 units of philosophy. (Staff.) 

For Graduates 

Graduate instruction in the Department of Philosophy is carried on mainly 
by independent investigation of special topics under individual supervision. 
Any of the courses listed below may be elected more than once. Course selec- 
tions require the approval of the department chairman. 

Phil. 201. Research in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 

Selected projects in historical research under individual guidance. (Staff.) 

Phil. 203. Selected Problems in Philosophy (1-3) — Each semester. 
Intensive study of selected topics in systematic philosophy under individual super- 
vision. (Staff.) 

Phil. 205. Seminar in the History of Philosophy (1-3)— First semester. 

A special topic will be selected for each ..ear. e.g., Plato, Aristotle, Kant, British 

Empiricists, Russell. (Staff.) 

Phil. 206. Seminar in Problems of Philosophy (1-3) — Second semester. 

A special topic will be selected each year, e.g., Symbolic Logic, Philosophical Analysis, 

Perceptual Knowledge. (Staff.) 

PHYSICS 

Professors Toll, Morgan, Myers; Visiting Professor Herman; Part-time Pro- 
fessors Brickwedde, de Launay, Kennard, Wangsness; Associate Professors 
Iskraut, Singer, R. Anderson; Assistant Professors Ferrell. Grant, Krumbein; 
Research Associates J. Anderson, Potts, Tredgold, Visscher. 



234 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 1. Elements of Physics: Mechanics, Heat, and Sound (3) — First 
semester. Two lectures, and one recitation a week. The first half of a survey 
course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does not 
satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, successful passing 
of the qualifying examination in elementary mathematics. Lecture demonstration 
fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 2. Elements of Physics: Magnetism, Electricity, and Optics (3) — 

Second semester. Two lectures and one recitation a week. The second half of a 
survey course in general physics. This course is for the general student and does 
not satisfy the requirements of the professional schools. Prerequisite, Phys. 1. 
Lecture demonstration fee, $3.00. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 10, 11. Fundamentals of Physics (4, 4) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures, one recitation, and one two-hour laboratory period a week. A 
course in general physics treating the fields of mechanics, heat, sound, electric- 
ity, magnetism, optics, and modern physics. This course satisfies the minimum 
requirements of medical and dental schools. Prerequisite, entrance credit in 
trigonometry or Math. 11 or concurrent enrollment in Math. 14 and 15. Lec- 
ture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00 per semester. (Singer and Staff.) 

Phys. 20. General Physics: Mechanics. Heat and Sound (5) — First and 
second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour laboratory 
period a week. The first half of a course in general physics. Required of all 
students in the engineering curricula. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. 
Lecture demonstration and laboratory fee, $10.00. 

(Anderson, R., Grant and Staff.) 

Phys. 21. General Physics: Electricity, Magnetism and Optics (5) — First 
and second semesters. Three lectures, two recitations and one two-hour lab- 
oratory period a week. The second half of a course in general physics. Re- 
quired of all students in the engineering curricula. Prerequisite, Phys. 20. 
Math 21 is to be taken concurrently. Lecture demonstration and laboratory 
fee, $10.00. (Anderson, R. Grant and Staff.) 

Phys. 50, 51. Intermediate Mechanics (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11, or Phys. 21. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 52. Heat (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 20 is to be taken concurrently. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 53. Nuclear Physics and Radioactivity (3) — Second semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 11 or Phys. 21. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 54. Sound (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 11 or 21. Math. 21 is to be taken concurrently. (R. Anderson.) 

Phys. 60. Intermediate Physics Experiments. Three hours laboratory work 
for each credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prere- 
quisites, Phys. 11 or 21. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 235 

A. General Physics 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Phys. 100. Advanced Experiments. Three hours laboratory work for each 
credit hour. One or more credits may be taken concurrently. Prerequisites, 
Phys. 52 or 54. Laboratory fee, $10.00 per credit hour. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 102. Optics (3) — Second semester. Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 104, 105. Electricity and Magnetism (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 11 or 21 and Math. 21. (Sreb.) 

Phys. 106, 107- Theoretical Mechanics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 51 and Math. 21, or consent of 
instructor. (Tanaka.) 

Phys. 118. Introduction to Modern Physics (3) — First semester. Three 
lectures a week. Prerequisite-;, Math. 21, and Phys. 11 or 12. (Myers.) 

Phys. 119. Modern Physics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Phys. 118. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 120. Nuclear Physics (4) — Four lectures a week. Prerequisite, Phys. 
118 or equivalent. (Myers.) 

Phys. 122. Properties of Matter (4) — Four lectures per week. Prerequisite, 
Phys. 118 or equivalent. (Myers.) 

Phys. 126. Kinetic Theory of Gases (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and 
Math. 21, or equivalent. 

Phys. 130, 131. Basic Concepts of Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. 
First and second semester. Prerequisite: Junior standing. Lecture demonstra- 
tion fee, S2.00 per semester. (Anderson, J.) 

A primarily descriptive course intended mainly for those students in the liberal arts 
who have not had any other course in Physics. This course does not satisfy the require- 
ments of professional schools nor servo as a prerequisite or substitute for other physics 
courses. The main emphasis in the course will be on the concepts of physics, their 
evolution and their relation to other branches of human endeavor. 

Phys. 150. Special Problems in Physics. Research or special study. Credit 
according to work done. Lab. fee, $10.00 per credit hour when appropriate. 
Prerequisite, major in physics and consent of Instructor. (Faculty.) 

For Graduates 

Of the courses which follow, 200, 201, 212, and 213 are given every year; 
all others will be given according to the demand. 

Phys. 200, 201. Introduction to Theoretical Physics (5, 5) — Five lectures a 
week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, advanced standing in physics 
and mathematics. (Myers.) 



236 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 202, 203. Advanced Dynamics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 200. 

Phys. 204. Electrodynamics (4) — Four lectures a week, second semester. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 206. Physical Optics (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Myers.) 

Phys. 208, 209- Thermodynamics (2, 2) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201 or equiva- 
lent. (Schamp.) 

Phys. 210, 211. Statistical Mechanics and the Kinetic Theory of Gases 
(2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisites, Phys. 112 and 201. (Montroll.) 

Phys. 212, 213. Introduction to Quantum Mechanics (3, 3) — Three lectures 
a week, first and second semesters. Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Ferrell.) 

Phys. 214. . Theory of Atomic Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 201. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 215. Theory of Molecular Spectra (3) — Three lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 214. (Anderson, R.) 

Phys. 216, 217. Molecular Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Pre- 
requisite, Phys. 213. (Jansen.) 

Phys. 222, 223. Boundary- Value Problems of Theoretical Physics (2, 2)— 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (de Launay.) 

Phys. 230. Seminar — Seminars on various topics in advanced physics are 
held each semester, with the contents varied each year. One semester credit 
for each seminar each semester. (Faculty.) 

Phys. 234, 235. Theoretical Nuclear Physics (3, 3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 213. 

(Visscher.) 

Phys. 236. Theory of Relativity (3)— Prerequisite, Phys. 200. (Iskraut.) 

Phys. 237. Relativistic Quantum Mechanics (3) — Three lectures per week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 218. (Toll, Ferrell.) 

Phys 238. Quantum Theory — selected topics (3) — Prerequisites, Phys. 236 
and 212. (Anderson, J.) 

Phys. 242, 243. Theory of Solids (2, 2) — Two lectures a week. Prere- 
quisite, Phys. 213. (Montroll.) 

Phys. 248, 249. Special Topics in Modern Physics (2, 2) — Two lectures a 
week. Prerequisite, Calculus and consent of instructor. (Montroll) 

Phys. 250. Research — Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, 
SI 0.00 per credit hour. Prerequisite: An approved application for admission to 
candidacy or special permission of the Physics Department. (Faculty.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 237 

B. Applied Physics 
For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Phys. 101. Laboratory Arts. Three hours laboratory a week for each 

credit hour. One or more credits may he taken concurrently. Laboratory fee, 

per credit hour. (Anderson, R., Hartnell.) 

Phys. 103. Applied Optics (3) — First semester. Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisite, Phys. 102. 

Phys. 108. Physics of Electron Tubes (3) — First semester. Three lectures 
a week. Prerequisite: rhys. 104 must be taken previously or concurrently. 

(Grant.) 

Phys. 109. Electronic Circuits (4) — Second semester. Four lectures a 
week. Prerequisite: Phys. 105 must be taken previously or concurrently. 

(Grant.) 

Phys. 110. Applied Physics Laboratory (1, 2 or 3) — Three hours laboratory 
work for each credit hour. One to three credits may be taken concurrently. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 52 or Phys. 54, and one credit in Phys. 100. (Krumbein.) 

Phys. 111. Physics Shop Techniques (1) — One 3 hour laboratory per week. 
Laboratory fee, S10.00. (Staff.) 

Phys. 114, 115. Introduction to Biophysics. (2, 2) — First and second semes- 
ters. Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, intermediate Physics and Calculus. 

(Morowitz.) 

Phys. 116, 117. Fundamental Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Three lectures a week. 
Prerequisites, Phys. 107 and Math. 21. (Resler.) 

Phys. 121. Neutron Physics and Fission Reactors (4) — Four lectures a 
week, second semester. Prerequisite: Phys. 120. (Shapiro.) 

Phys. 151. Special Problems in Applied Physics. Research or special study 
in applied physics. Credit according to work done. Laboratory fee, 810.00 per 
credit hour when appropriate. Prerequisite: Major in physics and consent of 
instructor. (Faculty.) 

For Graduates 

Phys. 218, 219. X-Rays and Crystal Structure (3, 3)— Three lectures a 
week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 220. Application of X-Ray and Electron Diffraction Methods (2) — 
Two laboratory periods a week. (Morgan.) 

Phys. 224, 225. Supersonic Aerodynamics and Compressible Flow (2, 2) — 
Prerequisite, Phys. 201. (Pai.) 

Phys. 226, 227. Theoretical Hydrodynamics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 201. 

(Resler.) 



238 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Phys. 231. Applied Physics Seminar. (One semester credit for each sem- 
inar each semester.) (Imai.) 

Phys. 232, 233. Hydromechanics Seminar (1, 1). (Kennard.) 

Phys. 240, 241. Theory of Sound and Vibrations (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Phys. 
201. (Resler.) 

Phys. 245. Special Topics in Applied Physics. (2 credits each semester.) 
Two lectures a week. (Faculty.) 

Phys. 246, 247. Special Topics in Fluid Dynamics, (2, 2) — Prerequisite, 

Advanced graduate standing and consent of the instructor. (Resler.) 

Phys. 262, 263. Aerophysics (3, 3) — Prerequisite, consent of the instructor. 

(Resler.) 

C. Special Physics Courses for High School Science Teachers. 

The courses in this section were especially designed for high school teachers 
and are not applicable to B.S., M.S., or Ph.D. degrees in physics without special 
permission of the physics department. However, these courses can be included 
as part of a physics minor or as electives. 

Phys. 118A. Atoms, Nuclei, and Stars (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Herzfeld.) 

Phys. 122A. Properties of Materials (3) — Three lectures per week. 

(Myers.) 

Phys. 160A. Physics Problems (1, 2, 3) — Lectures and discussion sessions 
arranged. (Anderson, J.) 

Phys. 170A. Applied Physics (3) — Three lectures per week. (Montroll.) 

PSYCHOLOGY 

Professors Andrews, Cofer, Hackman, Sprowls; Associate Professors Gustad, 

Ross; Assistant Professors Heintz, McGinnies, Magoon, Payne; Instructors 

Benimoff, Figler, Pumroy, Wegner. 

Psych. 1 and 4 are the underdepartmental requirements for all students 
majoring in Psychology. 

Psych. 2 and 5 are presented as general surveys of an introductory nature 
and are organized primarily as elective courses for students in other departments. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.A. degree in the Social Sciences: 
1, 4, 106, 121, 145, 150; and 128 or 142; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Departmental requirements toward the B.S. degree in the Biological Sciences : 
1, 4, 106, 136, 145, 150; and 180 or 181; plus 9 additional hours in Psychology 
and/or other departments selected in conference with the student's major advisor. 

Psych 1. Introduction to Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. 

(McGinnies and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 239 

A basic Introductory course, intended to bring the student into contact with the 
major problems confronting psychology and the more Important attempts at their solu- 
tion. 

Psych. 2. Applied Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prequi- 
Bite, Psych. 1. (Staff.) 

Application of research methods to basic human problems in business and industry, In 
the professions, and in other practical concerns of everyday life. 

Psych. 4. Problems in Modern Psychology (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Staff.) 

Primarily for students in the College of Arts and Sciences who major or minor in 
psychology. A systematic survey of the field of psychology with particular emphasis OJ 
methodology. Consideration of individual differences, motivation, sensory and motor 
processes, learning, emotional behavior and personality. 

Psych. 5. Mental Hygiene (3) — First and second semesters. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1 (Magoon.) 

The more common deviations of personality ; typical methods of adjustment. 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Graduate credit will be assigned only for students certified by the Depart- 
ment of Psychology as qualified for graduate standing. 

Psych. 106. Statistical Methods in Psychology (3) — First and second semes- 
ters. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

A basic introduction to quantitative methods used in psychological research ; measures 
of central tendency, of spread, and of correlation. Majors in Psychology should take this 
course in the junior year. 

Psych. 110. Educational Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 1 or equivalent. (Heintz.) 

Researches on fundamental psychological problems encountered in education. Measure- 
ment and significance of individual differences ; learning, motivation, transfer of training, 
and the educational implications of theories of intelligence. 

Psych. 121. Social Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 1. (Heintz, McGinnies, Wegner.) 

Personality and behavior as influenced by culture and interpersonal relations. Social 
influences on motivation, learning, memory, and perception. Attitudes, public opinion, 
propaganda, language and communication, leadership, ethnic differences, and group proc- 
esses. 

Psych. 122. Advanced Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 121 and consent of instructor. (McGinnies.) 

A systematic review of researches and points of view in regard to major problems in 
the field of social psychology. 

Psych. 125. Child Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 1. 

(Heintz.) 
Behavioral analysis of normal development and normal socialization of the growing 
child. Leading theories of child nature and care, and their implications. 

Psych. 126. Developmental Psychology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 

Psych. 1. (Heintz.) 

Genetic approach to human motivation and accomplishment. Research on simpler 



240 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

animal forms, the child, the adolescent and the adult in terms of the development of 
normal adult behavior. 

Psych. 128. Human Motivation (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 121. (Cofer.) 

Review of research literature dealing with determinants of human performance, 
together with consideration of the major theoretical contributions in this area. 

Psych. 129. Psychological Aspects of Literature (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 131 or permission of instructor. (Sprowls.) 

The familiar rubrics of dynamic psychology are studied in the light of literary 
products. Emphasizes the significance of psycho-social forces as functional determinants 
of well known literary personalities. 

Psych. 131. Abnormal Psychology (3) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite, three courses in Psychology. Two lectures, one clinic. 

(Magoon, Pumroy.) 

The nature, occurrence, and causes of marked psychological abnormalities, with 
emphasis on clinical rather than theoretical aspects. 

Psych. 136. Applied Experimental Psychology (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 1 or consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of basic human factors involved in the design and operation of machinery 
and equipment. Organized for students in engineering, industrial psychology, and the 
biological sciences. 

Psych. 140. Psychological Problems in Advertising (3) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 1. (Hackman.) 

Psychological problems that arise in connect inn with the production and testing of 
advertising; techniques employed in attacking these problems through research. 

Psych. 142. Techniques of Interrogation (3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 121. (Hackman.) 

The interview, the questionnaire, and other methods of obtaining evidence on human 
attitudes and reactions, as viewed in the light of modern research evidence. 

Psych. 145. Introduction to Experimental Psychology (4) — First and second 
semester. One lecture and two two-hour laboratory periods per week. Pre- 
requisite, Psych. 4. Laboratory fee per semester, $4.00. (Ross.) 

Primarily for students who major or minor in psychology. A systematic survey of 
the laboratory methods and techniques as applied to human behavior. Emphasis is placed 
on individual and group participation in experiments, use of data, and preparation of 
reports. 

Psych. 150. Tests and Measurements (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 106. Laboratory fee, $4.00. (Gustad, Magoon.) 

Critical survey of predictors used in vocational and educational orientation and In 
industrial practice, with emphasis on development and standardization. Laboratory prac- 
tice in the use and interpretation of test and non-test predictors. 

Psych. 161. Industrial Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 6 
hours in Psychology. 

A survey course, intended for those who plan to enter some phase of personnel work, 
but who do not plan to undertake graduate study. 

Psych. 167. Psychological Problems in Aviation (3) — First semester. Pre- 
requisite, Psych 1. (Payne.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 2A\ 

Techniques in selection nnd training of aircraft pilots ; rescui-clies on special con- 
ditions encountered in flight. 

Psych. 180. Physiological Psychology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 145. (Andrews, Ross.) 

An Introduction to research on the physiological bases of human behavior, including 
considerations of sensory phenomena, motor coordination, emotion, drives, and the neu- 
rological basis of learning. 

Psych. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Zool. 181.) — Second semester. 
Prerequisite, consent of instructor. (Ross.) 

A study of animal behavior, Including considerations of social Interactions, learning, 
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on 
mammals. 

Psych. 191, 192. Advanced General Psychology (3, 3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite, 15 hours of Psychology including Psych. 145 and con- 
sent of instructor. (Ross, Cofer.) 

A systematic review of the more fundamental investigations upon which modern 
psychology is based. Intended primarily for exceptional senior majors and for graduate 
students. 

Psych. 194. Independent Study in Psychology (1-3)— First and second 
semesters. Prerequisites, senior standing and written consent of individual 
faculty supervisor. (Staff.) 

Integrated rending under direction, leading to the preparation of an adequately 
documented report on a special topic. 

Psych. 195. Minor Problems in Psychology (1-3) — First and second se- 
mesters. Prerequisite, written consent of individual faculty supervisor. 

(Staff.) 

An individualized course designed to allow the student to pursue a specialized topic 
or research project under supervision ; also designed to allow groups of students to work 
under supervision in a topical area not included in the courses offered at the graduate 
level. 

Psych. 198. Proseminar: Professional Aspects of Psychological Science (2) 

— Second semester. Prerequisites, senior standing and consent of faculty advisor. 

(Staff.) 
Survey of professional problems in Psychology, including considerations of con- 
temporary developments, professional ethics, literature resources, formulation of critical 
research problems, and discussion of the major institutions requiring psychological 
services. 

For Graduate Students 

(All the following courses require consent of the instructor.) 

Psych. 202. Seminar in Advanced Experimental Psychology (2). 

(Andrews.) 
Psych. 203, 204. Graduate Seminar (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

(Staff.) 

Psych. 205, 206. Historical Viewpoints and Current Theories in Psychol- 
ogy (3, 3) — First and second semesters. (Hackman, Cofer.) 

Psych. 211. Job Analysis and Evaluation (3) — First semester. 



242 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Psych. 220. Psychological Concepts in Mental Health (2) — Second semester. 

(Gustad, Magoon.) 

Psych. 221. Seminar in Counseling Psychology (3) 

Psych. 222. Seminar in Clinical Psychology (2) — Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 
220. (Magoon.) 

Psych. 223. Diagnosis and Correction of Reading Difficulties (3) — Second 

semester. Prerequisites, Psych. 150, 220. (Magoon, Benimoff.) 

Psych. 224. Advanced Procedures in Clinical and Counseling Psychology 
(2). 

Psych. 225. Practicum in Counseling and Clinical Procedures (1-3) — First 
and second semesters. Prerequisite, Psych. 220. (Gustad, Magoon.) 

Psych. 230. Determinants of Human Efficiency (3) — Second semester. 

(Ross.) 

Psych. 231. Training Procedures in Industry (3) — Second semester. 

Psych. 233. Social Organization in Industry (3) — First semester. 

Psych. 235. Psychological Aspects of Management-Union Relations (3) — 

Second semester. 

Psych. 240. Interview and Questionnaire Techniques (3) — Second semester. 

(Hackman.) 

Psych. 241. Mass Communication and Persuasion (3) — Second semester. 

(McGinnies.) 

Psych. 242. Seminar in Social Psychology (3) — Second semester. 

(McGinnies.) 
Current theories and problems in Social Psychology will be examined critically, with 
emphasis placed upon the experimental approach to social psychological questions. 

Psych. 250. Mental Test Theory (2) — First semester. Prerequisite, Psych. 
253. (Gustad.) 

Psych. 251. Development of Predictors (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 253. (Andrews.) 

Psych. 252, 253. Advanced Statistics (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 106. (Hackman, Andrews.) 

Psych. 255. Seminar in Psychometric Theory (2) — Prerequisite, Psych. 253. 

(Andrews, Hackman.) 

Psych. 260. Individual Tests (3) — Laboratory fee, $4.00. Prerequisite, 
Psych. 150. (Magoon.) 

Psych. 262. Appraisal of Personality (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 150. 

(Cofer.) 

Psych. 264. Projective Tests (3) — Second semester. Laboratory fee, $4.00. 
Prerequisite, Psych. 260. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 265. Advanced Developmental Psychology (2). 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 243 

Psych. 266, 267. Theories of Personality and Motivation (3, 3) — First and 
second semesters. (Cofer.) 

Psych. 270. Advanced Abnormal Psychology (3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 131. 

(Cofer, Gustad.) 

Psych. 271. Special Testing of Disabilities (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Psych. 260. (Magoon.) 

Psych. 272, 273. Individual Clinical Diagnosis (3, 3) — Prerequisite, Psych. 
260. (Gustad.) 

Psych. 280. Advanced Psychophysiology (2) — First semester. 

(Andrews, Ross.) 

Psych. 288, 289. Special Research Problems (1-3) — First and second se- 
mesters. (Staff.) 

Psych. 290, 291. Research for Thesis (Credit arranged) — First and second 
semesters. (Staff.) 

SOCIOLOGY 

Professors Hoffsommer, Lejins; Associate Professors Melvin, Shankweiler; As- 
sistant Professors Anderson, Coates, Fitzgerald, Rohrer, Roth, Watson; In- 
structors Cussler, Felton, Franz, Hirzel, Lawson, Motz, Sampson, Scott, 

Schmidt, Tomlin. 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent is prerequisite to all other courses in sociology. 

Sociology 2, 183, 186 and 196 or their equivalents are required for an under- 
graduate major in sociology. 

Soc. 1. Sociology of American Life (3) — First and second semesters. Sum- 
mer School. 

Sociological analysis of the American social structure; metropolitan, small town, and 
rural communities ; population distribution, composition and change ; social organization. 

(Hofifsommer and Staff.) 

Soc. 2. Principles of Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Prere- 
quisite, Soc. 1 or sophomore standing. 

The basic forms of human association and interaction; social processes; institutions; 
culture; human nature and personality. (Melvin, Cussler.) 

Soc. 5. Anthropology (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Introduction to anthropology ; origins of man ; development and transmission of 

culture; backgrounds of human Institutions. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 13. Rural Sociology (3) — First semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1. 
Rural life in America ; its people, social organization, culture patterns, and prob- 
lems. (Hoffsommer, Coates.) 

Soc. 14. Urban Sociology (3) — Second semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1. 

Urban growth and expansion ; characteristics of city populations; urban institutional 
and personality patterns; relations of city and country. (Schmidt.) 



244 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Soc. 51. Social Pathology (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

Personal-social disorganization and maladjustment ; physical and mental handicaps ; 
economic inadequacies : programs of treatment and control. (Shankweiler, Franz.) 

Soc. 52. Criminology (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and 
sophomore standing. 

Criminal behavior and the methods of its study ; causation ; typologies of criminal 
acts and offenders ; punishment, correction, and incapacitation ; prevention of crime. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc. 62. Social Institutions (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, Soc. 1 
and sophomore standing. 

Nature and function of social institutions ; the perpetuation of behavior through 
customs and social norms ; typical contemporary American institutions. (Melvln.) 

Soc. 64. Courtship and Marriage (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and sophomore standing. 

A sociological study of courtship and marriage including consideration of physio- 
logical and psychological factors. Inter-cultural comparisons and practical considera- 
tions. Designed primarily for students in the lower division. (Shankweiler.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Sociology 1 or its equivalent and junior standing are prerequisite to courses 
numbered 100 to 199. 

Soc. 105. Cultural Anthropology (3) — Second semester. Summer School 
(2). 

A survey of the simpler cultures of the world, with attention to historical processes 

and the application of anthropological theory to the modern situation. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 112. Rural-Urban Relations (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

The ecology of population and the forces making for change in rural and urban life ; 
micrsition, decentralization and regionalism as methods of solving individual and national 
problems. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 113. The Rural Community (3) — Second semester. 

A detailed study of rural life with emphasis on levels of living, the family, school, 
and church and organizational activities in the fields of health, recreation, welfare, and 
planning. (Hoffsommer, Coates.) 

Soc. 114. The City (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

The rise of urban civilization and metropolitan regions ; ecological process and struc- 
ture ; the city as a center of dominance; social problems, control and planning. 

(Schmidt.) 

Soc. 115. Industrial Sociology (3) — First and second semesters. Summer 
School (2). 

The sociology of human relntlons in American industry and business. Complex In- 
dustrial and business organizations as social systems. Social relationships within and 
between Industry, business, community, and society. (Coates.) 

Soc. 118. Community Organization (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Community organization and Its relation to social welfare: analysis of community 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 245 

needs and resources; health, housing, recreation; community centers; neighborhood proj- 
ects. (Hoth.) 

Soc. 121. Population (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Population distribution and growth in the United States and the world; population 
problems and policies. illlrzci.) 

Soc. 122. Population (3) -Second semester. 

Trends in fertility and mortality, migrations, population estimates and the resulting 
problems and policies. (Hlrzel.) 

Soc. 123. Ethnic Minorities (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 
Basic soda! processes in the relations of ethnic groups within the state: immigra- 
tion groups and the Negro in the luifnl States; ethnic minorities in Europe. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 124. The Culture of the American Indian (3) — Second semester. 
A study of type cultures ; cultural processes ; and the effects of acculturation on 
selected tribes of Indians in the Americas. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 125. Cultural History of the Negro (3) — First semester. 

The cultures of Africa south of the Sahara and the cultural adjustments of the 
Negro in North and South America. 

Soc. 131. Introduction to Social Service (3) — First and second semesters. 
General survey of the Held of social-welfare activities ; historical development ; 
growth, functions, and specialization of agencies and services, private and public. 

(Roth.) 

Soc. 136. Sociology of Religion (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Varieties and sources of religious experience. Religious institutions and the role of 
religion in social life. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 141. Sociology of Personality (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

Development of human nature and personality in contemporary social life ; processes 

of socialization; attitudes, individual differences, and social behavior. (Motz.) 

Soc. 144. Collective Behavior (3) — Second semester. 

Social interaction in mass behavior; communication processes; structure and func- 
tioning of crowds, strikes, audiences, mass movemi nts, and the public. (Cussler.) 

Soc. 145. Social Control (3) — First semester. 

Forms, mechanisms, and techniques of group inlluence on human behavior; problems 
of social control in contemporary society. (Motz.) 

Soc. 147. Sociology of Law (3) — First semester. 

Law as a form of social control ; interrelation between legal and other conduct norms 
as to their content, sanctions, and methods of securing conformity : law as an integral 
part of the culture of the croup; factors and processes operative in the formation of 
legal norms as determinants of human behavior. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 153. Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. Summer School (2). 

Juvenile delinquency in relation to the general problem of crime ; analysis of factors 

underlying juvenile delinquency ; treatment and prevention. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 154. Crime and Delinquency Prevention (3) — Second semester. Pre- 
requisite, Soc. 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years with Soc. 156. (Lejins.) 



246 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Mobilization of community resources for the prevention of crime and delinquency ; 
area programs and projects. 

Soc. 156. Institutional Treatment of Criminals and Delinquents (3) — Second 
semester. Summer School (2). Prerequisite,', Soc 52 or Soc. 153 or consent of 
instructor. (Offered in alternate years with Soc. 154.) 

Organization and functions of penal and correctional institutions for adults and juve- 
niles. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 160. Interviewing in Social Work (Wi). Summer School only. 

Soc. 161. The Sociology of War (3)— First semester. Summer School (2). 

The origin and development of armed forces as institutions ; the social causes, opera- 
tions and results of war as social conflict ; the relations of peace and war and revolution 
in contemporary civilization. (Coates.) 

Soc. 162. Basic Principles and Current Practice in Public Welfare (3). 

Summer School only. (Roth.) 

Soc. 163. Attitude and Behavior Problems in Public School Work (1}4). 
Summer School only. (Roth.) 

Soc. 164. The Family and Society (3)— Second semester. Summer School 
(2). Prerequisite, Soc. 1 and Soc. 64 or equivalent. 

Study of the family as a social institution; its biological and cultural foundations, 
historic development, changing structure and function : the interactions of marriage and 
parenthood, disorganizing and reorganizing factors in present day trends. (Shankweller. ) 

Soc. 171. Family and Child Welfare (3) — First semester. Summer School 
(2). 

Programs of family and child welfare agencies ; social services to families and chil- 
dren ; child placement ; foster families. (Roth.) 

Soc. 173. Social Security (3) — First semester. 

The social security program in the United States ; public assistance ; social Insurance. 

(Staff.) 

Soc. 174. Public Welfare (3) — Second semester. 

Development and organization of the public welfare movement in the United States ; 
social legislation ; interrelations of federal, state, and local agencies and institutions. 

(Roth.) 

Soc. 183. Social Statistics (3) — First and second semesters. 
Collection, statistical analysis, and interpretation of social data ; problems of quanti- 
tative measurement of social phenomena. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 185. Advanced Social Statistics (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 

Soc. 183, or equivalent. 

Provides refined statistical research methods for' advanced students in the social 
sciences. Sampling theory, specialized correlation technique, tests of significance, and 
other procedures. (Schmidt.) 

Soc. 186. Sociological Theory (3) — First and second semesters. 
Development of the science of sociology ; historical backgrounds ; recent theories of 
society. (Melvin.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 247 

Soc. 191. Social Feld Training (1-3).— First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisites: For social work field training, Soc. 131; for crime control field 
training, Soc. 52 and 153. Enrollment restricted to available placements. 

Supervised field training In public and private Boclal agencies. The Btodent will 
select his particular area of Interest and be responsible t" an agency for a definite 
program of in-service training. Group meetings, individual conferences, and written 
progress reports will be required part of t h e course. (L*jins, Hoth.) 

Soc. 196. Senior Seminar (3) — Second semester. Required oi and open 
only to senior majors in sociology. 

Scope, fields, and methods of sociology: practical applications of sociological knowl- 
edge. Individual study and reports. (Hoffsommer.) 

For Graduates 

Prerequisites for entrance upon graduate study leading to an advanced 
degree with a major in sociology: either (1) an undergraduate major (totaling 
at least 24 semester hours) in sociology or (2) 12 semester hours of sociology 
(including 6 semester hours of advanced courses) and 12 additional hours of 
comparable work in economics, political science, or psychology. Reasonable 
substitutes for these prerequisites may be accepted in the case of students 
majoring in other departments who desire a graduate minor or several courses 
in sociology. 

With the exception of Soc. 201, 285, and 291, individual courses numbered 
200 to 299 will ordinarily be offered in alternate years. 

Soc. 201. Methods of Social Research (3) — First semester. 
Selection and formulation of research projects ; methods and techniques of sociological 
investigation and analysis. Required of graduate majors in sociology. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 215. Community Studies (3) — First semester. 

Intensive study of the factors affecting community development and growth, social 
structure, social stratification, and social institutions: analysis of particular communi- 
ties. (Hoffsommer.) 

Soc. 221. Population and Society (3) — Second semester. 

Selected problems in the field of population; quantitative and qualitative aspects: 
American and world problems. (Hirzei.) 

Soc. 224. Race and Culture (3) — Second semester. 

Race and culture in contemporary society : mobility and the social effects of race and 
culture contacts and intermixture. (Anderson.) 

Soc. 230. Comparative Sociology (3) — Second semester. 

Comparison of the social institutions, organisations, patterns of collective behavior, 
and art manifestations of societal values of various countries. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 241. Personality and Social Structure (3) — Second semester. 
Comparative analysis of the development of human nature, personality, and social 
traits in select social structures. (Staff.) 

Soc. 246. Public Opinion and Propaganda (3) — Second semester. 
Processes involved in the formation of mass attitudes : agencies and techniques of 
communication: quantitative measurement of public opinion. (Staff.) 

Soc. 253. Advanced Criminology (3)— First semester. 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Survey of the principal issues In contemporary criminological theory and research. 

(Lejins.) 

Soc. 254. Seminar: Criminology (3) — Second semester. 

Selected problems in criminology. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 255. Seminar: Juvenile Delinquency (3) — First semester. 

Selected problems in the field of juvenile delinquency. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 256. Crime and Delinquency as a Community Problem (3) — Second 
semester. 

An intensive study of selected problems in adult crime and juvenile delinquency In 

Maryland. (Lejins.) 

Soc. 257. Social Change and Social Policy (3) — First semester. 
Emergence and development of social policy as relatprl to social change; policy- 
making factors in social welfare and social legislation. (Staff.) 

Soc. 262. Family Studies (3) — Second semester. 

Case studies of family situations ; statistical studies of family trends, methods of 
investigation and analysis. (Shankweiler.) 

Soc. 264. The Sociology of Mental Health (3) — First semester. 
A study of the sociological factors that condition mental health together with an 
appraisal of the group dynamics of its preservation. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 282. Sociological Methodology (3) — Second semester. 

Logic and method of sociology in relation to the general theory of scientific method ; 
principal issues and points of view. (Staff.) 

Soc. 285. Seminar: Sociological Theory (3) — First semester. 
Critical and comparative study of contemporary European and American theories of 
society. (Melvin.) 

Soc. 290. Research in Sociology (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. (Thesis Advisor.) 

Soc. 291. Special Social Problems (Credit to be determined) — First and 
second semesters. 

Individual research on selected problems. (Staff.) 

SPEECH AND DRAMATIC ART 

Associate Professor Strausbaugh; Assistant Professors Batka, Hendricks, 

Linkow, Mayer, Niemeyer, Provensen: Instructors Bedwell, Byrd, Conlon, 

Craven, Dillavou, Gillis, Pugliese, Starcher; Jr. Instructors Bosley, Elkins, Govv, 

Meima. Monroe. Smith; Lecturers Butler, Causey, Lore, Shutts. 

Speech 1, 2. Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. Pre- 
requisite for advanced speech courses. Speech I prerequisite for Speech II. 

The preparation and delivery of short original speeches ; outside readings ; reports, 
etc. It is recommended that this course be taken during the freshman year. Laboratory 
fee $1.00 each semester. (Strausbaugh and Staff.) 

Speech Clinic — No credit. 

Remedial work in minor speech defects. The work of the clinic Is conducted In 
individual conferences and in small group meetings. Hours arranged by consultation with 
the respective speech Instructor. (Craven and Staff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 249 

Speech 3. Fundamentals of General American Speech (3) — Each semester. 

Training in auditory discrimination of speech Bounds, rhvthms and inflections of 

general American speech. Analysis of the physiological bases of speech production and 

the phonetic elements of Bpeecb reception. This course is required of speech majors, 

and recommended for foreign students. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 4. Voice and Diction (3) — First and Second semesters. 
Emphasis upon the Improvement oi voire, articulation, and phonation. May be taken 
concurrently with Speech 1, 2. (Mayer and Staff.) 

Speech 5, 6. Advanced Public Speaking (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 
Prerequisite, Speech 1, 2, or consent of the instructor. 

Advanced work on basis of Speech 1, 2. Special emphasis is placed upon speaking 
situations the students will face in their respective vocations. (Starcher and Staff.) 

Speech 7. Public Speaking (2) — Each semester. The preparation and de- 
livery of speeches on technical and general subjects. Laboratory fee, $1.00. 

(Linkow and Staff.) 

Speech 8, 9. Acting (3, 3) — First and second semesters. Admission by 
consent of instructor. 

Basic principles of histrionic practice. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 10. Group Discussion (2) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the principles, methods, and types of discussion, and their application in 
the discussion of contemporary problems. (Linkow and Staff.) 

Speech 11, 12. Debate (2, 2) — First and second semesters. 

A study of the principles of argument, analysis, evidence, reasoning, fallacies, briefing, 
and delivery, together with their application in public speaking. (Oillis.) 

Speech 13. Oral Interpretation (3) — First semester. 

The oral interpretation of literature and the practical training of students in the 
art of reading. (Provensen.) 

Speech 14. Stagecraft (3) — First semester. 

Fundamentals of technical production. Emphasis on construction of scenery. Lab- 
oratory fee, $2.00. (Byrd.) 

Speech 15. Stagecraft (3) — Second semester. 

Technical production. Emphasis on stage lighting. Prerequisite, Speech 14. Lab- 
oratory fee, $2.00. (Byrd.) 

Speech 16. Introduction to the Theatre (3) — First and second semesters. 

A general survey of the fields of the theatre. Prerequisite for all courses in Drama. 

(Mayer.) 

Speech 17. Make-up (2) — Second semester. One lecture and one laboratory 
a week. 

A lecture-laboratory ionise In the theory and practice of Stage make-up. covering 
basic requirements as to age, type, character, race, and period. Laboratory fee, $2.00. 

(Byrd.i 

Speech 18, 19. Introductory Speech (1, 1) — First and second semesters. 

This course is designed to give those students practice in public speaking who cannot 
schedule Speech 1, 2. Speech IS preren/Msifp for Speech 10. Laboratory fee $1.00 for 
each semester. (Provensen and Staff.) 



250 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 22. Introduction to Radio and Television (3) — First and second 
semesters. Prerequisite for all courses in Radio. 

The development, scope, and influence of American broadcasting and telecasting, in- 
cluding visits to local radio and television stations, with guest lecturers from Radio 
Station WTOP and Television Station WTOP-TV. (Batka.) 

Speech 23. Parliamentary Law (1) — First and second semesters. 
A study of the principles and application of parliamentary law as applied to all 
types of meetings. Thorough training in the use of Robert's Rules of Order. 

(Strausbaugh.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Speech 102. Radio Production (3) — Second Semester. 

A study of the multiple problems facing the producer. Special emphasis is given to 
acoustic setup, casting, "miking", timing, cutting, and the coordination of personnel factors 
involved in the production of radio programs. Admission by consent of instructor. Lab- 
oratory fee, $2.00. (Batka.) 

Speech 105. Speech-Handicapped School Children (3) — First and second 
semesters. Admission by consent of Instructor. 

The occurrence, identification and treatment of speech handicaps in the classroom. 
An introduction to speech pathology. (Craven.) 

Speech. 106. Clinical Practice (1 to 5 credits, up to 9) — Each semester and 
summer. Prerequisite: Speech 105. 

Clinical practice in various methods of corrective procedures with various types of 
speech cases in the University clinic, veterans hospitals, and the public schools. May 
be taken for 1-5 credit hours per semester. May be repeated for a total of 9 semester 
hours credit. (Craven.) 

Speech 107. Advanced Oral Interpretation (3) — Second semester. Prere- 
quisite, Speech 13. 

Emphasis upon the longer reading. Program planning. (Provensen.) 

Speech 108. Public Speaking (2) — Second semester. Limited to Junior 
Engineers. Prerequisite, Speech 7. 

Continuation of Speech 7 with emphasis upon engineering projects that fall within 
student's own experience. (Linkow.) 

Speech 109. Speech and Language Development of Children (3) — Second 
semester. Admission by consent of instructor. 

An analysis of normal and abnormal processes of speech and language development 
in children. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 111. Seminar (3) — First and second semesters. Required of speech 
majors. Present-day speech research. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 112. Phonetics (3) — First semester. 

Training in the recognition and production of the sounds of spoken English, with an 
analysis of their formation. Practice in transcription. Mastery of the international 
phonetic alphabet. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 113. Play Production (3) — Second semester. 

Development of procedure followed by the director in preparing plays for public per- 
formance. (Paglfeffe.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 251 

Speech 115. Radio in Retailing (3) — First semester. Limited to students 
in the College of Home Economics. Prerequisites, Speech 1, 2. English 1, 2. 
Junior standing. Laboratory fee $2.00. 

Writing and production of promotional programs for the merchandising of wearing 
apparel and honsefnrnishlngs. Collaboration with Washington and Baltimore radio sta- 
tions and retail stores. (Batka.) 

Speech 116. Radio Announcing (3)— S e c o n d semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 4. 

The theory and application of all types of announcing. Laboratory foe, $2.00. 

(Batka.) 

Speech 117. Radio Continuity Writing (3) — First semester. 

A study of the principles and methods of writing for broadcasting. Application will 
be made in the writing of the genera] types of continuity. Admission by consent of 
instructor. (Bedwell.) 

Speech 118. Advanced Radio Writing (3) — Second semester. Prerequisite, 
Speech 117. 

Advanced work with emphasis upon the dramatic form. Admission by consent of 
instructor. (Bedwell.) 

Speech 119. Radio Acting (3) — Second semester. 

A workshop course designed to give the student practice in radio acting. Admission 
by consent of instructor. (Pugllese.) 

Speech 120. Speech Pathology (3)— First semester. Prerequisite: Speech 
105. 

A continuation of Speech 105, with emphasis on (he causes and treatment of organic 
speech disorders. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 122, 123. Radio Workshop (3, 3)— First and second semesters. 
A laboratory course dealing with all phases of producing a radio program. Ad- 
mission by consent of instructor. Laboratory fee S2.0H each semester. (Batka.) 

Speech 124, 125. American Public Address (3, 3)— First and second semes- 
ters. 

The first semester covers the period from Colonial times to the Civil War period. 
The second semester covers from the Civil War period through the contemporary period. 

(Staff.) 

Speech 126. Semantic Aspects of Speech in Human Relations (3) — Second 
semester. 

An analysis of speech and language habits from the standpoint of General Semantics. 

(Hendricks. ) 

Speech 127, 128. Military Speech and Commands (2, 2) — First and second 
semesters. Limited to students in the College of Military Science and Tactics. 

The preparation and delivery of lectures dealing with military subjects. Effective 
execution of field orders, commands, etc. Extensive use of voice recordings. (Pugliese.) 

Speech 129, 130. Play Directing (2, 2)— Admission by consent of instructor. 

A lecture-laboratory course dealing with the fundamentals of script cutting, pacing, 

movement, blocking, and rehearsal routine as applied to the directing of plays. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 131. History of the Theatre (3) — First semester. 
A survey of dramatic production from early origins to 1800. (Neimeyer.) 



252 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Speech 132. History of the Theatre (3) — Second semester. 

A survey of dramatic production from 1800 to the present. (Niemeyer.) 

Speech 133. Staff Reports, Briefings, and Visual Aids (3) — Second semes- 
ter. Limited to the students in the College of Military Science. Prerequisites, 
Speech 5 and 6. 

Lecture and laboratory course dealing with the techniques used in military briefings, 
staff reports and the use of visual aids. (Linkow.) 

Speech 135. Introduction to Audiology (3) — Second semester. Study of the 
basic problems of deafness among children and adults. (Craven.) 

Speech 136. Principles of Speech Therapy (3) — Prerequisite: Speech. 120. 

Differential diagnosis of speech and language handicaps and the application of psy- 
chological principles of learning, motivation and adjustment in the treatment of speech 
disorders. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 137. Experimental Phonetics (3) — Prerequisite: Speech 112. 
The application of experimental methods in the quantitative analysis of the phonetic 
elements of speech. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 138. Methods and Materials in Speech Correction (3) — Prerequisite, 
Speech 120 or the equivalent. 

The design and use of methods and materials for diagnosis, measurement, and retrain- 
ing of the speech-handicapped. (Craven.) 

Speech 139. Theatre Workshop (3) — Prerequisite, Speech 8 or Speech 14. 
Given each semester. 

A laboratory course designed to provide the student with practical experience In all 
phases of theatre production. (Strausbaugh.) 

Speech 140. Principles of TV Production (3) — First semester. Prere- 
quisite, Speech 22. 

A study of the theory, methods, techniques and problems of television direction and 
production on a local and national level, including an examination of the' TV camera, 
scenery, film, and lighting. (Bedwell.) 

For Graduates 

The Department maintains a reciprocal agreement with Walter Reed Gen- 
eral Hospital whereby clinical practice may be obtained at the Army Audiology 
and Speech Correction Center, Forest Glen, Maryland, under the direction of 
James P. Albrite, M.D., Director. 

Speech 200. Thesis (3, 6) — Credit in proportion to work done and results 
accomplished. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 201. Special Problems (2, 4) — Arranged. (Hendricks.) 

Speech 210. Anatomy and Physiology of Speech and Hearing (3). 
A study of the anatomy and physiology of the auditory and speech mechanisms. 

(Staff.) 

Speech 211. Advanced Clinical Practice (3). 

A comprehensive survey of the entire field of present-day clinical practice. (Staff.) 

Speech 212. Advanced Speech Pathology (3) 

Etiology and therapy for organic and functional speech disorders. (Lore.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 25.* 

Speech 213. Speech Problems of the Hard of Hearing (3). 

Correction of abnormal speech habits and Instruction In speech conservation. 

(Lore.) 

Speech. 214. Clinical Audiometry (3). 
Testing of auditory acuity with pure tones and speech. (Shutts.) 

Speech 215. Auditory Training (3). 

Orientation and adjustment of patients in the use of hearing aids. (Causey.) 

Speech. 216. Speech Reading (3). 

A course of training designed to present the fundamentals of speech reading. 

(Causey.) 

Speech 217. Selection of Prosthetic Appliances for the Acoustically Handi- 
capped (3). 

A laboratory course in modern methods of utilizing electronic hearing aids. (Shutts.) 

Speech 218. Problems of Hearing and Deafness (3). 

The social, emotional, and vocational adjustment of the individual with a hearing 
impairment. (Butler.) 

Speech 219. Speech Disorders of the Brain-Injured (3). 

Methods of evaluation and treatment of children and adults who have suffered injury 
to brain tissue, with subsequent damage to speech and language processes. (Hendricks.) 

ZOOLOGY 

Professors Burhoe and Wharton; Lecturers Baker, Camin, Hasel, Reynolds, 
Schultz, and Strandtmann; Associate Professors Anastos and Littleford; As- 
sistant Professors Allen, Benarde, Brown, Foreman, Grollman, Livingston, 

Rammand, and Winn. 

Zool. 1. General Zoology (4) — First and second semesters. Pharmacy and 
summer School. Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Zoology 1 and Zoology 2 satisfy the freshman premedical requirements in gen- 
eral biology. 

This course, which is cultural and practical in its aim, deals with the basic prin- 
ciples of animal life. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 2. Advanced General Zoology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 or 
Zoology 16. 

A study of the anatomy, classifications, and life histories of representative animals, 
invertebrates and vertebrates. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 4. The Animal Kingdom (3) — Second semester. Pharmacy. Two 
lectures and one laboratory period a week. (Baltimore Campus.) 

A survey of the animal kingdom with special emphasis on parasites, insects and 
other forms that have special economic interrelationships with man. (Foreman.) 

Zool. 5. Comparative Vertebrate Morphology (4) — First semester. Two 
lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year 
of zoology. 

A comparative study of selected organ systems in certain vertebrate groups. Lab- 
oratory fee, $8.00. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 14. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) — First semester. Two 



254 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 1 
or Zoology 16. 

For students who desire a general knowledge of human anatomy and physiology. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00 each semester. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 15. Human Anatomy and Physiology (4) — Second semester. Two 

lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 14. 

A continuation of Zoology 14. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 16. Human Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
two-hour laboratory periods a week. Open only to those students of the Col- 
lege of Home Economics for whom this is a required course. 

An elementary course in physiology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 20. Vertebrate Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 

and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of 
zoology. 

Basic principles of early development of the vertebrates with special emphasis on the 
development of the chick to the end of the fourth day and early mammalian embryology. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 53. Physiology of Exercise (2) — Two lectures a week. Prerequisite, 
Zoology 15. 

A detailed consideration of the mechanism of muscular contraction ; the metabolic, 
circulatory, and the respiratory responses in exercise ; and the integration by means of 
the nervous system. Open only to students for whom this is a required course. (Staff.) 

Zool. 55S. Development of the Human Body (2) — Summer School. Five 
lecture periods a week. Cannot be counted as credit by Zoology majors. 

A study of the main factors affecting the growth and development of the child with 
especial emphasis on normal development. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 75, 76 — Journal Club (1, 1) — First and second semesters. One lec- 
ture period a week. Prerequisite, permission of the Department and a major in 
zoology. 

Reviews, reports, and discussions of current literature. (Staff.) 

For Graduates and Advanced Undergraduates 

Zool. 102. General Animal Physiology (4) — Second semester. Occasional 
summer school. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. 
Prerequisites, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry. 

The general principles of physiological functions as shown in mammals and lower 
animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 104. Genetics (3) — First semester. Summer School. Three lecture 
periods a week. Prerequisite, one course in zoology or botany. 

A consideration of the basic principles of heredity. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 108. Animal Histology (4) — Second semester. Occasional summer 
school. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, one year of zoology. 

A microscopic study of tissues and organs of vertebrates with special emphasis on 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 255 

the mammal. I'ractice In ele otary bisto-tecbnique will be Included, laboratory fee, 

$8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 110. Parasitology (4) — First semester. I h casional summer school. 
Two lectures and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one 
year of zoology. 

A study of the taxonomy, morphology, physiology and life cycles of animal parasites. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 111. Veterinary Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures 
and two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite one year of Zoology 
or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. To be offered in 1956-57. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important parasites of do- 
mestic animals. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 112. Wildlife Parasitology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, one year of zoology, 
or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. Not offered in 1956-57. 

Classification, epidemiology and control of economically important parasites of game 
animals, fur bearers and commercial and game fishes. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 118. Invertebrate Zoology (4) — First semester. Occasional summer 
school. Two lectures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequi- 
site, one year of zoology. 

An advanced course dealing with the taxonomy, morphology, and embryology of the 
invertebrates, exclusive of insects. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 121. Principles of Animal Ecology (3) — Second semester. Occasional 
summer school. Two lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. 
Prerequisite, one year of zoology and one year of chemistry. 

Anima's are studied in relation to their natural surroundings. Biological, physical 
and chemical factors of the environment which affect the growth, behavior, habits, and 
distribution of animals are stressed. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Livingstone.) 

Zool. 125. Fisheries Biology and Management (3) — First semester. Two 
lectures and one three-hour laboratory period a week. Alternate years. Not 
offered 1956-57. 

A study of the biology and management of fresh and salt water tin fishes. Particular 
attention is given to practical applications in fisheries work. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Allen.) 

Zool. 126. Shellfisheries (3) — Second semester. Two lectures and one three- 
hour laboratory period a week. Alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. 

A study of the biology of shellfish and other invertebrates of economic importance. 
Particular attention is given to problems of management and conservation of these forms. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Allen.) 

Zool. 127. Ichthyology (3) — Second semester. One lecture and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 5 and 20. Alternate 
years. To be offered 1956-57. 

A course in the anatomy, embryology, distribution, habits and taxonomy of marine 
and fresh water fish. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Winn.) 

Zool. 128. Zoogeography (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two two- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite one year of zt>ology, botany or 
geology. Alternate years. To be offered 1956-57. 



256 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Principles governing the geographical distribution of living things, with particular 
reference to ecological changes during geologic time. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Livingstone.) 

Zool. 181. Animal Behavior (3) — (Same as Psych. 181) — Second semester. 
Three lectures a week. Prerequisite, permission of instructor. Alternate years. 
Not offered 1956-57. 

A study of animal behavior, including considerations of social interactions, learning 
sensory processes, motivation, and experimental methods, with a major emphasis on 
mammals. (Ross.) 

For Graduates 

Zool. 200. Marine Zoology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. 

A course in the environmental characteristics of salt waters. Particular attention is 
given to brackish water environments such as the Chesapeake Bay. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

(Allen.) 

Zool. 202. Animal Cytology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 108. Alternate 
years. To be offered 1956-57. 

A study of cellular structure with particular reference to the morphology and physi- 
ology of cell organoids and inclusions. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 203. Advanced Embryology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 20. Alternate 
years. Not offered 1956-57. 

Mechanics of fertilization and growth. A review of the important contributions in 
the field of experimental embryology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Eamm.) 

ZooL 204. Advanced Animal Physiology (4) — First semester. Two lectures 
and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 102. 

The principles of general and cellular physiology as found in animal life. Labora- 
tory fee, $8.00. (Grollman.) 

Zool. 205. Limnology (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two three- 
hour laboratory periods a week. Alternate years. Not offered 1956-57. 

Application of the methods and principles of ecology to the intensive study of fresh- 
water ecosystems, with particular emphasis on the physics, chemistry and production 
biology of standing waters. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Livingstone.) 

Zool 206. Research (credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters. 
Summer school. Work on thesis project only. A — Cytology; B — Embryology; 
C — Fisheries; D — Genetics; E — Parasitology; F — Physiology; G — Systematics; 
and H — Ecology. Laboratory fee, $8.00. Each semester. (Staff.) 

Zool. 207. Zoology Seminar (Credit to be arranged) — First and second 
semesters. Summer school. A — Cytology B — Embryology; C — Fisheries; D — 
Genetics; E — Parasitology; F — Physiology; G — Systematics; H — Ecology; and 
S — Recent advances. One lecture a week for each credit hour. (Staff.) 

ZooL 208. Special Problems in Zoology (Credit to be arranged) — First and 
second semesters. Summer school. 

Studies in A — Cytology ; B — Embryology ; C — Fisheries ; D — Genetics ; El — Parasi- 
tology ; F — Physiology ; and G — Systematica. Hours, topics and credits to be arranged. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (8taff.) 



COLLEGE OF ARTS AND SCIENCES 257 

Zool. 209. Advanced Parasitology (4) — First semester. Three lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Prerequisite, Zoology 110 or per- 
mission of instructor. Alternate years. 

The nature, origin and Interrelations of parasitism with emphasis upon life histories. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Anastos.) 

Zool. 210. Systematic Zoology (4) — Second semester. Three lectures and 
one three-hour laboratory period a week. Alternate years. To be offered 1956-57. 

The principles and practices involved in the collection, preservation and Classification 
of animals. Laboratory fee. $8.00. (Wharton.) 

Zool. 211-212. Lectures in Zoology (3, 3) — First and second semesters. 
Three lectures a week. 

Advanced lectures by outstanding authorities in their particular field of Zoology. As 
the subject matter is continually changing, a Btudent may register several times, receiving 
credit for several semesters. (Visiting Lecturers.) 

Zool. 215S. Fisheries Technology (4) — Two lectures and two three-hour 
laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. To be offered 
as needed at Sea Food Processing Laboratory, Crisfield, Maryland. 

The technological aspects of netting and collection of fish and other fishery resources, 
methods of handling the catch, marketing of fishery products, and recent advances in the 
utilization of fishery products. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Littleford.) 

Zool. 216. Physiological Cytology (4) — Second semester. Two lectures and 
two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Chemistry 161, 162, 
Physics 11, Zoology 102, or permission of the instructor. Alternate years. Not 
offered 1956-57. 

A study of the structure and function of cells by means of chemical, physical and 
microscopic methods. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Brown.) 

Zool. 220. Advanced Genetics (4) — First semester. Two lectures and two 
three-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Zool. 104. Alternate years. 
To be offered 1956-57. 

A consideration of salivary chromosomes, the nature of the gene, chromosome irregu- 
larities, polyploidy, and mutations. Breeding experiments with Drosophila and small 
mammals will be conducted. Laboratory fee, $8.00. (Burhoe.) 

Zool. 223. Analysis of Animal Structure (4) — Second semester. Two lec- 
tures and two three-hour laboratory periods a week. Alternate years. To be 
offered 1956-57. 

The integration of morphological systems and application of physical laws to animal 
structures. Laboratory fee, $8. 00. (Ramm.) 

Zool. 231 S. Acarology (3) — Summer Session only. Laboratory fee $8.00. 

An introductory study of the Acarina or mites and ticks with special emphasis on 

classification and biology. (Camin.) 

Zool. 232S. Medical and Veterinary Acarology (3) — Summer Session only. 
Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

The recognition, collection, culture, and control of Acarina important to public 
health and animal husbandry with special emphasis on the transmission of diseases. 

(Strandtmann.) 

Zool. 233S. Agricultural Acarology (3) — Summer Session only. Lab- 
oratory fee $8.00. 

The recognition, collection, culture and control of acarlne pests of crops and orna- 
mentals. (Baker.) 



College of 

BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

STAFF 

J. Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 

James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

Albert L. Alford, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

A.B., University of Akron, 1948; A.M., Princeton, 1951; Ph.D., 1953. 

Thornton H. Anderson, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

AB, University of Kentucky. 1937; M.A., 1938; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
1948. 

John P. Augelli, Associate Professor of Geography. 

B.A., Clark University, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., 1951. 

George A. Bell, Research Associate, Bureau of Governmental Research. 

A.B.. University of Newark, 1936; M.A.. New Jersey State Teachers College, 
1940; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1955. 

Don L. Bowen, Associate Professor of Government and Politics and Director of 

Bureau of Governmental Research. 

B.S.. Utah State Agricultural College, 1944; M.S.. University of Denver, 1945; 
D.D.S., Syracuse University, 1949. 

Carter R. Bryan, Instructor of Journalism. 

B.A., University of California, 1937; Ph.D., University of Vienna, Austria, 1940. 

Leslie R. Bundgaard, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

B.S. University of Wisconsin, 1948; M.S., 1949; Ph.D., Georgetown University. 
1954. 

Franklin L. Burdette, Professor of Government and Politics. 

A.B., Marshall College, 1934 ; M.A., University of Nebraska. 1935 ; M.A., Princeton, 
1937; Ph.D., 1938. 

Charles E. Calhoun, Professor of Finance. 

A.B., University of Washington, 1925; M.B.A., 1930. 

Robert G. Carey, Assistant Professor of Journalism. 

A.B., Westminster, 1950 ; A.M., University of Pittsburgh, 1954. 

Ching Chieh Chang, Instructor in Geography. 

B.S., National Tsing Hua University, 1942 ; M.A., Clark University, 1949. 

Eli W. Clemens, Professor of Business Administration. 

B.S., Virginia Polytechnic Institute. 1930; M.S., University of Illinois, 1934; Ph.D., 
University of Wisconsin, 1940. 

Joseph H. Clements, Assistant Professor of Office Techniques and Management 

B.A., University of Kentucky, 1947; M.B.A., University of Mississippi, 1948; Ed.D., 
University of Oklahoma, 1954. 

Robert R. Cluse, Instructor in Statistics. 

B.B.A., 1951, M.A., 1952, University oi Miami. 

J. Allan Cook, Professor of Marketing. 

B.A., William and Mary, 1928: M.B.A., Harvard, 1936: Ph.D.. Columbia, 1947. 

258 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John H. Cover, Professor and Director of Bureau of Business and Economic 

Research. 

B.S.. Columbia. 1915; A.M.. 1919; Ph.D., 1927. 

Alfred A. Crowell, Professor and Head of Department of Journalism and Public 

Relations. 

A.B.. University of Oklahoma, 1929; M.A., 1934; M.S.J.. Northwestern, 1940. 

John H. Cumberland, Research Associate Professor and Assistant Director of 
Business and Economic Research. 

B.A., Maryland. 1947; M.A., Harvard, 1949; Ph.D., 1951. 

John A. Daiker, Assistant Professor of Accounting. 

C.P.A., District of Columbia, 1949; B.S., University of Maryland. 1941; M.B.A., 
1951. 

John H. Dalton. Assistant Professor of Economics. 
A.B., University of California, 1943 ; Ph.D., 1955. 

Alfred Danegger, Assistant Professor of Press Photography, University Photog- 
rapher. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1950. 

John C. Dawson, Instructor in Economics. 
A.B., Middlebury, 1948. 

Townes L. Dawson, Associate Professor of Business Law. 

B.B.A., University of Texas. 1943; B.S., U. S. Merchant Marine Academy, 1946; 
M.B.A.. University of Texas, 1947; Ph.D., 1950; L.L.B., 1954. 

Walter W. Deshler, Instructor in Geography. 

B.S., Lafayette College, 1943 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Dudley Dillard, Professor and Head of Department of Economics. 
B.S., University of California, 1935; Ph.D., 1940. 

Robert G. Dixon, Jr.. Associate Professor of Government and Politics. 
A.B., Syracuse, 1943; Ph.D., 1947. 

Charles B. Edelson, Instructor in Accounting. 

B.B.A., University of New Mexico, 1949; MB. A., Indiana University, 1950; C.P.A., 
Maryland. 1951. 

Allan J. Fisher, Professor of Accounting and Finance. 

B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce, 192S ; Litt.M., University of 
Pittsburgh, 1936 ; Ph.D., 1937. 

John H. Frederick, Professor and Head of Department of Business Organization. 
B.S., Wharton School of Finance and Commerce. 191S; M.A.. University of Pennsyl- 
vania, 1925; Ph.D.. 1927. 

Robert S. Friedman, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

A.B., Johns Hopkins. 1948; A.M., University of Illinois, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

Dwight L. Gentry, Associate Professor of Marketing. 

A.B., Elon College, 1941; M.B.A., Northwestern, 1947; Ph.D., University of 
Illinois, 1952. 

George Gera, Instructor in Office Techniques and Management. 
B.S.. Bloomsburg State Teachers, 1949; M.A., Columbia, 1951. 

Philip C. Geraci, Instructor in Press Photography. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 



260 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Robert A. Goodell, Assistant Professor of Industrial Management. 

B.A., Augustana College, 1943; M.A., State University of Iowa, 1950; Ph.D., 1953. 

Henry W. Grayson, Associate Professor of Economics. 

B.A, University of Saskatchewan. 1937; M.A., University of Toronto, 1947; Ph.D., 
1956! 

Allan G. Gruchy, Professor of Economics. 

B.A., University of British Columbia, 1926; M.A., McGM, 1928; Ph.D., University 
of Virginia, 1931. 

John G. Gurley, Associate Professor of Economics. 
B.A., Stanford, 1942 ; Ph.D.. 1951. 

Daniel Hamberg, Associate Professor of Economics. 

B.S., University of Pennsylvania, 1945; M.A., 1947; Ph.D., 1952. 

Horace V. Harrison, Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

B.A., Trinity, Texas, 1932; M.A., University of Texas, 1941; Ph.D., 1951. 

Guy B. Hathorn, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

B.A., University of Mississippi, 1940 ; M.A., 1942 ; Ph.D., Duke, 1950. 

Charles Y. Hu, Professor of Geography. 

B.S., University of Nanking, China, 1930; M.A., University of California, 1936; 
Ph.D., University of Chicago, 1941. 

Edgar A. J. Johnson, Lecturer in Economics. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1922 ; M.A., Harvard, 1924 ; Ph.D., 1929. 

Charles A. Kappler, Instructor in Accounting. 

B.S., Boston University, 1932 ; M.A., Columbia, 1934 ; C.P.A., Maryland, 1954. 

Arthur E. Karinen, Assistant Professor of Geography. 
B.A., University of California, 1944 ; M.A., 1948. 

Donald W. Krimel, Associate Professor of Public Relations. 

B.Ed., Illinois State Teachers, 1941; Ph.M., University of Wisconsin, 1946; Ph.D., 
1955. 

Thomas J. Leary, Instructor in Economics. 

A.B., Northeastern University, 1951; M.A., Ohio State University, 1952; Ph.D., 
1955. 

LeRoy L. Lee, Assistant Professor of Accounting. 

A.B., George Washington University, 1948; C.P.A., Maryland, 1949; A.M., George 
Washington, 1952. 

Hoyt Lemons, Lecturer in Geography. 

B.Ed., Southern Illinois University, 1936 ; M.A., University of Nebraska. 1938 ; 
Ph.D., 1941. 

Richard L. Lyons, Lecturer in Journalism and Public Relations. 
B.A., Wesleyan, 1943; M.A., Harvard, 1947. 

Bruce W. Macy, Research Associate, Bureau of Business and Economic Research. 
B.S., Iowa State College, 1952; M.S., 1954. 

F. Webster McBryde, Lecturer in Geography. 

B.A., Tulane, 1930; Ph.D., University of California, 1940. 

Walter S. Measday, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

A.B., William and Mary, 1945 ; Ph.D., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1955. 

Edmund C. Mester, Lecturer in the Department of Government and Politics and 
Executive Secretary of Maryland Municipal League. 
A.B.. University of Maryland. 1948; M.A., 1949. 

Earl W. Mounce, Professor of Law and Labor. 

B.S., Univ. of Missouri, 1921; M.A., 1922; A.B., 1927; L.L.B., 1929; L.L.M., Univ. 
of Southern California, 1945. 



BUSINGS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 261 

Boyd L. Nelson, Assistant Professor of Business Administration. 
B.A., Univ. of Wisconsin, 1947; M.A.. 1948; Ph.D.. 1952. 

Honora M. Noyes, Instructor in Office Techniques. 

B.A., George Washington, 1934 ; M.K.I., Univ. of Pittsburgh, 1939. 

Alfrkd G. Obf.rn, Instructor in Government and Politics. 

B.A., Principla College, 1947; M.A., American University, 1949; Ph.D., 1955. 

Jane H. 0*Neiu.. Instructor in Office Techniques 

B.A.. Univ. of Maryland. 1932. 
Arthur 5. Patrick, Associate Profes>ur of Office Management and Business Edu- 
cation. 

B.S., Wisconsin State College, 1931; M.A., University of Iowa, 1940. 

Donald J. Patton, Associate Professor of Geography. 
S.B., Harvard, 1942; M.A., 1946; Ph.D., 1949. 

Charles D. Phillips, Assistant Professor of Industrial Management and Personnel. 
A.B., DePauw, 1949; M.A., State University of Iowa. 1 9 ."> ; Ph.D., 1952. 

Joe K. Phipps, Instructor in Journalism. 

B.A., Trinity University, Texas, 1940; M.A.. University of Texas, 1950. 

Elmer Plischke, Professor and Head of Department of Government and Politics. 
Ph.B.. Marquette, 1937; M.A.. American University. 1938; Ph.D., Clark Univer- 
sity, 1943. 

J. Freeman Pyle, Professor of Marketing and Economics and Dean of College of 
Business and Public Administration. 

Ph.B., Univ. of Chicago, 1917; M.A., 1918; Ph.D., 1925. 

James H. Reid, Professor of Marketing and Assistant Dean of College of Business 
and Public Administration. 

B.S., Univ. of Iowa, 1923 ; M.A., American University. 1933. 

Victor Roterus, Consulting Professor of Geography. 
Ph.B., Univ. of Chicago, 1930; M.S.. 1931. 

G. Donald Shelby, Instructor in Economics. 

B.A., University of Cincinnati, 1947; Ph.D., University of California, 1955. 

Anthony Sas, Instructor in Geography. 

B.A., University of Amsterdam, 1947 ; M.A., University of Washington, 1951. 

Spencer M. Smith, Assistant Professor of Economics. 
B.A., Univ. of Iowa, 1941; M.A., 1942; Ph.D.. 194S. 

Reuben G. Steinmeyer, Professor of Government and Politics. 
A.B., American University, 1929; Ph.D., 1935. 

Charles T. Sweeney, Professor of Accounting. 

B.S., Cornell, 1921; M.B.A., Univ. of Michigan. 1928; C.P.A., Iowa. 1934; Ohio, 
1936. 

Harold F. Sylvester, Professor of Personnel Administration. 
Ph.D., Johns Hopkins, 193S. 

Charles A. Taff, Professor of Transportation. 

B.S., Univ. of Iowa, 1937; M.A., 1941; Ph.D., University of Maryland. 1952. 

William Van Royen, Professor and Head of Department of Geography. 
M.A., Rijksuniversiteit Utrecht, 1925 ; Ph.D., Clark University, 1928. 

J. Donald Watson, Professor of Finance. 

B.A.. Reed College. 1926; M.B.A., Univ. of Michigan, 1931; C.L.U., American 
College of Life Underwriters, 1940 ; Ph.D., Northwestern, 1941. 



262 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Sivert M. Wedeberg, Professor of Accounting. 

B.B.A.. Univ. of Washington, 1925; C.P.A., Maryland, 1934 ; A.M., Yale, 1935. 

Clayton E. Whipple, Consulting Professor of Geography. 

B.S., Cornell, 1925; M.S., 1932; Ph.D. (HONS), Univ. of Salonika, Greece, 1949. 

Howard W. Wright, Professor of Accounting. 

B.S., Temple, 1937; M.A., Univ. of Iowa, 1940; C.P.A., Texas 1940; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Iowa, 1947. 

Leland B. Yeager, Assistant Professor of Economics. 

A.B., Oberlin, 1948; M.A., Columbia, 1949; Ph.D., 1952. 



MEMBERS TEACHING ABROAD 

Wallace H. Best, Ph.D., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Arnold Brekke, Ph.D., Associate Professor of Economics. 

George Dalton, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

Frederick S. DeMarr, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

Robert Y. Durand, M.B.A., Instructor in Business Administration. 

William A. Dymsza, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Economics. 

John D. Hall, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

Charles P. Kretzschmar, M.A., Instructor in Economics. 

William Kowitz, M.A., Instructor in Geography. 

Oliver H. Laine, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Geography. 

K. William Leffland, M.A., Instructor in Office Management. 

Theodore McNelly, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 

James A. Storing, Ph.D., Professor of Government and Politics. 

Donald E. Totten, M.S., Instructor in Geography, and Assistant to the Director. 

Donald R. Totjssaint, M.A., Instructor in Government and Politics. 

John J. Wuest, Ph.D., Assistant Professor of Government and Politics. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 263 

COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

John Freeman Pyle, Ph.D., Dean 
James H. Reid, M.A., Assistant Dean 

THE University of Maryland is in an unusually favorable location for 
students of Business, Government and Politics, Economics, Public Ad- 
ministration, Geography, Journalism and Public Relations, Foreign Ser- 
vice and International Relations. Downtown Washington is only twenty-five 
minutes away in one direction, while the Baltimore business district is less 
than an hour in the other. There is frequent transportation service from the 
University gates to each city. Special arrangements are made to study com- 
mercial, manufacturing, exporting, and importing agencies and methods in 
Baltimore. Assistance is given qualified students who wish to obtain a first- 
hand glimpse of the farflung economic activities of the national government or 
to utilize the libraries, government departments, and other facilities available 
in Washington. 

ORGANIZATION 

The College comprises seven departments and two bureaus of research. 
I. Department of Business Organization and Administration 

1. Accounting and Statistics 

2. Financial Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

5. Marketing Administration 

(a) Advertising 

(b) Foreign Trade and International Finance 

(c) Retail Store Management 

(d) Sales Management 

6. Personnel Administration 

7. Transportation Administration 

(a) Airline and Airport Management 

(b) Traffic Management 

8. Public Administration 
II. Department of Economics 

III. Department of Foreign Service and International Relations 

IV. Department of Geography 
V. Department of Government and Politics 

VI. Department of Journalism and Public Relations 
VII. Department of Office Techniques and Management 

1. Office Management 

2. Office Techniques 



264 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

VIII. Bureau of Business and Economic Research 
IX. Bureau of Governmental Research 
X. Maryland Municipal League (Affiliated) 

Aims 

The College of Business and Public Administration offers courses designed 
to prepare young men and women for service in business firms, governmental 
agencies, cooperative enterprises, labor unions, publishing firms, small business units, 
and other organizations requiring effective training in administrative skills and tech- 
niques, and for the teaching of business subjects, economics, geography, government 
and politics, and journalism and public relations in high schools and colleges. 
It supplies scientific training in administration to students and prospective ex- 
ecutives on a professional basis comparable to university training in the other 
professional fields. Administration is regarded as a profession. The College 
of Business and Public Administration offers its students courses of instruction 
which present general principles and techniques of management and adminis- 
tration and brings together in systematic form the experiences and practices 
of business firms and governmental units. This plan of education does not 
displace practical experience, but supplements and strengthens it by shortening 
the period of apprenticeship otherwise necessary, and by giving a broad and 
practical knowledge of the major principles, politics, and methods of adminis- 
tration. 

During the first half of the college study program the student secures 
a broad foundation upon which to base the professional and the more tech- 
nical courses offered in the last half of the curriculum. The managerial and oper- 
ating points of views are stressed in the advanced courses in production, mar- 
keting, labor, finance, real estate, insurance, accounting, office management 
and public administration. The purpose of the work offered is to aid the 
student as a prospective executive in developing his ability to identify and to 
solve administrative and managerial problems; and to adjust himself and his 
organization, policies, and practices to changing social, political and economic 
situations. 

The aim of the college is to present and illustrate such sound principles 
of management as are applicable to both big business and small business. 
Large-scale business, because of its possible economies, will be expanded in 
some industries under certain well-known conditions. There are, on the other 
hand, industries and many situations which still call for the small business. 
If these small-scale businesses are to be operated with profit to the owners 
and with satisfactory and economical service to the public, it is imperative 
that authentic principles of administration be applied to them. Sound principles 
of ethical conduct are emphasized at all times throughout the various courses. 

The primary aim of collegiate education for government and business ser- 
vices is to prepare for effective management. The College of Business and Public 
Administration. University of Maryland, was established to supply effective 
education in administration to the young men and women whose task will be 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

the guiding of the more complex business enterprises and governmental units 
resulting from industrial, social and political development and expansion. 

Graduation Requirement 

A minimum of 120 semester hours of credit with an average of "C" in 
courses suggested by the College in addition to the specified courses in military 
science, physical activities and hygiene are required for graduation. The student 
is required to have an average of "C" for courses used in meeting the quantitative 
graduation requirements. The time required to complete the requirements for the 
bachelor's degree for the average student is eight semesters. A superior student, by 
carrying more than the average load, can complete the work in a shorter period of 
time. 

Degrees 

The University confers the following degrees on students of Business 
and Public Administration: Bachelor of Science, Master of Business Adminis- 
tration, Master of Arts, and Doctor of Philosophy. The College has a number 
of graduate assistantships in Business Administration, Economics, Geography, 
Journalism and Public Relations, Government and Politics, and Bureau of Busi- 
ness and Economic Research available for qualified graduate students. Applica- 
tions for these assistantships should be made directly to the Dean of the College 
of Business and Public Administration. (See bulletin of Graduate School for 
graduate rules and regulations.) 

Each candidate for a degree must file in the office of the Registrar on a 
date announced for each semester a formal application for a degree. Can- 
didates for degrees must attend a convocation at which degrees are conferred 
and diplomas are awarded. Degrees are conferred in absentia only in exceptional 
cases. 

Junior Requirement 

To be classified as a junior a student must have earned 56 semester hours 
of his freshman and sophomore requirements with an average of at least 
"C", plus the required work in military science, hygiene and physical activities 
for the freshman and sophomore years. If a student has better than a "C" 
average and lacks a few credits of having the total of 56, he may be permitted 
to take certain courses numbered 100 and above providing he has the prerequi- 
sites for these courses and the consent of the Dean. 

Senior Residence Requirement 

After a student has earned acceptable credit to the extent of 90 semester 
hours exclusive of the required work in military science, physical activities, 
and hygiene, either at the University of Maryland or elsewhere, he must earn 
a subsequent total of at least 30 semester hours with an average grade of 
"C" or better at the University of Maryland. No part of these credits may 
be transferred from another institution. Specific requirements for graduation in 
the selected curriculum must be met. 

Programs of Study 

The College offers programs of study in economics, business administra- 
tion nffire techniques, office management, public administration, government and 



266 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

politics, geography, journalism and public relations, and some combination cur- 
riculums, e.g., business administration and law, commercial teaching and 
industrial education. Research is emphasized throughout the various programs. 

Professional Objectives 

The executive manager or administrator in modern business enterprises 
and governmental units and agencies should have a clear understanding of: 

(a) the business organizations and institutions which comprise the modern 
business world; 

(b) the political, social, and economic forces which tend to limit or to 
promote the free exercise of his activities; and 

(c) the basic principles which underlie the efficient organization and ad- 
ministration of a business or governmental enterprise. 

In addition, the executive or the prospective executive should: 

(a) be able to express his thoughts and ideas in correct and concise 
English; 

(b) have some useful knowledge of the physical world in which he operates. 

(c) have a knowledge of the development of modern civilization through 
a study of history, government, economics, and other social studies; 

(d) have a sympathetic understanding of people gained through a study 
of sociology, geography, politics, labor relations, marketing, and other subjects. 

If the executive is to be successful in solving current (and future) business 
and governmental problems, he should be skilled in the scientific method of 
collecting, analyzing, and classifying pertinent facts in the most significant man- 
ner, and then, on the basis of these facts, be able to draw sound conclusions 
and to formulate general principles which may be used to guide his present 
and future professional or vocational conduct. In other words, probably the 
most important qualities in a successful executive are: 

(a) the ability to arrive at sound judgments; 

(b) the capacity to formulate effective plans and policies, and the imagina- 
tion and ability to devise organizations, methods, and procedures for executing 
them. 

Facilities Furnished 

The teaching staff and the curriculums of the College of Business and Public 
Administration have been selected and organized for the purpose of providing 
a type of professional and technical training that will aid the capable and 
ambitious student in developing his potential talents to their full capacity. 

The college study program on both the undergraduate and graduate levels 
presuppose effective training in English, history, government, science, and 
mathematics.* The program of study for any individual student may be 
so arranged as to meet the needs of those preparing for specific lines of work, 
such as accounting, advertising, banking, foreign trade, industrial administra- 



•The major portion ol this training Is usually secured In the four years of high school 
and the first two yearB of college. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 267 

tion, marketing administration, personnel administration, office management, real 
estate practice, insurance, journalism, public relations, government employment, 
office management, teaching, and research. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules are 
required to take basic air force ROTC training for a period of two years. The 
successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of attendance 
at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students 
who do not have the required two years of military training will be required 
to complete the course or take it until graduation whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who meet the requirements of the Military Department 
may carry advanced Air Force ROTC courses during their Junior and Senior 
years and may receive, under conditions determined by the Military, a regular 
or reserve commission in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of 
resident and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, tran- 
scripts of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dor- 
mitories, off-campus housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholar- 
ships and student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors 
and awards, religious denominational clubs, fraternities, societies and special 
clubs, the University band, student publications, University Post Office and 
Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Informa- 
tion issue of the Catalog. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed 
charges: $75.00 special fees; $360.00 board; $140 to $170 lodging for Maryland 
residents, or $180 to S220 for residents of other States and Countries; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory course pursued. A matriculation 
fee of $10.00 is charged all new students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to 
all students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Admissions 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration must apply to the Director of Admissions of the University of 
Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and 
other indications of probable success in college than upon a fixed pat- 
tern of subject matter. In general, four units of English and one unit each 



268 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of Social Studies and Natural Sciences are required. One unit each of Algebra 
and Plane Geometry is desirable. While Foreign Language is desirable for 
certain programs no Foreign Language is required for entrance. Fine Arts, 
Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write to the Director of Pub- 
lications for a copy of the "General Information" catalog. 



HONORS AND AWARDS 

The Dean's List of Distinguished Students. Any student who has passed at 
least 14 hours of work in the preceding semester, without failure of any course, 
and with an average grade on all courses of at least 3.5. will be placed on the 
Dean's List of Distinguished Students. This list is posted in the office of the 
Dean of the College. 

Beta Gamma Sigma. The Alpha of Maryland Chapter of Beta Gamma Sigma 
was chartered in 1940. The purpose of this honorary society is to encourage and 
reward scholarship and accomplishment among students of commerce and busi- 
ness administration ; to promote the advancement of education in the art and science 
of business ; and to foster integrity in the conduct of business operations. Chapters 
of Beta Gamma Sigma are chartered only in schools holding membership in the 
American Association of Collegiate Schools of Business. Third and fourth year 
students in business administration are eligible; if in his third year, a student 
must rank in the highest four per cent of his class, and if in his fourth year, 
he must rank in the highest ten per cent in order to be considered for selection. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is awarded annually to the student who 
has maintained the highest scholastic standing during the entire course of study 
in business administration or economics. 

Delta Sigma Pi was tounded at New York University on November 7, 1907. 
The Gamma Sigma of Maryland chapter was chartered at the University of Mary- 
land in 1950. Delta Sigma Pi is a professional fraternity organized to foster the 
study of business in universities; to encourage scholarship, social activity, and the 
association of students for their mutual advancement by research and practice ; to 
promote closer affiliation between the commercial world and students of commerce ; 
and to further a high standard of commercial ethics and culture, as well as the 
civic and commercial welfare of the community. Members are selected from the 
College of Business and Public Administration on the basis of leadership, scho- 
lastic standing, and promise of future business success. 

The Pi Sigma Alpha Fred Hays Memorial Award in Government and Politics 
is awarded annually by the Department of Government and Politics to the graduat- 
ing senior who earns the highest grades among the majors in Government and 
Politics of the graduating class. The award is a cash award, not less than $25.00, 
provided by an anonymous alumnus. This award is named in memory of Fred 
Hays, an honor graduate and former student president of Pi Sigma Alpha, the 
honorary Political Science fraternity. Fred Hays was killed in action in Korea. 

Baltimore Sunpapers Scholarship in Journalism. The Board of Trustees 
of the A. S. Abell Foundation, Inc. has contributed $500 to provide a scholar- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 269 

ship in journalism to be awarded to a worthy senior in the College of Business 
and Public Administration who is majoring in editorial journalism. 

The Maryland Motor Truck Association, Inc. provides an award of $500 
annually to a student concentrating in transportation who is registered in the 
College of Business and Public Administration. 

The Davidson Transfer and Storage Co. gives an award of $500 to a capable 
student in the College who is concentrating in transportation. 

Pilot Freight Carriers, Inc. provides a $500 award to a senior in the College 
of Business and Public Administration who is concentrating in transportation 
with a major interest in motor transportation. 

The Maryland Association of Certified Public Accountants makes available a 
scholarship of $200 for an outstanding student in accounting who is registered in 
the College. 

STUDY PROGRAMS IN THE COLLEGE OF BUSINESS AND 
PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

A student in the College can so arrange his grouping and sequence of 
courses as to form a fair degree of concentration in one of the Departments. 
When, however, he wishes to become a specialist in any one of the depart- 
ments, he should plan to continue his subjects on to the graduate level, work- 
ing toward either the Master's or the Doctor of Philosophy degree. 

I. BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Business organizations are set up primarily for the purpose of producing 
and distributing goods and services. Modern business administration re- 
quires a knowledge of and skill in the use of effective tools for the control of 
organizations, institutions, and operations. The curriculums of the Department 
of Business Organization and Administration emphasize the principles and 
problems of the development and the use of policies and organizations, and 
the methods, techniques and procedures of execution, in other words, the 
essence of Administration and Management. 

Study Programs in the Department 

The programs of study in the Department of Business Organization and 
Administration are so arranged as to facilitate concentrations according to 
the major functions of business organization. This plan is not, however, based on 
the assumption that these major divisions are independent units, but rather that 
each is closely related and dependent on the others. Every student in Business 
Administration, therefore, is required to complete satisfactorily a minimum 
number of required basic subjects in economics and in each of the major 
functional fields. Each graduate upon completion of the requirements for the 
bachelor's degree finds himself well grounded in the theory and practice of 
administration. There are five commonly recognized major business functions, 
viz: production, marketing, finance, labor relations, and control. 

The function of control may be thought of as comprising two sectors, 
viz. internal and external. Internal control has to do with men, materials, and 
operations. Fxternal control is secured through the force of laws, and court, 



270 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

board and commission decisions, also through the influence of custom and 
public opinion. Management endeavors to make adequate adjustments to these 
forces. Courses in law and public administration, for example, aid in giving 
the students an understanding of the problems, devices, and methods of ex- 
ternal or "social" control. 
Freshman and Sophomore Requirements 

During the first half of the program of study each student in the Depart- 
ment of Business Organization and Administration is expected to complete 
the following basic subjects, except as indicated in a particular curriculum: 

Required Courses : Semester Hours 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature 6 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature. ... 6 

Math. 5, 6— Mathematics 6 

Geog. 1 , 2— Economic Resources 4 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 4 

B.A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 4 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Life) 3 
Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or American Government) .... 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 6 

B.A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting S 

Speech 18. 19— Introductory Speech 2 

Econ. 31 , 32 — Principles of Economics 6 

Military Training and Physical Activities for Men 16 

Health and Physical Activities for Women S 

Total specified requirements 66 or 74 

A minimum of forty per cent of the total number of credits required for 
graduation must be in subjects with designations other than Business Adminis- 
tration; forty per cent of the required 120 semester hours of academic work 
must be in Business Administration subjects, the other twenty per cent may 
be in either group or comprise a combination of the two groups of subjects. An 
average of "C" in Business Administration courses is required for graduation. 

Freshmen who expect to make a concentration in foreign trade, or who 
plan to enter public service abroad, should elect an appropriate foreign lan- 
guage. If a foreign language is elected, 12 semester hours or the equivalent must 
be completed with an acceptable grade. 

Junior and Senior Requirements 

During the junior and senior years each student in the department is 
required to complete in a satisfactory manner the following specified courses 
unless the particular curriculum being followed provides otherwise: 

Econ. 1 4 0— Money and Banking „ 3 

B. A. 14 0— Financial Management 3 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150 — Marketing Management 3 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Statistics 3 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 8 

Total 29 



BUSINESS AND HUBL1C ADMINISTRATION 271 

The remaining credits for juniors and seniors may be used to meet 
the requirements for one of the special concentration programs, for example, 
in Public Administration, Foreign Service, Commercial Teaching, and in the 
fields of Business Administration, such as: Accounting and Statistics, Production 
Administration, Marketing, Advertising, Retailing, Purchasing, Foreign Trade, 
Transportation, Labor Relations, Real Estate, Insurance, Investment and 
General Finance. Juniors and seniors may elect appropriate Secretarial Training 
courses. 

Combined Administration and Law Program 

When a student elects the combination Administration-Law curriculum, 
he must complete in a satisfactory manner the specific requirements listed 
for the first three years of the general curriculum in administration plus enough 
electives to equal a minimum of 92 credits exclusive of military science, physical 
activities and hygiene, with an average grade of at least "C." The last year of 
college work before entering the Law School must be done in residence at 
College Park. The Bachelor of Science degree from the College of Business 
and Public Administration is conferred upon the completion of the first year 
in the Law School with an average grade of "C" or better, and the recommenda- 
tion of the Dean of the Law School. Business Law cannot be used as credit in 
this combined curriculum. 

Master of Business Administration 

Candidates for the degree of Master of Business Administration are ac- 
cepted in accordance with the procedures and requirements tor the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School Catalog, Section II. 

The General Curriculum in Administration 

This curriculum is set up on an eight semester basis which corresponds 
to the traditional four-year course that leads to a bachelor's degree. A student 
may complete the full course in a shorter period of time by attending summer 
sessions. A superior student may, however, complete the course in a shorter 
period of time by carrying a heavier load each semester. 

r- Semester-*, 

Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and Readings in American Literature.... 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Mathematics 5 and 6 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American Ll(e) 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life (or America:i Government) ... .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 5 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 18-19 18-19 



-72 



UNIVERSITY OH MARYLAND 



r- Semester-^ 

Sophomore Year * " 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature.. 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics . 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 * 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 1 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Electives (Girls) 3 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 17-18 17-18 

Junior Year 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 14 0— Financial Management • • • • 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... I 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics, or other approved 

subjects 3 6 

Total 15 IB 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I, II 4 4 

Econ. 131 — Comparative Economic Systems 3 .... 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142 — Public Finance and Taxation 3 .... 

B. A. 189 — Government and Business .... 3 

Electives in Bus. & Pub. Adm., Economics or other approved 

subjects 6 6 

Total 16 16 

Electives may be chosen under the direction of a faculty advisor from 
courses in Accounting, Statistics, Geography, Public Utilities and Public Ad- 
ministration, Secretarial Training, or other courses that will aid the student 
in preparing for his major objective. The electives indicated in the General 
Course are provided so that students can arrange their schedules, under the 
guidance of a faculty adviser, in such a way as to secure a concentration or 
major when desired in: 

1. Accounting and Statistics 5. Marketing Administration 

2. Financial Administration 6. Personnel Administration 

3. Industrial Administration 7. Transportation Administration 
4. Insurance and Real Estate 8. Public Administration 



1. Accounting and Statistical Control Study Program 

Internal control in modern business and governmental organizations is a 
major over-all administrative function. The rapid growth in size and com- 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 273 

plexity of current governmental units ami business enterprises has emphasized 
the importance of the problems of control in management. In order to control 
intelligently and effectively the manifold activities of these units, it is neces- 
sary to establish an organization, formulate policies, and develop methods of 
procedures. In order to perform satisfactorily these managerial activities, it 
is necessary to have pertinent facts concerning the operations of the various 
units, divisions, and departments. It is the function of the accounting and 
statistical departments to secure, analyze, classify, and interpret these facts. 

This study program is designed to give the student a broad training in 
administrative control supplemented by specific technical training in the prob- 
lems, procedures, methods and techniques of accounting and statistics. If the 
program is followed diligently, the student may prepare himself for a career 
as a public accountant, tax specialist, cost accountant, auditor, budget officer, 
comptroller, credit manager, or treasurer. 

In order to provide for practical experience arrangements have been made 
with firms of certified public accountants in Baltimore, New York and the Dis- 
trict of Columbia for apprenticeship training in the field of public accounting. 
This training is provided between semesters of the senior year (approximately 
January 15 to February 15), and for the semester immediately following grad- 
uation. A student may also elect to take one semester of apprenticeship train- 
ing before graduation. 

The following study program provides courses for those wishing to 
concentrate in this important field: 

Students who select a concentration in accounting and statistics follow 
the general study program in the freshman and sophomore years. 

r- Semester— -\ 

Junior Year I II 

B. A. 110, 111— Intermediate Accounting 3 3 

D. A. 121— Cost Accounting .... 4 

B. A. 123— Income Tax Accounting 4 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 1 40— Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing .Management .... 3 

Elective 3 

Total 16 is 

Senior Year 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 124, 126— Advanced Accounting Theory and Practice 3 3 

B. A. 1 22— Auditing Theory and Practice 3 .... 

B. A. 127— Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice .... 3 

B. A. 180. 181— Business Law 4 4 

Electives 3 j 

Total 16 i» 



274 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

The student interested in the field may select such electives, with the aid 
of his adviser, from the following list of subjects such courses as will best 
meet his needs: 

B. A. 116— Public Budgeting (3) B. A. 220— Managerial Accounting (3) 

B. A. 118— Governmental Accounting (3) B. A. 221, 222— Seminar in Accounting 
B.A. 125— C. P. A. Problems (3)* (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 129— Apprenticeship in Accounting (0) B. A. 226— Accounting Systems (3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statls- b. A. 228— Research in Accounting 

tics (3, 3) (arranged) (3) 

B. A. 141— Investment Management (3) B. A. 229— Studies of special problems in the 
B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) fields of Control and Organization (ar- 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management ranged ) (3) 

(,3) Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 
B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements (3) 

(3) Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 
B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought 
B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) (3) 

B.A. 210— Advanced Accounting Theory Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

(2-3) 

2. Financial Administration 

A nation with a highly developed industrial system requires an effective 
financial organization. Production and marketing activities of business enter- 
prises must be financed; a large volume of consumer purchases depend on 
credit, and the activities of local, state, and federal government depend, in 
large part, on taxation and borrowing. To meet these needs a complicated 
structure of financial institutions, both private and public, has evolved together 
with a wide variety of financial instruments. The methods used are equally 
varied and complicated. Since the financing service is so pervasive throughout 
our economic life and because it is an expense which must be borne by the 
ultimate purchaser, the management of the finance function is endowed with 
a high degree of public interest. 

This study program is designed to give the student fundamental informa- 
tion concerning financing methods, institutions, and instruments; and to aid him 
in developing his ability to secure and evaluate pertinent facts, and to form 
sound judgments with reference to financial matters. Through a wise selection 
of subjects the student who selects this curriculum may prepare himself for 
positions in the commercial, savings, and investment banking fields, invest- 
ment management; corporate financial management; real estate financing; and 
insurance. A student may qualify himself to enter government service, e.g., in 
departments regulating banking operations, international finance, the issuance 
and sales of securities, and a number of financial corporations owned and 
operated or controlled by the government. 

Students wishing to form a concentration in Financial Administration 
should follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore 



•C. P. A. Problems is recommended for students who plan to go into public account- 
ing. Such students should plan their study program so as to meet the professional ex- 
amination requirements of the State in which they expect to take the examination or to 
practice. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION* 275 

years, the program for the junior and senior years is outlined as follows: 

r-Setnester-\ 

Junior Year * 

Econ. 14 0— Money and Banking " • 

B. A. 140— Financial Management 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

B. A. 110-111— Intermediate Accounting 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

Blectlves in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

and Public Administration 3 



3 3 



Total. 



15 16 



Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 1S1— Business Law < * 

B. A. 141— Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 143— Credit Management 3 .... 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management • • • • ' 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

B. A. 148— Advanced Financial Management • • • • 3 

Elective? 3 8 

Total 16 16 

Selection of electives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the follow- 
ing list of subjects: 

B A 123— Tmome Tax Accounting (4) B. A. 249— Studies of Special Problems In 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) the Field of Financial Administration 

B. A. 149— Analysis of Financial Statements (arranged) 

(3) Econ. 141— Theory of Money, Credit and 

B.A. 165— Office Management (3) Prices (3) 

B. A. 1S4— Public Utilities (3) Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) 

B A. 190— Life Insurance (3) Econ. 149— International Finance and Ex- 

B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) change (3) 

B.A. 196— Real Estate Finance (3) Econ. 241— Seminar In Money, Credit and 

B. A. 240— Seminar in Financial Prices (arranged) 

Management (3) 

3. Industrial Administration 

This curriculum is designed to acquaint the student with the problems of 
organization and control in the field of industrial management. Theory and 
practice with reference to organization, policies, methods, processes, and tech- 
niques are surveyed, analyzed, and criticized. The student becomes familiar 
with the factors that determine plant location and layout, types of buildings, 
and the major kinds of machines and processes utilized, as well as effective 
methods and devices for the selection and utilization of men, materials and 
machines. 

The courses, in addition to those required of all students in the college, 
which will aid the undergraduate student in preparing himself for a useful 



276 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

place in this field of effort are: 

*B. A. 121— Cost Accounting (4) B. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

B. A. 122, 127— Auditing (3, 3) Regulation (3) 

B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Statis- B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 

tics (3, 3) Traffic Management (3) 

B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) B.A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 

*B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) *B. A. 177— Motion Economy and Time Study 

B. A. 165— Office Management (3) (3) 

B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) *B. A. 178— Production Planning and Con- 

*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating trol (2) 

(2) B. A. 265— Development and Trends in 

*B. A. 169— Industrial Management (3) Industrial Management (3) 

4. Insurance and Real Estate 

Today both insurance and real estate are fields which prefer university 
trained persons. In insurance, opportunities are available in the home offices 
and in the field to persons who will ultimately specialize in life, property, or 
casualty insurance. In real estate, a group of specialists — real estate brokers, 
appraisers, property managers, and persons handling the financing of real 
estate — are now recognized. A proper arrangement of courses by a student 
will povide academic preparation toward the examinations for Chartered Life 
Underwriter (C.L.U.), Chartered Property Casualty Underwriter (C.P.C.U.)i 
and new professional requirements in real estate. Also, from a purely personal 
or family viewpoint these courses can be of immense value. 

Students who select a concentration in insurance and real estate should 
follow the general study program for the freshman and sophomore years. 
The program for the junior and senior years is outlined below. 

r— Semester-^ 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 .... 

B. A. 140— Financial Management .... 3 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 3 .... 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management .... 3 

B. A. 190— Life Insurance 3 .... 

B. A. 191— Property Insurance .... 3 

B. A. 1 95— Real Estate Principles 3 .... 

B. A. 196— Real Estate Finance 3 

Elective .... 3 

Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 3 .... 

H. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

B. A. 141 —Investment Management 3 .... 

B. A. 194— Insurance Agency Management 3 .... 

B. A. 197— Real Estate Management .... 3 

Eleciives 3 6 

Total 16 16 



•These courses are cpeojfi> requirements for stud«nts concentrating In Industrial 
Administration 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 277 

Selection of elcctives may be made with the aid of the adviser from the 

following and other subjects: 

Soc. 1 14— The City (.3) B. A. 148 — Advanced Financial Management 

IT:!— Social Security (3) (3) 

Econ. 141— Theory ot Money, Credit and B. A. 151— Advertising (3) 

Prices (3) B.A L 6 5— Office Management (3) 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation (3) B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 

i: A 123— Income Tax Accounting (4) B. A. 189 -Business and Government (3) 

B. A. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) B. A. 290-Seminar In Insurance (3) 

B A 2:'5-Seminar in Real Estate (3) 

5. Marketing Administration 

Modern business administration is concerned largely with marketing ac- 
tivities. Buying and selling of products and services comprise the major 
portion of the time and energies of a large group of our population. The 
ideals of our system of private property, individual initiative and free enter- 
prise are closely related to present-day marketing organization and practice. 
Effective solutions of the problems of marketing are necessary to the success 
of the individual business enterprise and for the welfare of the consumer. 
If the costs of distribution are to be reduced or kept from rising unduly, it is 
necessary that careful study be made of the organization, policies, methods, 
and practices of advertising, selling, purchasing, merchandising, transportation, 
financing, storing, and other related marketing activities, and appropriate action 
taken by qualified technicians and executives. 

The purpose of the marketing administration program is to give the stu- 
dent an opportunity to analyze, evaluate and otherwise study the problems 
connected with marketing institutions, organizations, policies, methods, and 
practices. The student who elects this field of concentration may develop his 
aptitudes, o.i the technical level, for research, selling, buying, and preparing 
advertising copy, and on the administrative level develop his abilities for 
organizing, planning, and directing the various activities in the field of 
marketing. 

Thoughtful selection of courses from the following lists, in addition to 
those required of all students in business administration, will aid the student in 
preparing himself for an effective position in the field of marketing. He may 
form a concentration in: 

a. General Marketing d. Retail Store Management 

b. Advertising e. Sales Management 

c. Foreign Trade 



278 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



B. A. 132, 133— Advanced Business Sta- 
tistics (3, 3) 
•B. A. 143— Credit Management (3) 
Econ. 147— Business Cycle Theory (3) 
•B. A. 151— Advertising. (3) 
B. A. 152— Advertising Copy and Layout 
(3) 
•B. A. 153— Purchasing Management (3) 
*B. A. 154— Retail Store Management (3) 
B. A. 155— Problems in Retail Merchan- 
dising (3) 
B. A. 158— Advertising Campaigns (3) 
B. A. 159— Newspaper Advertising (3) 
B. A. It; 5 — Office Management (3) 
B. A. 166— Business Communications (3) 
B. A. 170 —Transportation Services and 
Regulation (3) 

For those especially interested in foreign trade, selections may be made 
from the following courses: 



B A. 171— Industrial and Commercial 

Traffic Management (3) 
B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) 
B. A. 190— Life Insurance (3) 
B. A. 191— Property Insurance (3) 
B. A. 195— Real Estate Principles (3) 
B. A. 250— Problems in Sales Management 

(3) 
B. A. 251— Problems in Advertising (3) 
B. A. 252— Problems in Retail Store Man- 
agement (3) 
B. A. 257 — Seminar in Marketing Manage- 
ment (arranged) (3) 
B. A. 258— Research Problems in 
Marketing (arranged) (3) 



tEcon. 136— International Economic Policies 
and Relations (3) 
Econ. 137— Economic Planning and Post- 
war Problems (3) 
tEcon. 149— International Finance and Ex- 
change (3) 
B. A. 151— Advertising Programs and 
Campaigns (3) 
tB. A. 157— Foreign Trade Procedure (3) 
tB. A. 170— Transportation Services and 

Regulation (3) 
tB. A. 173— Overseas Shipping (3) 
B. A. 189— Government and Business (3) 
Ec. Geog. 4— Regional Geography of the 

Continents (3) 
Geog. 100, 101— Regional Geography of the 



United States and Canada (3, 3) 

Geog. 102— The Geography of Manufactur- 
ing in the United States and Canada (3) 

Geog. 110, 111— Latin America (3, 3). 

Geog. 115— Peoples of Latin America (2) 

Geog. 120 — Economic Geography of Eu- 
rope (3) 

Geog. 122— Economic Resources and De- 
velopment of Africa (3) 

Geog. 130-131— Economic and Political 
Geog. of Southern and Eastern Asia 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 180, 181— Principles of Geography 
(3, 3) 

Geog. 260-261— Problems in the Geog. of 
Europe and Africa (3, 3) 



6. Personnel Administration and Labor Economics 

Recent development of large scale operation on the part of both private 
enterprise and government has emphasized the growing importance of personnel 
relationships. Successful operation depends on harmonious cooperation between 
employer and employee. The interests of the public, the owners, and the 
management, as well as those of the employees, may be greatly affected by 
the solutions evolved in any given case of personnel relationship. The growth 
of large-scale, centrally controlled labor organizations and the increased par- 
ticipation of governmental agencies in labor disputes have created problems 
for which business management, union officials, and government representa- 
tives have been, on the whole, ill-prepared to solve satisfactorily. The govern- 
ment, the unions, and business need men and women qualified to deal effectively 
with these problems. They should have broad training and technical informa- 
tion in the fields of business and public administration, economics, and psychol- 
ogy, together with suitable personalities. They must be able to approach these 
problems with an open mind, unbiased by personal and class prejudices. 



•Thpop courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration In 
Marketing Management. 

tThese courses are specific requirements for students taking a concentration In 
Foreign Trade. 



Business and public administration 279 

Personnel administration which has to do with the direction of human 
effort, is concerned with securing, maintaining, and utilizing, an effective working 
force. People adequately trained in personnel administration find employment 
in business enterprises, governmental departments, governmental corporations, 
educational institutions and charitable organizations. 

A student may select from the following courses those which will, in 
addition to those required of all students in business administration, best 
prepare him for the kind of personnel work he wishes to enter. 

•B. A. 163— Industrial Relations (3) B. A 262— Seminar In Contemporary 

•B. A. 164— Recent Labor Legislation and Trends in Labor Relations (3) 

Court Decisions (3) B. A. 265— Development and Trends In 

*B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Industrial Management (3) 

Rating (2) B A 266— Research in Personnel Man- 

*B. A. 169-Industrial Management (3) agement (arranged) (3) 



B. A. 267— Research in Industrial Rela- 
tions (arranged) (3) 



G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Adminis- 
tration (S) 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology (3) 

Psych. 121-Soclal Psychology (3) '• A 269-Studies of Special Problems In 

Psych. 161— Psychological Techniques In Employer- Employee Relationships 

Personnel Administration (3) (arranged) (3) 

G & P. 214— Problems In Public Person- B. A. 271— Theory of Organization (S) 

nel Administration (arranged) (3) 

7. Transportation Administration 

The problems of transportation administration are complex and far reach- 
ing. The student preparing for this type of work should be well grounded in 
economics, government, and business administration, as well as being pro- 
ficient in the use of the technical tools of the profession. Rail, highway, 
water, and air transportation are basic to our economic life, in fact, to our 
very existence. This curriculum gives considerable emphasis to air trans- 
portation. 

The following courses, in addition to those required of all students in the 
college will aid the student in preparing himself for a useful place in the fields 
of air, water, highway, and railway transportation. This curriculum besides 
preparing for positions with carriers also fits the student for industrial traffic 
management, trade association and government work in transportation. (To 
major in Transportation Administration the student must complete 15 hours of 
the courses listed below including B.A. 171): 

B. A. 157— Foreign Trade (3) B. A. 175— Airline Administration (3) 

B. A. 170— Transportation Services and B. A. 176— Problems in Airport Manage- 

Regulation (3) ment (3) 

B. A. 171— Industrial and Commercial B. A. 184— Public Utilities (3) 

Traffic Management (3) B. A. 270— Seminar in Air Transportation 

B. A. 172— Motor Transportation (3) (3) 

B. A. 173-Overseas Shipping (3) B -, A : 275-Seminar in Motor Transpor- 

tation (31 
B. A. 174— Commercial Air Transportation B. A. 277— Seminar in Transportation (3) 

(3) B. A. 284— Seminar In Public Utilities (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the 
curriculum. 



•These courses are specific requirements for those students taking a concentration 
in Personnel Administration and Labor Economics. 



280 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

8. Public Administration 

The trend toward increased governmental participation in the fields of our 
economic, political and social life has been developing for a number of years so 
that now the government is the largest business enterprise in the country. In 
addition to the Federal Government, State and Local Government agencies have 
called upon the universities to aid in training young men or women for effective 
public service. Students desiring a specialized training in the broad field of gov- 
ernment service should take the regularly established curriculum in Government and 
Politics appearing in pages 321 and 322 of this Catalog and select electives from the 
following : 

G. & P. Ill— Public Personnel Administration (3) 

G. & P. 112— Public Financial Administralion (3) 

G. & P. 181— Administrative Law (3) 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control (2, 2) 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting (4, 4) 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics (3) 

B. A. 189— Business and Government (3) 

Econ. 14 0— Money and Banking (3) 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization (3) 

Other courses may be selected with the approval of the adviser for the pro- 
gram. Students pursuing this curriculum should arrange their programs under 
the supervision of the Department of Government and Politics. 



II. ECONOMICS 

The program of studies in the field of Economics is designed to meet the 
needs of students who wish to concentrate either on a major or minor scale in 
this division of the Social Sciences. Students who expect to enroll in the 
professional schools and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business 
or Public Administration, or Foreign Service, or Social Service Administration, 
will find courses in economics of considerable value to them in their later work. 
A student of economics should choose his courses to meet the requirements 
for his major objective, or the Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy 
degree. (He should consult the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general 
requirements for the advanced degrees.) 

Requirements for an Economics Major 

In addition to the University requirements in Social Studies, English, Military 
Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities, the student majoring in Economics is 
required to complete a minimum of 36 semester hours in Economics with an 
average grade of not less than "C". Required courses are Econ. 4, 5, 31, 32, and 132. 
B.A. 130 (Statistics) is also required, and B.A. 20 and 21 (Accounting) are recom- 
mended. Other courses in Economics to meet the requirements of the major are 
to be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser. Business Administration courses 
which may count as Economics credit are B.A. 130, 132, 133, 147, 164, 184, 189. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Arts and Sciences must, of 
course, fulfill all the specific requirements of that college, including 12 semester 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



281 



hours of Foreign Language and 12 semester hours of Natural Science and 
Mathematics. 

Economics majors enrolled in the College of Business and Public Administra- 
tion may elect to take a foreign language or, in lieu of Foreign Language, may 
take B.A. 10 and 11 and Geog. 1 and 2. All B.P.A. students must take 6 semester 
hours of Mathematics, but may substitute B.A. 20 and 21 for Natural Science. 

A student who elects Economics as a major will normally have earned 10 
semester hours credit in the lower division courses in Economics prior to begin- 
ning the advanced work of the junior year. These lower division courses must 
be completed with an average grade of not less than "C". 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of ^udy should be 
selected with the aid of a faculty adviser in terms of the student's objectives and 
major interest 



Study Program for Economics Majors 



Freshman Year 

Speech 18. 19 — Introductory Speech 

Econ. 4, 5— Economic Developments 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 or 14, 15. 17 

G. & P. 1— American Government (or Sociology of American 

Life) 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life (or American Government).. 

Foreign Language or B. A. 10, 11 

A. S. 1, 2-Basie Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 



-Semester- > 
/ // 


l 


1 


2 


2 


3 


3 


3 


3 



3-2 
3 
2 
1 

17-19 



3-2 
3 
2 

1 

17-19 



Sophomore Year 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 

Eng. 3. 4. or 5. 8— Composition and World or English Literature 3 

Foreign Language or Geog. 1, 2 3-2 

X tural Science or B. A. 20. 21 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total is. 19 



3 

3 

3-2 
3 
I 
S 

1 

15-19 



282 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

r- Semester— > 

Junior Year I II 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 3 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 3 .... 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics .... 3 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics, and Business 

Administration* 6 9 



Total 15 15 

Senior Year 

Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles 3 .... 

Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic Thought 3 .... 

Econ. 171— Economics of American Industries or 

B. A. 184— Public Utilities 3 

Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation .... 3 

Electives in Economics, Government and Politics and Business 

Administration* 6 12 



Total 15 16 



III. FOREIGN SERVICE AND INTERNATIONAL RELATIONS 

If the student expects to enter the foreign service, he should be well grounded 
in the language, geography, history, and politics of the region of his an- 
ticipated location as well as in the general principles and practices of organiza- 
tion and administration. It should be recognized that only a limited training 
can be secured during the undergraduate period. When more specialized or 
more extensive preparation is required, graduate work should be planned. 
The individual program in either instance, however, should be worked out 
under the guidance of a faculty adviser. The following study program is 
offered as a guide in the selection of subjects. 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life .... 3 

Foreign Language (Selection) 3 3 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2 

Econ. 4 , 5 — Economic Developments 2 2 

Mathematics 5, 6 or 10, 11 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Total 19-20 19-20 



•Other electives may be selected with the approval of the Head of the Department 
of Economics. Normally these electives must be on the Junior and Senior leveL 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



283 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4, or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 
Foreign Language (Continuation of Freshman year selection)... 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

H. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 

G. & P.— Comparative Government, selection in accordance with 

the student's need 

Sp. 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Organization 

Econ. 1 4 u— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics 

Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems 

Ec. Geog.— Selection of Regional division to fit student's needs... 
Electives to meet student's major interest 

Total 

Senior Year 

G. & P. 102— International Law 

G. & P. 106— American Foreign Relations 

G. & P. 131— Constitutional Law 

B. A. 189— Government and Business 

Ec. 132— Advanced Economic Prin., or Ec. 134, Contemporary 

Thought 

G. & P. 18 1— Administrative Law 

Econ. 136 — International Economic Policies and Relations 

Econ. 149— International Finance and Exchange 

Electives to meet student's major interest 

Total 



r-Semester—^ 
I II 

3 3 

3 3 

3 3 

3 3 



2 

1 
3 
1 

16-19 



3 

3 
3 

15 



15 



2 

1 
3 
1 

161$ 



s 

3 

t 
3 

I 

16 



3 

S 

3 

15 



Suggested electives: 

American History 108, 127, 129, 133, 135, 145, and 146. 

European History 175, 176, 179, 180, 185, 186, and History 191— History of Russia; 

History 195— The Far East. 
Government and Politics 7, 8, 9, 10, 105, 106, and 154. 



IV. GEOGRAPHY 



This curriculum is designed to aid the student in securing the facts con- 
cerning the major geographical areas of the world and in studying and analyzing 
the manner in which these facts affect economic, political, and social activities. 
The student interested in international trade, international political relations, 
diplomacy, overseas governments, and national aspirations will find the courses 
in this department of great practical value. Work is offered on both the under- 
graduate and the graduate levels. 



284 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students who expect to enroll in the engineering and professional schools 
and those who are planning to enter the fields of Business and Public Ad- 
ministration, or Foreign Service, will find courses in geography of material 
value to them in their later work. Openings exist for well-trained geographers 
in government service, in universities, colleges, and high schools, as well as 
in private business. A student of geography should choose his courses to meet 
the requirements for his major objective, be it undergraduate major or minor, 
or a Master of Arts, or a Doctor of Philosophy degree. He should consult 
the bulletin of the Graduate School for the general requirements for the 
advanced degrees. 

Requirements for an Undergraduate Major in Geography 

A student majoring in geography is required to complete satisfactorily 
120 semester hours of work in addition to the required work in military science, 
hygiene, and physical activities. A general average of at least "C" is required 
for graduation. Only courses in which the student receives a grade of "C" or 
above will be counted toward the major. 

The specific requirements for the geography major are: 

I. Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), or equivalent; Geog. 30 (3); Geog. 35 (3); Geog. 
40 and 41 (3, 3); Geog. 170 (3) and 18 hours in other Geography courses num- 
bered 100 to 199, of which 6 hours must be in non-regional courses; a total of 
39 hours in geography. 

II. Social Sciences— G. & P. 1 (3); Econ. 31 and 32 (3, 3); History 5 
and 6 (3, 3) ; Soc. 1 and 105 (3, 3) ; a total of 21 semester hours. 

III. Natural Sciences — Botany 1 and 113 or 102 (4, 2 or 3) ; Agron. 114 or 
equivalent (4) ; Chem. 1 (4). Total of 13 (14) semester hours. 

IV. English— Eng. 1 and 2 (3, 3) and 3, 4, or 5, 6 (3, 3); Speech 18, 19 (1, 1); 
a total of 14 semester hours. 

V. Foreign Language and Literature — 12 semester hours in one language, 
unless an advanced course is taken. 

VI. Military Science, Hygiene, and Physical Activities. The present Uni- 
versity requirement is 16 semester hours in Military Science and Physical 
Activities for able-bodied male students. Women students are required to take 
8 semester hours credit in hygiene and physical activities. 

A student who elects geography as a major must have earned eighteen 
semester hours credit in the prerequisite courses in geography prior to be- 
ginning the advanced work of the junior year. These are normally taken during 
the freshman and sophomore years. Only courses in which the student receives 
a grade of "C" or above will be counted toward the major. 

A minor in geography should consist of Geog. 10 and 11 (3, 3), Geog. 30 
(3) and such other courses as the major adviser deems suitable. 

For the guidance of those who expect to do graduate work in geography, 
it should be emphasized that the Department of Geography is particularly 



BUSINESS AND I'VKl.lL ADMINISTRATION 



28! 



interested in the appraisal of natural resources in relation to economic, social 
and political developments; it aims to encourage study of the natural resource 
base of the culture of an area. This necessitates, on the one hand, an ele- 
mentary knowledge of certain of the physical sciences as a basis for the 
physical aspects of geographic study and resource analysis. On the other 
hand, a certain amount of knowledge of economics, of sociology and of 
political organization is necessary in order to understand stages of resource 
utilization and the social consequences. 

The specific courses comprising the student's program of studies should 
be selected with the aid of a faculty adviser from the Department of Geography 
in terms of the student's objective and major interests. 



Study Program for Geography Majors: 

Freshman Year 

Geog. 10, 11— General Geography 

Chem 1— Introductory Chemistry 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government , 

Eng. 1. 2— Composition and American Literature 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 42, 4 4— Hygiene (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) , 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Geog. 30 — Principles of Morphology 

Geog. 3 5— Map Reading and Interpretation 

Geog. 40— Principles of Meteorology 

Geog. 41— Introductory Climatology 

Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and Readings in Literature. 

Foreign Language 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

Bot. 113— Plant Geography 

Agron. 114— Soil Geography 

Soc. 105— Cultural Anthropology 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 

Senior Year 

Geog. 170— Local Field Course 

Geog.— Selection to fit student's needs 

Electives, with adviser's consent 

Total 



3 
3 
3 
3 

2 
1 

19-20 



—Semester— \ 
I II 

3 a 

4 

4 

3 

3 
3 
3 
2 

1 



3 
3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 

1 
2 



3 

6 
3 

16 

S 
6 
6 

16 



18-20 



3 

3 
3 
3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 



4 
3 
I 
S 

s 

17 



12 



286 



f UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

V. GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 



Government and Politics Major and Minor Requirements 

In this course of study, the following conditions are to be observed: (1) 
G. & P. 1, American Government, or its equivalent, is prerequisite to all other 
courses offered by the Department. Persons taking this course of study must 
complete G. & P. 1 with a grade of "C" or better. (2) In this curriculum, at 
least 36 hours of Government and Politics, including G. & P. 1, must be com- 
pleted. No Government and Politics course with a grade of less than "C" may 
be counted as a part of these 36 hours. (3) The electives of the junior and 
senior years are to be chosen from the list suggested below, unless consent 
to take other courses is obtained from the Head of the Department. Electives 
in Government and Politics and in related fields are to be chosen to make an 
integrated course of study. 



-Semester- > 



Freshman Year I 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 

Math. 5, 6 or 10, and 11 or 13— Mathematics 3 

Econ. 4. 5— Economic Developments 2 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 1 

Foreign Language 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

P. E. 42, 44— Hygiene (Women) 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

G. & P. 4— State Government and Administration 3 

G. & P. 5— Local Government and Administration or Psychology 

1 (Introduction to Psychology) or Sociology 52 (Criminology) .... 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 3 

Foreign Language 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 

Total 16 . 19 

Junior Year 

G. & P. 7 or 9, 8 or 10— Comparative Government 2 

G. & P. 110— Public Administration 3 

G. & P. 141— History of Political Theory 3 

G. & P. 174— Political Parties 3 

G. & P. 124— Legislatures and Legislation 

G. & P. —(Elective) 

Electives g 

Total 17 



// 

3 
3 
3 

2 
1 
3 
3 
2 
1 

18-19 



3 
3 
S 

3 
3 
3 
1 

16-19 



3 
3 
9 

17 



r- Semester- 
I II 


3 




3 


3 


3 


3 


6 


1 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 287 



Senior Year 

G. & P. 101— International Political Relations 

G. & P. 131-132— Constitutional Law 

One full year of advanced Economics or B. A. courses. 
Electives 

Total 15 16 

Suggested electives: Any G. & P. courses not required above. Any history 
courses related to the student's integrated course of study. 
Econ. 131— Comparative Economic Systems B. A. 164— Labor Legislation and Court 
Econ. 132— Advanced Economic Principles Decisions 



Econ. 134— Contemporary Economic 

Thought 
Econ. 14 0— Money and Banking 



B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 
B. A. ISO — Business and Government 
Philosophy 155— Logic 
Psychology 121, 122— Social Psychology 
Econ. 142— Public Finance and Taxation Sociology 52— Criminology 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics Sociology 147— Sociology of Law 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics Sociology 186— Sociological Theory 



VI. JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

The department offers two professional majors: one in editorial journalism, 
for those who seek beginning news jobs upon graduation; the other in public 
relations, for those who plan to work in public relations, in public information, 
or on company publications. 

Although a minor is not permitted in this college, a student may take as 
many as 12 semester hours in a subject or field other than his major. Specialized 
jobs are most attractive financially. Journalism majors ordinarily elect secondary 
concentrations in such fields as agriculture, home economics, business administra- 
tion, advertising, foreign language, science, social and political sciences, psychology, 
philosophy. Public relations majors choose theirs from business administration, 
advertising, political and social sciences, psychology, foreign language. Other 
electives may be approved by the advisor in this department. 

Office Techniques may be taken for lower-division elective credit (courses 
numbered below 100). Since all work in the technical courses of the Depart- 
ment of Journalism and Public Relations is typewritten, those who cannot type at 
least 35 words per minute should enroll in O. T. 1 before taking Journalism 
10. Women planning to seek combination journalism-secretarial or public re- 
lations-secretarial jobs upon graduation may take typing and shorthand for 
lower-division elective credit. 

Since 57 hours of upper-division work (courses numbered 100 or more) are 
required for graduation in this department, the student should use his electives 
and required courses the first two years to work off all prerequisites for his 
upper-division studies. No lower-division course can substitute for an upper- 
division elective. 

To enroll in an upper-division course, the student must have accumulated 
at least 56 hours of academic work (exclusive of R.O.T.C. and Physical Ac- 
tivities), with an over-all grade average of at least 2. (C). 



288 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

To enroll as an upper-division major in this department, a student must 
have earned at least C in both Journalism 10 and 11. A major who makes less 
than a C in an upper-division required course is asked to repeat the course 
and/or change his major. 

A student may declare his major in this department when he enrolls in it at 
the beginning of any semester, and ordinarily he will be advised from that time 
until graduation by the same advisor in the department. In no case, however, 
can one be graduated with a major in this department without having spent at 
least four semesters as a major in one of its curricula. 

Majors are urged to work on a student publication throughout their college 
residence, and to obtain professional experience in the summers. 

The department maintains close working relations with professionals and 
their organizations in this area. One of the purposes is to provide speakers, 
trips, laboratories, and other types of training for students enrolled in the 
department's technical courses. The btudent is notified in advance of each 
event, and his participation is required unless it happens to conflict with one of 
his scheduled classes. 

A required part of the journalism major's education consists of training 
on the Baltimore Sunpapers. 

Advanced reporting students spend one afternoon a week with Sun reporters 
on police and city hall beats; advanced editing students spend one afternoon a 
week at the central copy desk or at the rewrite desk. 

Some journalism majors serve as "stringers" in the special coverage of the 
campus maintained by the Sunpapers. A $500 annual Baltimore Sun journalism 
scholarship is available to seniors. 

Outside work necessitates enrollment in less than a normal program of 
study, and in no case should the student attempt to work full time and take 
more than a course or two. 

Listed below are the required curricula in journalism and in public relations. 
Each curriculum requires a minimum of 33 hours in the department, and not 
more than 40 hours in the department is permitted. 

Lower-division Curricula 

(Journalism, Public Relations) 

r-Semester—s 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Geog. 1, 2 — Economic Resources and Econ. 4, 5 — Economic 

Developments or foreign language 4-3 4-3 

Math. 5. 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance (or 

natural science) 3-4 3-4 

Speech IS. 10— Introductory Speech (or Speech 1. 2) 1-2 1-2 

Physiol Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Hygiene (Women) 2 2 

Air Science 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 18 18 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 289 

r- Semester—^ 

Sophomore Year I II 

Journ. 10, 11— News Reporting I, II 3 3 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, G— Composition and World or English Literature 3 3 

Hist. 5. 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31. 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 10. 11— Organization and Control (or foreign language)... 2-3 2-3 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 1 

Air S< ■ien.-e 3, 4 — Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Total 18 18 

Journalism Study Program 

Junior Year 

Journ. 160— News Editing 1 3 .... 

Journ. 163— Newspaper Typography (either semester) .... 3 

Journ. 176 — Newsroom Problems 3 .... 

Journ. 1S1 — Press Photography (either semester) .... 3 

G. & P. 1 78— Public Opinion 3 

Electives 7 io 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

Journ. 161— News Editing II .... 3 

Journ. 165 — Feature Writing .... 3 

Journ. 1 75— Reporting of Public Affairs 3 .... 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press .... 3 

Journ. 192— History of American Journalism 3 .... 

B. A. 1S9— Business and Government (either semester) 3 .... 

Electives 7 7 

Total 16 16 

Public Relations Study Program 

Requirements for the first two years of the public relations curriculum are 
the same as those in the journalism program (see above). 

The following curriculum is taken in the junior and senior years by the 
average public relations student who plans to work for a public relations firm 
or in a public relations department. 

For electives preparatory to public relations work in business, the student should 
look to at least the following fields : business administration, advertising, economics, 
business statistics, personnel management, and marketing. For government 
public relations work : public administration, American history, international rela- 
tions, political parties, etc. Good elective courses for any public relations major 
may be found in psychology, sociology, speech, English, radio, and education. 

r- Semester—^ 

Junior Year I JJ 

Journ. 160— News Editing T 3 .... 

Journ. 165— Feature Writing (either semester) .... 3 

P. R. 166— Public Relations 

Journ. 181— Press Photography (either semester) 3 .... 

P. R. 194— Public Relations Cases .... g 

Electives 7 \i 

Total 16 l« 



290 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

'—Semester-^ 

Senior Year I 1 1 

P. R. 170— Publicity Techniques 3 .... 

P. R. 171— Industrial Journalism 2 .... 

P. R. 186— Public Relations of Government .... 3 

Journ. 191— Law of the Press • • • • • 3 

P. R. 195— Seminar in Public Relations .... 2 

G. & P. 178— Public Opinion 3 

Electives 8 8 



Total 16 16 

VII. OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

1. Office Management 

With the rapidly mounting volume of office work now being done, and the 
rapid increase in the number of office workers required to do it, effective office 
management and supervision is needed. Despite the current popular opinion 
that the office manager needs to know only a number of systems and machines, 
there is an ever-growing group of executives who believe that the management 
and supervision of an office is quite as important a job as the management 
of a factory or any other industrial enterprise. 

Any young man or woman entering business need have no hesitancy in 
preparing himself for the position of office manager, for that position has proved 
a stepping stone to positions of great responsibility for many of our present 
executives. 

The student interested in this field will find the following required courses 
with the suggested electives under the guidance of the adviser, a valuable aid 
in preparing for positions in this field. 

Office Administration Study Program 

/— Semester— ^ 
Freshman Year I II 

Geog. 1, 2— Economic Resources 2 2 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Math. 5 — General Mathematics 3 .... 

Math. 6— Mathematics of Finance .... 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting 2 .... 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting .... 2 

A S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) 1 i 

Total 11-19 ig.19 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 



291 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature.. 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles ol Accounting 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

II. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 
Physical Activities (Men and Women) 



Total. 



Junior Year 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 150— Principles of Marketing 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

B. A. 121— Cost Accounting 

B. A. 130— Elements of Business Statistics. 

B. A. 150— Marketing Management 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

B. A. 114— Machines Management 

Electlves 



Total 

Senior Year 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. A. 166— Business Communications 

B. A. 169— Industrial Management 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management 

Electives in Accounting, Marketing, Real Estate, Insurance, 
Finance, and Transportation 



Total . 



-Semest 


rr— » 


I 


II 


3 


3 


'i 


3 


4 


4 


1 


1 


3 


3 


2 




3 


3 


1 


1 



1719 



15-18 



16 



18 



18 



16 



2. Office Techniques 

The purpose of this curriculum is not only to furnish merely technical or 
vocational training, hut also, to aid the student in developing his natural aptitudes 
for secretarial and administrative positions. The development of the student's 
capacity to plan, organize, direct, and execute is the guiding principle followed in 
this curriculum. This program of study will appeal to the young man or woman 
who is ambitious, naturally capable, and willing to work. It will also appeal 
to those who realize that positions in secretarial service require much more 
than merely skill in typewriting and stenography. These are essential tools, 
but knowledge and skill in other subjects are as important for the more 
responsible positions. 

Placement Examination 

Students with one or more years of college, high school, or equivalent 
training in shorthand and/or typewriting are required to take a placement 
examination in those subjects at the time of their first registration in a short- 
hand or typewriting course at the University. 

Credit will be given only for the work done in residence. 



292 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Record of Competency 

Students must make a grade of "C" in each course in the Office Techniques 
sequence before they may progress to the next advanced course. A major earning 
less than a C grade in an advanced course, is asked to repeat the course. 

The following program of study is designed to give the capable student 
an opportunity to develop his potential aptitudes to an effective end. 



-Semester— \ 



Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 

Speech 18, 19— Introductory Speech 

.Math. 5, 6— General Mathematics and Mathematics of Finance. 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting* 

o. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

Hea. 2, 4— Persona] & Community Health (Women) 

Physical Activities (Men and Women ) 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 4, 5 — Economic Developments 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) , 

Physical Activities (Men and Women) , 

Total 

Junior Year 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthandt 

O. T. 117 — Gregg Transcriptiont 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation 

B. A. 166 — Business Communications 

B. A. 114 — Machines Management 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking 

Econ. 160 — Labor Economics 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management 

Total 



17-18 



3 
3 
3 

4 
2 
2 
3 
1 

18-21 



// 
3 

3 
2 

1 
3 



17-18 



2 
3 
1 

16-17 



17 



3 
3 

16 



•O. T. 1 should be completed prior to enrollment in Principles of Shorthand 1 
(Q. T. 12). 

TO. T. 116, Advanced Shorthand, and O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription must be 
taken concurrently. O. T. 10 should be completed prior to O. T. 11G, Advanced 
Shorthand. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

t— Semester— s 

Senior Year ' '' 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 3 

O. T. 114— Secretarial Office Practice .... 3 

B. A. 165— Office Management 3 .... 

B. A. 168— Advanced Office Management .... 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law I * 

Electlvi a ti 

B. A. 150a— Marketing Principles and Operation 3 .... 

To al 16 16 

Combined Secretarial Training and Business Teaching Curriculum 

Capable students may elect courses offered by the College of Education 

in such a manner as to qualify themselves for commercial teaching in high 
schools. 



VIII. BUREAU OF BUSINESS AND ECONOMIC RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Business and Economic Research is recognized as the 
laboratory for the practical study of business and economic problems. As 
such, it has three principal functions: first, to train students in the field of 
business and economic research; second, to disseminate information concerning 
business and economic conditions in Maryland, or which affect Maryland interests, 
and third, to give active research assistance to interested business firms, govern- 
mental units, and citizen groups. 

Through the facilities of the Bureau qualified interested students can obtain 
practical experience in research work. This involves the application of tech- 
niques and principles studied in the class room to actual business and gov- 
ernmental problems. 

The Bureau — through its direct contact with business, government, labor 
and the professions and in its research into problems in these fields — serves as 
an important source of information relative to business and economic con- 
ditions and developments in this region. This information is made available, 
in part, by means of Bureau publications and, in part, by direct inquiry to the 
Bureau. This service is supplemented by active cooperation with individual 
business firms and citizen organizations within the state who request assistance 
in the study of specific problems which are recognized as having an important 
bearing upon community welfare. The Bureau welcomes the opportunity to be 
of real service to such organizations. 



IX. BUREAU OF GOVERNMENTAL RESEARCH 

The Bureau of Governmental Research was organized in 1947, then called 
the Bureau of Public Administration. It is closely allied, both in function and 
personnel, with the Department of Government and Politics. The Department 
of Government and Politics is the teaching agency; the Bureau of Governmental 
Research is the research agency. The Bureau's activities relate primarily to 
the problems of state and local government in Maryland. The Bureau engages 



204 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

in researcli and publishes research findings with reference to local, state and 
national government. It undertakes surveys and offers its assistance and service 
to units of government in Maryland. Finally, it serves as a clearing house of 
information for the benefit of Maryland state and local government. The 
Bureau furnishes an opportunity for qualified interested students to secure 
practical experience in research in government problems. 

X. MARYLAND MUNICIPAL LEAGUE 

The office of the Maryland Municipal League, an organization of Maryland 
cities, is located in the College of Business and Public Administration. The 
League provides opportunities for association to municipal officials, offers serv- 
ices to city governments and organizes legislative programs affecting municipal 
affairs. It publishes monthly the Maryland Municipal News. The League's 
mailing address is: Maryland Municipal League, Box 276, College Park, 
Maryland. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 295 



COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students have registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee, will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows : 

1 to 99 : courses for undergraduates. 

100 to 199 : courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. Not all courses 

numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit. 
200 to 299 : courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course with a 
double number extends through two semesters. Courses not otherwise designated are 
lecture courses. The number of hours' credit is shown by the arabic numeral in paren- 
theses after the title of the course. A separate schedule of courses is issued each 
semester, giving the hours, places of meeting, and other information required by the 
student in making out his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 

BUSINESS ORGANIZATION AND ADMINISTRATION 

Professors Frederick, Calhoun, Clemens, Cook, Cover, Fisher, Mounce, Pyle, 
Reid, Sweeney, Sylvester, Taff, Watson, YVedeberg, Wright; Associate Professors 
Gentry, Dawson; Assistant Professors Daiker, Goodell, Lee, Nelson, Phillips; 
Instructors Cluse, Edelson, Kappler. 

B.A. 10, 11. Organization and Control (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Required in all Bus. Adm. curriculums. A survey course 
treating the internal and functional organization of a business enterprise. B.A. 11 
includes industrial management, organization and control. 

B.A. 20, 21. Principles of Accounting (4, 4). 

First and second semesters. Required in all Business Organization curriculums. 
Prerequisite, Sophomore standing. The fundamental principles and problems involved in 
accounting for proprietorships, corporations and partnerships. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B.A. 110, 111. Intermediate Accounting (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for 
majors in accounting or consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the theory and 
problems of valuation of assets, application of funds, corporation accounts and state- 
ments, and the interpretation of accounting statements. 

B.A. 112. Records Management (2). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 
Specific management methods and techniques, that have proved valuable in the creatton, 
use, maintenance, protection aud disposition of records, are sttfdted. 



296 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 114. Machines Management (3). 

First and Second Semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Laboratory tee, $7.50. 
Mechanization has complicated the problem Of managing office activities. This course is 
devoted to the study of the management ami utilization of modern office machines. 

B.A. 116. Public Budgeting (3). 

Prerequisites, B.A. 21 and F.con. 32. A study of budgetary administration in the 
Tnited States, including systems of financial control and accountability, the settlement of 
claims, centralized purchasing and the reporting of financial operations. 

B.A. 118. Governmental Accounting (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. Ill, or consent of instructor. The content of this course covers 
the scope and functions of governmental accounting. It considers the principles generally 
applicable to all forms and types of governmental bodies and a basic procedure adaptable 
to all governments. 

B.A. 121. Cost Accounting (4). 

Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting or consent 
of instructor. A study of the fundamental procedures of cost accounting, including those 
for job order, process and standard cost accounting systems. 

B.A. 122. Auditing Theory and Practice (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. A study of the principles and problems of 
auditing and application of accounting principles to the preparation of audit working 
papers and reports. 

B.A. 123. Income Tax Accounting (4). 

Prerequisite, a grade of B or better in B.A. 21 for majors in accounting, or consent 
of instructor. A study of the important provisions of the Federal Tax Law, using illus- 
trative examples, selected questions and problems, and the preparation of returns. 

B.A. 124, 126. Advanced Accounting (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 111. Advanced accounting theory 
applied to specialized problems in partnerships, estates and trusts, banks, mergers and 
consolidations, receiverships and liquidations ; also budgeting and controllership. 

B.A. 125. C.P.A. Problems (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 124, or consent of instructor. A study of the 
nature, form and content of C.P.A. examinations by means of the preparation of solutions 
to, and an analysis of, a large sample of C.P.A. problems covering the various accounting 
fields. 

B.A. 127. Advanced Auditing Theory and Practice (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 122. Advanced auditing theory, practice and report 
writing. 

B.A. 128. Advanced Cost Accounting (2). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 121. A continuation of basic cost accounting with special emphasis 
on process costs, standard costs, Joint costs and by-product costs. 



BUSINESS AMU PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 2V7 

B.A. 129. Apprenticeship in Accounting (0). 

Prerequisites, minimum of 20 semester hours la accounting and the consent of tiie 
accounting stuff, a period of apprenticeship is provided with nationally known tirms of 
certified public accountants from nbout January l". to February 15, and for a semester 
after graduation. 

B.A. 130. Elements of Business Statistics (3). 

Prerequisite, Junior standing. Required for graduation. Laboratory fee, .$.'?. .">o. 
This course is devoted to a study of the fundamentals of statistics. Emphasis is placed 
upon the collection of data; hand and machine tabulation; graphic charting; statistical 
distribution; averages; Index numbers; sampling; elementary tests of reliability and simple 
correlations. 

B.A. 132, 133. Advanced Business Statistics (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 130. Laboratory fee, $.!.o0 for each 
course. The use of statistical methods ami techniques In economic studies and in the 
fields of business and public administration. Advanced methods of correlation and other 
selected techniques are applied to statistical analyses of economic fluctuations, price 
changes, cost analysis, and market demand indexes and functions. 

B.A. 140. Financial Management (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 21 and Econ. 140. This course deals with principles and practices 
involved in the organization, financing, and rehabilitation of business enterprises ; the 
various types of securities and their use in raising funds, apportioning income, risk, and 
control; intercorporate relations; and new developments. Bmphasls on solution of 
problems of financial policy faced by management. 

B.A. 141. Investment Management (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the principles and methods used 
in the analysis, selection, and management of investments ; investment programs, sources 
of investment information, security price movements, government, real estate, public utility, 
railroad, and industrial securities. 

B.A. 142. Banking Policies and Practices (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the organization and manage- 
ment of the Commercial Bank, the operation of its departments, and the methods used 
in the extension of commercial credit. 

B.A. 143. Credit Management (3). 

First nnd second semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. A study of the uature of credit 
and the principles applicable to its extension and redemption for mercantile and consumer 
purposes ; sources of credit information and analysis of credit reports ; the organization 
and management of a credit department for effective control. Recent developments and 
effective legal remedies available. 

B.A. 148. Advanced Financial Management (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 140. Advanced course designed for students 
specializing in finance. Emphasis is placed upon the techniques employed by executives 
in their application of financial management practice to selected problems and case; 
Critical classroom analysis is brought to bear upon actual methods and techniques used by 
business enterprises. 



298 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 149. Analysis of Financial Statements (3). 

Prerequisites, B.A. 21, B.A. 140. Analysis of financial statements for the guidance 
of executives, directors, stockholders, and creditors, valuation of balance sheet items ; 
determination and interpretation of ratios. 

B.A. 150. Marketing Management (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 150a. A study of the work of the marketing division in a going 
organization. The work of developing organizations and procedures for the control of 
marketing activities are surveyed. The emphasis throughout the course is placed on the 
determination of policies, methods, and practices for the effective marketing of various 
forms of manufactured products. 

B.A. 150a. Marketing Principles and Organization (3). 

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This is an introductory course in the field of market- 
ing. Its purpose is to give a general understanding and appreciation of the forces operat- 
ing, institutions employed, and methods followed in marketing agricultural products, 
natural products, services, and manufactured goods. 

B.A. 151. Advertising (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150. A study of the role of advertising in the 
American economy ; the impact of advertising on our economic and social life, the methods 
and techniques currently applied by advertising practitioners, the role of the newspaper, 
magazine, and other media in the development of an advertising campaign, modern 
research methods to improve the effectiveness of advertising, and the organization of the 
advertising business. 

B.A. 152. Advertising Copy and Layout (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151, and senior standing. A study of the 
practices and techniques of copy writing and layout. The student will participate in 
exercises designed to teach him the essential principles of writing copy for various media 
and presenting ideas in visual form. The course deals with the development of ideas 
rather than art forms. 

B.A. 153. Purchasing Management (3). 

First semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Studies the problems 
of determining the proper sources, quality and quantity of supplies, and of methods of 
testing quality ; price policies, price forecasting, forward buying, bidding and negotiation ; 
budgets and standards of achievement. Particular attention is given to government 
purchasing and methods 'and procedures used in their procurement. 

B.A. 154. Retail Store Management (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and senior standing. Retail store organiza- 
tion, location, layout and store policy ; pricing policies, price lines, brands, credit policies, 
records as a guide to buying ; purchasing methods ; supervision of selling ; training and 
supervision of retail sales force ; and administrative problems. 

B.A. 155. Problems in Retail Merchandising (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 154. Designed to develop skill in the planning 
and control of merchandise stocks. Deals with buying policies, pricing, dollar and unit 
control procedures, mark-up and mark-down policies, merchandise budgeting, and the gross 
margin-expense-net earnings relationships. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 299 

B.A. 157. Foreign Trade Procedure (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 150 and senior Btandlng. Functions of rarlone exporting agencies; 
documents and procedures used in exporting and Importing transactions. Methods of 
procuring goods In foreign countries; financing < ► t' Import shipments; clearing through the 
customs districts; and distribution of goods In the United Blal 

B.A. 158. Advertising Campaigns (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisites, B.A. 151 and B.A, l"i-. This course is devoted to 
the application of advertising skills for the purpose <>f conducting advertising campaigns 
scaled to specific marketing needs and financial resources, it combines sound principles 
with laboratory techniques; familiarizes the student with the price structure, technical 
needs, and problems of effective presentation for newspapers, magazines, radio, television, 
and other media. 

B.A. 159. Newspaper Advertising (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 151. A study of the problems of newspaper 
advertising with special attention to the needs of retail business. The course covers 
layout, production methods, sales techniques, and classified advertising. Students are 
encouraged to work in the advertising departments of campus and nearby publications for 
actual experience. 

B.A. 160. Personnel Management (3). 

Prerequisite, Econ. 160. This course deals with the problems of directing and 
supervising employees under modern industrial conditions. Two phases of personnel 
administration are stressed, the application of scientific management and the importance of 
human relation in this field. 

B.A. 163. Industrial Relations (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 160 and senior standing. A study of the 
development and methods of organized groups in industry with reference to the settle- 
ment of labor disputes. An economic and legal analysis of labor union and employer 
association activities, arbitration, mediation, and conciliation ; collective bargaining, trade 
agreements, strikes, boycotts, lockouts, company unions, employee representation, and 
injunctions. 

B.A. 164. Recent Labor Legislation and Court Decisions (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 160 and senior standing. Case method analysis 
of the modern law of industrial relations. Cases include the decisions of administrative 
agencies, courts and arbitration tribunals. 

B.A. 165. Office Management (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. Considers the application 
of the principles of scientific management in their application to office work. 

B.A. 166. Business Communications (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, junior standing. A systematic study of 
the principles of effective written communications in business. The fundamental aim is 
to develop the ability to write clear, correct, concise, and persuasive business letters and 
reports. 



300 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 167. Job Evaluation and Merit Rating (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 160, B.A. 169 and Senior standing. The investi- 
gation of the leading job evaluation plans used in industry, study of the development 
and administrative procedures, analyzing jobs and writing job descriptions, setting up a 
job evaluation plan, and relating job evaluation to pay scales. Study of various employee 
merit rating programs, the methods of merit rating, and the uses of merit rating. 

B.A. 168. Advanced Office Management (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 165 and senior standing. A study of the policies, 
systems, practices used to promote the effective utilization of the office functions. Among 
the subjects studied will be organization, standards determination, procedures, scheduling, 
layout, and process charting. The above techniques will be used in analyzing, evaluating, 
and improving the office methods found in several actual business cases. 

B.A. 169. Industrial Management (3). 

Both semesters. Prerequisite, B.A. 11. Studies the operation of a manufacturing 
enterprise. Among the topics covered are product development, plant location, plant 
layout, production planning and control, methods analysis, time study, job analysis, 
budgetary control, standard costs, and problems of supervision. 

B.A. 170. Transportation Services and Regulation (3). 

Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general course covering the five fields of transporta- 
tion, their development, service and regulation. (This course is a prerequisite for all other 
transportation courses.) 

B.A. 171. Industrial and Commercial Traffic Management (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. Covers the details of classification and rate construction for 
ground and air transportation. Actual experiences in handling tariffs and classifications is 
provided. It is designed for students interested in the practical aspects of shipping and 
receiving and is required for all majors in Transportation Administration. 

B.A. 172. Motor Transportation (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The place of the motor transport industry, development, 
uses in distribution, competitive situations, organization, regulation. 

B.A. 173. Overseas Shipping (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 170. The ocean carrier, development of services, types, trade 
routes, company organization, ship brokers and freight forwarders, the American Merchant 
Marine as a factor in national activity. 

B.A. 174. Commercial Air Transportation (3). t 

Perequisite, B.A. 170. The air transportation system of the United States; airways, 
airports, airlines. Federal regulation of air transportation. Problems and services of 
commercial air transportation ; economics, equipment, operations, financing, selling of 
passenger and cargo services. Air mail development and services. 

B.A. 175. Airline Administration (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A. 174. Practices, systems and methods of airline management; 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 

actual work in handling details and forms required in planning ami directing maintenance, 
operations, accounting and traffic transactions, study of airline operations and other 

manuals of various companies. 

B.A. 176. Problems in Airport Management (3). 

Prerequisite, B.A, 174, Airports classified, aviation Interests ami community i. 
airport planning, construction, building problems. Airports and tin- Management, 

financing, operations, revenue Bourci 

B.A. 177. Motion Economy and Time Study (3). 

Second semester'. Prerequisite, B.A. 169 and Benlor standing. A study of the prln 
ciples of motion economy, simo charts, micromotion study, the fundamentals of time 
study, job evaluation, observations, standard times, allowances, formula on and 

wage payment plans. 

B.A. 178. Production Planning and Control (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 169 and Senior standing. An analysis of the 
man-, material-, and machine requirements for production according to the several types 
of manufacture. The development and application of inventory records, load charts, 
production orders, schedules, production reports, progress reports and control reports. 
One lecture period and one laboratory period each week. 

B.A. 179. Problems in Supervision (3). 

Prerequisite, 15.A. 160, B.A. 1t'>'.> and Senior standing. A case study course in problems 
of management and administration with emphasis upon analysis and reasoning applied 
I o ward a solution. 

B.A. 180, 181. Business Law (4, 4). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, senior standing. Required in all Bus. 
Org. curriculums. Legal aspects of business relationships, contracts, negotiable instru- 
ments, agency, partnerships, corporations, real and personal property, and sales. 

B.A. 184. Public Utilities (3). 

Prerequisite, Econ. 3:.' or 37 and senior standing. T'siug the regulated industries as 
specific examples attention is focused on broad and general problems in such diverse 
fields as constitutional law, administrative law, public administration, government control 
of business, advanced economic theory, accounting, valuation and depreciation, taxation, 
finance, engineering and management. 

B.A. 189. Business and Government (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. Senior standing. A study of the 
role of government in modern economic life. Social control of business as a remedy for 
the abuses of business enterprise arising from the decline of competition. Criteria of 
and limitations on government regulation of private enterprise. 

B.A. 190. Life Insurance (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A general survey of life insurance: 
Its institutional development, selection of risks, mathematical calculations, contract pro- 
visions, kinds of policies, their functional uses, Industrial and group contracts and 
government supervision. 



302 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 191. Property Insurance (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the insurance coverages 
written to protect individuals and businesses ; fire, extended coverage, business interrup- 
tion, automobile, liability, fidelity, surety, inland marine and ocean marine. Hazards, 
rate-making, legal principles, standard forms, and business practices are discussed. 

B.A. 194. Insurance Agency Management (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 190 or 191. This course deals with the more 
practical problems and policies of the insurance agent, manager, or broker ; the manage- 
ment of his own organization and its relations with the public and home offices. Ad- 
vanced topics in life insurance and additional coverages in property insurance are con- 
sidered also. 

B.A. 195. Real Estate Principles (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The course covers the nature and 
uses of real estate, real estate as a business, basic legal principles, construction prob- 
lems and home ownership, city planning, and public control and ownership of real estate. 

B.A. 196. Real Estate Finance (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. This course includes consideration 
of the factors influencing real estate values, methods and techniques in the general 
appraisal of real estate by brokers and professional appraisers, and general problems in 
real estate financing. 

B.A. 197. Real Estate Management (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, B.A. 195 or 196. A study of mortgage banking in 
its relation to real estate operations, various financial institutions, and the general 
economy ; and a study of real property management with its responsibilities to owners, 
tenants, employees, and the public. 

For Graduates 
B.A. 210. Advanced Accounting Theory (2-3). 
Prerequisite B.A. Ill and graduate standing. 

B.A. 220. Managerial Accounting (3). 

B.A. 221, 222. Seminar in Accounting. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 226. Accounting Systems (3). 

B.A. 228. Research in Accounting. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 229. Studies of Special Problems in the Fields of Control and Or- 
ganization. 

(Arranged.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 303 

B.A. 240. Seminar in Financial Management (1-3). 
Prerequisites, Ec. 140, B.A. 21, B.A. 140. 

B.A. 249. Studies of Special Problems in the Field of Financial Adminis- 
tration. 

(Arranged.) 

B.A. 250. Problems in Sales Management (3). 

B.A. 251. Problems in Advertising (3). 

B.A. 252. Problems in Retail Store Management (3). 

B.A. 257. Seminar in Marketing Management. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 258. Research Problems in Marketing. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 262. Seminar in Contemporary Trends in Labor Relations. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 265. Development and Trends in Industrial Management (3). 

B.A. 266. Research in Personal Management. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 267. Research in Industrial Relations. 
(Arranged.) 

B.A. 269. Studies in Special Problems in Employer-Employee Relation- 
ships. 

(Arranged.) 

B.A. 270. Seminar in Air Transportation (3). 

B.A. 271. Theory of Organization (3). 

B.A. 275. Seminar in Motor Transportation (3). 

B.A. 277. Seminar in Transportation (3). 

B.A. 280. Seminar in Business and Government Relations. 
(Arranged.) 



304 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

B.A. 284. Seminar in Public Utilities (3). 

B.A. 290. Seminar in Insurance (3). 

B.A. 295. Seminar in Real Estate (3). 

B.A. 299. Thesis. 
(Arranged.) 

ECONOMICS 

Professors Dillard, Gruchy ; Lecturer Johnson ; Associate Professors Grayson, 

Gurley, Hamberg ; Assistant Professors Dalton, Measday, Smith, 

Yeager ; Instructors Dawson, Leary, Shelby. 

Econ. 4, 5. Economic Developments (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. Freshman requirements in Business Administration 
Curriculums. An introduction to modern economic institutions — their origins, develop- 
ment, and present status. Commercial revolution, industrial revolution, and age of mass 
production. Emphasis on developments in England, Western Europe and the United States. 

(Dillard and Staff.) 

Econ. 31, 32. Principles of Economics (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, sophomore standing. Required in the 
Business Administration Curriculums. A general analysis of the functioning of the 
economic system. A considerable portion of the course is devoted to a study of basic 
concepts and explanatory principles. The remainder deals wilh the major problems of 
the economic system. (Grayson and Staff.) 

Econ. 37. Fundamentals of Economics (3). 

First and second semesters. Not open to students who have credit in Econ. 31 
and 32. Not open to freshmen or to B. P. A. students. A survey of the general principles 
underlying economic activity. Designed to meet the needs of special technical groups 
such as students of Engineering, Home Economics, Agriculture and others who are unable 
to take the more complete course provided in Economics 31 and 32. (Smith and Staff.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Econ. 131. Comparative Economic Systems (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An investigation of the 
theory and practice of various types of economic systems. The course begins with an 
examination and evaluation of the capitalistic system and is followed by an analysis of 
alternative types of economic systems such as fascism, socialism, and communism. 

(Gruchy.) 

Econ. 132. Advanced Economic Principles (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32. Required for Economics majors. 
This course is an analysis of price and distribution theory with special attention to 
recent developments in the theory of imperfect competition. (Grayson.) 



BUSINESS AN!) PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 305 

Econ. 134. Contemporary Economic Thought (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 82 and senior standing. A survey of recent 
trends in American, English, and Continental Economic thought with special attention 
to the work of such economists as \V. C. Mitchell, J. B. Commons, T. Veblen, W. Sombart, 
J. v Hobson and other contributors to the development of economic thought since 1900. 

(Qruchy.) 

Econ. 136. International Economic Policies and Relations (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. '.'■- or 37. A descriptive and theoretical analysis 
of international trade. Full consideration is given to contemporary problems facing 
international trade and to the impact of governmental policy upon iuternatlonal com- 
mercial relations. (Yeager.) 

Econ. 137. The Economics of National Planning (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. An analysis of the principles and 
practice of economic planning with special reference to the planning problems of Great 
Britain, Russia, and the United States. (Gruchy.) 

Econ. 140. Money and Banking (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the organiza- 
tion, functions, and operation of our monetary, credit, and banking system; the relation 
of commercial banking to the Federal Reserve System ; the relation of money and credit 
to prices ; domestic and foreign exchange, and the impact of public policy upon banking 
and credit. (Gurley and Staff.) 

Econ. 141. Theory of Money, Credit, and Prices (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisites, Econ. 31' and 140. A study of recent domestic and 
international monetary policies, their objectives and theoretical foundations. (Gurley.) 

Bcon. 142. Public Finance and Taxation (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of govern- 
ment fiscal policy with special emphasis upon sources of public revenue, the tax system, 
government budgets, and the public debt. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 147. Business Cycles (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140. A study of the causes of depressions and 
unemployment, cynical and secular instability, theories of business cycles, and the problem 
of controlling economic instability. (Hamberg.) 

Econ. 149. International Finance and Exchange (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 140, Econ. 13(5 and 141 recommended. This 

course considers the theory and practice of international finance and exchange. The 

increased importance of public authority in foreign trade, international policies, and 
finance is given due emphasis. (Yeager.) 

Econ. 160. Labor Economics (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. The historical development 
and chief characteristics of the American labor movement are first surveyed. Present-day 



306 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

problems are then examined in detail : wage theories, unemployment, social security, labor 
organization, and collective bargaining. (Dalton, Measday, Smith.) 

Econ. 170. Monopoly and Competition (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ 32 or 37. Changing structure of the American 
economy ; price policies in different industrial classifications of monopoly and competition 
in relation to problems of public policy. (Smith.) 

Econ. 171. Economics of American Industries (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 32 or 37. A study of the technology, eco- 
nomics and geography of twenty representative American industries. (Clemens.) 



For Graduates 

Econ. 200. Micro-Economic Analysis (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. Price, output, and distribution analysis 
as developed by Chamberlin, Triffin, Hicks, and others ; econometric methods, including 
Leontief input-output techniques of inter-industry analysis. Considerable attention is 
given to contributions in periodicals. (Grayson.) 

Econ. 202. Macro-Economic Analysis (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132. National income accounting; determination 
of national income and employment especially as related to the modern theory of effective 
demand ; consumption function ; multiplier and acceleration principles ; the role of 
money as it affects output and employment as a whole ; cynical fluctuations. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 204, 205. Seminar in Economic Development (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Historical and theoretical analysis of the major factors 
which influence economic development; comparisons between more developed and less 
developed areas; policies and techniques which hasten economic development. (Johnson.) 

Econ. 230. History of Economic Thought (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 132 or consent of instructor. A study of the 
development of economic thought and theories including the Greeks, Romans, canonists, 
mercantilists, physiocrats, Adam Smith, Malthus, Ricardo. Relation of ideas to economic 
policy. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 231. Economic Theory in the Nineteenth Century (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Econ. 230 or consent of the instructor. A study of 
various nineteenth and twentieth century schools of economic thought, particularly the 
classicists, neo-classicists, Austrians, German historical school, American economic thought 
and the socialists. (Dillard.) 

Econ. 232, 233. Seminar in Institutional Economic Theory (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. A study of recent developments in the field of institutional 
economic theory in the United States and abroad. (Gruchy.) 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 307 

Econ. 236. Seminar in International Economic Relations (3). 
(Arranged.) A study of selected problems in International Economic Relation!. 

Econ. 237. Seminar in Economic Investigation (3). 

Econ. 240, Seminar in Monetary Theory and Policy (3). 

Theories of money, prices, and national income with emphasis on recent develop- 
ments. Monetary theories of income fluctuations. Domestic and international monetary 
policies. (Gurley.) 

Econ. 247. Economic Growth and Instability (3). 

Second semester. An analytical study of long-term economic growth in relation to 
short-term cyclical instability. Attention is concentrated on the connection between 
accumulation of capital and the capital requirements of secular growth and business cycles. 
Earlier writings as well as recent growth models are considered. (Hamberg.) 

Econ. 270. Seminar in Economics and Geography of American Industries 
(3). 

(Arranged.) (Clemens.) 

Econ. 299. Thesis. 
(Arranged.) 



GEOGRAPHY 



Professors Van Royen, Hu; Consulting Professors Roterus, Whipple ; Lecturers 

with rank of Professor Lemons, McBryde ; Associate Professors Patton, Augelli ; 

Assistant Professor Karinen ; Instructors Chang, Deshler, Sas; Research Associate 

Battersby; Research Assistants Kelley, Langcn and Merrens. 

Geog. 1, 2. Economic Resources (2, 2). 

First and second semesters. One lecture and one two-hour laboratory period a week 
for Geog. 1; tw* lecture periods for Geog. 2. Freshman requirements in the Business 
Administration Curriculum?. General comparative study of the geographic factors under- 
lying production economics. Emphasis upon climate, soils, land forms, agricultural 
products, power resources, and major minerals, concluding with brief survey of geog- 
raphy of commerce and manufacturing. (Patton and Staff.) 

Geog. 10, 11. General Geography (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Required of all majors in geography ; recommended for 
all minors ; Geog. 10 is suggested for students of Arts and Sciences, Education and others 
who may desire a background in geography and its application to problems of their 
respective fields. Introduction to geography as a field of study. A survey of the content, 
philosophy, techniques, and application of geography and its significance for the under- 
standing of world problems. (Augelli.) 



308 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Geog. 20, 21. Economic Geography (3, 3). 
(Not offered on College Park campus.) 

Geog. 30. Principles of Morphology (3). 

First semester. A study of the physical features of the earth's surface and their 
geographic distribution, including subordinate land forms. Major morphological processes, 
the development of land forms, and the relationships between various types of land forms 
and land use problems. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 35. Map Interpretation and Map Problems (3). 

First or second semester. Interpretation of landforms and man-made features on 
American and foreign maps. Functions, use, and limitations of various types of maps, 
with emphasis upon topographic maps. Problems of use and interpretation. 

Geog. 40. Principles of Meteorology (3). 

First semester. An introductory study of the weather. Properties and conditions 
of the atmosphere, and methods of measurement. The atmospheric circulation and con- 
ditions responsible for various types of weather and their geographic distribution patterns. 
Practical applications. (Sas-> 

Geog. 41. Introductory Climatology (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 40, or permission of the instructor. Climatic 
elements and their controls, the classification and distribution of world climates and 
relevance of climatic differences to human activities. (Sas.) 

Geog. 42S. Weather and Climate (2). 

Summer only. Permission of instructor. An introduction to the principal causes 
of the weather and the major types of climate, with special emphasis upon North 
America. 

Geog. 100. Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo-America (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 
A study of the cultural and economic geography and the geographic regions of Eastern 
United States and Canada, including an analysis of the significance of the physical basis 
for present-day diversification of development, and the historical geographic background. 

(Patton.) 

Geog. 101. Regional Geography of Western Anglo-America (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1, 2 or Geog. 10, or permission of the instructor. 
A study of Western United States, Western Canada and Alaska along the lines mentioned 
under Geog. 100. (Patton.) 

Geog. 102S. Geography of the United States (2). 

Summer only. Permission of instructor. A general study of the regions and 
resources of the United States in relation to agricultural and industrial development and 
to present-day national problems, 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3W 

Geog. 103. Geographic Concepts and Source Materials (2). 

First semester. A comprehensive and systematic Burvey of geographic concepts 
designed exclusively for teachers. Stress will be placed upon the philosophy of geography 
in relation to the social and physical sciences, the use of the primary tools of geography, 
source materials, and the problems of presenting geographic principles. 

Geog. 104. Geography of Major World Regions (2). 

Second Bemester. A geographic analysis of the patterns, problems, and prospects 
of the world's principal hdman-geographic regions, Including Europe, Anglo-America, 
the Soviet Union, the Far Bast, and Latin America. Emphasis upon the causal factors 
of differentiation and the role geographic differences play in the Interpretation of the 
current world Bcene. This course is designed especially for teachers. 

Geog. 105. Geography of Maryland and adjacent areas (3). 

First and second semester. Prerequisite, permission of tlie instructor. An analysis 
of the physical environment, natural resources, and population in relation to agriculture, 
industry, transport, and trade in the state of Maryland and adjacent areas. (Pattou.) 

Geog. 106S. Geography of Maryland (2). 

Summer only. Permission of instructor. The geographic regions of Maryland and 
their principal characteristics, especially in relation to the development of home studies 
and other study projects. 

Geog. 110. Economic and Cultural Geography of Caribbean America (3). 

First semester. An analysis <>f the physical framework, broad economic and his- 
t or leal trends, cultural patterns, and regional diversification of Mexico, Central America, 
the West Indies, and parts of Colombia and Venezuela. (Augelli.t 

Geog. 111. Economic and Cultural Geography of South America (3). 

Second semester. A survey of natural environment and resources, economic develop- 
ment and cultural diversity of the South American republics, with emphasis upon problems 
and prospects of the countries. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 120. Economic Geography of Europe (3). 

First semester. The natural resources of Europe in relation to agricultural and 
industrial development and to present-day economic and national problems. 

(Van Royen, Patton.) 

Geog. 122. Economic Resources and Development of Africa (3). 

Second semester. The natural resources of Africa In relation to agricultural and 
mineral production: the various Stages of economic development and the potentialities of 
the future. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 123. Problems of Colonial Geography (3). 

First or second Bemester. Problems of development of colonial areas, with special 
emphasis upon the development of tropical regions and the possibilities of white settle- 
ment in the tropics, 



310 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Geog. 130, 131. Economic and Political Geography of Southern and East- 
ern Asia (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. A study of China, Japan, India, Burma, Into-ChiHa, 
and the East Indies; natural resources, population, and economic activities. Comparisons 
of physical and lniman potentialities of major regions and of their economic, social and 
political development. (Hu.) 

Geog. 134, 135. Cultural Geography of East Asia (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. A comprehensive and systematic survey of the geo- 
graphical distribution and interpretation of the major racial groups and cultural patterns 
of China, Japan, and Korea. Special emphasis will be placed on the unique characteristics 
of the peoples of these areas, their basic cultural institutions, outlooks on life, contem- 
porary problems, and trends of cultural change. Designed especially for students of the 
social sciences, and those preparing for careers in foreign service, foreign trade, educa- 
tion, and international relations. (Hu.) 

Geog. 140. Soviet Lands (3). 

First or second semester, 'the natural environment and its regional diversity. Geo- 
graphic factors in the expansion of the Russian State. The geography of agricultural 
and industrial production, in relation to available resources, transportation problems, and 
diversity of population. 

Geog. 146. The Near East (3). 

First semester or second semester. The physical, economic, political, and strategic 

geography of the lauds between the Mediterranean and India. 

Geog. 150. History and Theory of Cartography (3). 

Second semester. The development of maps throughout history. Geographical orien- 
tation, coordinates, and map scales. Map projections, their nature, use and limitations. 
Principles of representation of features on physical and cultural maps. Modem uses of 
maps and relationships between characteristics of maps and use types. (McBryde.) 

Geog. 151, 152. Cartography and Graphics Practicum (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. One hour lecture and two two hour laboratory periods 
a week. Techniques and problems of compilation, design, and construction of various 
types of maps and graphs. Relationships between map making and modern methods of 
production and reproduction. Trips to representative plants. Laboratory work directed 
toward cartographic problems encountered in the making of non-topographic maps. 

(Karinen.) 

Geog. 153. Problems of Cartographic Representation and Procedure (3). 

Firs! in- second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week, 
simiy of cartographic compilation methods. Principles and problems of symbolization, 
classification, and representation of map data. Problems of representation of features 
at different scales and for different purposes. Place-name selection and lettering; stick-up 
and map composition. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 154. Problems of Map Evaluation (3). 

First or second semester. Two hours lecture and two hours laboratory a week. 
Schools of topographic concepts and practices. Theoretical and practical means of 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 311 

determining map reliability, map utility, and Boiiree materials. Nature, tatu . and 
problems of topographic mapping In different parte of the world. Non topographic special 
use maps, Criteria of usefulness for purposes concerned and of reliability. (Karinen.) 

Geog. 155. Problems and Practices of Photo Interpretation (3). 

First or second semester. Two hours of lecture and two hours of laboratory per 
week. Interpretation of aerial photographs with emphasis mi the recognition of land- 
forms of different types and man-made features. Study of vegetation, soil, and other 
data that may be derived from aerial photographs. Types of aerial photographs and 
limitations of photo interpretation. 

Geog. 160. Advanced Economic Geography I. Agricultural Resources (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, Geo;,'. 1 and 2 or Geog. 10. The nature of agricultural 
resources, the major types of agricultural exploitation in the world, and the geographic 
distribution of certain major crops and animals in relation to the physical environment 
and economic geographic conditions. .Main problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 161. Advanced Economic Geography II. Mineral Resources (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 1 and 2, or Geog. 10. The nature and geo- 
graphic distribution of the principal power, metallic, and other minerals. Economic 
geographic aspects of modes of exploitation. Consequences of geographic distribution and 
problems of conservation. (Van Royen.) 

Geog. 170. Local Field Course (3). 

First semester. Training in geographic field methods and techniques. Field observa- 
tion of land use in selected rural and urban areas in eastern Maryland. One lecture per 
week with Saturday and occasional weekend field trips. Primarily for undergraduates. 

(Karinen.) 

Geog. 180. History, Nature and Methodology of Geography (3). 

First semester. A comprehensive and systematic study of the history, nature, and 
basic principles of geography, with special reference to the major schools of geographic 
thought ; a critical evaluation of some of the important geographical works and methods 
of geographic research. (Hu.) 

Geog. 190. Political Geography (3). 

Second semester. Geographical factors in national power and international relations; 
an analysis of the role of "Geopolitics" and "Geostrategy," with special reference to the 
current world scene. (Augelli.) 

Geog. 195. Geography of Transportation (3). 

Second semester. The distribution of transport routes on the earth's surface ; patterns 
of transport routes ; the adjustment of transport routes and media to conditions of the 
natural environment centers and their distribution. (Patton.) 

Geog. 197. Urban Geography (3). 

First semester. Origins of cities, followed by a study of elements of site and location 



312 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

with reference to cities. The patterns and functions of some major world cities will be 
analyzed. Theories of laud use differentiation within cities will be appraised. (Patton.) 

Geog. 199. Topical Investigations (1-3). 

First and second semesters. Independent study under individual guidance. Choice 
of subject matter requires joint approval of adviser and head of the Department of 
Geography. Restricted to advanced undergraduate students with credit for at least 24 
hours of geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 200. Field Course (3). 

Field work in September, conferences and reports during first semester. Practical 
experience in conducting geographic field studies. Intensive training in field methods and 
techniques and in the preparation of reports. For graduate students in geography. Open 
to other students by special permission of the head of the Department of Geography. 

(Staff.) 



For Graduates 



Geog. 210, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Latin America (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. An analysis of recent changes and trends in industrial 
development, exploitation of mineral resources, and land utilization. Prerequisite, Geog. 
110, 111 or consent of instructor. (McBryde.) 

Geog. 220, 221. Seminar in the Geography of Europe and Africa (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Analysis of special problems concerning the resources 
and development of Europe and Africa. Prerequisite, Geog. 120 or 122, or consent of 
instructor. (Van Boyen.) 

Geog. 230, 231. Seminar in the Geography of East Asia (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Analysis of problems concerning the geography of East 
Asia with emphasis on special research methods and techniques applicable to the prob- 
lems of this area. (Hu.) 

Geog. 240, 241. Seminar in the Geography of the U. S. S. R. (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Investigation of special aspects of Soviet geography. 
Emphasis on the use of Soviet materials. Prerequisite, reading knowledge of Russian 
and Geog. 140, or consent of instructor. 

Geog. 246. Seminar in the Geography of the Near East (3). 

First and second semesters. 

Geog. 250. Seminar in Cartography (credit arranged). 

First or second semester. The historical and mathematical background of carto- 
graphic concepts, practices, and problems, and the various philosophical and practical 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 313 

approaches to cartography. Discussions will be supplemented by the presentation of 
specific cartographic problems Investigated by the students. (McBryde uml Karineni. 

Geog. 260. Advanced General Climatology (3). 

First semester, Prerequisite. (Joog. 41, or consent "f Instructor. Advanced study of 
elements and controls of the earth's climates. Principles of climatic classification. Special 
analysis of certain climatic types. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 261. Applied Climatology (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, Geog. 41, or consent <>f instructor. Study of prin- 
ciples, techniques, and data of micro climatology, physical and regional climatology relat- 
ing to such problems and fields as transportation, agriculture, Industry, urban planning, 
human comfort, and regional geographic analysis. (Lemons.) 

Geog. 262, 263. Seminar in Meteorology and Climatology (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Selected topics 
In meterology and climatology chosen to fit the individual needs of advanced students. 

(Lemons.) 

Geog. 280. Geomorphology (3). 

Second semester. An advanced comparative study of selected geomorphlc processes 
and land forms ; theories of land forms evolution and geomorphological problems. 

(Van Royen.) 

Geog. 290, 291. Selected Topics in Geography (1-3). 

First and second semesters. Readings and discussion on selected topics in the field 
of geography. To be taken only with joint consent of advisor and head of the Depart- 
ment of Geography. (Staff.) 

Geog. 292, 293. Dissertation Research. 

(Credit to be arranged) — First and second semesters and summer. (Staff.) 



GOVERNMENT AND POLITICS 

Professors Plischkc, Burdette, and Steinmeyer; Associate Professors Bowen 

and Dixon ; Assistant Professors Anderson and Harrison ; Instructors 

Alford, Bundgaard, Friedman, Hathorn, and Obern. 

G. and P. 1. American Government (3). 

Each semester. This course is designed as the basic course in government for the 
American Civilization program, and it or its equivalent is a prerequisite to all other 
courses in the Department. It is a comprehensive study of governments in the United 
States — national, state, and local. 

G. and P. 4. State Government and Administration (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and' functions 



314 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of state government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government of 
Maryland. 

G. and P. 5. Local Government and Administration (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the organization and functions 
of local government in the United States, with special emphasis upon the government of 
Maryland cities and counties. 

G. and P. 7. The Government of the British Commonwealth (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of the United 
Kingdom and the British Dominions. 

G. and P. 8. The Governments of Continental Europe (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of the governments 
of France, Switzerland, Italy, Germany, and the Scandinavian countries. 

G. and P. 9. The Governments of Latin America (2). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comparative study of Latin American 
governments, with special emphasis on Argentina, Brazil, Chile, and Mexico. 

G. and P. 10. The Governments of Russia and the Far East (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the governments of Russia, 
China and Japan. 

G. and P. 97. Major Foreign Governments (3). 

Prerequisite, G. and P. 1. An examination of characteristic governmental institutions 
and political processes in selected major powers, such as Britain, Russia, France, Germany, 
Italy, Japan, and China. Students may not receive credit in this course and also obtain 
credit in G. & P. 7, 8, or 10. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

G. and P. 101. International Political Relations (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the major factors underlying 
International relations, the influence of geography, climate, nationalism, and imperialism, 
and the development of foreign policies of the major powers. 

G. and P. 102. International Law (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. Fundamental principles governing the 
relation of states, including matters of jurisdiction over landed territory, water, airspace, 
and persons ; treatment of aliens ; treaty-making ; diplomacy ; and the laws of war and 
neutrality. 

G. and P. 105. Recent Far Eastern Politics (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. The background and interpretation of recent 
political eTOnts In the Far East and their influence on World .politics. 



BUSINFSS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 315 

G. and P. 106. American Foreign Relations (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, <;. & P. 1. The principles and machinery of the con- 
duct of American foreign relations, with emphasis on the Department of State and the 
Foreign Service, and an analysis of the major foreign policies of the United States. 

G. and P. 108. International Organization (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the objectives, structure, 
functions, and procedures of international organizations, including the United Nations 
as well as functional and regional organizations such as the Organization of American 
States. 

G. and P. 110. Principles of Public Administration (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of public administration in the 
I'nited States, giving special attention to the principles of organization and management 
and to fiscal, personnel, planning, and public relations practices. 

G. and P. 111. Public Personnel Administration (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or B. A. 160. A survey of public personnel 
administration, including the development of merit civil service, the personnel agency, 
classification, recruitment, examination techniques, promotion, service ratings, training, 
discipline, employee relations, and retirement. 

G. and P. 112. Public Financial Administration (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 110 or Econ. 142. A survey of govern- 
mental financial procedures, including processes of current and capital budgeting, the 
administration of public borrowing, the techniques of public purchasing, and the ma- 
chinery of control through pre-audit and post-audit. 

G. and P. 124. Legislatures and Legislation (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A comprehensive study of legislative 
organization, procedure, and problems. The course includes opportunities for student 
contact with Congress and with the Legislature of Maryland. 

G. and P. 131, 132. Constitutional Law (3, 3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A systematic inquiry into the 
general principles of the American constitutional system, with special reference to the 
role of the judiciary in the interpretation and enforcement of the federal constitution ; 
the position of the states in the federal system ; state and federal powers over commerce ; 
due process of law and other civil rights. 

G. and P. 133. Administration of Justice (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of civil and criminal 
court structure and procedures in the United States at all levels of government, with 
special emphasis upon the federal judiciary. 

G. and P. 141. History of Political Theory (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A survey of the principal political theories 
set forth in the works of writers from Tlato to Bentham. 



316 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 142. Recent Political Theory (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of 19th and 20th century 
political thought, with special emphasis on recent theories of socialism, communism, and 
fascism. 

G. and P. 144. American Political Theory (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the development and growth 
of American political concepts from the colonial period to the present. 

G. and P. 154. Problems of World Politics (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of governmental problems of 
international scope, such as causes of war, problems of neutrality, and propaganda. 
Students are required lo report on readings from current literature. 

G. and P. 174. Political Parties (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A descriptive and analytical examination 
of American political parties, nominations, elections, and political leadership. 

G. and P. 178. Public Opinion (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. An examination of public opinion and Its 
effect on political action, with emphasis on opinion formation and measurement, propa- 
ganda, and pressure groups. 

G. and P. 181. Administrative Law (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of the discretion exercised by 
administrative agencies, including analysis of their functions, their powers over persons 
and property, their procedures, and judicial sanctions and controls. 

G. and P. 197. Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). 

Second semester. Prerequisite, G. & P. 1. A study of major political institutions, 
such as legislatures, executives, courts, administrative systems, and political parties, in 
selected foreign governments. 



For Graduates 

G. and P. 201. Seminar in International Political Organization (3). 

A study of the forms and functions of various international organizations. 

G. and P. 202. Seminar in International Law (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in substantive 
and procedural international law. 

G. and P. 205. Seminar in American Political Institutions (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and readings in the background and 
development of American government. 



business and Public administration m 

G. and P. 206. Seminar in American Foreign Relations (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for Individual study and readings in American 
foreign policy and the conduct of American foreign relations. 

G. and P. 207. Seminar in Comparative Governmental Institutions (3). 

Reports on selected topics assigned for individual study and reading in govern- 
mental and political institutions iu governments throughout the world. 

G. and P. 211. Seminar in Federal-State Relations (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of recent 
federal state relations. 

G. and P. 213. Problems of Public Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 
administration. 

G. and P. 214. Problems of Public Personnel Administration (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 
personnel administration. 

G. and P. 215. Problems of State and Local Government in Maryland (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study In the field of Maryland state and 
local government. 

G. and P. 216. Government Administrative Planning and Management (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in administrative plan- 
ning and management in government. 

G. and P. 217. Government Corporations and Special Purpose Authorities 
(3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading In the use of the cor- 
porate form for governmental administration. The topics for study will relate to the 
use of the corporate form as an administrative technique, as in the cases of the Ten- 
nessee Valley Authority, the Port of New York Authority, and local housing authorities. 

G. and P. 221. Seminar in Public Opinion (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the field of public 
opinion. 

G. and P. 223. Seminar in Legislatures and Legislation (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading about the composition 
and organization of legislatures and about the legislative process. 

G. and P. 224. Seminar in Political Parties and Politics (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading In the fields of political 
organization and action. 



318 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

G. and P. 225. Man and the State (3). 

Individual reading and reports on such recurring concepts in political theory as 
liberty, equality, justice, natural law and natural rights, private property, sovereignty, 
nationalism, and the organic state. 

G. and P. 231. Seminar in Public Law (3). 

Reports on topics assigned for individual study and reading in the fields of con- 
stitutional and administrative law. 

G. and P. 251. Bibliography of Government and Politics (3). 

Survey of the literature of the various fields of government and politics and instruc- 
tion in the use of government documents. 

G. and P. 252. Problems of Democracy: National (3). 
Summer session only. 

G. and P. 253. Problems of Democracy: International (3). 

Summer session only. 

G. and P. 254. Problems of Democracy: National II (3). 

Summer session only. 

G. and P. 255. Problems of Democracy: International II (3). 

Summer session only. 

G. and P. 261. Problems of Government and Politics (3). 

Credit according to work accomplished. 

G. and P. 281. Departmental Seminar (No Credit). 

Topics as selected by the graduate staff of the department. Registration for two 
semesters required of all doctoral candidates. Conducted by the entire departmental staff 
in full meeting. 

G. and P. 299. Thesis Course. 

(Arranged). 



JOURNALISM AND PUBLIC RELATIONS 

Professor Crowell ; Associate Professor Krimel ; Assistant Professors Carey, 
Danegger ; Instructors Bryan, Geraci, Phipps ; Lecturer Lyons. 

Journalism Courses 

Journ. 10. News Reporting I (3). 

First semester. Two lectures, two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisites, 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 3VJ 

Eng. 1, 2. Fundainen(als of professional reporting. Laboratory time spent in writing 
news-story exercises assigned by instructor. Laboratory fee, $8.00. 

Journ. 11. News Reporting II (3). 

First semester. Two lectures, two laboratory periods each week. Prerequisite, 
Journ. 10. More specialized types of news stories. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ 160. News Editing I (3). 

First semester. Two lectures, two hours of laboratory each week. Prerequisite, 
Journ. 11. Copy editing, proofreading, headline writing. Laboratory fee, $3.00. 

Journ. 161. News Editing II (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures ; three hours of laboratory work on Baltimore Sun 
desk each week, arranged. Headwriting, makeup, rewriting, copy editing. 

Journ 162. Community Journalism (3). 

Second semester. Two lectures ; three hours of laboratory work ou a weekly news- 
paper each week, arranged. Iutroduction to community and weekly newspaper. 

Journ. 163. Newspaper Typography (3). 

Each semester. One lecture, four hours of laboratory each week. Iutroduction to 
newspaper typography, practice in laying out and making up advertisements and news- 
paper pages. 

Journ. 165. Feature Writing (3). 

Each semester. Writing and selling of newspaper and magazine articles. 

Journ. 174. Editorial Writing (2). 

First semester. Theory and practice in editorial writing. 

Journ. 175. Reporting of Public Affairs (3). 

First semester. One lecture ; three hours of laboratory time spent each week on 
regular beat for Baltimore Sun, by arrangement. Advanced reporting; city, county, 
federal beats. 

Journ. 176. Newsroom Problems (3). 

First semester. Three lectures per week. Ethics, newsroom problems and policies, 
freedom and responsibilities of the press. 

Journ. 181. Press Photography (3). 

First, second semesters. One lecture, four hours of laboratory each week. Pre- 
requisite, junior major standing in the department. Shooting, developing, printing of 
news and feature pictures. Equipment provided by university. Student furnishes own 
supplies needed in course. Laboratory fee, $0.00, provides demonstration supplies, 
maintenance of cameras. 



320 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Journ. 182. Advanced Press Photography (2). 

Each semester. One lecture, two hours of laboratory per week. Prerequisite, 
Journ. 181 or equivalent. Advanced shooting, developing, printing of news and feature 
pictures. Equipment provided by university. Student furnishes own supplies needed In 
course. 

Journ. 184. Picture Editing (2). 

Second semester. Prerequisite or corequisite, Journ. 181. Theories and exercises in 
handling pictures for the press. 

Journ. 191. Law of the Press (3). 

Second semester. Introduction to libel, right of privacy, fair comment and criticism, 
privilege, contempt by publication, Maryland press statutes. 

Journ. 192. History of American Journalism (3). 

First semester. Historical background of American journalism. 



Public Relations Courses 

P. R. 166. Public Relations (3). 

First semester. Survey of public relations ; general orientation, principles, techniques. 

P. R. 170. Publicity Techniques (3). 

First semester. Strategy and techniques of publicity operations. Orientation, practice 
In use of major media of public communications. 

P. R. 171. Industrial Journalism (2). 

First semester. Introduction to industrial communications, management and pro- 
duction of company publications ; public relations aspects of industrial journalism. 

P.R. 186. Public Relations of Government (3). 

Second semester. Study of public relations, publicity, propaganda, information ser 
vices in public administration. 

P. R. 194. Public Relations Cases (2). 

Second semester. Study of cases in public relations, with particular attention to 
policy formulation, strategy, ethical factors. 

P. R. 195. Seminar in Public Relations (2). 

Second semester. Group and individual research in public relation^. 



BUSINESS AND PUBLIC ADMINISTRATION 321 

OFFICE TECHNIQUES AND MANAGEMENT 

Associate Professor Patrick; Assistant Professor Clements; Instructors 
O'Neill, Gera, Noyes. 



O. T. 1. Principles of Typewriting (2). 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. The 
goal of this course is the attainment of the ability to operate the typewriter continuously 
with reasonable speed and accuracy by the use of the "touch" system. This course should 
be completed prior to enrollment in 0. T. 12, Principles of Shorthand. 

O. T. 2. Intermediate Typewriting (2). 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Pre- 
requisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 1 or consent of instructor. Drills for improv- 
ing speed and accuracy and an introduction to office production typewriting. 

O. T. 10. Office Typewriting Problems (2). 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Pre- 
requisite, minimum grade of "C" in O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. A course to 
develop the highest degree of accuracy and speed possible and to teach the advanced 
techniques of typewriting with special emphasis on production. 

O. T. 12, 13. Principles of Shorthand (4, 4). 

First and second semesters. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 1, and 
consent of instructor. This course aims to develop the mastery of the principles of Gregg 
Shorthand. In O. T, 13 special emphasis is placed on developing dictation speed. 

*0. T. 116. Advanced Shorthand (3). 

First semester. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 
O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. A course in shorthand speed building : 
development of dictation skill to the maximum for each individual. 

O. T. 117. Gregg Transcription (2). 

First semester. Four periods per week. Laboratory fee, $7.50. Prerequisite, mini- 
mum grade of "C" in O. T. 13 and O. T. 2 or consent of instructor. This course Is to 
be taken concurrently with O. T. 116. A course in intensive transcriptional speed build- 
ing, and in the related skills and knowledges. 

O. T. 118. Gregg Shorthand Dictation (3). 

Second semester. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, minimum grade of "C" in 
O. T. 116 and O. T. 117, or consent of instructor. Advanced principles and phrases of 
shorthand ; dictation covering vocabularies of representative businesses. 



•O. T. 10 should be completed prior to Advanced Shorthand (O. T. 116) ; O. T. 116, 
Advanced Shorthand, aud O. T. 117, Gregg Transcription, must be taken concurrently. 



322 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



O. T. 110. Secretarial Work (3). 

Second semester. Five periods per week. Prerequisite, O. T. 116 and O. T. 117 or 
consent of instructor. A comprehensive study of the procedures and information essential 
for the handling of the duties and responsibilities of an administrative assistant. 

O. T. 114. Secretarial Office Practice (3). 

First and second semesters. Six times per week. Prerequisite, senior standing and 
completion of O. T. 110. The purpose of this course is to give laboratory and office 
experience to senior secretarial students. A minimum of 90 hours of office experience 
under supervision is required. In addition, each student will prepare a written report 
on an original problem previously approved. 




College Park 



College of 
EDUCATION 



STAFF 

Vernon E. Anderson, Professor of Education and Dean. 

B.S., University of Minnesota, 1930; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1936; Ph.D., 
University of Colorado, 1942. 

Glenn O. Blough, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., University of Michigan, 1929: M.A., University of Michigan, 1032; 1,L.D., 
Central Michigan College of Education, 1950. 

Lucille Bowie, Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1942 ; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia University, 
1946. 

Richard M. Brandt, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.M.E., University of Virginia, 1943 ; M.A., University of Michigan, 1949; Ed.D.. 
University of Maryland, 19,"4. 

Henry Brechbill, Professor of Education and Assistant Dean. 

B.A.. Blue Ptidge College, 1911; M.A., University of Pittsburgh, 1917; Ph. D., 
George Washington University, 1933. 

Eleanor A. Broome, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.A.. University of Maryland. 1943. 

Glen D. Brown, Professor of Industrial Education. 

B.A., Indiana State Teachers College, 1916; M.A., Indiana University, 1931. 

Lillian W. Brown, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.A., Lake Erie College, 1930. 

Marie D. Bryan, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., Goucher College, 1923; M.A., University of Maryland, 1945. 

Richard H. Byrne, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall College, 1938; M.A., Columbia University, 1947; 
Ed.D., Columbia University, 1952. 

Harold F. Cotterman, Professor of Education. 

B.S., Ohio State University, 1916; M.A., Columbia University, 1917; Ph.D., Amer- 
ican University, 1930. 

Marie Denecke, Instructor in Education. 

B.A., Columbia University. 193S; M.A.. University of Maryland, 1942. 

Christine Glass, Instructor in Childhood Education. 

U.S., Columbia University, 1917; M.A., Columbia University, 1927. 

Ira J. Gordon, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.B.A., City College of New York, 1943; M.A.. Columbia University, 1947; Ed.D., 
Columbia University, 1950. 

William Hammerman, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., Towson State Teachers College, 1952 ; M.A., University of Maryland, 1953. 
R. Lee Hornbake, Professor and Head, Industrial Education. 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1934; M.A., Ohio State 
University, 1936; Ph.D., Ohio State University, 1942. 

323 



324 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Kenneth O. Hovet, Professor of Education. 

B.A., St. Olaf College, 1926 ; Ph.D., University of Minnesota, 1950. 

Gloria Isaacson, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 
Mary F. Kemble, Instructor in Music and Music Education. 

B.S., State Teachers College, Mansfield, Pennsylvania, 1930; M.S.. University of 

Pennsylvania, 1940. 

John J. Kurtz, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.A., University of Wisconsin, 1035; M.A., Northwestern University, 1940; Ph.D.. 
University of Chicago. 1947. 

Rocco E. Larusso, Fellow, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., New Jersey State Teachers College, 1942 ; M.A., Teachers College, Columbia 
University, 1948. 

Donald Maley, Associate Professor of Industrial Education. 

BS. State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania, 1943; M.A., University of 
.Maryland. 1947; Ph.D., University oi Maryland, 1950. 

Alice C. Marquez, Graduate Assistant. 

A.B., College of William and Mary, 1931; M.A., University of Maryland, 1948. 

Lois A. Mast, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1952. 

Edna B. McNaughton, Professor of Childhood Education. 

B.S., Michigan State College. 1911; M.A., Columbia University, 1924. 

Richard L. Matteson, Graduate Assistant, Institute for Child Study. 
B.A., Knox College, Galesburg, Illinois, 1952. 

George R. Merrill, Instructor in Industrial Education. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1954 ; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Madelaine J. Mershon, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., Drake University, 1950; M.A., University of Chicago, 1943; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1950. 

Dorothy R. Mohr, Professor of Physical Education. 

B.S., University of Chicago, 1932; M.A., University of Chicago, 1933; Ph.D. 
University of Iowa, 1944. 

H. Gerthon Morgan, Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.A., Furman University, 1940; M.A., University of Chicago 1943; Ph.D., Uni- 
versity of Chicago, 1946. 

Clarence A. Newell, Professor of Educational Administration. 

B.A., Hastings College. Nebraska. 1935; M.A., Columbia University, 1939; Ph.D., 
Columbia University, 1943. 

Leo W. O'Neill, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.A., University of Chicago, 1938; M.A., University of Kansas City, 1953; Ed.D., 
University of Colorado, 1955. 

Arthur S. Patrick, Associate Professor of Business Education. 

B.E., State Teachers College, Whitewater, Wisconsin, 1931; M.A. University of 
Iowa, 1940. 

Hugh V. Perkins, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.A., Oberlin College, 1941; M.A., University of Chicago, 1946; Ph.D., University 
of Chicago, 1949. 

Daniel A. Prescott, Professor of Education and Director, Institute for Child Study. 
B.S., Tufts College. 1920; M.Ed., Harvard University, 1922; Ed.D, Harvard Uni- 
versity, 1923. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 325 

William Royster, Graduate Assistant, Institute lor Child Study. 

B.A., Wofford College, Spartanburg, South Carolina, 1947 ; M.Ed., University of 
South Carolina, 1955. 

Alvin W. Schindler, Professor of Education. 

B.A., Iowa State College, 1927: M.A., University of Iowa, 1029; Ph.D., University 
of Iowa, 1934. 

Fern D. Schneider, Associate Professor of Education. 

B.S., Nebraska Weslevan University, 1932 ; M.A., George Washington University, 
1934; Ed. D.. Columbia University, 1940. 

Charles E. Shoemaker, Graduate Assistant, Industrial Education. 

B.S., State Teachers College, Oswego, New York, 1947 ; M.A., Ohio State Univer- 
sity, 1951. 

Mabkl S. Spencer, Assistant Professor of Home Economics Education. 

RS.. West Virginia University, 1925; M.S., West Virginia University, 1946. 

Donald Stances, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.S., State Teachers College, Glassboro, New Jersey, 1948 ; M.A., Columbia Uni- 
versity, 1949; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Margaret A. Stant, Instructor in Childhood Education. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1952; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Joanne W. Taylor, Instructor in Childhood Education. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1954. 

Fred R. Thompson, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
B.A., University of Texas, 1029 ; M.A.. University of Texas, 1939; Ed.D.. Univer- 
sity of Maryland, 1952. 

William F. Tierney, Assistant Professor of Industrial Education. 

B.S., Teachers College of Connecticut, 1941; M.A., Ohio State University, 1949; 
Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1952. 

James A. Van Zwoll, Professor of School Administration. 

B.A., Calvin College. Grand Rapids, Michigan, 1933; M.A., University oi Michigan, 
1937; Ph.D., University of Michigan, 1942. 

Walter B. Waetjen, Associate Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 
B.S.. State Teachers College. Millersville, Pennsylvania, 1942 ; M.S., University of 
Pennsylvania, 1947; Ed.D., University of Maryland, 1951. 

Gladys A. Wiggin, Professor of Education. 

B.S., University of Minnesota. 1929; M.A., University of Minnesota, 1939; Ph.D., 
University of Maryland, 1947. 

Gertrude Wood, Assistant Professor of Education, Institute for Child Study. 

B.A., University of Southern California, 1937; M.A., University of Southern Cali- 
fornia, 1942 ; Ed.D., University of Southern California, 1955. 

Albert W. Woods, Associate Professor of Physical Education. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1933; M.Ed., University of Maryland, 1949. 

SUPERVISING TEACHERS— 1954-55 

Jean G. Baker, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 
Ruth H. Bauer, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Thomas E. Beatty, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Margaret A. Beck man, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Katherine E. Bergin, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Robert L. Bickford, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 



326 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Anna Bloom, Forest Park High School, Baltimore City. 

Samuel M. Bohixce, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Elizabeth T. Bomar. Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Walter Borowitz, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Iris M. Bosley, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Susan E. Boyer, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Hazel Bratt, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Sarah V. Brown, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Joseph D. Bryan, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Charles C. Bryce, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Marion Bundy, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Horace Butterwortii, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Mary E. Byrnes, Montgomery Knolls Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Robert E. Callahan, Bladensburg Senior-High School, Prince George's County. 

Eugene D. Carney, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Olive E. Carr, Leland Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Maryhelen B. Carroll, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Margaret Casey, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Ruth C. Chaney, Beltsville Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Mildred Clement, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Lyle M. Coates, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Johanna Coda, Bladensburg Primary School, Prince George's County. 

J. A. Collins, Woodrow Wilson Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Doris N. Comby, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Donald A. Comer, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Catherine Conofay, Swanson Junior High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Samuel L. Cooke, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Reno Anthony Continetti, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Janet Cowles, John Ruhran Elementary School, Baltimore City. 

Jewell M. Creighton, Woodside Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Beatrice W. Crocker, Kensington Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Nancy C. Cubbage, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Charlf.ne H. Cumberland, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Bert L. Damron, Jr., Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 
Ruttt A. Davis, Glenmont Elementary School, Montgomery County. 
Richard Dent, Leland Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Louise A. Dickson, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 
Anneliese V. Dickerson, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 
Clara M. Dixon, Glen Burnie Senior High School, Anne Arundel County. 
Herbert W. Dodge, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 327 

Eula S. Dorsey, Kramer Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Lucille E. Doyle, Broadacres Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Lucy Elizabeth Duffy, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Hope W. Eagle, Silver Spring Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 

Sophia R. Edwards, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Dorothy M. Eiilers. Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Rae Jean Fitzwater, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Maida E. Frye, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Lillian Glazer, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Sally B. Geoghegax, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Marion S. Grayson, Garden Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 

Helen Graham. Community Coop., Pinecrest Recreation Center, Montgomery County. 

Katherine B. Greaney, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Elwynne M. Griffith, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Mary A. Hackman, Glen Burnie Senior High School, Anne Arundel County. 

Ted Hatdasz, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Pearl Hansen, Riverdale Flementary School, Prince George's County. 

Louise P. Harmon, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Eleanor Harris. Hyattsville Junior High School. Prince George's County. 

William H. Harris. Jr.. Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Walter Heiperman. Southern High School, Baltimore City. 

Betty Henshaw, Bel Air Senior-Junior High School, Harford County. 

Charles E. Hiden. Jr.. Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Elizabeth P. Highby. Glenbrook Nursery School, Inc.. Montgomery County. 

M. Dene Hoffman, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harry Tex Hughes. Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Harry Robinson Hughes, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Clara Lee Hyatt, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Mary Louise Iacangelo, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

Jean T. Iffert. Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Gloria A. Isaacson. Mt. Rainier Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Charles W. Tohnsov, Oxon Hill Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 
County. 

Jack C. Kalbaugh, High Point Senior-Junior High School. Prince George's County. 

Margaret J. Kauffman, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Mariaxxa Keexe, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Dorothy Kell, Forest Park High School, Baltimore City. 

Camille E. Kexdall, Bladensburg Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 
County. 



328 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Priscilla C. Kline, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Viola Jane Knowles, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Katherine Kriemelmeyer, Takoma Park Cooperative Nursery School, Montgomery 

County. 

James A. Lally, Jr., Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Josephine Lamanski, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Mildred K. Limburg, Somerset Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Russell Lombardy, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

James J. Lynch, Washington and Lee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

Joan Lynch, Green Acres School, Montgomery County. 

Carol V. McCamman, Calvin Coolidge Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Betty McElroy, Mt. Rainier Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Joseph J. McFadden, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Babette S. MacPherson, Rolling Terrace Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Frances W. McHenry, Somerset Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Rf.bekah McReynolds, Woodrow Wilson Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

John Maley, Richard Montgomery High School, Montgomery County. 

Victor J. Marietta, Mt. Rainier Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Alice C. Marquez, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

Julia D. Marshall, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Iris E. Massey, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

John J. Mathena, Surrattsville Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Robert E. Matula, La Plata Senior-Junior High School, Charles County. 

Inez K. Mehrens, Parkside Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

William R. Mentzf.r, Eastern Junior-Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Theodore Michalek, Samuel Gompers General Vocation School, Baltimore City. 

Joseph Mueller, Patterson Park Senior-Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Thomas W. Mtlkey, High Point Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Joseph M. Murphy, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Cecil Norris, Mergenthaler Vocational Technical High School, Baltimore City. 

Ruth E. Oass, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Ellen F. Oppenheim, Rock Creek Gardens Nursery School, Montgomery County. 

Howard B. Owens, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Dorothy S. Pelling, Suitland Senior- Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

James E. Perky. Jr., Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Patricia G. Pf.rttsse, Bethesda £hevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

David C. Pinson, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's ©ounty. 

Fred J. Procopio. Richard Montgomery Senior-Junior High School, Montgomery 
County. 

Elizabeth A. Putnam, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 329 

Mary W. Rasmussen, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Kathlekn P. Rehanek, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Edward P. Rieder, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

WALLACE R. Roby, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Maxim: \Y. ROGERS, Eastern Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Michael R. Ronca, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Mary Sabine, Eorest Park High School, Baltimore City. 

Elore.nce Sklby, Gwynn Ealls Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Sophie H. Shakow, Silver Spring Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 

Rex Sims, Forest Park High School, Baltimore City. 

Warren G. Smeltzer, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Edward Solomon. McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Priscilla B. Stephens, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Jack F. Swearmax, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

George G. Talbott, Jr., High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Russell W. Troxel, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Ruth Ann Trundle, Paul Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Dorothea H. Umbach, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Bertha Vernier, Garrison Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Esther Vogel, Suitland Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Richard E. Wagner, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Nancy H. Walker, Thomas Stone Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Ruth E. Warren, Catonsville Senior High School, Baltimore County. 

Everett O. Waterman, Bladensburg Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's 

County. 

Nan Webster, Bel Air Senior-Junior High School, Harford County. 

Louise P. Welker, Howard High School, Howard County. 

Ann M. Willard, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Jack Wileard, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Charlotte Wielasch, Columbus School No. 99, Baltimore City. 

May-Lolmsk Wood, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Dale B. Woodbckx, High Point Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

William D. Yarnall, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

David C. Young, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Stanley Ziobro, McKinley Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

SUPERVISING TEACHERS— 1955-56 
First Semester 
Henry A. Agusiewiecz, Paul Junior Pligh School, Washington, D. C. 
Leonora Aiken, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 



330 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Helen Annis, Takoma Park Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Edna Arnn, Suitland Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

George D. Arnold, Kenwood Senior High School, Baltimore County. 

Milton Bailey, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Herman Baixder, Baltimore Polytechnic Institute, Baltimore City. 

Jean G. Baker, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Rena E. Becker, Montgomery County Jewish Community Center, Montgomery 

County. 

Ellen J. Beckman, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Suzanne Bennett, Thomas Stone Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Wilmer F. Bennett, Hine Junior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Gertrude Boesch, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Alontgomery County. 

Walter Borowitz, Greenbelt Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Iris M. Bosley, Montgomery Hills Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Clara Bricker, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Virginia S. Brown, Leland Junior High School, Alontgomery County. 

Horace Butterworth, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Margaret Casey, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Ruth C. Chaney, Beltsville Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Daniel Chase, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's Count}'. 

Johanna Coda, Bladensburg Primary School, Prince George's County. 

Catherine Cooper, Suitland Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

John Cox, Golden Ring Junior High School, Baltimore County. 

Jewell M. Creighton, Woodside Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Beatrice W. Crocker, Kensington Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Nancy C. Cubbage, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Ruth A. Davis, Glenmont Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Ruth Delpino, Anacostia Senior High School, Washington, D. C. 

Leonore A. Dickman, Louisa M. Alcott Elementary School, Baltimore City. 

Ruth K. Dinger, West Lanham Hills Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Angela Dondero, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Elizabeth Downing, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Hope W. Eagle, Silver Spring Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 

Barbara Ehrlich, Orthopedic Unit, Silver Spring Intermediate School, Montgomery 

County. 

Evelyn E. Fernsnf.r, Murcli Elementary School, Washington, D. C. 

Robert Foster, High Point Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

George GlENCER, Eastern Suburban Junior High School, Montgomery Count)'. 

Helen Graham, Community Cooperative School, Montgomery County. 

Ann Hall, Bladensburg Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Lois Harding, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 331 

Louise P. IIarman, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Suella Harrington, Roland Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Myrna Lee HeltsleYj Eastern Suburban Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Pauline Holcomb, Wheaton Senior High Scoool, Montgomery County. 

Harry Tex Hughes, Bladensburg Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Elizabeth P. IIighby, Glenbrook Nursery School, Inc., Montgomery County. 

Helen HORNER, Westminster Senior-Junior High School, Carroll County. 

Clara Lee Hyatt, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Gertrude Jamison, Westminster Senior-Junior High School, Carroll County. 

Evelyn Jarrell, Hyattsvillc Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Victor Kestle, Eorest Park Senior High School, Baltimore City. 

Charles R. Kii.boukxe, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Truman Klein, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Viola Jane Knowles, Eastern Suburban Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Katherine Krtemelmeyer, Takoma Park Cooperative Nursery School, Montgomery 

County. 

James A. Lalley, Jr., Suitland Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Alfred Little, Hyattsville Junior High School, Prince George's County. 

Mary Lizer, Tliomas Stone Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Pauline Y. Long, Paul Junior High School. Washington, D. C. 

Carrie Lusby, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Babette S. MacPherson, Rolling Terrace Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Tiielma McAnoo. Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Henry E. McCone, Washington and T.ee High School, Arlington County, Virginia. 

John McHale, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

George Messick, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Frances Mitchell, Murch Elementary School, Washington, D. C. 

Lucille Moler, Montgomery Blair Senior High School, Montgomery County. 

Rosalie Moony. Clifton Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

Anne Mullan, Eastern High School, Baltimore City. 

Elsie Nelson, Montgomery Knolls Elementary School, Montgomery County. 

Ruth E. Oass, Takoma Park Junior High School, Montgomery County. 

Howard B. Owens. Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Daniel Palumbo, Northwestern Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

James E. Perry, Hyattsville Junior High School. Prince George's County. 

ALINE Porter, College Park Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Willia Pulliam, Greenbelt North End Elementary School. Prince George's County. 

Winifred Sherwood, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

Axx Smithers, Hyattsville Elementary School, Prince George's County. 

Virginia Stanton, Laurel Senior-Junior High School, Prince George's County. 



332 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Elizabeth Stein, Grant Elementary School, Washington, D. C. 

Doris Stivers, Caroline Senior-Junior High School, Caroline County. 

Mary W. Sullivan, Bethesda-Chevy Chase High School, Montgomery County. 

H. Norman Taylor, Bethesda-Chevy Chase Senior High School, Montgomery 

County. 

Esther Yogel, Suitland Senior High School, Prince George's County. 

Margaret Vycital, Filmore Elementary School, Washington, D. C. 

Allen Wittel, Roland Park Junior High School, Baltimore City. 

SPONSORING ADMINISTRATORS 

Internships in Educational Administration ( 

1954-55 

Forbes H. X orris, Superintendent, Montgomery County, Rockville, Maryland. 

Thomas W. Pyi.e, Assistant Superintendent, Montgomery County, Rockville, Md. 

Ruth S. Gue. Supervisor of Elementary Schools, Montgomery County, Rockville, 

Maryland. 

Joseph J. Tarallo, Principal, Richard Montgomery High School, Rockville, Md. 




The Administration Building 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 233 

COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 

\ brnon E. Anderson, Ph.D., Dean 
Nknry Brfchbill, Ph.D., Assistant Dean 

Till! College of Education meets the needs of the following classes of stu- 
dents: (1) persons preparing to teach in secondary schools, elementary 
schools, kindergartens, and nursery schools; (2) present or prospective 
elementary teachers who wish to supplement their preparation; (3) students 
preparing for educational work in the trades and industries; (4) graduate stu- 
dents preparing for teaching, supervisory, or administrative positions; (5) stu- 
dents whose major interests are in other fields, but who desire courses in education. 

SPECIAL FACILITIES AND ACTIVITIES 

Research and Teaching Facilities 

Because of the location of the University in the suburbs of the nation's capital, 
unusual facilities for the study of education are available to its students and faculty. 
The Library of Congress, the library of the U. S. Office of Education, and special 
libraries of other government agencies are accessible, as well as the information 
services of the National Education Association, American Council on Education, 
U. S. Office of Education, and other institutions, public and private. The school 
systems of the District of Columbia, Baltimore, and the counties of Maryland offer 
generous cooperation. 

The Institute for Child Study 

The Institute for Child SturR carries on the following activities: (1) it under- 
takes basic research in human development; (2) it digests and synthesizes research 
findings from the many sciences that study human beings; (3) it plans, organizes, 
and provides consultant service programs of direct child study by in-service teachers 
in individual schools or in municipal, county or state systems; ( -H it offers field 
training to a limited number of properly qualified doctoral students, preparing them 
to render expert consultant service to schools and for college teaching of human 
development. Inquiries should be addressed to Director, Institute for Child Study. 

The Workshop on Child Development and Education 

The College of Education operates a Workshop on Child Development and 
Education for six weeks each summer. Requiring full-time work of all participants, 
it provides opportunities for (1) study and synthesis of scientific knowledge about 
children and youth; (2) training in the analysis of case records; (3) training for 
study-group leaders for in-service child study programs ; (4) planning in-service 
programs of child study for teachers and pre-service courses and laboratory ex- 
periences for prospective teachers; (5) analysis of the curricular, guidance, and 
school organization implications of scientific knowledge about human development 
and behavior. Special announcements of the Workshop are available about March 15 
of each year and advance registration is required because the number of participants 
must be limited. Inquiries should be addressed to the Director, Workshop on Child 
Development and Education. 

Industrial Education Department 

The Industrial Education Department is housed in a new building known as the 



334 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

J. Milton Patterson Building. The facilities of this building are devoted exclusively 
to the work of the Department. There are ten shops, a drafting room, library, con- 
ference room and two classrooms. All of the shops are adequately equipped with 
modern tools and machines. 

The University of Maryland Nursery-Kindergarten School 

The University of Maryland operates a nursery-kindergarten school on the 
campus in which students majoring in childhood education receive training and 
practical experience. 

• 
Professional and Pre-professional Organizations 

The College of Education sponsors two professional organizations: Phi Delta 
Kappa, the national professional fraternity for men in Education, and Iota Lambda 
Sigma, the national honorary fraternity in Industrial Education. Both fraternities 
have large and active chapters and are providing outstanding professional leader- 
ship in their fields of service. 

The College of Education also sponsors a Chapter of the Future Teachers of 
America, a department of the National Education Association. This chapter is open 
to undergraduate students on the College Park campus. 

Courses Outside of College Park 

Through the College of Special and Continuation Studies a number of courses 
in education are offered in Baltimore and elsewhere. These courses are chosen to 
meet the needs of groups of students in various centers. In these centers, on a 
part-time basis, a student may complete a part of the work required for an under- 
graduate or graduate degree. 

Announcements of such courses may be obtained by addressing requests to the 
Dean, College of Special and Continuation Studies, College Park, Maryland. 

UNDERGRADUATE PROGRAMS 

Requirements for Admission 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Education must apply to the 
Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

In selecting students more emphasis will be placed upon good marks and other 
indications of probable success in college rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject 
matter. In general, 4 units of English and 1 unit each of Social and Natural Sciences 
are required. One unit each of Algebra and Plane Geometry is desirable. While 
Foreign Language is desirable for certain programs, no Foreign Language is required 
for entrance. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are acceptable as electives. 

Candidates for admission whose high school records are consistently low are 
strongly advised not to seek admission to the College of Education. 

General Information 

For information in reference to the University grounds, buildings, equipment, 
library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resident and 
non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts of records, 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 335 

student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, off -campus 
housing, meals, University Counseling Service, scholarships and student aid, athletics 
and recreation, student government, honors and awards, religious denominational 
clubs, fraternities, societies and special clubs, the University band, student publica- 
tions, University Post Office and Supply Store, write to the Director of Publications 
for the Catalog of General Information. 

Military Instruction 

All male students, unless specifically exempted under University rules, are 
required to take basic Air Force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two years. 
The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation but it 
must be taken by all eligible students during the first two j'ears of attendance at 
the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer students who dc 
not have the required two years of military training will be required to complete 
the course or take it until graduation, whichever occurs first. 

Selected students who wish to do so may carry advanced Air Force R. O. T. C. 
courses during their junior and senior years which lead to a regular or reserve 
commission in the United States Air Force. 

For further details concerning the requirements in Military Instruction, write 
the Director of Publications for the Catalog of General Information. 

Physical Education and Health 

All undergraduate students classified academically as freshmen and sophomores, 
irrespective of their physical condition, who are registered for more than six 
semester hours, are required to complete four prescribed courses in physical education. 
These courses must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Transfer 
students who do not have credit in these courses or their equivalent, must complete 
them or take them until graduation, whichever occurs first. Students with military 
service may receive credit for these required courses by applying to the Dean of 
the College of Air Science. 

Guidance in Registration 

At the time of matriculation each student is tentatively assigned to a member 
of the faculty who acts as the student's personal adviser. The choice of subject 
areas within which the student will prepare to teach will be made under faculty 
guidance during the first year in the Orientation to Education course required of 
all freshmen. Thereafter, the student will advise regularly with the faculty member 
in the College of Education responsible for his teaching major. While it may be 
possible to make satisfactory adjustments as late as the junior year for students 
from other colleges who have not already entered upon the sequence of professional 
courses, it is highly desirable that the student begin his professional work in the 
freshman year. Students who intend to teach (except Vocational Agriculture) 
should register in the College of Education, in order that they may have continuously 
the counsel and guidance of the faculty which is directly responsible for their pro- 
fessional preparation. 

Junior Status 

The first two years of college work are preparatory to the professional work of 



136 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

the junior and senior years. To be eligible to enter the professional courses, a 
student must have attained junior status. (See Academic Regulations.) 

Certification of Teachers 

The State Department of Education certifies to teach in the approved high 
schools of the State only graduates of approved colleges who have satisfactorily 
fulfilled subject-matter and professional requirements. Specifically it limits certifica- 
tion to graduates who "rank academically in the upper four-fifths of the class and 
who make a grade of C or better in student teaching." The several curricula of the 
College of Education fulfill State Department requirements for certification. 

Students intending to qualify as teachers in Baltimore, Washington, or any 
other city or state should, in their junior year, obtain a statement of certification 
requirements from these areas and be guided thereby in the selection of courses. 
Advisers will assist in obtaining and utilizing such information. 

Degrees 

The degrees conferred upon students who have met the conditions prescribed for 
a degree in the College of Education are Bachelor of Arts and Bachelor of Science. 
Majors in English, social sciences, language, and art receive the B.A. degree. 
Mathematics majors may receive either degree. All others receive the B.S. degree. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
$75.00 special fees; $360.00 board: $140.00 to $170.00 lodging for Maryland resi- 
dents, or §180.00 to $220.00 for residents of other States and Countries; and labora- 
tory fees, which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of S10.00 is charged all new students. A charge of $250.00 is assessed to all 
students who are non-residents of the State of Maryland. 

For a more detailed statement of these costs, write to the Director of Publica- 
tions for the Catalog of General Information. 



GRADUATE STUDIES 
Graduate Status 

For graduate study in education a student must have earned at least 16 semester 
credits in education at the undergraduate level, and hold a bachelor's or master's 
degree from a college or university of recognized standing. This requirement may 
be interpreted so that foundation work in fields other than education may be accepted 
in cases of graduate students not preparing for school work. The student must 
also satisfy the Graduate School as to his ability to do graduate work. 

Registration 

A graduate student in education must matriculate in the Graduate School. 
Application for admission to the Graduate School should be made prior to dates of 
registration on blanks obtained from the office of the Dean of the Graduate School 
For further instructions a student should consult the Graduate School catalog. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 337 

Masters' Degrees 

A graduate student in education may matriculate tor a Master of Education or 
a Master of Arts degree. For requirements of these degrees, the student should 
consult both the Graduate School catalog and the duplicated material issued by the 
College of Education. On matriculation, the student should select a faculty 
adviser. 

Doctors' Degrees 

Programs leading to a Doctor of Philosophy or a Doctor of Education degree 
in Education are administered for the Graduate School by the Department of Educa- 
tion. For requirements of these degrees, the student should consult both the Graduate 
School catalog and the statement of policy relative to doctoral programs in edu- 
cation. If the student has not already made arrangements with a member of the 
faculty to advise him, he should consult with the chairman of the Education Com- 
mittee on Candidacy regarding a proper adviser. 

CURRICULA AND REQUIRED COURSES 

The undergraduate curricula in the College of Education with advisers for each 
curriculum are as follows : 

Academic Education 

English— Marie D. Bryan 
Foreign Languages — Fern D. Schneider 
Mathematics — Henry Brechbill 
Natural Sciences — Henry Brechbill 
Social Sciences — Kenneth O. Hovet 
Speech — Warren Strausbaugh 

Agricultural Education (under the College of Agriculture) 
Arthur M. Ahalt 

Art Education 
Vienna Curtiss 

Business Education 

Arthur S. Patrick 
Elementary Education 

Alvin W. Schindler 

Marie Denecke 

Glenn O. Blough 

Leo W. O'Neill 

Home Economics Education 
Mabel Spencer 

Industrial Education 

R. Lee Hornbake 

Glen D. Brown 

Donald Maley 

William F. Tierney 
Music Education 

Marv F. Kemble 






338 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Nursery School-Kindergarten Education 
Edna B. McNaughton 
Margaret A. Stant 

Physical Education (Men) 
Albert W. Woods 

Physical Education (Women) 
Dorothy R. Mohr 

General Requirements of the College 

A total of 120 semester hours in addition to the University requirement in 
military science and physical education is required for graduation in the College of 
Education. In no case shall the total number of semester hours required for gradu- 
ation be less than 128. 

The following minimum requirements are common to all curricula : English — 
12 semester hours ; social studies — 12 semester hours as follows : Soc. 1 — Sociology of 
American Life ; G & P 1 — American Government ; and H. 5, 6 — History of American 
Civilization ; science or mathematics — 6 semester hours ; education — 20 semester hours ; 
speech — 3 semester hours ; physical education and military science as required by the 
University. 

Marks In all required upper dvision courses in education and in subjects in major 
and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher must be main- 
tained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching a student must have 
a grade point average of 2.275. 

Exceptions to curricular requirements and rules of the College of Education must 
be recommended by the student's adviser and approved by the Dean. 

Students who are not enrolled in the College of Education but who are preparing 
to teach must meet all curricular and scholastic requirements of the College of Education. 

Majors and Minors. 

Students select a teaching major: for example, social science, art, music, physical 
education. Those electing the academic curriculum will ordinarily select both a 
teaching major and a teaching minor, and students in other curricula may select 
minors if they so desire. Advisers may waive the requirement for a minor when 
necessary to permit the development of an approved area such as psychology, human 
development, or sociology. 

Students selecting an academic major and an academic minor, or those selecting 
one special teaching field such as industrial education need to take only one methods 
course: for example, Ed. 140 or Ind. Ed. 140. Students who select an academic 
major and a special fields minor, or vice versa, must take methods courses in both 
the major and minor fields, and should divide their student teaching between the 
two fields. 

Academic Education 

Students enrolled in this curriculum will meet the above minimum requirements 
in English and social science, plus the following : 

(1) Foreign language for candidates for the bachelor of arts degree: 12 
semester hours provided the student enters with less than three years of 
foreign language credits; 6 semester hours, if he enters with three years 
of such credits. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 339 

with four years of language credits nor of candidates for the bachelor of 
science degree unless specified in the curriculum. (See "Degrees' above.) 

(2) Science or mathematics, 12 semester hours. 

(3) Education, 22 semester hours. 

(4) Speech, 4 semester hours. 

All students who elect the academic education curriculum will fulfill the 
preceding general requirements and also prepare to teach one or more school subjects 
which will involve meeting specific requirements in particular subject matter fields. 

The specific requirements by subject fields are as follows: 

English. A major in English requires 36 semester hours as follows: 

Composition and Literature 12 semester hours 

American Literature, Advanced 3 semester hours 

Electives 21 semester hours 

A minor in English requires 26 semester hours. It includes the 15 semester 
hours prescribed for the major and 11 hours of electives. 

Electives must be chosen with the approval of the adviser who will guide the 
student in terms of College of Education records and recommendations of the 
English Department. 

Social Sciences. For a major in this group 36 semester hours are required, of 
which at least IS hours must be in history, including 6 hours in American history 
and 6 hours in European history. Six of the 18 hours must be in advanced courses. 
For a minor in the group, 24 hours are required, as specified below, less the electives. 
History (including one year each of American and 

European History) 18 semester hours 

Economics, sociology, government, consumer 

education, or geography 6 semester hours 

Electives in social sciences 12 semester hours 

Electives should be chosen so that there will be a total of at least 3 in Economics, 
6 in Geography, 6 in Government and Politics, and 6 in Sociology. 

Foreign Languages. All students preparing to teach French, German, or Spanish 
are required to take Comparative Literature 101 and 102 and are strongly advised 
to take the review course for majors. Further courses in comparative literature 
along with work in European or Latin American history are also recommended. 

Specific minimum requirements in the three languages are a semester each 
of intermediate and advanced conversation (Fr., Ger., or Sp. 8 and 80), a semester 
of grammar review, six hours of introductory survey of the literature (Fr., Ger., 
Sp. 75 and 76), one semester of a Life and Culture Course (Fr., Ger., Sp. 161 or 
162) and six hours in literature courses numbered 100 or above. If a foreign 
language is offered as a second field, all major requirements must be met. 

Mathematics. A major in mathematics requires 30 semester hours and a minor, 
20 semester hours. The following courses must be included in both major and 
minor: Math. 2 — Solid Geometry (2), Math. 14 — Plane Trigonometry (2), Math. 
15— College Algebra (3). Math. 17— Analytic Geometry (4), and Math. 20, 21— 
Calculus (4,4). 



340 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Students who have had solid geometry in high school or who pass satisfactorily 
an examination in this subject need not take Math. 2. Electives in mathematics are 
selected with the advice of the adviser. 

Science. In general science a major of 40 semester hours and a minor of 30 
semesters hours are offered, each including the following courses : Chem. 1, 3 — 
General Chemistry (4,4), Zool. 1 — General Zoology (4), Bot. 1 — General Botany 
(4), Phys. 10, 11 — Fundamentals of Physics (4,4) or Phys. 1, 2 — Elements of 
Physics (3, 3). 

Other courses will be chosen subject to the approval of the student's major 
adviser and of the science department in which his interest lies. 

Minors of 20 semester hours are offered in chemistry, in physics, and in biological 
sciences. A minor in biology must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. 
A minor in physics must be supported by a one-year course in chemistry. A minor 
in chemistry must be supported by a one-year course in physics. 

The requirements for major and minor are met if 52 semester hours in natural 
science, including the above listed courses, are offered. 

Speech. A minor of 22 semester hours is offered in Speech. The minimum 
requirements for this minor are 12 semester hours in addition to the 10 semester 
hours of departmental requirements in Speech 1, 2, 3, and 4. The 12 semester 
hours above the departmental requirement must include 6 hours of courses numbered 
100 or higher. It is the policy of the department to build a program of study in 
anticipation of the needs of prospective teachers, supervisors, correctionists, dramatic 
coaches, and other specialists in the general field of speech. All programs for the 
minor must be approved by the departmental adviser. 

Academic Education Curriculum 

f— Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I II 

*Ed. 1 — Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

*Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

*G. & P. 1 — American Government .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

Major and Minor Requirements 6 6 

Total 16-18 16-18 

Sophomore Year 

*Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or " 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

A. S. 3. 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 1 1 

Major and Minor Requirements 3 3 

Total 15-18 15-18 

*May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 341 

r— Semester- 
Junior Year I II 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Major and Minor Requirements, Electives 13 13 

Total 16 16 

Senior Year 

*Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3] .... 

•Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 J. 

•Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8 | .... 

• 'Electives 2 J 

•Major and Minor Requirements, Electives .... 16 

Total 16 16 

Agricultural Education 

This curriculum is designed to prepare students for teaching vocational 
agriculture in high schools. To obtain full particulars on course requirements, 
the student should consult the catalog of the College of Agriculture. 

Art Education 

This curriculum is planned to meet the growing demand for special teachers 
and supervisors in art activity. Emphasis is placed upon ways to draw out 
and develop the creative inclinations of beginners; to integrate art and other 
areas of study; to utilize art in solving social problems. General requirements 
are the same as for the academic curriculum. 

Art Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

•Ed. 1 — Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 3 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Pr. Art 1— Der.ign 3 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 2 .... 

Hea. 2, 4— Hygiene (Women) 

A. S. 1, 2— Air Science (Men) 3 

Physical Activities 1 

t Language or electives 1-8 

Total 16-18 



•May be taken either semester. 

••English and Social Studies majors must elect Ed. 134. 

tRequired foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit: fi semester hours, if he enters •with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who »>nter» 
with four years of language credit. 



342 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



-Semester— \ 



Sophomore Year 

Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Science or Mathematics 

Cr. Art. 3— Creative Art Inspired by Primitive Art 

Pr. Art 4— Three-dimensional Design 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 

Pr. Art 30— Typography and Lettering 

Cr. 2— Simple grafts 

Pr. Art 3— Silk Screen Printing 

Cr. 20— Ceramics 

Cr. 3.0 Metalry 

A. S. 3, 4— Air Science (Men) 

Physical Activities 

•Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

H. 5, 6— American History 

Art 7— Landscape Painting 

Pr. Art — Professional Lectures 

Pr. Art 21 — Action Drawing 

Pr. Art 38— Photography 

Pr. Art 40, 41— Interior Design 

Cr. 5— Puppetry 

Cr . 4 0— Weaving 

•Language or electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 134— Materials and Procedures for the Core Curriculum. 
••Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 

Pr. Art 100— Mural Design 

Pr. Art 132— Advertising Layout 

•Language or electives 

Total 



2 
3 

1 


16-18 



2 
2 

1 
3 

2-5 

16-18 



// 

3 
3 



2 
2 

3 

1 
2 

16-18 



16-18 



16-18 



A minimum of 24 semester hours constitutes a minor in part for which 
the following courses are required: Pr. Art 1, Pr. Art 2. Electives may be 
selected from the student's chosen field of concentration — advertising, costume, 
interior, ceramics, metalry, or weaving — and from courses selected in consultation 
with the student's adviser. For teaching, Ed. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction, 
and Observation should be included as well as electives chosen from among 
the following courses: Cr. 2, 3, 5, 20, 30, 40; Pr. Art 3, 4, 20, 21, 30 38, 132, 140, 
141. 



•Requi-ec" foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit ; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with four years of language credit. 

••Available only during the last half of the spring semester. 



COLLEGE OP EDUCATION 343 

Business Education 

Two curricula are offered for the preparation of teachers of business sub- 
jects. The General Business Education Curriculum qualifies for teaching all 
business subjects except shorthand. Providing thorough training in general 
business, including economics, this curriculum leads to teaching positions on 
both junior and senior high school levels. By the proper selection of electives, 
persons following this curriculum may also qualify as teachers of social studies. 

The Secretarial Education course is adapted to the needs of those who wish to 
become teachers of shorthand as well as other business subjects. 

General Business Education Curriculum r-Semester—^ 

Freshman Year I II 

**Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 3 3 

G. & P. 1— American Government 3 .... 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life .... 3 

O. T. 1— Principles of Typewriting 2 .... 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

P. E. 1, 3 (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4 (Women) 1 1 

Elect Math. 5, 6 ; H. 1, 2 ; or Science 3 3 

tElectives 2 4 

Total 18-19 18-19 

Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2 — Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Econ. 31, 32— Principles of Economics 3 3 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 4 4 

O. T. 2— Intermediate Typewriting 2 .... 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems .... 2 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6. 8 (Women) 1 1 

Total 16-21 16-19 

Junior Year 

B. A. 180, 181— Business Law 4 4 

B. A. 166— Business Communications .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

B. A. 112— Records Management 2 .... 

B. A. 114— Machines Management 3 .... 

Econ. 140— Money and Banking .... 8 

•Electives 3 3 

Total 15 16 



•Required foreign language: 12 semester hours provided the student enters with 
less than three years of foreign language credit; 6 semester hours, if he enters with 
three years of such credit. No foreign language is required of any student who enters 
with fo'-r years of language credit. 

**May be taken either semester. 

tA minimum of 55 semester hours of courses in Economics, Business Administra- 
tion, and Office Techniques are required. 



344 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Senior Year 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. 
Ed 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools... 

B. A. 165— Office Management 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills... 
•Electives and Requirements 

Total 



/—Semester-^, 
I II 

3 
3 



3 
2 

10 

15 



14 



Secretarial Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

Same as General Business Curriculum 

Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

O. T. 12, 13— Principles of Shorthand I, II 

O. T. 2 — Intermediate Typewriting 

O. T. 10— Office Typewriting Problems 

Econ. 37 — Fundamentals of Economics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

•Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

O. T. 110— Secretarial Work 

O. T. 118— Gregg Shorthand Dictation 

O. T. 116— Advanced Shorthand 

O. T. 117— Transcription 

B. A. 20, 21— Principles of Accounting 

B. A. 112— Records Management 

•Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

B. A. 114 — Machines Management 

B. A. 165— Office Management , 

B. A. 166— Business! Communications 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 14 — Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Business. 

Subjects 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 

B. A. 180— Business Law , 

B. Ed. 100— Techniques of Teaching Office Skills 

Total 



15 



16-21 16-19 



3 
2 
4 
2 
2 

16 



16 



14 



•A minimum of 55 semester hours of courses In Economics, Business Administration, 
and Office Techniques are required. 
**May be taken either semester; 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



345 



Childhood Education 

The childhood education curriculum has as its goal the preparation of 
nursery school and kindergarten teachers. It is also planned to further the 
personal development of the student and give training in home-making. 

Observation and student teaching are done in the University Nursery 
School and Kindergarten on the campus and in approved schools in nearby 
communities. Each student is encouraged to select a minor in an allied field. 

Graduates receive a B.S. degree and meet the requirements for certification 
for teaching kindergarten and nursery school in Maryland. 

Childhood Education Curriculum 



Freshman Year 

*C. Ed. 2— Orientation, Observation, and Record taking 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American literature 

Xoc. 1 — Sociology of AiiiPri«';in Life 

G. & P. 1 — American Government 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

Botany 1 — General Botany 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Hea. 2. 4 — Personal and Community Health 

, P. E. 2, 4 

*Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Er..~. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature \ 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature ^ 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Music 16— Fundamentals of Music for the Classroom Teacher.... 

Ed. 52— Children's Literature 

Foods 1— Introductory Foods 

Nutrition 10— Elements of Nutrition 

P. E. 6, 8 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

C. Ed. 100— Child Development I 

C. Ed. 101— Child Development II 

C. Ed. 115— Children's Activities and Activities Materials 

C. Ed. 116— Creative Music for Young Children 

C. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, Observation- 
Early Childhood Education 

Nursing 9— Nursing and Child Health 

Electives 

Total 



-Semester— > 
/ // 



3 
3 

4 

4 
2 2 

1 1 





15 



17 



16 



3 
1 
3 

16 





3 




3 


3 






3 




2 


10 


5 


16 


16 



♦May be taken either semester. 



346 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

/—Semester—^ 
Senior Year l ll 

C. Ed. 149— Teaching Nursery School 4-8 . .. 

C. Ed. 159— Teaching Kindergarten • • • • 4-8 

H. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

C. Ed. 145— Guidance in Behavior Problems 3 

Ed. 147— Audio-Visual Education • • • • 2 

Ed. 107— Philosophy of Education 2 .... 

Electives °" 4 3 " 7 

Total 16 16 

Marks in all required upper division courses in education and in subjects in 
major and minor fields must be C or higher. A general average of C or higher 
must be maintained. In order to be admitted to a course in student teaching, a student 
must have a grade point average of 2.275. Each student should have one summer 
of experience in working with children. 

Elementary Education 

There are two undergraduate curriculums in elementary education. The first 
one is for regular undergraduate students who desire to earn the Bachelor of 
Science degree and to qualify for an elementary school teaching certificate. The 
second curriculum is for teachers in service. 
Elementary Education Curriculum for Regular Undergraduate Students 

This curriculum is designed for regular undergraduate students who wish to 
qualify for teaching positions in elementary schools. Students who complete the 
curriculum will receive the Bachelor of Science degree, and they will meet the 
Maryland State Department of Education requirements for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Elementary Education." The curriculum also meets certification re- 
quirements in many other states, Baltimore, and the District of Columbia. 

Some of the academic courses need not be taken in the indicated sequence. For 
example, Botany 1 may be taken during the second semester of the freshman year instead 
of the first semester, or it may be taken during the sophomore or junior year. However, 
the courses in Human Development Education and certain other Education courses must 
be taken during the junior year, and Ed. 148 — Student Teaching in Elementary Schools 
should be taken during the first semester of the senior year. To be admitted to student 
teaching, a student must have a grade point average of 2.275. 

r- Semester— N 
Freshman Year I H 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Ldfe 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Bot. 1— General Botany 4 .... 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Art. 15— Fundamentals of Art 3 .... 

Music 16— Music Fundamentals for the Classroom Teacher ••••. 3 

*Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation .... 

P. E. 1, 3 (men) P. E. 2, 4 (women) 1 1 

Health 2, 4— Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

A. S. 1, 2 (Men)— Basic Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Approved Electives (Optional) 

Totals : Women 16 16 

Men 17 17 



•May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION 



2A7 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

or Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Geog. 10— General Geography 

Speech 4— Voice and Diction 

•Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Chem. 1— General Chemistry 

or Astr. 1— Astronomy 
or Geog. 30 (Prin. of Morphology) 
or Geog. 40 (Prin. of Meterology) 
or Physics 1 (Elements of Physics) 

Chem. 3— General Chemistry 

or Foods 1— Introductory Foods 
or Nutrition 10— Elements of Nutrition 
or one of the other physical science courses listed above. 
Note: Only one Geography and only one Foods course may 
be taken. 
Math. 0— Basic Mathematics (If required) 

P. E. 5, 7 (Men); P. E. 6, 8 (Women) 

Health 40— Personal and Community Health (Men) 

A. S. 3, 4 (Men) Basic Air Force ROTC 

tApproved Electives (Women) 

Totals : Women 

Men 

Junior Year. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101 — Principles of Human Development 

Hist. 1 , 2— History of Modern Europe 

Math. 10— College Algebra 

or Math 5— General Mathematics 

Ed. 52— Childrens Literature 

**Ed. 153— Teaching of Reading 

**Ed. 121— The Language Arts in the Elementary School 

**Ed. 122— Social Studies in the Elementary School 

**Ed. 124— Arithmetic In the Elementary School 

**Sci. Ed. 105— Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools 

tApproved Electives 

Totals 

Senior Year 

Ed. 149— Student Teaching in Elementary Schools 

Geog. 100— Regional Geography of Eastern Anglo -America 

or Geog. 101— Regional Geography of Western Anglo -America 
or Geog. 120— Economic Geography of Europe 

Two of the following courses : 

P. E. 120— Physical Education in the Elementary School 

Mus. Ed. 128— Workshop in Music for Elementary Schools.... 

Ed. 125— Art in Elementary Schools 

tApproved Electives 

Totals 



-Semester—^ 
I II 



16 



16 








1 


1 




3 


3 


3 


2 


4 


17 


17 


18 


19 


3 


3 


3 


3 


3 


.... 



16 



4-6 
10 

17-18 



•May be taken either semester. 

••Open only to students in elementary curriculum. Students who register for one 
double starred course must register for all five courses. 

tNumber of elective hours and choice of courses must be approved by adviser. 
Several electives must be taken at the 100 level. 



348 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Area of Specialization in Elementary School 
Physical Education and Health Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary 
education may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school physical edu- 
cation and health education, and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science 
Certificate in Special Subjects.'' In order to fulfill the requirements in these areas, 
students should follow the prescribed plan for a major in elementary education. 
In addition, the following courses should be taken : 

Men: P. E. 1 and 3 (1, 1) ; P. E. 5 and 7 or P. E. 50 and 60 (1, 1) ; Hea. 40 
(3) ; Hea. 50 (2) ; Hea. 110 (2) ; Hea. 114 (2) ; P. E. 55 (2) ; P. E. 120 (3) ; 
P. E. 130 (3) ; P. E. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 14 (4) ; Zool. 
IS (4). 

Women: P. E. 2 and 4 (1, 1) ; P. E. 6 and 8 or P. E. 50 and 60 (1, 1) ; 
Hea. 2 and 4 (2, 2) ; Hea. 50 (2) ; Hea. 110 (2) ; Hea. 114 (2) ; P. E. 55 (2) ; 
P. E. 120 (3) ; P. E. 130 (3) ; P. E. 191 (3) ; P. E. 195 (3) ; Zool. 1 (4) ; Zool. 
14 (4) ; Zool. 15 (4). 



Area of Specialization in Elementary School Music Education 

Students enrolled in the College of Education and majoring in elementary edu- 
cation may pursue an area of specialization in elementary school music education, 
and thereby qualify for the "Bachelor of Science Certificate in Special Subjects." 
In order to fulfill requirements in this area, the following courses should be taken 
in addition to those required in the Elementary School Curriculum : 

Mus. 1 (3) ; Mus. 8 (3) ; Mus. 50 or 160 or 161 (2) ; Mus. 70, 71 (3, 3) ; 
Mus. 80, 81 (2, 2); Applied Music: Piano (8), Voice (4); P. E. 50 (1); and 
Mus. Ed. 139 (3) in place of Mus. Ed. 128 (2) in the senior year. 



Elementary Education Curriculum for Undergraduate Teachers 

This curriculum is for teachers who have completed a two- or three-year cur- 
riculum in a teachers college. It is also for teachers who have two or more years 
of successful teaching experienoe which can be used in lieu of student teaching to 
meet certification requirements. 

This curriculum, leading to the Bachelor of Science degree in elementary edu- 
cation, requires a total of 128 semester credits. The last 30 credits earned before 
the conferring of the degree must be taken with the University of Maryland. 

State Department of Education requirements provide that a teacher in service 
may not earn more than six credits for certification purposes during a school year. 
The College of Education assumes no responsibility in this connection, but candidates 
are advised to observe the regulation. 

Specific requirements for the degree are as follows : (In meeting requirements, 
particular attention must be given to the footnotes.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 349 

Requirements for individuals with approximately M transfer credits; 

Education 4 

♦English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 10 

**Natural Science (chemistry, physics, botany, zoology, bacteriology, en- 
tomology, general science, meteorologj ) 10 

***Social Science (history, government, sociology, economics, geography) 12 

Electives (As many as needed to give a total of at least 128 credits) 
Requirements for individuals with approximately 96 transfer credits: 

Education 2 

♦English (not including freshman and sophomore English) 6 

**Natural Science (as above) 6 

***Social Science (as above) 12 

Electives (As many as needed to yive a total of at least 128 credits) 

Home Economics Education 

The Home Economics Education curriculum is designed for students who are 
preparing to teach vocational or general home economics or to engage in any phase 
of home economics work which requires a knowledge of teaching methods. It 
includes studies of all phases of home economics and the allied sciences, with pro- 
fessional training for teaching these subjects. A student majoring in this curriculum 
may also qualify for a science minor. 

Students electing this curriculum may register in the College of Education or 
in the College of Home Economics. 

Home Economics Education Curriculum 

r~ Semester—*, 
Freshman Year I I J 

|Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Speech 1, I— Public Speaking 2 2 

H. E. 1— Home Economics Lectures 1 .... 

Pr. Art 1— Design 3 

Hea. 2, 4— Personal and Community Health 2 2 

P. E. 2, 4 1 1 

Tex. 1— Textiles 3 

Elective .... 6 

Total 17 



•If less than 12 credits were earned in English during the first two years of college, 
the deficiency must be made up in addition to the credits specified above. 

••Not more than four semester hours of Science Education and other approved sub- 
stitutions for regular science courses will be counted toward the natural science require- 
ments. 

•**If the transfer credits did not include at least 3 credits in American Govern- 
ment, 3 credits In Introductory Sociology, and 6 credits In American History, those 
deficiencies must be made up in addition to the 12 social studies credits specified above. 
tMay be taken either semester. 



350 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

**Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 

Eng. 5, 6 — Composition and English Literature 

H. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

Pr. Art 20— Costume Design 

Clo. 20A— Clothing 

Foods 2, 3— Foods 

P. E. 6, 8 

Total 

Junior Year 

H. E. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Home Mgt. 150, 151— Home Management 

Foods 101— Meal Service 

Clo. 22— Clothing Construction 

Nut. 110— Elements of Nutrition 

Pr. Art 2— Survey of Art History 

Pr. Art 40— Interior Design 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics 

Zool. 16 Human Physiology 

Total 

*Senior Year 

H. E. Ed. 102— Problems in Teaching Home Economics 

H. E. Ed. 148— Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics 

Ed. 145 — Principles of High School Teaching 

Home Mgt. 152— Practice in Management of the Home 

Bact. 51— Houseohld Bacteriology 

Bot. 1— General Botany 

Electives 

Total 



-Semestet — * 
// 
o 

3 

(3) 

3 

3 

3 
3 
1 



/ 
2 
3 
(3) 
3 
3 
3 

3 

1 

18 



3 
4 
9 

16 



16 



16 



17 



Industrial Education 

Three curriculums are administered by the Industrial Education Department: 
(1) Industrial Arts Education, (2) Vocational-Industrial Education, and (3) Educa- 
tion for Industry. The overall offering includes both undergraduate and graduate 
programs leading to the degrees of : Bachelor of Science, Master of Education, 
Master of Arts, Doctor of Education and Doctor of Philosophy. 

The Industrial Arts Education curriculum prepares people to teach industrial arts 
at the secondary school level. It is a four-year program leading to a Bachelor of 
Science degree. While trade or industrial experience contributes significantly to 
the background of the industrial arts teacher, previous work experience is not a 
condition of entrance into this curriculum. Students who are enrolled in the cur- 
riculum are encouraged to obtain work in industry during the summer months. 
Industrial arts as a secondary school subject area is a part of the general education 
program characterized by extensive shopwork and laboratory experiences. 



•Subjects in the senior year will be so arranged that the two semesters may be 
interchanged. 

•♦May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 351 

The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum may lead either to certification as a 
vocational-industrial teacher with no degree involved or to a Bachelor of Science 
degree, including certification. The University of Maryland is designated as the 
institution which shall offer the "Trade and Industrial" certification courses and 
hence the courses which are offered are those required for certification in Maryland. 
The Vocational-Industrial Curriculum requires trade competence as specified by the 
Maryland State Plan for Vocational Education. A person who aspires to take the 
certification courses should review the State plan and he may well contact Maryland 
State Department of Education officials. If the person has in mind teaching in a 
designated city or county he may discuss his plans with the vocational-industrial 
official of that city or county inasmuch as there are variations in employment and 
training procedures. 

Industrial Arts Education 

r-Semester—s 
Freshman Year I // 

*Ed. 1 — Freshman Orientation 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Speech 1, 2— Public Speaking 2 2 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 34— Graphic Arts I 3 

Ind. Ed. 2— Elementary Woodworking 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations .... 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 16 20 

Sophomore Year 

*Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 2 .... 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature, or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

His. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 21 — Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Inr\ Ed. 28— Electricity I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 26— General Metals 3 .... 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Math. 1 0— Algebra .... 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 

Total 21 19 



*May be taken either semester. 



352 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Junior Year. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 3 3 

Physics 1, 2— Elements of Physics 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 41— Architectural Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 48— Electricity II 2 

IrH. Ed. 33— Automotive s 1 3 

Ind. Ed. 160— Essentials cl Design .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 166— Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts 2 .... 

Ed. 161— Principles of Guidance .... 2 

•Electives— (shop and/or drafting) 2 2 

Electives— (unspecified) 2 2 



Total 17 18 

Senior Year 

Ind. Ed. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation. Ind. Ed. 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools 8 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding 1 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I 2 

Ind. Ed. 105— General Shop 2 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry .... 1 

Econ. 3 7— Fundamental of Economics .... 3 

♦Electives— (shopwork and/or drafting) .... 4 

Electives— (professional courses) .... 5 

Total 14 1$ 

Vocational-Industrial Certification 

A total of 240 clock hours of instruction is required for vocational-industrial 
teacher certification. The courses listed below are currently required : 
Ind. Ed. 50 — Methods of Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 60— Observation and Demonstration Teaching 

Ind. Ed. 164 — Shop Organization and Management 

Ind. Ed. 168 — Trade or Occupational Analysis 

Ind. Ed. 169 — Course Construction 

Ind. Ed. 170 — Principles of Vocational Education, and/or 

Ind. Ed. 171 — History of Vocational Education 



•After the student has completed the basic courses in drafting, woodworking, metal- 
working, graphic arts and automotives he is to select advarced courses in one or 
more of these areas as advised. 

**May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 353 

"The remainder of the 240 clock hours are to be met through elective industrial 
education courses offered by the University of Maryland and approved by the State 
supervisor of industrial education."* Among the courses from which electives may 
be chosen there are : 

Ind. Ed. 150 — Training Aids Development 
Ind. Ed. 157 — Tests and Measurements 
Ind. Ed. 161 — Principles of Vocational Guidance 
Ind. Ed. 165 — Modern Industry 
Ind. Ed. 167 — Problems in Occupational Education 
**Ind. Ed. 220 — Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education 
Ind. Ed. 240 — Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ind. Ed. 248 — Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education 
Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement 
Ed. 160 — Educational Sociology 
Ed. 161 — Principles of Guidance 
Ed. 253 — Guidance Information 
Ed. 261 — Case Studies in School Counseling 
Ed. 269 — Seminar in Guidance 

A person in vocational-industrial education may use his certification courses 
toward a Bachelor of Science degree. In doing so the general requirements of the 
College of Education must be met. A maximum of twenty semester hours of credit 
may be earned through examination in the trade in which the student has competence. 
Prior to taking the examination, the student shall provide documentary evidence of 
his apprenticeship or learning period and journeyman experience. For further in- 
formation about credit by examination refer to the Academic Regulations of the 
University of Maryland. 

Education for Industry 

The Education for Industry curriculum is a four-year program leading to a 
Bachelor of Science degree. The purpose of the program is to prepare persons for 
jobs within industry and, as such, it embraces four major areas of competence, (a) 
technical competence, (b) human relations and leadership competence, (c) com- 
munications competence, and (d) social and civic competence. The student who is 
enrolled in this curriculum is required to obtain work in industry in accordance with 
the plan described in the course, Industrial Education 124 a, b. 



•Maryland (State Department of Education). The Maryland State Plan lor Vo- 
cational Education 1947-1952, p. 108. 

**A course bearing a "200" number Is open only to graduate students. 



354 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



r-Semester—y 

Freshman Year I II 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Ind. Ed. 1— Mechanical Drawing 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 12— Shop Calculations 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 21— Mechanical Drawing .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 22— Machine Woodworking 1 2 .... 

Ind. Ed. 23— Arc and Gas Welding .... 1 

Ind. Ed. 69— Machine Shop Practice I .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 110— Foundry .... 1 

Sp. 7— Public Speaking 2 .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 1, 3— Physical Activities 1 1 

Math. 10— Algebra or 

Math. 15— College Algebra 3 

Total 19 19 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature or 3 3 

Eng. 5, 6— Composition and English Literature 3 3 

Ind. Ed. 24— Sheet Metal Work 2 

B. A. 10, 11— Organization and Control 2 2 

Phys. 1, 2— Elements of Physics or 

Phys. 10, 11— Fundamentals of Physics 3 or 4 :; or 4 

Math. 11— Trigonometry and Analytic Geometry or 

Math. 14— Plane Trigonometry 2 or 3 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C. (Men) 3 3 

P. E. 5, 7— Physical Activities 1 1 

H. 5— History of American Civilization .... 3 

Econ. 37— Fundamentals of Economics .... 3 

Total 16, 17 or 18 18 or 19 

Junior Year 

H. 6— History of American Civilization 3 .... 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 2— Applied Psychology .... 3 

Chem. 1, 3— General Chemistry 4 4 

Econ. 160— Labor Economics 3 .... 

*Ind. Ed. 124a— Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 143, 144— Industrial Safety Education 2 2 

B. A. 160— Personnel Management .... 3 

Soc. 115— Industrial Sociology .... 3 

Electives 3 3 

Total 21 18 



•Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between th« 
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 355 

/Semester- > 

Senior Year I H 

B. A. 163— Industrial Relations 3 

B. A. 167— Job Evaluation and Merit Rating 2 .... 

♦Ind. Ed. 124b— Organized and Supervised Work Experience 3 .... 

Ind. Ed. 164— Shop Organization and Management .... 2 

Ind. Ed. 165— Modern Industry . . • • 2 

Ind. Ed. 16S— Trade or Occupational Analysis 2 .... 

Psych. 121— Social Psychology • • • • 3 

Electives 6 * 

Total 15 15 



Music Education 

The Music Education curriculum affords pre-service preparation in the spe- 
cialized field of music education and leads to the degree of Bachelor of Science in 
Education with a major in Public School Music. The curriculum provides train- 
ing in both the choral and instrumental fields of music and is planned to meet the 
growing demand for special teachers and supervisors in those areas. In the senior 
year the student may concentrate on either elementary-school or secondary-school 
requirements. 

The major in music education must include 20 semester hours in applied music 
with at least Music 53 on a principal instrument and four to six semester hours in 
ensemble (orchestra, chorus, etc.). 

A minor in the field may be received with 24 semester hours in music educa- 
tion, theory, and history ; 8 semester hours in applied music ; two semester hours 
in ensemble ; Ed. 140 in music ; and student teaching divided between the student's 
major and minor fields. The 24 specified hours must include Music 1, 7, 8, 17, 18, 
50. 70, 80 or 81, and 121. 

Music Education Curriculum 

r—Semester—\ 
Freshman Year I II 

Ed. 1— Freshman Orientation .... 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1 — Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government ... 3 

Music 1— Introduction to Music .... 3 

Music 7, 8— Theory of Music 3 3 

Applied Music 2 2 

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 3 3 

Ensemble— Music 4, 5, 6, 10 or 15 1 1 

Hea. 2. 4 — Personal and Community Health (Women) 2 2 

P. E. 1, 3— (Men) ; P. E. 2, 4— (Women) 1 1 

Total 16-17 18-19 



•Must be pursued concurrently with the regular Summer Sessions between the 
sophomore and junior and the junior and senior years respectively. 



356 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



Sophomore Year 

♦Ed. 2— Introduction to Education 

Eng. 3, 4 or 5, 6— Composition and World or English Literature 

Mathematics or Natural Science 

Music 17, 18— Dictation and Sight-Singing 

Music 70, 71— Harmony 

Applied Music— Class Voice or Class Piano 

Applied Music 

Ensemble— Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC (Men) 

P. E. 5, 7— (Men) ; P. E. 6, 8— (Women) 

Total 

Junior Year 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development 

Speech 4 — Voice and Diction 

Music 80, 81 Class Study of Instruments 

Music 120, 121— History of Music 

Music 150— Keyboard Harmony 

Music 160, 161— Advanced Conducting Methods 

Applied Music 

Ensemble— Music 4, 5, 6, 10 or 15 

Total 

Senior Year (Secondary school concentration). 

Ed. 14 0— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 1 4 S— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 

Music. Ed. 132— Workshop in Music in the Secondary School.... 

Applied Music 

Electives 

Ensemble — Mus. 4, 5. 6. 10, or 15 

Total 

Senior Year {Elementary school concentration). 

Ed. 52— Children's Literature 

Ed. 149— Student Teaching in the Elementary School 

Mus. Ed. 128— Workshop in Music for the Elementary School .... 

Mus. Ed. 139— Music in the Elementary School 

Mus. Ed. 170— Materials and Methods for Class Piano Instruction 

Applied Music 

Ensemble— Music 4, 5, 6, 10, or 15 

Electives 

Total 



2 
3 
2 
2 

1 
3 

1 

19-22 



3 
3 
3 
2 
3 

2 

2 
1 

19 



12 



-Semester— -< 
/ // 

2 

3 3 
3 3 

2 
3 
2 



15 



1 
3 
1 

17-20 



12 



12 



•May be taken either semester. 



COLLEGE OE EDUCATION ZS7 

Physical Education and Health Education 

For detailed information on these curricula and courses, see College of 
Physical Education, Recreation and Health catalog. 

Curricula for Physical Education and Health Education 

The curricula in Physical Education and Health Education are designed to 
prepare students for teaching and for work involving educational techniques in 
these fields. 

The Health Education and Physical Education curricula lead primarily to 
teaching and supervising such work in schools and colleges. 

All applicants must be free of handicapping physical defects and be approved 
by the medical director and by the Dean of College of Physical Education, 
Recreation and Health. 

Any student enrolled in the College of Education who meets the above 
requirements may develop a minor in one of these areas by completing 20 
hours of work in that area and 4 hours in a cognate area as described below, 
and as planned in consultation with his adviser and with written approval of 
the Dean of the College of Physical Education, Recreation and Health. 

Note: To be certified to teach physical education in Maryland, 30 semester 
hours are required in this area, including the following or equivalent: Zool. 
14, 15; Hea. 50; P. E. 100, 140; Ed. 145; and Ed. 148, including at least 25 
hours of student teaching. 



Minor in Health Education 

Thirteen (13) semester hours in Health Education and 12 semester hours in 
related areas. 

Required courses : 

Hea. 2, 4, or Hea. 40 (Women) : Hea. 40 (Men) ; Hea. 50 (2), Hea. 110 (2), 

Hea. 120 (3) and Hea. 150 (3). 

Elective courses in related areas : 

Six (6) semester hours of biological sciences and 6 semester hours of psy- 
chology or Human Development. 

Minor in Safety Education 

Students wishing to obtain a minor in Safety Education and become certi- 
fied to teach Driver Education in junior and senior high schools should take 
the following courses: Hea. 50 (2), Hea. 70 (3), Hea. 80 (3), Hea. 105 (3), and 
Hea. 145 (3). 



358 



UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 



MEN 



Physical Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literatur ■. 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G. & P. 1— American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Sp. 4— Voice & Diction 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement 

P. E 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 

P. E. 50— Phythmic Analysis and Movement 

P E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 

P. E. 61, 63— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force R. O. T. C 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hist, 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 

P. E. 65, 67— Sport Skills and Gymnastics 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force R. O. T C 

Total 

Junior Year. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 

P. E. 100 — Scientific Bases of Movement 

P. E. 101, 103— Organization and Officiating in Intramurals 

P. E. 113, 115— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 

P. E. 123 or 125— Coaching Athletics 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

Electives 

Total 

Senior Year 

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching In the Secondary Schools 

Electives 

Total 

NOTE: Ed. 148 may be scheduled either semester. Ed. 145, P. 
190 must be scheduled concurrently. 



-Semester— \ 
I II 

3 3 



IS 



3 
3 
4 
3 

2 
3 

18 



12 



15 



1 
2 
3 

18 



3 
3 
4 

3 
2 
3 

18 



17 19 



17 



E. 140 and P. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 359 

WOMEN 

r— Semester— \ 

Freshman Year I // 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— Amf rican Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 .... 

P. E. 20— Orientation to Measurement .... 2 

P. E. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation, and 

Health 3 

P. E. 40— Basic Body Controls 1 

P. E. 50— Rhythmic Analysis and Movement 1 .... 

P. E. 60— Basic Rhythm Skills 1 

P. E. 52— Dance Techniques .... 1 

P. E. 62, 64— Elementary Techniques of Sports and Gymnastics.. 2 2 

Total 16 16 

NOTE: P. E. 72 and/or 74 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 



Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 3 3 

History 5, 6— History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14. 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Phys. 1— Elements of Physics 3 .... 

Hea. 40— Personal and Community Health .... 3 

P. E. 54— Dance Techniques 1 .... 

P. E. 56— Methods and Materials in Dance .... 2 

P. E. 66, 68— Techniques of Sports 2 2 

P. E. S2— Officiating 1 

Total 17 17 

NOTE: P. &. 76 may be required depending upon swimming ability of student. 

Junior Year 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I, II 3 3 

P. E. 78— Methods of Teaching Aquatics .... 2 

P. E. 100— Scientific Bases of Movement 4 .... 

P. E. 114, 116— Methods and Materials for Secondary Schools.... 3 3 

P. E. 124, 126— Methods and Materials in Team Sports 2 2 

P. E. 180— Measurement in Physical Education and Health 3 .... 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 2 

Electives .... 3 



Total , 15 15 



360 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

t~Semester—\ 

Senior Year I II 

P. E. 140— Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation .... 3 

P. E. 160— Scientific Bases of Movement Applied 3 .... 

P. E. 190— Administration and Supervision of Physical Education, 

Recreation and Health .... 3 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in Secondary Schools .... 8 

Ed. 145— Principles o"f High School Teaching .... 3 

Electives 12 .... 

Total . 15 17 

NOTE: When Ed. 148 is taken, Ed. 145, P. E. 140 and P. E. 190 must also 
he scheduled concurrently. 

MEN 

Health Education Curriculum 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2— Composition and American Literature 3 3 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 3 .... 

G. & P. 1— American Government .... 3 

Zool. 1— General Zoology .... 4 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 3 .... 

Hea. 10— Orientation to Health Education .... 1 

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Rec. and Hea 3 .... 

P. E. 1, 3 — Conditioning and Fitness Exercises 1 1 

Chem. 11, 13— General Chemistry 3 3 

A. S. 1, 2— Basic Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Total 19 18 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4 — Composition and World Literature 3 3 

Hi.st. 5, 6 — History of American Civilization 3 3 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 4 4 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 3 .... 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety .... 2 

Hea. 70— Safety Education .... 3 

P. E. 5. 7— Sports and Other Recreational Activities 1 1 

A. S. 3, 4— Basic Air Force ROTC 3 3 

Electives 2 .... 

Total 19 19 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 4 .... 

Bact. 105— Epidemiology and Public Health .... 4 

Nut. 1 0— Elements of Nutrition .... 3 

Ed. 150 — Educational Measurement or Hea. 180— 

Measurement in Physical Education and Hea 2-3 .... 

Hea. 110— Introd. to School and Community Hea. Services 2 .... 

Hea. 120— Methods and Materials of School Hea. Educ .... 3 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I and II.. 3 3 

Psych. 1— Introduction to Psychology 3 .... 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene .... 3 

Electives 2 2 

Total 16-17 18 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 



361 



Senior Year 

Hea. 140 — Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 

Hea. 150— Problems ot the School Child in El. ft Sec. Sch 

Ed. 110 — The Teacher and School Administrator or 

Hea. L 90— Organization and Administration of Hea 

Ed. 14 3 — Principles of High School Teaching 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 

Electives 

Total 

WOMEN 

Freshman Year 

Eng. 1, 2 — Composition and American Literature 

Soc. 1— Sociology of American Life 

G & P 1— American Government 

Zool. 1— General Zoology 

Sp. 4— Voice and Diction 

H<ra. 10— Orientation to Health Education 

Hea. 30— Introduction to Physical Education, Recreation & Health 

P. E. 2, 4— Basic Skills of Sports and Rhythms 

Chetn. 11, 13— General Chemistry 

Electives 

Total 

Sophomore Year 

Eng. 3, 4— Composition and World Literature 

Hist. 5, 6— History of American Civilization 

Zool. 14, 15— Human Anatomy and Physiology 

Hea. 40 — Personal and Community Health 

Hea. 50— First Aid and Safety 

Hea. 70 — Safety Education 

P. E. 6, 8— Selected Sports and Dance 

Electives 

Total 

Junior Year 

Bact. 1— General Bacteriology 

Bact. 105— Epidemiology and Public Health 

Nut. 10— Elements of Nutrition 

Ed. 150 — Education Measurement or Hea. 180— 

Measurement in Physical Education and Health 

Hea. 110— Introduction to School and Community Health Services 
Hea. 120— Methods and Materials of School Health Education.... 
H. D. Ed. 100, 101— Principles of Human Development I &II.... 

Psych 1— Introduction to Psychology 

Psych. 5— Mental Hygiene 

Electives 

Total 



—Semester— -, 
/ // 



16-17 



17 



2-3 



3 
17-18 



L2 



15 



1 
3 
3 

18 

3 
3 
4 

2 
3 

1 
2 

18 



362 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

f— Semester— \ 

Senior Year I II 

Hea. 140— Curriculum, Instruction and Observation 3 .... 

Hea. 150— Problems of the School Child in Elem. & Sec. Schools. . 3 

Ed. 110— The Teacher and School Administrator or 

Hea. 190— Organization and Administration of Health 2-3 .... 

Ed. 145— Principles of High School Teaching 3 .... 

Ed. 148— Student Teaching in the Secondary Schools 8 .... 

Electives 12 



Total 16-17 15 

COURSE OFFERINGS 

The University reserves the right to withdraw or discontinue any course 
for which an insufficient number of students has registered to warrant giving 
the course. In such an event, no fee will be charged for transfer to another 
course. 

Courses are designated by numbers as follows: 
1 to 99: courses for undergraduates. 
100 to 199: courses for advanced undergraduates and graduates. (Not 

all courses numbered 100 to 199 may be taken for graduate credit.) 
200 to 299: courses for graduates only. 

A course with a single number extends through one semester. A course 
with a double number extends through two semesters. The number of credit 
hours is shown by the arabic numeral in parentheses after the title of the course. 

A separate schedule of courses is issued each semester, giving the hours, 
places of meeting, and other information required by the student in making out 
his program. Students obtain these schedules when they register. 



EDUCATION 

Courses Primarily for Freshmen and Sophomores 

Ed. 1. Freshman Orientation (0). 

Required of all freshmen. (Schneider) 

Ed. 2. Introduction to Education (2). 

First and second semesters. Required of sophomores in Education. Section 1 — Ele- 
mentary ; Section 2 — Secondary. An exploratory course designed to introduce students to 
responsibilities of teachers for understanding their pupils, the way learning takes place, 
the need for planning, types of competencies needed, and certification requirements. 
Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Schneider-O'Neill) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 303 

Ed. 6. Observation of Teaching (1). 

Twenty hours of directed observation. Reports, conferences, and criticisms. 

Ed. 52. Children's Literature (2). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, English 1, 2. A study of literary values 
in prose and verse for children. (Bryan) 

Ed. 90. Development and Learning (3). 

A study of the principles of learning and their application to school situations. 
Designed to meet the usual teacher-certifitution requirement for educational psychology. 



For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Ed. 100. History of Education I (2). 

A study of educational institutions and thought through the ancient, mediaeval, and 
early modern periods. (Wiggin) 

Ed. 101. History of Education II (2). 

Emphasis is placed on the post-Renaissance periods. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 102. History of Education in the United States (2). 

A study of the origins and development of the chief features of the present system 
of education in the United States. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 105. Comparative Education — European (2). 

A study of national systems of education with the primary purpose of discovering 
their characteristic differences and formulating criteria for judging their worth. 

Ed. 106. Comparative Education — Latin American (2). 

This course is a continuation of Ed. 105, with emphasis upon the national educational 
systems of the Western Hemisphere. 

Ed. 107. Philosophy of Education (2). 

A study of the great educational philosophers and systems of thought affecting the 
development of modern education. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 121. The Language Arts in the Elementary School (2). 

Teaching of spelling, handwriting, oral and written expression, and creative expres- 
sion. Special emphasis given to skills having real significance to pupils. 

Ed. 122. The Social Studies in the Elementary School (2). 

Consideration given to curriculum, organization and methods of teaching, evaluation 
of newer materials, and utilization of environmental resources. (O'Neill.) 



364 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 123. The Child and the Curriculum (2). 

Relationship of the elementary school curriculum to child growth and development. 
Recent trends in curriculum organization ; the effect of environment on learning ; readiness 
to learn ; and adapting curriculum content and methods to maturity levels of children. 

(Denecke.) 

Ed. 124. Arithmetic in the Elementary School (2). 

Emphasis on materials and procedures which help pupih? sense arithmetical mean- 
ings and relationships. Helps teachers gain a better understanding of the number system 
and arithmetical processes. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 125. Art in Elementary Schools (2). 

Concerned with art methods and materials for elementary schools. Includes laboratory 
experiences with materials appropriate for elementary schools. 

Ed. 126. The Elementary School Curriculum (2). 

Developments in elementary education with particular attention to methods and 
materials which may be used to improve the development of pupils in elementary schools. 

(Denecke.) 

Ed. 127. Teaching in Elementary Schools (2-6). 

An overview of elementary school teaching designed for individuals without specific 
preparation for elementary school teaching or for individuals without recent teaching 
experience. 

*Ed. 130. Theory of the Junior High School (2). 

A general overview of the junior high school. Purposes, functions, and character- 
istics of this school unit ; a study of its population, organization, program of studies, 
methods, staff, and other similar topics, together with their implications for prospective 
teachers. 

*Ed. 131. Theory of the Senior High School (2). 

The secondary school population ; the school as an instrument of society ; relation 
of the secondary school to other schools ; aims of secondary education ; curriculum and 
methods : activities ; guidance and placement ; teacher certification and employment In 
Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

Ed. 133. Methods of Teaching the Social Studies (2). 

Designed to give practical training in the everyday teaching situations. Use of 
various lesson techniques, audio and visual aids, reference materials, and testing programs 
and the adaption of teaching methods to individual and group differences. Present ten- 
dencies and aims of instruction in tlie social studies. 

Ed. 134. Materials and Procedure for the High School Core Curriculum 
(2). 

This course is designed to bring practical suggestions to teachers who are in charge 
of core classes in junior and senior high schools. Materials and teaching procedures for 
specific units of work are stressed. Fee, $1.00. (Schneider.) 



•Credit is accepted for Ed. 130 or Ed. 131, but not for both courses. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 365 

Ed. 137. Science in the Junior High School (2). 

Summer school. A study of the place, function and content of science in junior high 
school programs. Applications to core curriculum organization. Lnboratory fee, $2.00. 

Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). 

First and second semesters. Offered in separate sections for the various subject 
matter areas, namely, English, social studies, foreign language, science, mathematics, 
art education, business education, industrial education, music education, and physical 
education. Registration cards must include the subject matter area as well as the name 
and number of the course, Graduate credit is allowed only by special arrangement. The 
objectives, selection and organization of subject matter, appropriate methods, lesson plans, 
textbooks, and other Instructional materials, measurement, and other topics pertinent to 
the particular subject matter area are treated. Twenty periods of observation. (Staff.) 

Ed. 141. High School Course of Study-English (2). 

Methods and techniques used in teaching the language arts in secondary schools. 

(Bryan.) 

Ed. 142. High School Course of Study-Literature (2). 

Representative selections of the literature studied in secondary schools and methods 
of presentation. (Bryan.) 

Ed. 145. Principles of High School Teaching (2-3). 

First and second semesters. Tins course is concerned with the principles and methods 
of teaching in junior and senior high schools. (Brechbill.) 

Ed. 147. Audio-Visual Education (2). 

First semester and summer session. Sensory impressions in their relation to learning; 
projection apparatus, its cost and operation ; slides, tilm-strips, and films ; physical prin- 
ciples underlying projection; auditory aids to instruction; field trips ; pictures, models, 
and graphic materials; Integration of sensory aids with organized instruction. Recom- 
mended for all education students. Laboratory fee, .$1.00. (Maley.) 

Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (2-8). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, Ed. 110, grade-point average of 2.275, 
and approval of faculty. Undergraduate credit only. Laboratory fee, $30.00. Applica- 
tion forms for this course must be submitted to the Director of Student Teaching not 
less than ninety days before registration. Students who register for this course serve 
as apprentice teachers in the schools to which they are assigned. For S credits, full 
time for one-half of one semester is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers and 
some graduate students, the time and credit may be reduced. (Staff.) 

Ed. 149. Student Teaching in Elementary Schools (8-16). 

A grade-point average of 2.275 and approval of the faculty required. Undergraduate 
credit only. Application forms for this course must be filed at least ninety days before 
registration. No other courses may be taken during the semester of student teaching. 
Laboratory fee, $30.00. Students who register for this course serve as apprentice teachers 
in the schools to which they are assigned. For l(i credits, full time for one semester 
is devoted to this work. For experienced teachers, the time and credit may be reduced. 

(Blough and O'Neill.) 



366 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 150. Educational Measurement (2). 

First and second semesters ; Summer. Constructing and interpreting measures of 
achievement. 

Ed. 152. The Adolescent: Characteristics and Problems (2). 

Intellectual, emotional, social, and vocational problems which arise in the transitional 
period between childhood and adulthood, the secondary school period. 

Ed. 153. The Teaching of Reading (2). 

Concerned with the fundamentals of developmental reading instruction, including 
reading readiness, use of experience records, procedures in using basal readers, the 
improvement of comprehension, teaching reading in all areas of the curriculum, uses of 
children's literature, the program in word analysis, and procedures for determining 
individual needs. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 154. Remedial Reading Instruction (2). 

For supervisors and teachers who wish to help retarded readers. Concerned with 
causes of reading difficulties, the identification and diagnosis of retarded pupils, instruc- 
tional materials, and teaching procedures. Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or the equivalent. 

(Schindler.) 

Ed. 155. Laboratory Practices in Reading for Elementary and Secondary 
Schools (2-4). 

A laboratory course in which each student has one or more pupils for analysis and 
instruction. At least one class meeting per week to diagnose individual cases and to plan 
instruction. Prerequisite, Ed. 153 or Ed. 154. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 160. Educational Sociology (2). 

Deals with data of the social sciences which are germane to the work of teachers. 
Implications of democratic ideology for educational endeavor, educational tasks imposed 
by changes in population and technological trends, the welfare status of pupils, the 
socio-economic attitudes of individuals who control the schools, and other elements of 
community background. 

Ed. 161. Principles of Guidance (2). 

First and second semesters ; Summer. Overview of principles and practices of guid- 
ance-oriented education. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 162. Mental Hygiene in the Classroom (2). 

The practical application of the principles of mental hygiene to classroom problems. 

(Denecke.) 

Ed. 163, 164, and 165. Community Study Laboratory I, II and III (2, 2, 2). 

Involves experience from the educational standpoint with the agencies, institutions, 
cultural patterns, living conditions, and social processes which play significant roles in 
shaping the behavior of children and adults and which must be understood by individ- 
uals working toward school and community improvement. Each participant becomes a 
member of a group in a given area of study and concentrates on problems which have 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 367 

direct application in his school situation. Readings are integrated with techniques of 
study. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 170. Introduction to Special Education (2). 

Designed to give an understanding of the needs of all types of exceptional children, 
stressing preventive and remedial measures. 

Ed. 171. Education of Retarded and Slow-Learning Children (2). 

A study of retarded and slow-learning children, including discovery, analysis of 
causes, testing techniques, case studies, and remedial educational measures. (Denecke.) 

Ed. 188. Special Problems in Education (1-3). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Available only to mature students who have 
definite plans for individual study of approved problems. (Staff.) 

NOTE : Course cards must have the title of the problem and the name of the faculty 
member who has approved it. 

Ed. 189. Workshops, Clinics, Institutes, and Field-Laboratory Projects 
(1-6). 

The following types of educational enterprises may be scheduled under this course 
heading : workshops conducted by the College of Education (or developed cooperatively 
with other colleges and universities) and not otherwise covered in the present course 
listing ; clinical experiences in pupil-testing centers, reading clinics, speech therapy 
laboratories, and special education centers ; institutes developed around specific topics or 
problems and intended for designated groups such as school superintendents, principals, 
and supervisors ; work in schools or for schools by way of teaching apprenticeships, educa- 
tional guidance services, school surveys, and curriculum development programs. The 
maximum number of credits that may be earned under this course symbol toward any 
degree is six semester hours ; the symbol may be used two or more times until six 
semester hours have been reached. 

Ed. 191. Principles of Adult Education (2). 

A study of aspects of adult education in the United States, selected in terms of 
interests of students. (Wlggin.) 

For Graduates 

Ed. 202. The Junior College (2). 

The philosophy and development of the junior college in the United States with 
emphasis on curriculum and administrative controls. 

Ed. 203. Problems in Higher Education (2). 

A study of present problems in higher education. (Wiggin.) 

Ed. 205. Seminar in Comparative Education (2). 

Ed. 207. Seminar in History and Philosophy of Education (2). 

(Wlggin.) 



368 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 210. The Organization and Administration of Public Education (2). 

First semester. The basic course in school administration. Deals with the organi- 
zation and administration of school systems — at the local, state, and federal levels; and 
With the administrative relationships involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 211. The Organization, Administration, and Supervision of Secondary 
Schools (2). 

Second semester. The work of the secondary school principal. Includes topics such 
as personnel problems, supervision, school-community relationships, student activities, 
schedule making, and internal financial accounting. i Schneider. ) 

Ed. 212. School Finance and Business Administration (2). 

An introduction to principles and practices in the administration of the public school 
finance activity. Sources of tax revenue, the budget, and the function of finance in the 
educational program are considered. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 214. School Buildings and Equipment (2). 

An orientation course in which the planning of school buildings is developed as 
educational designing with reference to problems of site, building facilities, and equip- 
ment. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 215. Public Education in Maryland (2). 

A study of Maryland Public School system with special reference to school law. 

Ed. 216. High School Supervision (2). 

Prerequisite, teaching experience. Deals with recent trends in supervision ; the nature 
and function Of supervision; planning supervisory programs; evaluation and rating; 
participation of teachers and other groups in policy development ; school workshops ; and 
other means for the Improvement of instruction. (Schneider.) 

Ed. 217. Administration and Supervision in Elementary Schools (2). 

Problems in organizing and administering elementary schools and improving in- 
struction. (Denecke.) 

Ed. 218. School Surveys (2-6). 

Prerequisite, consent of Instructor. Includes study of school surveys with emphasis 
on problems of school organization and administration, finance and school plant planning. 
Field work in school surveys Is required. (Newell.) 

Ed. 219. Seminar in School Administration (2). (Newell, Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 220. Pupil Transportation (2). 

Includes consideration of the organization and administration of state, county, and 
district pupil transportation service with emphasis on safety and economy. The planning 
of bus routes; the selection and training of bus drivers, and maintenance mechanics; 
the specification of school buses; and procurement procedures are included. 

Ed. 222. Seminar in Supervision (2). 

Prerequisite, Ed. 216. Prerequisite may be waived upon approval of the instructor. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 369 

Ed. 223. Practicum in Personnel Relationships (2-6). 

Prerequisite, consent of Instructor. Enrollment limited. Designed to help teachers, 
school administrators, and other BChool staff members t<> learn to function more effectively 
in developing educational policy in group situations. Each student in the course is 
required to be working concurrently in the Held with a group of school staff members 
or citizens on actual school problems. (Newell.) 

Ed. 224. Internship in School Administration (12-16). 

Internships in administration or supervision may be provided for a few students 
who have had teaching experience. The intern will be assigned to assist a principal, 
supervisor, or some other staff member in a school or school system. In addition to this ex- 

nce, ;'. progi lies is planned for each intern by the appropriate member of the 

and the sponsor from the university. The sponsor will maintain a close 

working relationship with the intern and other persons involved. (Newell.) 

Ed. 225. School Public Relations (2). 

A study of the interrelationships between the community and the school. Public 
opinion, propaganda, and the ways in which various specified agents and agencies within 
the school have a part in the school public relations program are explored. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 226. Child Accounting (2). 

An inquiry into the record keeping activities of the school system, including an 
examination of the marking system. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 227. Public School Personnel Administration (2). 

A comparison of practices with principles governing the satisfaction of school per- 
sonnel needs, including a study of tenure, salary schedules, supervision, rewards, and 
other benefits. (Van Zwoll.) 

Ed. 229. Seminar in Elementary Education (2). 

Primarily for individuals who wish to write seminar papers. Enrollment should be 
preceded by at least 12 hours of graduate work in Education. 

Ed. 230. Elementary School Supervision (2). 

Concerned with the nature and function of supervision, various supervisory techniques 
and procedures, human relationship factors and personal qualities for effective supervision. 

(Denecke.) 

Ed. 232. Student Activities in the High School (2). 

A consideration of the problems connected with student activities of the high 
school: (1) philosophical bases, (2) aims, (3) organization, and (4) supervision of 
student activities such as student council, school publications, musical organizations, 
dramatics, assemblies, and clubs. 

Ed. 234. The School Curriculum (2). 

A foundations course embracing the curriculum as a whole from early childhood 
through adolescence, including a review of historical developments, an analysis of con- 
ditions affecting curriculum change, an examination of issues in curriculum making, and 
a consideration of current trends in curriculum design. (Hovet.) 



370 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 235. Curriculum Development in Elementary Schools (2). 

Concerned with problems encountered in curriculum evaluation and revision : 
sociological and philosophical factors, principles for the selection and organization 
of content and learning activities, patterns of curriculum organization, and Hie utilization 
of personnel for curriculum development. (O'Neill.) 

Ed. 236. Curriculum Development in the Secondary School (2). 

Curriculum planning; philosophical bases, objectives, learning experiences, organization 
of appropriate content, and means of evaluation. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 237. Curriculum Theory and Research (2). 

The school curriculum considered within the totality of factors affecting pupil 
behavior patterns, an analysis of research contributing to the development of curriculum 
theory, a study of curriculum theory as basic to improved curriculum design, the func- 
tion of theory in guiding research, and the construction of theory through the utilization 
of concepts from the behavioral research disciplines. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 239. Seminar in Secondary Education (2). 

Ed. 242. Coordination in Work-Experience Programs (2). 

Surveys and evaluates the qualifications and duties of a teacher-coordinator in a 
work-experience program. Deals particularly with evolving patterns in city and county 
schools in Maryland, and is designed to help teacher-coordinators, guidance counselors, 
and others in the supervisory and administrative personnel concerned with functioning 
relationships of part-time cooperative education in a comprehensive educational program. 

(Brown.) 

Ed. 243. Problems of Teaching Arithmetic in Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of current theory and results of research for the teaching of arithmetic 
in elementary schools. (Sehindler.) 

Ed. 244. Problems of Teaching Language Arts in Elementary Schools (2). 

Implications of current theory and results of research for the language arts in the 
elementary schools. 

Ed. 245. Applications of Theory and Research to High School Teaching (2). 

Implications of experimental practices, the proposals of eminent writers, and the 
results of research for the improvement of teaching on the secondary level. (Hovet.) 

Ed. 246. Problems of Teaching Social Studies in Elementary Schools (2). 

Application to the social studies program of selected theory and research in the social 
sciences, emphasizing patterns of behavior, environmental influences, and critical think- 
ing. (O'Neill.) 

Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). 

An opportunity to pursue special problems in curriculum making, course of study 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 371 

development, or other science teaching problems. Class members may work on problems 
related directly to their own school situations. (Blough.) 

Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). 

(See Ind. Ed. 248.) (Brown, Hornbake.) 

Ed. 250. Analysis of the Individual (2). 

Knowing students through use of numerous techniques. Ed. 161 desirable as pre- 
requisite. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 253. Guidance Information (2). 

Finding, filing, and using information needed by students for making choices, plans, 
and adaptations in school, occupations, and in inter-personal relations. Ed. 161 desirable 
as prerequisite. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 254. Organization and Administration of Guidance Programs (2). 

Instilling the guidance point of view and implementing guidance practices. All 
guidance courses except Seminar are prerequisites. 

Ed. 260. Principles of School Counseling (2). 

Prerequisites, Ed. 161, Ed. 250, Ed. 253. Prerequisites may be waived by Instructor. 
Exploration of counseling theories and the practices which stem from them. 

(Byrne.) 

Ed. 261. Case Studies in School Counseling (2). 

Prerequisite, Ed. 260. Application of counseling theory to the study of counseling 
cases which students will conduct. Designed to develop counseling proficiency. Pre- 
requisite, Ed. 260. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 263, 264. Aptitudes and Aptitude Testing (2, 2). 
(Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ed. 267. Curriculum Construction Through Community Analysis (2). 

Prerequisites, Ed. 163, 164, 165. Selected research problems in the field of com- 
munity study with emphasis on Baltimore area. (Schindler.) 

Ed. 268. Seminar in Educational Sociology (2). 

Ed. 269. Seminar in Guidance (2). 

Registration only by approval of instructor. Pinal guidance course. Students study 
research and conduct one. (Byrne.) 

Ed. 278. Seminar in Special Education (2). 

(Denecke.) 



372 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ed. 279. Seminar in Adult Education (2). 

Ed. 280. Research Methods and Materials in Education (2). 



(Wiggin.) 



A study of research in education, the sources of information and techniques available, 
and approved form and "style in the preparation of research reports and theses. 

Ed. 281. Source Materials in Education (2). 

Based on the text and work-book by Carter Alexander, "How to Locate Educational 
Information and Data." Involves attendance at class for one hour with two additional 
hours of work in the library. Especially valuable for students interested in research. 

Ed. 288. Special Problems in Education (1-6). 

First and second semesters and summer session. Master of education or doctoral 
candidates who desire (o pursue special research problems under the direction of their 
advisers may register for credit under this number. (Staff.) 

NOTE : Course card must have the title of the problem and the name of the faculty 
member under whom the work will be done. 

Ed. 289. Research— Thesis (1-6). 

First and second semesters and summer session. Students who desire credit for a 
master's thesis, a doctoral dissertation, or a doctoral project should use this number. 

(Staff.) 

BUSINESS EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

B. Ed. 100. Techniques of Teaching Office Skills (2). 

First semester. An examination and evaluation of the aims, methods, and course 
contents of each of the office skill subjects offered in the high school curriculum. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 101. Methods and Materials in Teaching Office Skills (2). 

Problems in development of occupational competency, achievement tests, standards 
of achievement, instructional materials, transcription, and the integration of office skills. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 102. Methods and Materials in Teaching Bookkeeping and Related 
Subjects (2). 

Important problems and procedures in the mastery of bookkeeping and related office 
knowledges and skills including a consideration of materials and teaching procedures. 

(Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 103. Basic Business Subjects in the Junior High School (2). 

Deals with the exploratory aspects of basic business subjects and fundamentals of 
consumer business education, available instructional materials, and teaching procedures. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 373 

B. Ed. 104. Basic Business Education in the Secondary Schools (2). 

Consideration will be given to the vocational and consumer objectives ; Bubject matter 
content; methods of organizing material; types of classroom activities; and teaching 
procedures In basic business subjects In the secondary schools. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 200. Administration and Supervision of Business Education (2). 

Major emphasis on departmental organization, curriculum, equipment, budget making, 
guidance, placement and follow-up, visual aids and the In-service training of teachers. 
For administrators, supervisors, and teachers of business subjects. 

B. Ed. 255. Principles and Problems of Business Education (2). 

Principles and practices in business education ; growth and present status ; vocational 
business education ; general business education ; relation to consumer education and to 
education in general. (Patrick.) 

B. Ed. 256. Curriculum Development in Business Education (2-6). 

Tins course is especially designed for graduate students interested in devoting the 
summer session to a concentrated study of curriculum planning in business education. 
Emphasis will be placed on the philosophy and objectives of the business education pro 
gram, and on curriculum research and organization of appropriate course content. 

CHILDHOOD EDUCATION 

C. Ed. 2. Orientation, Observation, and Record Taking (2). 

First and second semesters. Orientation to nursery school and kindergarten ; methods 
of observing and recording behavior of children at different age levels. (McNaughton.) 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

C. Ed. 100. Child Development I— Infancy (3). 

First semester. Understanding the pattern of growth. Factors influencing develop- 
ment : relation of care during the first eighteen months to personality development: study 
of a child fourteen months of age or under. (Broome.) 

C. Ed. 101. Child Development II— Early Childhood (3). 

Second semester. Developmental growth of the child from eighteen months to five 
years ; experiences which help the child in his development ; observation in the nursery 
school ; study of one child. (Broome.) 

C. Ed. 110. Child Development III (3). 

First and second semesters. Developmental growth of the child from birth to Ave 
years ; observation in the nursery school. For students in other colleges of the Univer- 
sity. Laboratory fee, $1.00. (Broome.) 

C. Ed. 113. Education of the Young Child I (2). 

A itudy of the nature and needs of the child from two to sis years of age, with 
emphasis upon learning tendencies: the child's relation to the materials, experiences, and 
the people of his world at home and at school. For teachers in Cooperatives. 



374 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

C. Ed. 114. Education of the Young Child II— The Social and Emotional 
Needs of the Young Child (2). 

An attempt to understand what lies beneath outward behavior rather than on con- 
formity as such ; acceptance of the child's feelings ; helping the child to live richly and 
fully on his own level ; seeing the child as a whole ; working with the parents and the 
home to bring about the most favorable adjustment of the child. For teachers in Co- 
operatives. 

C. Ed. 115. Children's Activities and Activities Materials (3). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. Storytelling ; selection of books for preschool children ; the use, preparation, 
and presentation of such raw materials as clay, paints (easel and finger), blocks, wood, 
and scrap materials for nursery school and kindergarten. 

C. Ed. 116. Creative Music for Young Children (2-3). 

Prerequisite, Mus. 16 or equivalent. First and second semesters. Creative ex- 
perience in songs and rhythms ; correlation of music and everyday teaching with the 
abilities and development of each level ; study of songs and materials ; observation and 
teaching experience with each aye level. (Brown.) 

C. Ed. 119. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Cooperative Nursery 
School (2-3). 

C. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation — Early Childhood 
Education (Nursery School and Kindergarten) (3). 

Prerequisites, C. Ed. 100, 101, or 110. Philosophy of early childhood education ; 
observation of the developmental needs at various age levels, with emphasis upon the 
activities, materials, and methods by which educational objectives are attained. 

(Stant and Glass.) 

C. Ed. 145. Guidance in Behavior Problems (3). 

First and second semesters. Development of an appreciation and understanding of 
young children from different home and community backgrounds ; study of individual and 
group problems. (Glass.) 

C. Ed. 149. Teaching Nursery School (4-8). 

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $30.00. Admission to student teaching 
depends upon physical and emotional fitness, and upon approval of the staff of the de- 
partment. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended that each 
student have some summer experience with young children. Teaching experience in the 
University Nursery School and in those of nearby communities. Approximately thirty 
clock-hours of school experience are required for each semester-hour of credit. (Glass.) 

C. Ed. 159. Teaching Kindergarten (4-8). 

First and second semesters. Laboratory fee, $30.00. Admission to student teaching 
(in Nursery School and Kindergarten) depends upon approval of the teaching staff of 
the department. An academic average of 2.275 is required. It is recommended that each 
student have some summer experience with young children. Teaching experience in the 
University kindergarten and in those of nearby communities (Stant.) 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 375 

C. Ed. 160. Methods and Materials in Parent Education (2-3). 

A survey of child development, child guidance, and related fields ; a review of current 
materials, books, periodicals, leaflets, films, skits; study of individual parent conferences, 
guided observation, discussion leading, role playing, preparing materials and programs 
for parent groups and television skits with laboratory practice through the group itself. 

(Taylor.) 

C. Ed. 165. Leadership Training (2). 

Designed for leaders in Parent-Teacher groups and in other organizations. Setting 
up the duties of a leader, participants, observer and recorder ; developing methods for 
discussion groups. 

HOME ECONOMICS EDUCATION 
For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

H. E. Ed. 102. Problems in Teaching Home Economics (3). 

First and second semesters. Required of seniors in Home Economics Education. Pre- 
requisite, H. E. Ed. 140. A study of the managerial aspects of teaching and administering 
a home-making program ; the physical environment, organization, and sequence of instruc- 
tional units, resource materials, evaluation, home projects. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 120. Evaluation of Home Economics (2). 

The meaning and function of evaluation in education ; the development of a plan for 
evaluating a homemaking program with emphasis upon types of evaluation devices, their 
construction, and use. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 140. Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). 

Second semester. Requited of juniors in Home Economics Education. The place and 
function of home economics education in the secondary school curriculum. Philosophy of 
education for home and family living ; characteristics of adolescence, construction of 
source units, lesson plans, and evaluation devices ; directed observation in junior and 
senior high school home economics departments. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 148. Teaching Secondary Vocational Home Economics (8). 

First and second semesters. Prerequisite, H. E. Ed. 140 and 101 or 102 parallel. See 
Ed. 148. Laboratory fee, $30.00. Observation and supervised teaching in approved 
secondary school home economics departments in Maryland and the District of Columbia. 

(Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 200. Seminar in Home Economics Education (2). 

First semester. (Spencer.) 

H. E. Ed. 202. Trends in the Teaching and Supervision of Home Eco- 
nomics (2-4). 

Study of home economics programs and practices in light of current educational 
trends. Interpretation and analysis of democratic teaching procedures, outcomes of 
instruction, and supervisory practices. (Spencer.) 



376 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

HUMAN DEVELOPMENT EDUCATION 
The staff of the Institute for Child Study offers a series of courses on human 
development and approaches to the direct study of children for members of the 
educational profession. Certain prerequisites are set up within the course se- 
quences, but these prerequisites are modified by the student's previous experience 
in direct study of children; this is done in order to provide an interrelated series 
of experiences leading toward synthesis and the ability to apply the principles of 
human development and behavior. 

Undergraduate courses are designed both for prospective teachers (H. D. 
Ed. 100-101) and in-service teachers (H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104; H. D. Ed. 112- 
13, 114-15, 116-17). The graduate offering contains two series. H. D. Ed. 200, 
201, 202, 203 provide a basic core of four seminars for students majoring in the 
field, and also provide electives (beginning with H. D. Ed. 200 — Introduction) 
for any graduate students interested in an overview of the field. The other 
seminars (H. D. Ed. 204 and above) are designed for emphasis in depth on the 
various areas of major processes and forces that shape the development and 
behavior of human beings, and are intended primarily for advanced graduate 
students. Along with most of the graduate seminars, H. D. Ed. 250 provides 
for concurrent application of scientific knowledge to the direct study of children 
as individuals and in groups. 

H. D. Ed. 100, 101. Principles of Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

These courses give a general overview of the scientific principles tbat describe human 
development and behavior and relate these principles to the task of the school. A year- 
long study of an individual child is an integral part of the course and will require one 
half-day per week for observing children in nearby schools. This course is designed to 
meet the usual certification requirements in Educational Psychology. 

H. D. Ed. 102, 103, 104. Child Development Laboratory I, II and III 
(2, 2, 2). 

These courses involve the direct study of children throughout the school year. Each 
participant gathers a wide body of information about an individual, presents the accumu- 
lating data from time to time to the study group for criticism and group analysis, and 
writes an interpretation of the dynamics underlying the child's learning, behavior and 
development. Provides opportunity for teachers in-service to earn credit for participation 
in their own local child study group. 

H. D. Ed. 112, 114, 116. Scientific Concepts in Human Development I, II, 
III (3, 3, 3). 

Summer. 

H. D. Ed. 113, 115, 117. Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, II, III (3, 
3, 3). 

Summer. 

H. D. Ed. 200. Introduction to Human Development and Child Study (3). 

Offers a general overview of the scientific principles which describe human develop- 
ment and behavior and makes use of these principles in the study of Individual children. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 377 

Each student will observe and record the behavior of an Individual child throughout the 
semester and must have one half-day a week free for this purpose. It is basic to further 
work in child study and serves as a prerequisite for advanced courses where the student 
has not had field work or at lcnst sis weeks of workshop experience in child study. 
When offered during (he summer it will be II. I». Ed. 200 and intensive laboratory work 
with case records muy be substituted for the study of an Individual child. 

H. D. Ed. 201. Biological Bases of Behavior (3). 

Emphasizes that understanding human life, growth and behavior depends on under 
standing the ways in which the body is able to capture, control and expend energy. Ap- 
plication throughout is made to human body processes and Implications for understanding 
and working with people. H. I). Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this 
course. 

H. D. Ed. 202. Social Bases of Behavior (3). 

Analyzes the socially inherited and transmitted patterns of pressures, expectations 
and limitations learned by an individual as he grows up. These are considered in rela- 
tion to the patterns of feeling and behaving which emerge as the result of growing 
up in one's social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with 
this course. 

H. D. Ed. 203. Integrative Bases of Behavior (3). 

Analyzes the organized and integrated patterns of feeling, thinking and behaving 
which emerge from the interaction of basic biological drives and potentials with one's 
unique experience growing up in a social group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be 
taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 204, 205. Physical Processes in Human Development (3, 3). 

Describes in some detail the major organic processes of : conception, biological in- 
heritance ; differentiation and growth of the body ; capture, transportation and use of 
energy ; perception of the environment ; coordination and integration of function ; adapta- 
tion to unusual demands and to frustration ; normal individual variation in each of the 
above processes. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this 
course. 

H. D. Ed. 206, 207. Socialization Processes in Human Development I, II 
(3, 3). 

Analyzes the processes by which human beings internalize the culture of the society 
In which they live. The major sub-cultures in the United States, their training pro- 
cedures, and their characteristic human expressions in folk-knowledge, habits, attitudes, 
values, life-goals, and adjustment patterns are analyzed. Other cultures are examined 
to highlight the American way of life and to reveal its strengths and weaknesses. H. D. 
Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 208, 209. Self Processes in Human Development I and II (3, 3). 

Analyzes the effects of the various physical and growth processes, a Sectional rela- 
tionships, socialization processes, and peer group roles and status on the integration, 
development, adjustment, and realization of the Individual self. This analysis includes 
consideration of the nature of intelligence and of the learning processes ; the develop- 
ment of skills, concepts, generalizations, symbol izations, reasoning and imagination, atti- 
tudes, values, goals and purposes : and the conditions, relationships and experiences 
thnt are essential to full human development. The more common adjustment problems 



378 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

experienced in our society at various maturity levels, and the adjustment mechanisms 
used to meet them are studied. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must he taken concurrently 
with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 210. Affectional Relationships and Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3)). 

Describes the normal development, expression and influence of love in infancy, child- 
hood, adolescence and adulthood. It deals with the influence of parent-child relation- 
ships involving normal acceptance, neglect, rejection, inconsistency, and over-protection 
upon health, learning, emotional behavior and personality adjustment and development. 
H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 211. Peer-culture and Group Processes in Human Develop- 
ment (3). 

Analyzes the processes of group formation, role-taking and status-winning. It de- 
scribes the emergence of the "peer-culture" during childhood and the evolution of the 
child society at different maturity levels to adulthood. It analyzes the developmental 
tasks and adjustment problems associated with winning, belonging and playing roles in 
the peer group. H. D. Ed. 250 a or b or c must be taken concurrently with this course. 

H. D. Ed. 212, 214, 216. Advanced Scientific Concepts in Human Develop- 
ment I, II, III (3, 3, 3). 

Summer. 

H. D. Ed. 213, 215, 217. Advanced Laboratory in Behavior Analysis I, 
II, III (3, 3, 3). 

Summer. 

H. D. Ed. 218. Workshop in Human Development (6). 
Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 212, 213, 214, 215, 216, 217. Summer. 

H. D. Ed. 220. Developmental Tasks (3). 

Describes the series of developmental tasks faced by children. These tasks, made 
necessary by the normal processes of growth and development, are learnings that the 
child needs and desires to accomplish because of emerging capacities for action and rela- 
tionship, because of the demands and expectancies of his family and of society, and 
because of the progressive clarification and the directive powers of his own interests, 
attitudes, values and aspirations. Emphasis will be placed on the use of developmental 
tasks concepts in educational planning and practice. 

H. D. Ed. 230, 231. Field Program in Child Study I and II (2-6). 

Offers apprenticeship training preparing properly qualified persons to become staff 
members in human development workshops, consultants to child study field programs and 
coordinators of municipal or regional child study programs for teachers or parents. 
Extensive field experience is provided. In general this training is open only to persons 
who have passed their preliminary examinations for the doctorate with a major in human 
development or psychology. Prerequisite, consent of instructor. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 379 

H. D. Ed. 250a, 250b, 250c. Direct Study of Children (1, 1, 1). 

Provides the opportunity to observe and record the behavior of an individual child 
in a nearby school. These records will be used in conjunction with the advanced courses 
in Human Development and this course will be taken concurrently with such courses. 
Teachers active in their jobs while taking advanced courses in Human Development may 
use records from their own classrooms for this course. May not be taken concurrently 
with H. D. Ed. 102, 103, or 104. 

H. D. Ed. 260. Synthesis of Human Development Concepts (3). 

A seminar wherein advanced students work toward a personal synthesis of their own 
concepts in human growth and development. Emphasis is placed on seeing the dynamic 
interrelations between all processes in the behavior and development of an individual. 
Prerequisites, H. D. Ed. 204, 206 and 208. 

H. D. Ed. 270. Seminars in Special Topics in Human Development (2-6). 

An opportunity for advanced students to focus in depth on topics of special interest 
growing out of their basic courses in human development. Prerequisite, consent of the 
instructor. 

INDUSTRIAL EDUCATION 

Ind. Ed. 1. Mechanical Drawing (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. This course constitutes an introduction to ortho- 
graphic multi-view and isometric projection. Emphasis is placed upon the visualization 
of an object when it is represented by a multi-view drawing and upon the making of 
multi-view drawings. The course carries through auxiliary views, sectional views, dimen- 
sioning, conventional representation and single stroke letters. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 2. Elementary Woodworking (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. This is a woodworking course which involves 
primarily the use of hand tools. The course is developed so that the student uses 
practically every common woodworking hand tool in one or more situations. There is 
also included elementary wood finishing, the specifying and storing of lumber, and the 
care and conditioning of tools used. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 9. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School I (2). 

A course for pre-service and in-service elementary school teachers covering construc- 
tion activities in a variety of media suitable for classroom use. The work is organized 
on the unit basis so that the construction aspect is supplemented by reading and other 
investigative procedures. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 10. Industrial Arts in the Elementary School II (2). 

Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 9. This is a continuation of Ind. Ed. 9. It provides the 
teacher with opportunities to develop further competence in construction activities. 
Some of the basic phenomena of industry are studied, particularly those which apply to 
the manufacture of common products, housing, transportation and communication. Lab- 
oratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 12. Shop Calculations (3). 

Shop Calculations is designed to develop an understanding and working knowledge 



380 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

of the mathematical concepts related to the various aspects of Industrial Education. 
The course includes phases of algebra, geoineiry, trigonometry, and general mathematics 
as applied to shop and drawing activities. 

Ind. Ed. 21. Mechanical Drawing (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ld. 1. A course dealing with 
working drawings, machine design, pattern layouts, tracing and reproduction. ]>etail 
drawings followed by assemblies are presented. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 22. Machine Woodworking I (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Iud. Ed. 2. Machine Woodworking 
I offers initial instruction in the proper operation of the jointer, band saw, variety saw, 
jig saw, mortiser, shaper, and lathe. The types of jobs which may be performed on each 
machine and their safe operation are of primary concern. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 23. Arc and Gas Welding (1). 

One laboratory period a week. A course designed to develop a functional knowledge 
of the principles and use of electric and acetylene welding. Practical work is carried 
on in the construction of various projeels using welded joints. Instruction is given in the 
use and care of equipment, types of welded joints, methods of welding, importance of 
welding processes in industry, safety considerations, etc. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 24. Sheet Metal Work (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Articles are made from metal in its sheet form 
and involve the operations of cutting, shaping, soldering, riveting, wiring, folding, seaming, 
beading, burring, etc. The student is required to develop his own patterns inclusive of 
parallel line development, radial line development, and triangulation. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 26. General Metal Work (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. This course provides experiences in 
constructing items from aluminum, brass, copper, pewter and steel. The processes in- 
cluded are designing, laying out, heat treating, forming, surface decorating, fastening and 
assembling. The course also includes a study of the aluminum, copper and steel Indus 
tries in terms of their basic manufacturing processes. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 28. Electricity I (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. An introductory course to electricity in general. It 
deals with the electrical circuit, elementary wiring problems, the measurement of elec- 
trical energy, and a brief treatment of radio. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 31. Mechanical Drawing (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and 21. A course dealing 
with the topics enumerated in Ind. Ed. 21 but on a more advanced basis. The reading 
of prints representative of a variety of industries is a part of this course. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 33— Automotives I (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. Automotives I is a study of the funda- 
mentals of Internal combustion engines as applied to transportation. A study of basic 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION | 3*1 

materials and methods used in the automotive industry is Included. Shop practices are 
built around the maintenance and minor repair <>t automobiles and smaller motor driven 
apparatus. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 34. Graphic Arts I (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. An Introductory course involving ex- 
periences in letterpress and offset printing practices. The course includes typographical 
design, hand composition, proof reading, stock preparation, offset plate making, Impo- 
sition, lock-up, stock preparation, piesswork, linoleum block cutting, paper marbleizing, 
and bookbinding. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 41. Architectural Drawing (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. Practical 
experience Is provided in tlie design and planning of bouses and other buildings. Work- 
ing drawings, specifications and blue prints are featured. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 42. Machine Woodworking II (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. Advanced 
production methods with emphasis on cablnetmaking and design. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 43. Automotives II (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 33. This is an 
advanced course In automobile construction and maintenance covering the engine, fuel 
system, Ignition system, chassis and power train. Shop practices are built around the 
major repair and adjustment of the above groups. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 44. Graphic Arts II (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 34. An advanced 
course designed to provide further experiences in letterpress and offset printing and to 
introduce other reproduction processes. Silk screen printing, dry point etching, mimeo- 
graph reproduction, and rubber stamp making are the new processes introduced in this 
course. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 48. Electricity II (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Principles involved in A-C and D-C electrical 
equipment, including heating measurements, motors and controls, electro-chemistry, the 
electric arc, inductance and reactance, condensers, radio, and electronics. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 50. Methods of Teaching (2). 

(Offered at CSCS Centers.) For vocational and occupational teachers of shop work 
and related subjects. The identification and analysis of factors essential to helping 
others learn ; types of teaching situations and techniques ; measuring results and grading 
student progress in shop and related technical subjects. 

Ind. Ed. 60. Observation and Demonstration Teaching (2). 

(Offered in Baltimore.) Prerequisite, Educational Psychology and/or Methods of 
Teaching Vocational and Occupational Subjects. Primarily for vocational and occupa- 
tional teachers. Sixteen hours of directed observation and demonstration teaching. 



382 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Reports, conferences, and criticisms constitute the remainder of scheduled activities in 
this course. 

Ind. Ed. 66. Art Metal Work (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 26, or equivalent. Advanced 
practicum. It includes methods of bowl raising and bowl ornamenting. Laboratory fee, 
$5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 69. Machine Shop Practice I (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. Bench 
work, turning, planing, milling, and drilling. Related technical information. Laboratory 
fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 89. Machine Shop Practice II (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 69, or equivalent. Advanced 
shop practicum in thread cutting, grinding, boring, reaming, and gear cutting. Work- 
production methods are employed. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 94. Shop Maintenance (2). 

Prerequisite, 8 semester hours of shop credit, or equivalent. Skill developing practice 
in the maintenance of school-shop facilities. 

Ind. Ed. 101. Operational Drawing (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 1, or equivalent. A compre- 
hensive course designed to give students practice in the modern drafting methods of 
industry. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 102. Advanced Woodfinishing and Upholstery (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 22, or equivalent. This 
course offers instruction in wood finishing techniques applicable to furniture restoration 
and in the processes of upholstering household furniture. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 104. Advanced Practices in Sheet Metal Work (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. 24, or equivalent. Study of 
the more complicated processes involved in commercial items. Calculations and pattern 
making are emphasized. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 105. General Shop (2). 

Designed to meet needs in organizing and administering a secondary school general 
shop. Students are rotated through skill and knowledge developing activities in a variety 
of shop areas. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 106. Art Metal Work (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Basic operations in the art of making jewelry 
including ring making and stone setting. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 383 

Ind. Ed. 108. Electricity III (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, Ind. Ed. Jx, or equivalent. Experi- 
mental development of apparatus and equipment for teaching the principles of electricity. 
Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 109. Experimental Electricity and Electronics— A, B, C, D (2, 2, 
2, 2). 

(Offered in Baltimore.) 

Ind. Ed. 110. Foundry (1). 

One laboratory period a week. Bench and floor molding and elementary core 
making. Theory and principles covering foundry materials, tools and appliances. Lab- 
oratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 111. Laboratory Practicum in Industrial Arts Education (3). 

Three, two-hour laboratory periods a week. Prerequisite, eighteen semester hours of 
shopwork and drawing. A course devoted to the development of instructional materials 
and the refinement of Instructional methods pertinent to the teaching of industrial arts 
at the secondary school level. Laboratory fee, $7.50. 

Ind. Ed. 124 a. b. Organized and Supervised Work Experience. 

(3 credits for each internship period, total: 6 credits). This is a work experience 
sequence planned for students enrolled in the curriculum, "Education for Industry." 
The purpose is to provide the students with opportunities for first-hand experiences with 
business and industry. The student is responsible for obtaining his own employment 
with the coordinator advising him as regards the job opportunities which have optimum 
learning value. The nature of the work experience desired is outlined at the outset of 
employmenc and the evaluations made by the student and the coordinator are based upon 
the planned experiences. The time basis for each internship period is 6 forty-hour weeks 
or 240 work hours. Any one period of internship must be served through continuous 
employment in a single establishment. Two internship periods are required. The two 
internships may be served with the same business or industry. The completion for credit 
of any period of internship requires the employer's recommendation in terms of satis- 
factory work and work attitudes. More complete details are found in the handbook pre- 
pared for the student of this curriculum. 

Ind. Ed. 140 (Ed. 140.) Curriculum, Instruction, and Observation (3). 

Major functions and specific contributions of Industrial Arts Education ; its relation 
to the general objectives of the junior and senior high schools ; selection and organization 
of subject matter in terms of modern practices and needs ; methods of instruction ; ex- 
pected outcomes; measuring results: professional standards. Twenty periods of observa- 
tion. 

Ind. Ed. 143. Industrial Safety Education I (2). 

This course deals briefly with the history and development of effective safety pro- 
grams in modern industry and treats causes, effects, and values of industrial safety 
education inclusive of fire prevention and hazard controls. 

Ind. Ed. 144. Industrial Safety Education II (2). 

In this course exemplary safety practices are studied through conference discussions, 



384 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

group demonstrations, and organized plant visits to selected industrial situations. Methods 
of fire precautions and safety practices are emphasized. Evaluative criteria in safety 
programs are formulated. 

Ind. Ed. 145, 146. Industrial Hygiene Education (2, 2). 

Ind. Ed. 145 deals with the theory and Ind. Ed. 146 with the practices of the 
following : Organization of plant medical department ; medical services in industry ; 
prevention and control of occupational disease; control of air contamination; the 
venereal disease problem in industry ; fatigue ; nutrition ; sanitation ; illumination ; noise ; 
radiant energy; heating and ventilation; maximum use of manpower; absenteeism. 

Ind. Ed. 148. Student Teaching in Secondary Schools (2-8). 
First and second semesters. See Ed. 148. Laboratory fee, $30. 

Ind. Ed. 150. Training Aids Development (2). 

Study of the aids in common use as to their source and application. Special em- 
phasis is placed on principles to be observed in making aids useful to shop teachers. 
Actual construction and application of such devices will be required. 

Ind. Ed. 157. Tests and Measurements (2). 

Prerequisite, Ed. 150 or consent of instructor. The construction of objective tests 
for occupational and vocational subjects. 

Ind. Ed. 160. Essentials of Design (2). 

Two laboratory periods a week. Prerequisites, Ind. Ed. 1 and basic shop work. A 
study of the basic principles of design and practice in their application to the con- 
struction of shop projects. Laboratory fee, $5.00. 

Ind. Ed. 161. Principles of Vocational Guidance (2). 

This course identifies and applies the underlying principles of guidance to the 
problems of educational and vocational adjustment of students. 

Ind. Ed. 164. Shop Organization and Management (2). 

This course covers the basic elements of organizing and managing an Industrial 
Education program including the selection of equipment and the arrangement of the 
shop. 

Ind. Ed. 165. Modern Industry (2). 

This course provides an overview of manufacturing industry in the American social, 
economic, and culture pattern. Representative basic industries are studied from the 
viewpoints of personnel and management organization, industrial relations, production 
procedures, distribution of products, and the like. 

Ind. Ed. 166. Educational Foundations of Industrial Arts (2). 

A study of the factors which pla^p Industrial Arts education in any well-rounded 
program of general education. 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 385 

Ind. Ed. 167. Problems in Occupational Education (2). 

The purpose of this course is to secure, assemble, organize, and interpret data rela- 
tive to the scope, character and effectiveness of occupational education. 

Ind. Ed. 168. Trade or Occupational Analysis (2). 

Provides a working knowledge of occupational and job analysis which is basic In 
organizing vocational industrial courses of study. This course should precede Ind. Ed. 
169. 

Ind. Ed. 169. Course Construction (2). 

Surveys and applies techniques of building and reorganizing courses of study for 
effective use in vocational and occupational schools. 

Ind. Ed. 170. Principles of Vocational Education (2). 

The course develops the Vocational Education movement as an integral phase of the 
American program of public education. 

Ind. Ed. 171. History of Vocational Education (2). 

An overview of the development of Vocational Education from primitive times to the 
present. 



For Graduates 



Ind. Ed. 207. Philosophy of Industrial Arts Education (2). 

This course is intended to assist the student in his development of a point of view 

as regards Industrial Arts and its relationship with the total educational program. He 

should, thereby, have a "yardstick" for appraising current procedures and proposals and 
an articulateness for his own professional area. 

Ind. Ed. 214. School Shop Planning and Equipment Selection (2). 

This course deals with principles Involved in planning a school shop and provides 
opportunities for applying these principles. Facilities required in the operation of a 
satisfactory shop program are catalogued and appraised. 

Ind. Ed. 216. Supervision of Industrial Arts (2). 

Ind. Ed. 220. Organization, Administration and Supervision of Vocational 
Education (2). 

This course surveys objectively the organization, administration, supervision, curricu 
lar spread and viewpoint, and the present status of vocational education. 

Ind. Ed. 240. Research in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). 

This is a course offered by arrangement for persons who are conducting research In 
the areas of Industrial Arts and Vocational Education. 



386 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Ind. Ed. 241. Content and Method of Industrial Arts (2). 

Various methods and procedures used in curriculum development are examined and 
those suited to the field of Industrial Arts education are applied. Methods of and 
devices for Industrial Arts instruction are studied and practiced. 

Ind. Ed. 248. Seminar in Industrial Arts and Vocational Education (2). 

MUSIC EDUCATION 

For Advanced Undergraduates and Graduates 

Mus. Ed. 125. Creative Activities in the Elementary School (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the creative approach to singing, 
listening, playing, rhythmic activity, and composition. These topics are studied in 
correlation with other areas and creative programs. (Kemble.) 

Mus. Ed. 127. Methods and Materials for Program Productions in the 
Secondary School (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Designed especially for those interested in pre- 
senting musical assemblies, concerts and programs for all types. Methods of presentation 
and materials suitable for various occasions will be discussed. 

Mus. Ed. 128. Workshop in Music for the Elementary School (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the group activities and materials 
through which the child experiences music. The course is designed to aid both music 
specialists and classroom teachers. It includes an outline of objectives and a survey of 
instructional methods. (Kemble.) 

Mus. Ed. 132. Workshop in Music for the Secondary School (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A study of the vocal and instrumental programs 
in the secondary school ; the relationship of music to the core curriculum. The place 
of the musically less gifted adolescent in the programs will be given special attention. 

(Kemble) 

Mus. Ed. 139. Music in the Elementary School (3). 

First semester. Prerequisite, senior standing. A survey of instructional materials ; 
objectives ; organization of subject matter ; lesson planning ; methods and procedures in 
singing, listening, rhythms, simple instruments, and creative activities for the music 
specialist in the elementary school. Twenty periods of observation will be required. 

Mus. Ed. 155. Organization and Technique of Instrumental Class Instruc- 
tion (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Practical instruction in the methods of tone 
production, tuning, fingering, and in the care of woodwind and brass instruments. A 
survey of the materials and published methods for class instruction. (Henderson.) 

Mus. Ed. 170. Methods and Materials for Class Piano Instruction (2). 

The study of the principles and techniques of teaching class piano. The following 



COLLEGE OF EDUCATION 3X7 

groups, beginning and advanced, will be used for demonstrations: elementary Bchool 
children, junior and senior iii^li school students, adults. Special emphasis will be placed 
on (lie analysis of materials. 

Mus. Ed. 171. String Teaching in the Public Schools (2). 

A study of the problems ««( organizing and developing the string program in the 

public schools. Emphasis is placed "" exploratory work in string Instruments, on the 

study of teaching techniques, and on the analysis of music literature for solo, small en- 
sembles, and orchestra. 

Mus. Ed. 175. Methods and Materials in Vocal Music for the High School 
(2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. A survey of suitable vocal and choral repertoire 
for the high school. Problems of diction, interpretation, tone production, and phrasing. 
The course is designed primarily for choral directors and teachers of voice classes. 

(Grentzer.) 

Mus. Ed. 180. Instrumental Seminar (2). 

Prerequisite, consent of instructor. Problems in the music directing of public-school 
instrumental organizations. A study of .representative orchestral, band, and smaH- 
ensemble scores, and of the teaching problems involved. (Jordan.) 

For Graduates 

Mus. Ed. 200. Research Methods in Music and Music Education (2). 

The application of methods of research to problems in the fields of music and music 
education. The preparation of bibliographies and the written exposition of research 
projects in the area of the student's major interest. (Grentzer.) 

Mus. Ed. 201. Administration and Supervision of Music in the Public 
Schools (2). 

The study of basic principles and practices of supervision and administration with 
emphasis on curriculum construction, scheduling, budgets, directing of in-service teach- 
ing, personnel problems, and school-community relationships. 

Mus. Ed. 204. Current Trends in Music Education (Seminar) (2). 

A survey of current philosophies and objectives of music in the schools. The scope 
and sequence of the music curricula, vocal and instrumental, on the elementary and sec- 
ondary levels. (Grentzer.) 

Mus. Ed. 205. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Elementary Schools (2). 

A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in the elementary 
schools. A study of the music curriculum as a part of the total school program, and 
of the roles of the classroom teacher and the music specialist. 

Mus. Ed. 206. Choral Conducting and Repertoire (2). 

The study and reading of choral literature of all periods, including the contem- 
porary, suitable for use in school and community choruses. Style, interpretation, tone 
quality, diction, rehearsal and conducting techniques are analyzed. 



388 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Mus. Ed. 207. Seminar in Vocal Music in the Secondary Schools (2). 

A comparative analysis of current methods and materials used in teaching junior 
and senior high-school classes in general music, history and appreciation, theory, and 
voice: and in directing choral groups and community singing. 

Mus. Ed. 208. The Teaching of Music Appreciation (2). 

A study of the objectives for the elementary and secondary levels; the techniques 
of directed listening, the presentation of theoretical and biographical materials, course 
planning, selection and use of audiovisual aids, and library materials, and the correla- 
tion between music and the other arte. 

Mus. Ed. 209. Seminar in Instrumental Music (2). 

A consideration of acoustical properties and basic techniques of the iustrume 
Problems of ensemble and balance, intonation, precision, and interpretation are studied. 
Materials and musical literature for orchestras, bands, and small ensembles are evaluated. 

Mus. Ed. 210. Advanced Orchestration and Band Arranging (2). Seminar 

A study of arranging and transcription procedures in scoring for the orchestra and 
band. Special attention is given to the arranging problems of the instrumental director 
in the public schools. Prerequisite, Music 147 or the equivalent, or consent of the 
instructor. 

SCIENCE EDUCATION 

*Sci. Ed. 6. The Natural Sciences in the Elementary School (2). 

Laboratory fee, $2.00. Selecting, organizing, and teaching materials in the plant and 
animal world. For the elementary school teacher who needs help in identifying and 
making effective use of living materials brought to the classroom, assisting pupils to find 
answers to their questions, and planning other worthwhile science experiences. Extensive 
background in the subject matter of the biological sciences not required. (Blougli.i 

*Sci. Ed. 7. The Physical Sciences in the Elementary School (2). 

Laboratory fee, $2.00. Similar to the previous course except that problems for study 
are selected from the various fields of the physical sciences such as electricity and 
magnetism, weather, heat, light, sound, etc. Non-technical, comprehensive treatment in- 
tended to give background in subject matter and methods to equip teachers for elementary 
school science teaching. (Blou^h.) 

Sci. Ed. 105. Workshop in Science for Elementary Schools (2). 

Designed to help teachers acquire general science understandings and to develop 
teaching materials for practical use in classrooms. Includes experiments, demonstrations, 
constructions, observations, field trips, and use of audio-visual materials. The emphasis 
is on content and method related to science units in common use in elementary schools. 
Laboratory fee, $2.00. (Blough.) 



•Students who have received four credits In Sci. Ed. 1, 2, 3 and 4 should not register 
for these courses. 

Note : Sci. Ed. 6 and 7 leplace Sci. Ed. 1, 2, 3, 4. Laboratory fees have been com- 
bined, making $2.00 for each of the two courses instead of $1.00 for each of the four 
courses. 



COLLEGE 01- EDUCATION 



389 



Ed. 247. Seminar in Science Education (2). 

(See page 54.1 

NOTE : For courses in physical education and health education, see the Catalog of 
the College of Physical Education, Recreation, and Health. (Rlough.) 




Summer Campus 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 

GLENN L MARTIN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 

STAFF 
S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean 



William Robert Ahrendt, Lecturer on Automatic Regulation. 

S.B., Massachusetts Institute of Technology, 1941; S.M., 1942; Registered Pro- 
fessional Engineer. 

Redfield Wilmerton Allen, Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949. 

Russell Bennett Allen, Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S., Yale University, 1923 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Edward Sewell Barber, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1935 ; C.E., 1952 ; Registered Professional Engi- 
neer. 

Jack Bailey Blackburn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S.C.E., The University of Oklahoma, 1947; M.S.C.E., Purdue University, 1949; 
Ph.D., Purdue University, 1955. Registered Professional Engineer. 

Donald Theodore Bonney, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

B.E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1926; Ph.D., 1935; Registered Professional 
Engineer. 

Harold Dotson Cather, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B.S., West Virginia University, 1949; M.S., West Virginia University, 1954. 

Albert Hudiburgh Cooper, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

B.S., University of Tennessee, 1929; M.S., 1930; Ph.D., Michigan State College, 
1933 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

George Francis Corcoran, Professor of Electrical Engineering and Chairman of 
the Department. 

B.S.. South Dakota State College, 1923 ; M.S., University of Minnesota, 1925. 
Registered Professional Engineer. 

Gerald Corning, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

B.S., New York University, 1937; M.E., The Catholic University of America, 1954. 
Louis Peter Costas, Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1951. 

John Burton Cournyn, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S., University of Alabama, 1946; M.S., 1948; Registered Professional Engineer. 
Dick Duffey, Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 

B.S., Purdue University, 1939; M.S., University of Iowa, 1940; Registered Pro- 
fessional Emgineer. 

390 



COLLEGE Of ENGINEERING 391 

Richard Lonsdale Elkins, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

Addison Bernard Eyler, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1917; M.S., 1950. 

Jacob Joachim Freeman, Lecturer on Signal Analysis and Noise. 

B.S., College of William and Mary. 1933 ; M.A., Columbia University, 1935 ; Ph.D., 
Catholic University of America, 1949. 

Carl William Gohr, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S.. Michigan State College, 1926. Registered Professional Engineer. 

Melvin Sylvester Gray, Jr., Instructor in Civil Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Charles Raymond Hayleck, Jr., Associate Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943; M.S., 1949. 

Donald Cummins Hennick, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1941. 

Urs Erwin Hochuli, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

Dipl. Elektro-Techniker, Kantonales Teehnikum (Switzerland), 1950; M.S., Uni- 
versity of Maryland, 1955. 

Lawrence Judson Hodgins, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

B.S., Pennsylvania State University, 1914 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Wilbert James Huff, Professor of Chemical Engineering and Chairman of the 
Department ; Director of the Engineering Experiment Station ; Chairman, Division 
of Physical Sciences. 

A.B., Ohio Northern University, 1911; A.B., Yale University, 1914; Ph.D., Yale 
University, 1917; D.Sc. (hon.) Ohio Northern University, 1927. Registered Pro- 
fessional Engineer. 

Robert William Hurlbrink, Jr., Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 

B.S., (Agriculture) University of Maryland, 1951 ; B.S., (Engineering) 1953. 

Ying-chen Hwang, Research Assistant, 

B.S.E.E., Chiao Tung University (China) 1942 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1953. 

John Warren Jackson, Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B.S., University of Cincinnati, 1934; M.E., 1937; M.S., California Institute of 
Technology, 194 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Ralph Henry Long, Jr., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B.S.M.E., Tufts College, 1943; M.Eng.. Yale University, 1948; D.Eng., Yale 
University, 1952 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Robert Francis Luce, Instructor in Civil Engineering. 

B.S., Yale University, 1910 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

George Arthur Lundquist. Instructor in Electrical Engineering. 

B.S., University of Maryland. 1948; LL.B., George Washington University, 1952. 

John Andrews MacLaughlin, Liaison Assistant Professor at Army Chemical 
Center. 

A.B., Harvard College, 1911: M.S., Massachusetts Institute of Technology. 1928. 

George Peter Maggos, Instructor in Aeronautical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1955. 

Louis Ethelbert Otts, Jr., Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.A., East Texas Teachers College, 1933 ; B-.S., Agricultural and Mechanical Col- 
lege of Texas, 1946; M.S., 1946. Registered Professional Engineer. 



392 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

William A. Pennington, Professor of Chemical Engineering (Metallurgical 

option). 

B.S., Union University, 1925; Ph.D.. Iowa State College, 1933. 

Harry William Piper, Assistant Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.Arch.E., Catholic University of America, 1940; Registered Professional Engi- 
neer. 

Henry Williams Price, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1943 ; M.S., 1950. 

Henry Rouse Reed, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

B.S.. University of Minnesota, 1925; M.S., 1927; E.E., South Dakota State Col- 
lege, 1930; Ph.D., University of Iowa, 1941; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Luther James Reid, Jr., Instructor in Chemical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Rochester, 1948. 

Robert Matthew Rivello, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

B.S., University of Maryland, 1943 ; M.S., 1948 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Clifford LeRoy Sayre, Jr., Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., Duke University, 1947 ; M.S. Stevens Institute of Technology, 1950. 

Wilburn Carroll Schroeder, Professor of Chemical Engineering. 

B.S., University of Michigan, 1930; M.S., 1931; Ph.D., 1933; Registered Profes- 
sional Engineer. 

Joseph Robert Schulman, Lecturer on Pulse Techniques. 

B.E.E., City College of City of New York, 1944; M.S., University of Maryland, 
1951. 

Shan-Fu Shen, Associate Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

B.S.. National Central University (China) 1941; Sc.D., Massachusetts Institute 
of Technology, 1949. 

Aaron Wiley Sherwood, Professor of Aeronautical Engineering. 

M.E., Rensselaer Polytechnic Institute, 1935 ; M.S., University of Maryland, 1943. 
Registered Professional Engineer. 

Heiny Willy Shipplixg, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., California State Teachers College, Pennsylvania, 1952. 

Charles Alfred Shreeve, Jr., Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 

B»E., The Johns Hopkins University, 1935; M.S., University of Maryland 1943; 
Registered Professional Engineer. 

David Elie Simons, Assistant Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949;. M.S., 1951. 

Eric Henry Small, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

B.S., New York University, 1938; M.E.E., 1945; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Samuel Sidney Steinberg, Professor of Civil Engineering and Chairman of the 

Department ; Dean of the College of Engineering. 

B.E., Cooper Union School of Engineering 1910; C.E., 1913. Registered Profes- 
sional Engineer. 

Jack Frederick Swearman, Instructor in Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., California State Teachers College, Pennsylvania, 1951. 

John Livezey Vanderslice, Lecturer on Active Network Analysis and Network 

Synthesis. 

B.S. in E.E., University of Pennsylvania, 1928; A.M., 1930; Ph.D., Princeton 
University, 1934. 

Thomas Charles Gordon Wagner, Associate Professor of Electrical Engineering. 
B.S., Harvard University, 1937; M.A., University of Maryland, 1940; Ph.D., 1943. 



COLLEGE. OF ENGINEERING 393 

Stanton Walkkk, Lecturer on Engineering Materials. 

B.S., University of Illinois, 1917 ; Registered Professional Engineer. 

Joseph Weber, Professor of Electrical Engineering. 

B.S., U. S. Naval Academy, 1940: Ph.D., Catholic University of America. 1951. 

Presley Allen Wedding, Associate Professor of Civil Engineering. 

B.S., University of .Maryland. 1937; M.S., 1952; Registered Professional Engineei 

Lee WlNOGRAD, Assistant Professor of Aeronautical Engineeering. 

B.S.. University ol Southern California, 1946; M.S.. University of California (Berk- 
eley), L955. 

William Arthur Wockenfuss, Assistant Professor of Mechanical Engineering. 
B.S., University of Maryland, 1949; M. Ed., 1952. 

John Elliott Younger, Professor of Mechanical Engineering and Chairman of th< 

Department. 

B.S., University of California. 1923; M.S., 1924; Ph.D., 1925: Registered Profes- 
sional Engineer, 



INSTITUTE FOR FLUID DYNAMICS AND APPLIED MATHEMATICS 

James LeRoy Anderson, Research Associate (p. t.). 

B.S.. University of Chicago, 1946 ; M.S., 1949 ; Ph.D.. Syracuse University. 

rlEknKRT Josef Bomelburg, Post-Doctoral Fellow. 

Diplom, University of Gottingen (Germany), 1930 ; Dr.Rer.Nat., 1953. 

Johannes Martinis Burgers, Visiting Research Professor. 

Doctor of Mathematics and Physics, L'niversity of Leiden; Doctor Honoris Causa, 
University Libre de Bruxelk-s 1948; Doctor Honoris Causa. University de 
Poitiers (France) 1950. 

Boyd Balford Cary, Jr., Research Associate. 

B.S.. University of Maryland, 1947; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1954. 

Joaquin Basilio Diaz, Associate Research Professor. 

B.A., University of Texas, 1940; Ph.D., Brown University, 1945. 

Darshan Singh Dosanjh, Research Associate. 

B.Sc. University of Punjab, 1944; M.S.E., 1948; Ph.D., The Johns Hopkins Uni- 
versity, 1953. 

Francis Ryosuke Hama, Assistant Research Professor. 
M.E., University of Tokyo, 1940; D.Sc, 1952. 

Alfred Otto Huhkr, Research Associate. 

Dipl. C.E., Swiss Federal Institute of Technology (Zurich. Switzerland) 1945; 
Dipt. Math, and Physics, 1949; Doctor of Math. Scls.. 1952 

Is.\o Imai, Visiting Research Professor. 

M.Sc. University of Tokyo, 1936; D.Sc, 1943. 

Geoffrey Stuart Stephen Ludford, Associate Professor of Mathematics. 

B.A., Cambridge University (England). 1948; M.A., 1952; Ph.D., 1952. 

Monroe Harnish Martin, Director, Institute for Fluid Dynamics and Applied 
Mathematics ; Professor of Mathematics. 

B.S., Lebanon Valley College, 1928; Ph. P.. Johns Hopkins University. 1932. 

Robert William McKelvey, Post-Doctoral Fellow. 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technoloey. 1950; M.S., University of Wisconsin, 1952; 
Ph.D.. 1954. 



394 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

Elliott Waters Montroll, Research Professor. 

B.S., University of Pittsburgh, 1937; Ph.D., 1940. 

Shih I. Pai, Associate Research Professor. 

B.S., National Central University (China), 1935; M.S., Massachusetts Institute of 
Technology, 1938 ; Ph.D., California Institute of Technology, 1940. 

Lawrence Edward Payne, Assistant Research Professor. 

B.S., Iowa State College, 1946; M.S., 1948; Ph.D., 1950. 

William Hicks Pell, Post-Doctoral Fellow. 

B.S., University of Kentucky, 193G; M.S., 1938; Ph.D., University of Wisconsin, 
1943. 

Edwin Louis Resler, Jr., Associate Research Professor. 

B.S., University of Notre Dame, 1947 ; Ph.D., Cornell University. 1951. 

Marcel Riesz, Visiting Professor. 

Ph.D., University of Budapest, 1908 ; Honorary Ph.D., University of Copenhagen, 
1950. 

Karl Ludwig Stellmacher, Research Associate. 

Ph.D., University of Gottingen, 1936; Habilitation, 1948. 

Tomoyasu Tanaka, Research Associate. 

Tokyo College of Science, 1941 ; M.S., Kyusyu University, 1943 ; Ph.D., 1953. 

Phrixos John Theodorides, Visiting Research Professor. 

Dr.Sc.Techn., Federal Institute of Technology (Zurich, Switzerland), 1921. 

Hans Felix Weinberger, Assistant Research Professor. 

B.S., Carnegie Institute of Technology, 1948; M.S., 1948; Sc.D., 1950. 

Alexander Weinstein, Research Professor. 

Ph.D., Zurich, 1921 ; Doct.es Sc, Paris. 1937. 

John Robert Weske, Visiting Research Professor. 

Dipl.Ing., Hanover Institute of Technology, 1924 ; M.S., Harvard University, 1931 ; 
S.D., 1934. Registered Professional Engineer. 



ENGINEERING AND PHYSICAL SCIENCES LIBRARY 

Henrica Eijgenraam, Assistant Librarian. 

B.S., in L.S., Library School, The Hague (The Netherlands) 1932 ; B.A., College 
of Languages and Literature, The Hague (The Netherlands), 1944; M.S. in L.S., 
Catholic University of America, 1953. 

Marguerite Ritchie, Librarian. 

B.S., State Teachers College (Millersville, Pa.), 1939; M.S. in L.S., Catholic 
University of America, 1951. 



COLLEGE OE ENGINEERING 395 

COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 
GLENN L. MARTIN INSTITUTE OF TECHNOLOGY 

S. Sidney Steinberg, B.E., C.E., Dean 

THE primary purpose of the College of Engineering is to train young men 
to practice the profession of Engineering. It endeavors at the same 
time to equip them for their duties as citizens and for careers in public 
service and in industry. 

In training professional engineers it is necessary that great emphasis be 
placed on the fundamentals of mathematics, science and engineering so as to 
establish a broad professional base. Experience has also shown the value of 
a coordinated group of humanistic-social studies for engineering students since 
their later professional activities are so closely identified with the public. It 
is well recognized that an engineering training affords an efficient preparation 
for many callings in public and private life outside the engineering profession. 

The buildings occupied by the College of Engineering were made possible 
through the interest of Mr. Glenn L. Martin of the Glenn L. Martin Company 
of Baltimore, which resulted in large gifts from the Company to the Uni- 
versity, to which have been added funds made available by the Legislature of 
Maryland. The units consist of four structures, namely, the General Engi- 
neering building, an Engineering Laboratories building, a Chemical Engineer- 
ing building, and a Wind Tunnel building. The Departments of Mathematics, 
Physics, Chemistry, and Industrial Arts, whose courses are basic to Engi- 
neering, are housed in buildings contiguous to and coordinated with the College 
of Engineering, thereby promoting a community of interest that is of great 
value to the departments concerned. 

The length of the normal curriculum in the College of Engineering is 
four years and leads to the bachelor's degree. In most cases these four 
years give the engineering graduate the basic and fundamental knowledge 
necessary to enter upon the practice of the profession. Engineering stu- 
dents with superior scholastic records are advised to supplement their under- 
graduate programs by at least one year of graduate study leading to the 
master's degree. All the engineering departments encourage graduate work 
leading to the doctor's degree which is essential for graduate engineers desiring 
to enter research and development. Graduate programs will be arranged upon 
application to the chairman of the engineering department concerned. 

In order to give the new student time to choose the branch of engineering 
for which he is best adapted, the freshman year of the several curricula is the 
same. Lectures and conferences are used to guide the student in making a 
proper choice. The sophomore courses in the various branches differ slightly, 
but in the junior and senior years the students are directed definitely along 
professional lines. 

Admission Requirements 

In selecting students for admission to the University more emphasis is 
placed upon good marks and other indications of probable success in college 
rather than upon a fixed pattern of subject matter. In general, 4 units of Eng- 



396 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

lish, 3y 2 units of Mathematics including Solid Geometry, and 1 unit each of 
Social and Natural Sciences is required. Fine Arts, Trade and Vocational subjects are 
acceptable as electives. 

It is possible, however, for high school graduates having the requisite 
number of entrance units to enter the College of Engineering lacking one 
unit of Advanced Algebra and one-half unit of Solid Geometry. The program 
for such students would be as follows: during the first semester, five hours 
a week would be devoted to making up algebra and solid geometry; in the 
second semester, mathematics of the first semester would be scheduled; and 
the second semester mathematics would be taken in the Summer School. 

All students desiring to enroll in the College of Engineering must apply 
to the Director of Admissions of the University of Maryland at College Park. 

For a more detailed statement of admissions, write the Director of Publi- 
cations for a copy of the "General Information Issue" of the Catalog. 

Bachelor Degrees in the College of Engineering 

Courses leading to the degree of Bachelor of Science are offered in the 
Departments of Aeronautical, Chemical, Civil, Electrical, and Mechanical En- 
gineering, and in Metallurgy. 

Costs 

Actual annual costs of attending the University include: $165.00 fixed charges; 
$75.00 special fees: $360.00 board; $140.00 to $170.00 lodging for Maryland resi- 
dents, or $180.00 to $220.00 for residents of other States and Countries ; and labora- 
tory fees which vary with the laboratory courses pursued. A matriculation fee 
of S10.00 is charged all new students, and a college fee oi $4.00 per semester is 
charged to all students registered in the College of Engineering. A charge of 
S250.00 is assessed to all students who are non-residents of the State of Mary- 
land. 

Military Instruction 

All male students unless specifically exempted under University rules 
are required to take basic air force R. O. T. C. training for a period of two 
years. The successful completion of this course is a prerequisite for graduation 
but it must be taken by all eligible students during the first two years of 
attendance at the University, whether they intend to graduate or not. Trans- 
fer students who do not have the required two years of military training will 
be required to complete the course or take it until graduation, whichever 
occurs first. 

During their Junior and Senior years, selected students may carry Advanced 
Air Force R. O. T. C. courses which lead to a regular or reserve commission 
in the United States Air Force. 

General Information 

For information with reference to the University grounds, buildings, equip- 
ment, library facilities, requirements in American Civilization, definition of resi- 
dent and non-resident, regulation of studies, degrees and certificates, transcripts 
of records, student health and welfare, living arrangements in the dormitories, 
off-campus housing, meals. University Counseling Service, scholarships and 
student aid, athletics and recreation, student government, honors and awards, 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 397 

religious denominational clubs, fraternities, sororities, societies and special clubs, 
the University Band, student publications, University Post Office and Supply 
Store, write to the Director of Publications for the General Information Issue 
of the Catalog. 

Advanced Degrees in Engineering 

Candidates for advanced degrees in Engineering and in Metallurgy are 
accepted in accordance with the procedure and requirements of the Graduate 
School. See Graduate School Catalog. 

Equipment 

The Engineering buildings are provided with lecture-rooms, recitation- 
rooms, drafting-rooms, laboratories, and shops for various phases of engineering 
work. 

The drafting-rooms are fully equipped for practical work. The engineering 
student must provide himself with an approved drawing outfit, supplies, and 
books. 



LABORATORIES 

Aeronautical Engineering Laboratories 

Aerodynamics Laboratory. The Aerodynamics Laboratory is equipped for 
study in several phases of aerodynamic problems. Research can be carried out 
in the following fields: Optical evaluation and pressure measurements in super- 
sonic flows: total drag measurements on projectile-type bodies and spheres; 
analogue solutions of potential flow problems in both incompressible and com- 
pressible flow. Equipment available includes: 6-inch supersonic wind tunnel 
with interchangeable nozzle blocks for two-dimensional flows at Mach numbers 
varying from 1.2 to 3; two-foot circular low speed wind tunnel; ballistic range; 
water table for hydraulic analogy; large electrolytic tank for electric analogy; 
Schlieren optical system; high speed flash photographic unit; strain-gage type 
pressure pick-ups; manometer board; other accessories shared with the struc- 
tures laboratory. 

Wind Tunnel Laboratory, The University of Maryland Wind Tunnel has a 
test section measuring 7.75 feet by 11 feet with air velocities up to 280 miles 
per hour. The six component balance system prints and simultaneously punches 
data into International Business Machine cards. This permits the reduction 
of data automatically through use of standard punched card machines. A 
variable frequency power source with precision metering makes possible the 
operation of electric motors in airplane models to simulate propeller effects. 
Steady pressures are indicated on a 100-tube manometer board and unsteady 
pressures are recorded on a standard oscillograph with special electrical instru- 
ments. 

The laboratory is currently engaged in a year-round program of airplane 
and missile development for aircraft companies and the military services. Pro- 
vision is made for active participation of senior students in one test during the 



398 UNIVERSITY OF MARYLAND 

year in connection with Aeronautical Laboratory. Facilities are also available 
to graduate students working on special subsonic problems. 

Structures Laboratory. The laboratory is designed to extend and comple- 
ment theoretical solutions to practical design problems and to provide facilities 

for proof tests of built-up structural units under both static and dynamic loads. 

The equipment consists of a 400,000 pound capacity Universal testing 
machine, a 24,000 pound Universal testing machine complete with stress-strain 
recorder, a 500 ton hydraulic compression jack, hydraulic tension-compression 
jacks and pumps, and lead shot bags for applying structural loading. A rigid 
test rig is a permanent fixture in the laboratory. For measuring loads there are 
available traction dynamometers and SR-4 tension-compression load cells. The 
laboratory also has SR-4 strain indicating equipment with switching and balanc- 
ing units, extensometers, compressometers, Huggenberger tensometers, and 
an oscillograph for measuring strain. 

Differential Analyzer. A 10-integrater mechanical differential analyzer is 
jointly operated with the Electrical Engineering Department. This analyzer is 
used for the solution of differential equations which cannot be solved by analytical 
methods and are impractical to solve by numerical methods. 

Aeronautical Shop. The shop includes complete facilities for the working 
of metal, sheet metal, and wood with particular emphasis on the tools used in 
aircraft construction. 

The sheet metal shop includes squaring shears, bending brake, nibbler, 
bending rolls, aircraft sheet metal router, rivet squeezers, and an electric furnace 
with automatic control for heat treating rivets. 

The machine shop includes two quick-change lathes, universal milling 
machine with vertical mill attachment, shaper, drill press, electric welder, acety- 
lene welding and cutting outfit, metal cutting bandsaw, power hacksaw, tool 
grinders, arbor press, table saw, belt sander, slotter and two-ton hydraulic floor 
hoist. 

Chemical Engineering Laboratories 

The Chemical Engineering building contains lecture rooms, library, labora- 
tories, shops, storerooms, dark rooms and offices, equipped for the full range 
of chemical engineering studies, from the elementary chemical and physical 
reactions underlying process development to the construction and operation 
of pilot plants and the design of full scale equipment, with provisions for 
specialized work in options such as electrochemical engineering, fuel engineer- 
ing, nuclear engineering, and metallurgy. Laboratories are maintained for (1) 
General Testing and Control; (2) Unit Operations; (3) Unit Processes; (4) 
Electrochemical Engineering; (5) Metallurgy; (6) Gas and Fuel Analysis; (7) 
Cooperative Research; (8) Graduate Research. Shops include a complete 
machine shop, a wood shop and a student shop. 

General Testing and Control Laboratory. In this laboratory there is 
available complete equipment for the chemical and physical testing of water, 
gases, coal, petroleum, and related chemicals, and for general industrial 
chemicals, both inorganic and organic. 



COLLEGE OF ENGINEERING 399 

Unit Operations Laboratory. This laboratory contains equipment for 
the study of fluid flow, heat flow, refrigeration, air conditioning, drying, filtra- 
tion, distillation, evaporation, crystallization, crushing, grinding, combustion, 
gas absorption, extraction, and centrifuging. For the study of fluid flow, a per- 
manent hydraulic assembly is available, and this includes flow meters of most 
types. A Chemical Control Laboratory is maintained in conjunction with the 
Unit Operations Laboratory. 

In the laboratory there is a large column still with a kettle capacity 
of 100 gallons, equipped for the measurement of temperature and pressure, 
sampling devices, condensers, and vacuum receivers. This still is so designed 
that it can be used either as a batch type unit, continuous feed type, direct 
pot still, steam still, or as a vacuum still. Studies in evaporation can be made 
on a double effect evaporator, one unit of which is equipped with a horizontal 
tube bundle and the other with a vertical tube bundle. Dryers include cabinet, 
tray and vacuum types. Gas absorption equipment includes a stoneware column 
packed with different types of packings in respective sections so that compara- 
tive studies may be made. Filtration equipment includes an Oliver continuous 
vacuum filter and also plate and frame, Sweetland and Sparkler types. Com- 
bustion equipment available consists of an industrial carburetor, pot furnace, 
premix gas-fired furnace and the usual gas analysis equipment. For grinding 
there is a comminuting machine, jaw crusher, a disc crusher and ball mills. 
Mechanical shakers, standard sieve, and sub-sieve separator are available for 
particle size separation. Centrifugation studies may be made on a continuous 
super centrifuge, Tolhurst basket type or centrifugal dryer. Concentrating equip- 
ment includes a flotation cell and Wilfley table. Student shop facilities include a 
milling machine, shaper, lathes, drill presses, grinder, welding equipment, and 
other tools necessary for unit operation studies. 

Unit Processes Laboratory. The Unit Processes Laboratory is designed 
to permit the preparation of chemicals on a semi-industrial scale from 1 pound 
to 100 pounds. Both organic and inorganic compounds can be made. An ad- 
vantageous feature is the integration of this laboratory with the unit operations 
laboratory, thereby allowing a broad range of typical chemical engineering 
activities. Equipment includes apparatus for autoclaving, nitration, sulfonation, 
reduction, oxidation, esterification and neutralization, halogenation, amination, 
diazotization and the like. Substances such as dyes, plastics, wetting agents, 
organic insecticides, e. g., D.D.T., aniline, nitrobenzene, phenol, paradichlor- 
benzene, ethyl acetate, cellulose acetate, benzaldehyde. B-naphthyl methyl ether 
and many others can be synthesized. 

Electrochemical Engineering Laboratory. This laboratory contains ap- 
paratus simulating industrial electrochemical engineering equipment, as well 
as small laboratory size units to illustrate principles of operation. Studies in- 
clude electric furnace operations, metal winning and refining, electroplating, 
corrosion, electrochemical preparations, chlorine and caustic soda manufacture, 
instrumentation, and